Skip to main content

Full text of "Zuni Texts"

See other formats



of the American Ethnological Society 
Edited by FRANZ BOAS 





i frS O ' GB ' Cfr i'* 

G. E. STECHERT & CO., New York, Agents 

10 3 2 



Ethnological Texts Pages 

Planting 1 

Planting 2 1 

Housebuilding 2 

Making an oven 3 

Weaving 4 

Weaving 2 5 

Women's work 5 

Women's work 2 10 

Preparations for cctlako 13 

The summer solstice IV 

Retreats of the priests 18 

The installation of a priestess 20 

The Santu dance 25 

Ancient times . . 26 

Ancient times 2 29 

War 31 

War 2 35 

War 3 39 

Witchcraft 44 

\ landslide 52 

Famine 59 

Dancing at Ojo Caliente 62 

Atocle visits the peach orchards 67 

Two girls are shot 69 

An autobiography 74 


Deer Youth 97 

Deer Youth 2 121 

The wife of Ahaiyute 123 

The lame and the blind , 139 

The wife of Kana* kwe 165 

The runaway girl 185 

The box boat 199 

The ghost wife 210 

The bear wife 235 

tfe'we-kwe Youth's revenge 248 

l Mexican tale ; 263 

vhaiyute contest with Bear 277 

Ahaiyute kill Cloud Swallower 281 

Ahaiyute kill Suyuki 282 

Sandhill crane 285 



Most of the texts in the following pages were collected at Zuni 
during the summer of 1926 while the author was engaged in a study 
of the Zuni language for the Department of Anthropology of 
Columbia University. On her return the following year as a fellow 
of the Social Science Research Council the texts were completely 
revised and annotated, and additional material was added, notably 
the autobiography to be found on pages 74ff . The author wishes grate- 
fully to acknowledge the assistence and cooperation of all who have 
helped her, notably Columbia University and the Social Science 
Research Council; Professor Franz Boas and Professor Ruth 
F. Benedict of Columbia University, the traders and Government 
employees on the Zuni reservation, all of whom were unfailingly hos- 
pitable and helpful, and especially Mr. Trotter, the Superintendent; 
and also her Zuni informants, in particular Flora Zuni, for the 
patient and intelligent cooperation which alone made progress 

The only material in the Zuni language previously published has 
been ritual text. Cushing published a few brief texts in Zuni Fetishes 
(Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology 2, pp. 33ff.). Steven- 
son prints an incomplete text in Zuni Indians (Report of the Bureau 
of American Ethnology 23, pp. 68 — 88). Two origin myths and a 
large body of ritual text in the form of poetic prayers and chants 
have been published in the 47th Annual Report of the Bureau of 
American Ethnology. (Bunzel: Zuni Origin Myths and Zuni Ritual 
Poetry). Some of these texts have interlinear as well as free trans- 
lations. Narrative text with interlinear translation will be included 
in a forthcoming publication on Zuni grammar. 

The complete discussion of Zuni phonology will be deferred to a 
later publication. The following alphabet is submitted as a key to 
the transcription. 

p non-aspirated labial stop 

p glottalized labial stop, with very slight force of articula- 
tion ; tends to be confused with medial b 

t non-aspirated dental stop. 

t glottalized dental; tending towards medial d 

k non aspirated, pre-palatal stop ; in women's speech tends 

, to become palatalized alveolar (ty). 

k pre-palatal, glottalized. 

T^j/w.rjpZ, Zuni (Texts VII 

k palatal, non-aspirated. 

U palatal, glottalized. 

c English sh. 

ts unaspirated dental af fricative. 

ts glottalized dental affricative, with slight force of articula- 
tion, tending towards medial dz. 

tc unaspirated. 

tc glottalized, tending towards dj. 

f) palatal nasal, variant of n before k. 

I voiceless lateral. 

J glottal stop. 

I, m„ n, s, h, y, w have English values. 

u I 

o close. 

o open. 

Length indicated by a point (*) following lengthened sound. 
Accent is always on the first syllable of the word, and on the first 
syllable of each part of a compound. 


1. Flora Zuni. Female, age 36; speaks English. 

2. Clarence. Male, age 30; speaks English. 

3. Margaret Zuni. Female; age 42, sister of 1 ; no English. 

4. Lina Zuni. Female, age 70, mother of 1 and 3; no English. 

5. Walelio. Male, age 55. No English. 

6. Leo Zuni. Male, age 45; half brother of 1 and 3. No English. 

7. Nick. Male, age 65. Speaks English and Spanish. 

8. Zuni. Male, age 80; father of 1, 3. No English. 

Flora had excellent command of English and translated her own 
texts and interpreted for her father, mother and sisters, and helped 
with the revision and analysis of all texts. Clarence and Nick did 
their own translating. Texts recorded from three other individuals 
were omitted from the present volume because of uncertainties 
of dictation. Most of these texts were rituals. 


PLANTING (1). 1 

laoifc tcuwe tfoweye^an'iha. yam t'asakwin ace*a. an oye tfoco- 
wace'a. yam t'asakwins ya'lja^a. an oye an t'o'cow wahtanaka 
wo*jJups s'a'ne. yam teatcinakwin te^inans iJoweye*a. ke*la yam 
t'asakwin aj£*a a*anan tcuwe wo'tihnan a*a*an wo'jJunan sopunan s 
ko*wi yatcunan a^'a cet'an mo*la kwaPhva. tfoweyena ya^ap cea* 
kwa^nra. an eean haiyap lala^an'a. ta ,c t?c wilo'ap wilocan*a. 
lacijj ^eanici i*yan*a. an J^atsena Jfapu^an'a. rnan uhsona 
tutmra. tcim rton'a. yu'te'tcin ryan*a. : 

PLANTING (2). : / . ,J : ; e . : >0 

hie fca'kol kwa tem pwanan atture teamapa a*ciwi kwa lrfaio 
teatcina'koa kwa ^a t'oweyena'wanre^a. a^'ap kwa ko'lea ^atuna 
fee'lanre^a. a^'a telipalto'koa ^a tfoweyena^alj'a rwohaiyape^a. 
ham'eUoyakwin a*weletco^a lal hanre hecot'atfsinakwin a*weletco^a 
lal t'a ham*e J^anakwi a'weletcofea. al^'ap isnokon ka'tfi jjatlowe- is 
yena^a. lal lrl hiwaPona hie tcuwe te*tci tfoweyenap^a. hiwala* 
i*wohaiyape^a. lesap hie li*l tfewuacona^a. le'w a*nap ^awanan 

A man is going to plant corn. He makes his digging stick. His 
wife prepares the seeds, | He has finished his digging stick. His 
wife puts his seeds in a sack | and so he goes. When he reaches 
his field he plants. First with his | (5) digging stick he makes a hole, 
then he removes kernels of corn and puts them in the hole and 
covering them with dirt, | he stamps on it a little so that the stalks 
may come out straight. When he has finished planting the corn 
stalks | will come out. When there are weeds in his young corn 
he will hoe. Or else, if there are worms, he will dig out the worms. | 
A man will come back thirsty. Then one will get cold water for 
him. When he comes back, that | he will drink. Then he will eat. 
He will come home tired. 

do) PLANTING (2). 

Long ago, when there was still no dam at Blackrock theZunis | did 
not | plant wheat here in the fields, because there was no way of 
irrigating | at first. Therefore in order to plant wheat in the distant 
villages they spread out; ( some used to go to Nutria, and others 
used to go to Pescado, | us) and others used to go to Ojo Caliente, 
because there they planted wheat with irrigation. | Then here the 

2 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

althre yo'katekwi li'lno ^ateatci'we yo'^a. ak*a kwa kwas 
imacthofi hiwala rwohaiyapena'ma. t'omt ko'w'ona t'oweyena- 
20 Jja^'a i'u.^iaiyapVa. tern telipaltan te*tci tfoweyenakapa le'na 
kolotap t( ini hiwala hapellja. lal t'elakwaPipa tcim t'a t'oweyena- 
JfajpL hiwala* rwohaiyapel^a. 

Jjakwen o^antiahnan kwahol ak'a ya'natun'ona rhapopin'a. 

25 l^e'la awe yala*we lewe J^e'la woticnakan-a. lal scrwe. lal soticna- 
karra. tcims pananpaloka ako^ap ako ya^ap awe wopupura. 
awelan tfunakwaPip tcims he'ipura. tcims heli*wo > *an*a a*lana 
helrhinan lal tfa a'le yalton'a. lesna he'ikaira. ko'wi tetaca'ap 
acowa* a'want'ehwa etcipan'a. acowan an rte'tci tetaca*ap acowa* 

so a'wan-tfaHfiatra lal t'a tcims he'i yattoJ£an*a. tcims he*! tetaca'ap 
a'laei^s 'tiatepololowa^'a yala* wo'tihnanan trkwaPiira. yala" 
a^wiyaps a*yalucnakan*a. tenrl a*wi^o*kcil^aps yala" woli^an'a. 
wo*H -ya'ap ta' le'tihnan kwai'hra letihnan a*wi*nan le ko'kcuna*- 
wa a*wiko*kcuptps lelipnan a'matojJan-a hekatsota"wa^'a a'mato. 

people planted only corn. The people | all separated, and so here 
it was very lonesome. But after a while when the Blackrock | dam 
was made, wheat fields were made here. And so it was | the people 
of the village did not have to scatter. Only a few | (20 ) scatter 
to plant. They just planted in the distant villages and then | in 
the autumn the villages all came together. And then in the spring | 
the people scattered again to plant. 


When a house is to be built all the things necessary for finishing 
it will be gathered together. | (25) First the stone, the beams, the 
planks. These will be gotten first. Then the dirt. Then they 
will bring in the dirt. | Then they dig for the foundations. When 
they are finished digging they will lay in the stones. | When it is 
level with the ground, then they build the wall. First there will be 
mud and stone, | then they will put down mud and then again they 
will lay a stone on top of that. That is the way the wall will be. When 
it is high enough | they will leave space open for the windows. 
When it is just as high as the window openings | (30) then they will 
set up the lintels of the windows, and then again they will build up 
the wall above them. Then when the wall is high | the men will go 
out in wagons to get the beams. When the beams | come they will 
scrape them. When they all become smooth they will put up the 
beams. | When they have finished putting them up then they will 
go out again to get planks. When the planks come they will plane 
the planks. | When these become smooth then they will put up the 
planks and fasten them down. They will fasten them down with 

Bunzeh Zuni Texts 3 

ya**aps peahnan kwai*hva. t'atepololona^'a periil'arja a*wi*yan'a. 35 
pewe wo'hina'wa wo*li ya*'ap helrw o**an*a heir envaps tewak'a 
heir wo'riawan'a toniwa^'a tewe a*pi^aiapan'a. toninak'a helipa'we 
a*wanah-ye*maktcon*a helo^anan a*wokatsiks heli' pewana*koa 
wotenan wolraiyena'wa. tern*]; helo ya**ap tcims soKkan*a. soli 
temia ya'*ap aiyalapan'a. tenrl itulapna po*yan ya^an^a. lal tcims 40 
apkoskwi hiwapan'a. luwa ya'*aps hepanapan*a. etokwin ke*la 
tekwanakwin yalu hepanapan*a. hepana ya**ap hepana lutsi^ana- 
Ijan'a. tcims hekoconaplira. lal hepewipin'a. tern hepana cilo- 
wate lemotinan o'*an*a. lemotinan ya"*aps aklijjantiahnan watsita 
muha tsi*lal£a rii^aiakna mola anahkwai*nra a^'a mola li^aia 45 
kwai*ina. ^akwen tenrla ya'l^a. kwa tern hekoconananre lemo- 
tinan*e o*an*a. 


^a'kholi kwa hon hepokon. il'a'wamelja. ana ho 5 hepokon 
acaira le* ho* ikwalja. ho* awe hapolja^a. hapokanan ho* hrwe 50 
ho* wo'tu^a. ho* wo'tunan ho* so'we wo'tic^a. lal ho* ^awicl^a. 
ho* helrwac^a. so* hepewulja. so* he*ujga. ho* he*i* tetaca^a^a. 

nails. I (35) When they have finished they will go out to get hay. 
They will load the hay in wagons and they will come back. | They 
will put up the hay. And when they have finished putting it up they 
will mix mud. When they have much mud | they will put the mud 
into jars and will tie the jars to ropes, the will haul the jars of mud 
up with ropes. | They will spread the mud out. The old women will 
empty the mud on the hay | and will spread it out. When they 
have finished with all the mud then they will put down more 
dirt. [ (40) When they are all finished putting down dirt they will lay 
the cornice. The cornice will be around the roof. Then | the windows 
will be hung. When they have finished hanging the windows they 
will plaster the walls; inside first, | and afterwards outside, they 
will plaster. When they have finished plastering they will put on the 
fine plaster. | Then they will whitewash. Then they will make the 
mud floor. When the plaster is still red | they will build the fire- 
place. When the fireplace is finished before they make a fire, (45) 
they will tie dog dung to a hair and pull it up straight so that the 
smoke | will go out straight. Now the house is all finished. When it 
is not yet whitewashed, | the fireplace is built. 


For a long time we have had no oven. Well, then, 1 1 (so) shall make 
an oven. So I said. I gathered stones. After gathering them I | put- 
down ashes. I put them down and took sand. Then I brought 
water. | I mixed mortar. I spread the mud floor. I built the wall. 
I made the walls high. | I laid an iron bar across it. It was round. 


4 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

he*le yala %& . il^amolial^a . s*uhson ihapo^at'ap tihkwahna so > 

acowan ac^:a. acowa ya**ap awe'nan ho* acka. uhsona ho* ac^ia. 
55 so* tcim hepanafca. tcimstfa lal ho* ljalolo^aka. tfa ho* acowan ho* 

^alolo^a^a. s*ist herjoljon ya^a. 

si* horn hani tfo* mulo*mra le* ho* ikwa^a. J^e'la so* aklu^a. 

s*ya*^a. Kusaira. hepokon'e Jpis^a. som hani motsa acka. motsa 

ko'kculja. son muwe a'wac^a. tenrla son a'wac^a. tfa lal ho* 
60 hepokokwin ho* aklu^a. hepokon Ijalipa son homa* wo'ltco^a. son 

Jjapu^an a'^a. som hani ma^e* wo*pih^a. ^atotci'w wo'pu^a 

tihkwahna a*sosap s*uhsona wo'pih^a. son tcim muwe wo'pu^a. 

s*uhsona ko*wi tenala*ap son a-wuna^a. tihkwahnans a*soso*^a. 

t'opin*te so* mu*le ulih^a. son anite*tcu^a. tihkwahna s*a}pia. son 
65 wcrpihfea. eha* ho*na hepokon'e ko'kci. le* hon ikwapi. son 

hepokon il'i le* hon ikwal^a elahkwa son hepokon il*i. lu^as le*wi. 


horn lacik kwa pisal il'anrep ho* an acan*iha. ho* ^awionkwin 

u'we wo'kocopura. wo*koconan a'kusap so* siwi^al^a. ho* ko*wac- 

nan ho* liphva. so* ^amowacan'a so* pitun*a. le* ho* ikwa^a. 

70 lal so* t'awe wo'tihnan no* letihlja pitij^a tewe. so tewe hiwajja. 

so* isnokon tfapi^a. so* jiitujfa. so* wcrtuka. so* pipila^a. so* piyali^a. 

So when it came together neatly I | made the opening. When the 
opening was finished I made the doorway. That I made. | (55) So 
now I plastered it. Then again I smoothed it. And also I | smoothed 
the opening. So now the oven was finished. 

"Now, my sister, you may make bread," so I said. First I made 
a fire. | So it was finished. It will dry. The oven got dry. My 
younger sister made the dough. | She kneaded the dough. We made 
the loaves. We made all of them. Then again I ] (60) made a fire in 
the oven. When the oven was hot we tied cedar branches to a pole. 
We | went for water. My younger sister swept out the coals. We 
put in the bran. | That got nicely brown and we took it out. We 
put the loaves in. | After a short time we looked at them. They were 
nicely brown. [ I took out one loaf. We tried it. It was well done. 
We | (60) took them out. "Yes indeed, our oven is good." So we 
said. Now we | have an oven. So we said. Thanks that we have an 
oven. That is all of this. 


"My man has no saddle blanket, so I shall make him one. In the 
river I | shall wash the wool." When it was washed and dry I cleaned 
it. I drew out a little | and "I shall spin it. I shall roll it into balls 
and place it in the loom." So I said. | (70) Then I took sticks, and 
I took boards, loom boards. I set up the boards. | I put the sticks 
in there. So I set up the loom. I set it up. I placed the warp. I made 

BunzeL Zuni Texts 5 

so' copitofea. ho' lapulalta. so* teli*tokwin lem ah^a. so ela^a. 
so* pitin elal^a. so* an acl^a. so* a*lakuka. so* yam rmotuntean 
jJewu^a. so* i'mul^a so* uiaka. ko*wi yulajjapa so* tJsina^a. so* 
ace*a so* itiwana ula*u. so' notekla elaka. iskon ho* ula^a. so*tfa 75 
emulal^a. s*itiwa ya'pL^a. ya**an*ihap so* copitohpL so* wo'slacna 
ya'^a^a. so* elahj^a. so* yam teli*tokwin tVtulja s'ele^a. s*le*wi. 

^e*la uwe wokoconal£an*a a'kusap a'kohana o*sosona a^*a 
a*waconal£an*a. tcims lesnen lipnapiira. l$;amo*ana. pmo la*aps 80 
rjitij£an'a piti ya"*ap ula kwai*inan ace lemaj^a tunuatina^an*a 
alp a ula lo*opln*a. 


ho* ewactofei a'wiH tewac^a. ko'macko'na ho* ikwaniljal^a. ho* 
sato'we o'wac^a. ho* oiutsilja^a. kune'we ho* ^aku^a. apewan 85 
ho* sato'we wotufca. ho* he^atco acj^a. ko'macko'na ho* hetfsu'afea. 
ho* apalhve iskon sa*le ho* etofea. t'otcure J£alikwi ho* ^aiajca. 
tfotchve ho* l^i^a^a. ho* a^** ac^a. sa*le ho* acfea. kusap ho* 
ko'kcu^a. ho* ko'kcunan ho* tekwanakwi tfe^alna ho* a*u^a. 

the edge. ! I set the heddles. I put in the shed. I took a board from 
the back room. I set it up. | So I put up the loom. So I made it. 
I put in the boards to hold it straight. At the place where I was going 
to sit, I | spread out a blanket. I sat down. I started to weave. When 
a little bit was woven I made the design. So I (75) am making it. 
I wove half of it. Then I set it upside down. Then I wove the other 
side. So again I | wove much. So that half was finished. When 
it was about to be finished, I took out the heddles. So the threads 
came together | and it was finished. I took it down. I put the 
boards in the back room. It was ready now. So that is all. 

First the wool should be washed. When it is dry it is white then 
with brown dye | (80) it should be dyed. Then it should be spun 
thus. It will he wound into a ball. When the ball is large | the loom 
will be made. When the loom is finished they will start weaving. 
They will pound it down hard with a sword | so that the web may 
be firm. 


With the girls I made jars. Much I worked. I | (85) pulverized 
potsherds. I ground them into fine powder. The clay I soaked in 
water. 1 1 put down the ground potsherds on the stone floor. I made 
the paste. Much I kneaded it. | There in the mould I put the bowl. 
I dipped the gourd scraper in water. | I wet the scraper. I worked 

6 Publications, American Ethnological Soci$y Vol. XV 

90 kusaira. kusap a*la^'a ota a^*a ho* tainan-A.. W Viepala*u. hekoha- 
kwa a^*a ho* hepala*u. ho' l^awaclja hepala*u. ho* sa*lak'a heko- 
hakwa jjawac^a. okciko an kem a^'a ho* hepala'^a. kusap a } jjamon'e 
a^*a ho* {£aloJ£a. ho* tsina*u akwina'we a*le kwirre a*coktan*e ho' 
isko helinac^a, ho*lafe:'a ho* utecle^a. ho*le lutsipinan ho* helinan 
95 ^aialja. ma'tcikwa ho* wo'lu^a. helinan ak'a ko*kcipln*a. ho > - 
tfsina'lja. sa*le so* ya^alja. 

so* tatekwikwi a*^a. ho* muhe*we ho* hapo^aka. ho* hapo^anan 

ho* a*l eto^a. ho* hepilafca. muhe*we hepila ya'^a. tetaca^a. 

sato'we ho* po*ya^a. ho* alopij^a. hie muhe'we ko*kci*^a. hie 

ioo ace* alofea. hie a'ko*kci%a. hie ace* alo^a. hrwe yo'^a. ho* 

i wo*yatih^a. hie ko*kci*^a. accwe alj'a. horn sa*le hie ko*kci hie 

muhe* a'ko'kci*lja. lesnapa ljane'lu muhe'we a^'a ko*kci*^a al$*a 

ace'we hie onean*e. 

t'a ho* te*le acan"a — ho* yam tcawe — ta ho* te*l acan*a. hie 

5 muhe* ko'kci. t'a ho* te*l acan*a yam tcawe le*kwe^a. — iya c 

to* act c u. kwa hon te*l il'a*wanre. to* act'u. — ho* acan*a — hie 

ko'macko'na to a*waca sawe. melika*ni ko'macko'na to* sawaca 

to* ko'macko'na ikwanifea melik a'ni aj^-a torn a'ciwi a'wo^atsilj 

torn ko*antikwa — horn tcawe horn lesantikwa^a. ele torn ko*an- 

with it. I made a bowl. When it was dry I | smoothed it. After I 
had smoothed it I set it outside in the sun | (90) that it might dry. 
When it was dry I rubbed it with a stone, with a rough stone. I put 
on the white slip, j I slipped it with whitewash. I mixed the paint, 
and put it on. In a bowl I | mixed the whitewash. I put the slip 
on with a rabbit-skin. When it was dry with a round stone | I 
polished it. Now I painted the black designs. [I put] a black stone 
in a mortar. So I | made the paint. I chewed up a yucca leaf. When 
the yucca leaf was soft, in the paint | (95) I dipped it. I put in sugar. 
Therefore the paint will be good. I | painted it. So I finished the 

I went to the corral. I gathered manure. After I had gathered it | 
I put down a stone and built a wall around it. I built up a wall of 
manure. It became high | I spread potsherds over it. I set fire 
to it. The manure was very good. | (ioo) It burned hard. They were 
very good. They burned hard. It burned to ashes. | d) I took out 
the pots; they were very good, because they were well fired. My 
bowl was very good. | The manure was very good, because it was 
sheep manure. It was very good because | it was bright yellow. 

"And now I shall make a jar," [I told] my children. "And now 
I shall make a jar. | (5) The manure is very good, so I shall make a 
jar," so I said to my children. "All right, [ make it. We have no jar, 
so go on, make one." "I shall make it." | "You make many bowls; 
for the white people you make many bowls. | You work a great deal 
for the white people. Therefore the Zuni women | have something 
to say about you." So my children said to me. "It's all right for 

Bunzd, Zuni Texts 7 

tikwa kwa hewe il'a'wanve a£*a t'om ko*antikwa. t'o kwa yam 10 
hanate kwa t'o' kola t'oweyena*ma hanate a^:*a t'om ko*antikwa. ele 
tern holomace tenat t'o* t'oyen'a — horn oyemci horn laciki horn 
lesanikwa. tern holomace tern yato^a holomace tenati t'o* Uoweyen'a* 
tern a'ciwi kwa tenvl tJoweyena'wanve. 

tfo homan kuwe molaknan*e kuwe ^akut*u to* ota J uira. — i& 
kuwe ho* wcrkocopt. ho* te*lak*a ho* wopuc^a. yoto^ap tfom 
kuwe yo'to^a. ^a'kipi tJo*t'oweyen'a. t'om kuwe otoye. — wanairi 
kwa tern tcuwe tem'la t'oweyena*ma. wanan'i kwa tern temla 
ho* t'oweyena^a. t'a t'o* ^akut c u kuwe alnate. ele ematapte. ko*- 
macko'na horn tcawe. halowil'apa lenapa rii^aia'we halowil'apa 20 
molaknan'e hom tcawe i*tona*wa. molapa horn a*hota horn tcawe 
i'tona*wa. ko*macko'na hom pi^aiapa. ko'macko'na. kwa litanre 
hie t'e^ali. hie pi^aia*we a*kusa. ko*macko*na hie haiyapa ak*a 
a'kusa. kwa litam'e. hie tfepth honkwati ko'wi tenala*ap lito^an*a. 
honkwati koko a"wi*yapa lito^aira. honkwati kwa ho* aiyu*ya"- 25 
nanve. e'te a*ciwan*i i*cemena*we. honkwati a*wi*yan'a litoJj:a. 
J^akwa'mosi tfinaiye. tcimna*kwe a'wa yatoye. honkwati hon 
a*halowil*ajia litopura. a'ciwan'i tfinaiye. honkwati a*wan itiwi- 
ha^ipa koko a*wa yaton'e i*lona^an*a. koyemci ukwai'in'a. 
lawaptsiclenap^a tumitcimtci ukwai'hra. hanat hrno ^apunan 30 

them to talk about you. ] (io) They have no money. Therefore 
they talk about you. | You don't | plant your chile early, therefore 
they have something to say about you. It's all right. | There is 
still a long time. You will plant it yet." So my husband, my | old 
man, said to me. "It's still far off. The sun is still far off. You 
will plant your chile yet. | Not all the Zunis have planted yet. 

(15) "Soak some seeds for me, watermelon seeds. You will make 
them sprout." | I washed the seeds. I put them in a jar. They 
sprouted. "Your [ seeds have sprouted. When are you going to 
plant? Your seeds have sprouts." "Wait | I have not yet planted 
all my corn. I have not yet | planted all of it, and soak the seeds 
again. It is good to have a lot." | (20) Many are my children. If 
I am lucky my vines may grow. If I am lucky) my children may 
eat melons. If there are melons, my grandchildren and my children | 
may eat. I have many vines. For a long time it has not rained. | It 
is very hot. The vines are very dry. There are many weeds, and 
so I they are dry. It does not rain. It is very hot. Perhaps after 
a little while it may rain. | (25) Perhaps when the katcinas come it 
may rain. Perhaps, I do not know. | But the priests are calling for 
rain. Perhaps it will come, the rain. | The chief priests are staying 
in. This is their first day. Perhaps, if we | are lucky, it may rain. 
The priests are sitting. Perhaps at the middle | division of their 
days, on the day of the katcinas, it may become cloudy. The 
Koyemci will come out. | (30) They have cut their prayersticks. 
Tumitcimtci will come out. "Hurry up ! Go and get water | and go 

8 Publications, American Ethnological Society VoL XV 

kwai'ice tumitcimtci ukwaPhra. pwe antecemana'w^ hto*we 
teliacena'we al$:*a lesnena'wa koyemci. honkwati ko*wi t^nala^pa 
holno antecemana*we lito^an'a. ko'yemci teliace'a &)&% ]£ a lrpa. 
tcuwetcanve litowe antecema lesnarja ho'na'wa lenaria miwe 

35 jji^:aia*we tcimaiya'we kola mokwi'we hie Materia, hie antoiana 
^atejJa. hie asikoa uwe IfajJiyaria. alj'a ho' iito'we antecema. 

ko*macko*na ho' tcawiH. kwahol tenrla uwa^n'a a'la'an'a 
litoptpa uhsona ho* antecema. ko'macko'na kwahol tfoweyenappl. 
horn tcawe a*^*a Iito'we antecema. yam ema tcawil'i ko'macko'na. 

40 ele tV yu > te > tca ho'na'wan tatcu. ko'macko'na ho'na tcawe. 
ele tfo* yu'te'tca. ko'macko'na to ikwanil^a. a*wan tatcu. ele 
Ua tenati t'o* a'wan tatcu. ko'macko'na tV ikwani^a. ele torn 
tcawe i'tona*wa. a*ya* J apa miwe mo'we ko'macko'na tV ikwanike*a. 
a*wa tcawe a^*a i'ket'sanan'a t'om a'hota t'om a*nana kwanawa- 

45 tan'i. a^a ho* yu'te'tcinan'te ho* t'oweye^a. kwa ho* itciana'ma. 
tla tenati ko'macko'na ho'na a'ho'i kwa ho* ak'* itciana^a. Ua 
tenati hon aniktcia c . ko'macko'na hon a'hota hon a'nan'a. hon 
aniktcia*. holno hanre ko'macko'na tcawacnap^a kwa tem'i a'wu- 
na'wam'e. a'tewuko'lPya. ko'macko'na e't tcawacnap^a a'wan 

so i^e*na uwe, a'koye'a a'hanasima a'koye'a. kwa i'^etJsanam'e. 
ta tenati kwa hi'nina ona'we il'a'wanve. ham a'tewuko'li'ya a'wa 

out. Tumitcimtci are coming out! They want water!" | They 
represent the rain, therefore they do thus, the Koyemci. Perhaps 
after a little while, | just as we wish, it may rain. The Koyemci 
represent the rain, therefore they throw water on them. | Everyone 
without exception wants rain because this way is very difficult ; we 
irrigate all our crops, the corn, | (35) the vines, the wheat, the chile, 
the onions. It is very hard | to irrigate. The hands ache when 
one carries water in buckets. Therefore I want rain. | 

I have many children. All our growing things will get large | if 
it rains; that is what I wish for. Many things they have planted, j 
my children, therefore they want rain. You have many children. 
There are many. | <40) It is all right for you to get tired. You are 
ourfather. Our children are many. | It is all right for you to get tired. 
Much you work for them; you are their father. It is all right, | it 
can't be helped; you are their father. Much you work. All right, 
your | children will eat. When they ripen the corn and the melons. 
Much you work. | They are our children, therefore they are happy. 
Your granddaughters, your grandsons want for nothing. | (45) There- 
fore even though I am tired, I have planted. I am not lazy. | It can't 
be helped. We are many people. Therefore I am not lazy. | It 
can't be helped; we are blessed. Many are our granddaughters and 
our grandsons. We | are blessed. Elsewhere others have borne 
many children, but they do not see them all. | They are poor. 
Although they have borne many children their | (50) hearts ache. 
They cry. They are unfortunate. They cry. They are not happy. | 

Bunzely Zuni Texts 9 

ona* potca. ham a'wa kwa hi'ninam'e" ona'we. hie ten'i. kwahol 
eletearJa. a'wa tca'le yaiyu'ya'napa eletel£an*a. a^'a tikwahna 
oyemc il*i^an a a. yam tca'le tikwahna ampeyepa a*wa anhatia*- 
wan'a a*ka elete^an'a. homo kwa yaiyu'ya'na'wanre. ak*a 55 
kotileye'a l^akwenipa. ak'a yam tcawe ho* a'wampeye'a al^- 5 hon 
tikwahna ^akweniye. horn tcawe rjdet'sana. el a'teaiye. ko*macko- 
na a'wilapona horn a'talaki kwaholi ho'no elan-il'apa. horn tcawe 
ansamo i'ket'sana. kwahol yam anteceman'ona yunatipin'a. ute- 
na*we yaniktcia. a^*a ho' ket'sana. horn tcawe kwahol horn eo 
leyena'we. kwahol horn i'to^ana'we. horn tcawe horn el" il'apa. 
a£*a lesnati^a. ko*macko*na kwaholi ho 5 yu'makwe ko*macko*na. 
ele ho s yu'makwe. fa tenati horn tcawe. ele ho* yu'makwe. kwa 
tcuweholi honra. yam tcawe. kwa horn han'ona team'e. kwa an 
tea team'e. kwa horn ljawu kwa an tea team'e horn tsilu kwa an tea 65 
team'e. homa te*tci tcawe. koplea ho' sam*ul£an'a ho' yam tcawe 
a'witcema. honkwat tcuwehol horn han J ona an tcawe honkwati 
ho 5 sam'u^an'a. homo lesna ^akwenipa. alj:'a l^akwe'koa upohpa. 
ko'macko'na hon ^akweniye t'opinte'a. holno potca. kwilimona 
^akwen'te kwa ko'kcanre. i'yanapena'we. kwahol ikwani'we 70 
i'ha^awa^a i'yanapena'we. hie potca. hie kwa kokcanre. 

It cannot be helped ; we do not have the same road. Some are poor, 
their | roads are bad. The roads of others are not the same. It is 
very hard. | We have prospered in everything. If our child has 
understanding she will prosper. So that | she may marry a kind 
husband. If one speaks kindly to one's child, he will listen to one | (55) 
and so he will prosper. Somewheres they have no understanding, 
therefore | they live together rudely. Therefore I always talk to 
my children, so that we | may live together kindly. My children are 
happy. We live well. Many | have married into our family, my 
sons-in-law. They protect us in everything. My children [ all are 
happy together. Whatever they wish they see. | (60) They have been 
blessed with property, therefore I am happy. My children | clothe 
me. They feed me. My children look after me. | Therefore it has 
happened thus. I have toiled hard in all things. | It is alright that 
I have toiled hard. It cannot be helped, for they are my children. 
It is alright that I toil for them. | They are no one's but my own. 
They are my children ; they are not my younger sister's ; they are 
not I (65) her children. They are not my elder sister's children; they 
are not my aunt's children. | They are my very own children. Why 
should I be cross ? | I love my children. | Perhaps if they were 
someone else's children, sister's children, perhaps 1 1 should be cross. 
Somewheres they live that way. And therefore they divide their 
houses. I There are many of us living here in one house. Elsewhere 
it is bad. Even with two | uo households it is not good. They 
quarrel with each other. | Some order the others to do all the work. 
They quarrel together. That is bad; it is not good. | 

10 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 


yam ho* tcawe ho* Kola t?oweye^an*a. — iya*. tfo* a'tfu. horn tcawe 
le*anikwaj£a. ho 3 helrwaclfa. ho* kune* hajJo^a^a. kune*we ho* 

75 he*uka. ya'^a. so* ^aptsic^a. ho* t'e^i^alja. ho* wapa*anan a^*a 
ca^a^a^a. ho* he'kowacka. ho* Kola l^apu^a. uhsona ya*^a. lal 
mokwi'we t'a ho* he'kowaclja. wapa*anan a^'a ho* ca^a^a^a. 
so* mokwi* ^awe ho*tfoweyepL uhsona ya'^a. ho* pttulja lal scrwe 
a'lana lal tirci am muhe'we uhsona ho* iyasev^afea. ho* po*yepL 

so lal ho* ^atu^a. lal mcrkwi. a'tacaka. lal ho* haktco^a. lal Kola 
a'taca^a. t'a ho* haktcoka. lal yutea^a. lal hakohana uhsona ho* 
hajio^alja. lal copa jJijjawe piwa*apa ho* an t'am ela^a. isKon 
pijjan'e ye'ma^a. t'am elakwi ye*maknan mo*le i'mup copa 
mo*letfam elakwin lal laci^a. lal coko'we. a*wo^a ajja £awicna*j?;a 

85 te*le. isKon kwato^a coKon'e. ko'macko'na ho* mo*la^a. uhsona 
lesi hon rkwanijga^a. 

hon Kuyoh^a^a. ko'macko'na Kuwe hon kuyoh^ajja. hon 
a*te*tcinan hon j^akwen ac^a. hon imo^a. hon antfewalja. ko'- 
macko'na horn Kuwe, a*wite wahta'we. kwilipin antfewa^a. 

90 kwili wahta'we Kuwe wopon'e i'yo'^a. lal a'wite antfewanan 


I [said to] my children, "I am going to plant chile." — "All 
right, go ahead," my children | said. I mixed mud. I gathered 
dried mud. I | (75) built up little walls of dried mud. It was finished. 
Then I sprinkled it with water. I moistened it. With a hoe | I 
softened it. I made little square plots. I put in the chile seed. This 
was finished. So then | again I made little square plots for onions. 
With a hoe I softened them | and I planted onion seeds. That was 
finished. I watered them. Then 1 1 mixed together coarse sand and 
horse manure. I covered them over. | <80) Then I watered them. 
Then the onions got tall and I thinned them out. Then the chile 
got tall and I thinned them out. Then when they bloomed I 
gathered hakoha. 1 Now the gourd vines spread out and I set up 
sticks for them. There | the young vines climbed. They climbed 
where the sticks were standing. Then there were fruits on the vine, 
gourd | fruits, where the sticks were standing. Then they got ripe. 
I made dippers from them in order to dip water | (85) from the 
jar. There I put in the dippers. I had many gourds. This | much 
we worked. | 

We picked nuts. There are many pinon nuts, and we picked 
pinon nuts. We | got there. We built a house and stayed there. 
We stayed over night. | My piiions were many, four sacks. We 
stayed over two nights. | <90) The pinon nuts made two sacks. Then 
we stayed over there for four nights | and the pinon nuts made 

1 An unidentified plant with yellow blossoms. 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 11 

a'witen wahta'we kuwe wopon'e lal ha'ele^a ant'ewanan Uopale^a 
kuwe wojjon'e wahta'we. t?oj5ale^a wojion'e kuwe t'a a'wite- 
na^an antfewanan ha 5 elel^a wahta'we. kuwe. ko'macko'ne hewe. 
hie ho* yu*te*tcika. hie horn tuna*koa kuw a'wan hrhcrwe 
horn tJuna*koa ukwatelka. lu*ho*we. hie ho* yu*te*tci^:a. was 95 
so* hapelpLira. so* acku^a t'si'lalja. t'elajja ho* a'kokcu^a. ko*- 
macko'na ku'we kwililjan astemla kupon'e. ko'macko'na wahtarre. 
horn hanela" ter^a. hon a*wa*t c u. ciwinakwin hon a'wat'u. lal 
a*te*tcinan hon halisona*wa. hon ito'we wo'ticmvwa t'a hon 
a*wi*yan'a. notcapiwe ma'tcikwa uhsona hon ^apatumvwa. 100 

lal son a'wal'ufea. ko'macko'na a*patcu haponaiye horn etci* 1 
kuwe terj^anappt. ko'macko'na a'patcu hie ho*inaiye. hon a*wa*t c u 
kuwe teg^a. hie potca kwa kokcanre. hon a*wa*t c u. ca**lak 
a*wi'yan*a. s*el'e. hinik saiyataca we'an'a. ho* te*tcinan ho* yam 
J^akwen ko'kcmra hekocon'a. ho* hepewun-a. t'a yam hepokon*e 5 
anhejJanmva. iskon t'om mulomvwa. saiyataca we*apa ito*w 
o**an'a. ta'htcic he*lacan*a. ta'htcic wo'leana'wa. a'ho*i a'wi'nan 
i'tona'wa. a*ho* haponan i'tona'wa. rtowacmvwa el'e ematapte 
a^*a kwa hon i'cil^anapcukwa. enrat'apte i'tona'wa. a^'a i'^et*sa- 
nan*a. tfa tenati hono icattema tse*manan hon il'apa. uhsona 10 
i'mola^apa homo yam a'wi'tun tfekwi ta'htcic tse'manapan'a. 

four sacks. Then we stayed over for eight nights | and the pinon 
nuts made six sacks. There were six sacks of pinon nuts. And | 
staying four days, eight sacks of pinons. It was much money. 1 1 was 
very tired. The dust from the pinons got into my eyes. | (95) The 
dust got into my eyes. I got very tired. First 1 1 brushed them up. 
Then I winnowed them with a basket. At night I cleaned them. 
There were many pinon nuts. Twenty sacks of pinon nuts. There 
were many sacks. | Then we ran out of food. "Let us go. Let us go 
back to Zuni. Then | when we get there we shall sell these and get 
things to eat. Then we | (ioo> shall come again. We shall get coffee 
and sugar. That we shall boil in our water." 

(i) Then we wandered around out there. Many Navahos were 
gathered there. | All of the pinons that I had left were gone. 
There were many Navahos. Many people were staying there. "Let 
us go. | The pinons are all gone. It's too bad. It's not right. Let us 
go. Ca'lako | will be coming, so we had better[go]. I think Saiyataca 
will call out. When I get back I [ (5) shall fix up my house. I shall 
whitewash. I shall plaster the floor and then | I shall plaster the 
oven. Then we shall make bread for you. When Saiyataca calls out | 
we shall cook, and also make paper bread, and cook stew. People 
will come | and eat. People will come from different places and they 
will eat. We will cook for them. It is best to have a lot | so that we 
may not be criticised. Even if we have a lot they will eat it, so that 
they may feel happy. | uo) Well, it can't be helped. We have them 
always in our thoughts. When that | is concluded and they go 

12 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

^a'^amacko # na tse^makwi'we i'molapana'wa. ca^lako tse J manan*a. 
ko'yemci a'wan i'to'w o^an'a. uhsona rtse'manan ho' yam tsawaj^i 
ho* lesanikwa^a a*watan*i ko'yemci. ma ho* tse'ma ho* aiyu'ya'na. 

is ho* a*ni mansana wo'jJe ho* tapl^a. ta'htcic ho* i^ina o*we wo*- 
lacnan o'we wo'lehaktol^a. kwahol i'leye^a kwan a'^o'kci horn e'le 
olehaktol^a. ko'yemci kocol^an a'ka. olhakto^a. ko'macko'na an 
a'kuku a'wan i'to'we an a'tatcu a'wan hine'we mo'we mulo'we o*we 
o'la'we an a'tatcu an a'kuku an hapo^anapjja. iskon lapowa* 

20 a'wukna^a. s'iskon nine seto^a s'an a'kuku il'apa ukwe'fea 
t'sia'akwi il'apa a'wa'p. yam a'kuku yam a'tatcu t'atfapololon 
a^'a an hincwe wopo^a. t'sia'akwi an iHnt'in-a^a. tfsiaVwa ko'- 
macko'na a'wan i'to'we hapo 5 l$:a — ko'yemci a'wa. 

sunhapa pautiwa i'l^a. tsia'akwi i'^a. molawina'kwe a'wi'ya 

25 jiautiwa a'wil- i*^a. uhsona yalakwe'^a. t'elapa ko'yemci a*wan 
a*woye a*wan tcawe i*to*we ko'macko'na o'we mulo'we hine'we 
mo*we moteala ko'macko'na i'to'we an tcawe yam J^akwc a*we- 
letcel^anapka. an o'we mulo'we hine'we ko'macko'na an a'kuku 
an a'tatcu an hapo^anap^a. yam tatcu ko'yemci yam tatc 

back to the place from whence they come they will stfll think 
about it. | It is still a long time until their thoughts may be fulfilled. 
We must think of Ca'lako, J and the food which we must give to 
the Koyemci; of that I am thinking." So I said to my son. | "The 
Koyemci are dangerous." "Yes, I am thinking about it. I know.|<i5> 
I have bought a box of apples for them." 1 And meanwhile my 
sister filled a basket with meal. | She took the basket of meal on 
the head. She was dressed up in fine clothes. My daughter | took 
the basket of meal on her head. She went to "wash" the Koyemci, 
carrying the basket of meal on her head. He had much | food 
from his aunts. His fathers brought him | butchered sheep, melons 
bread, flour, | baskets of meal, his fathers and his aunts gathered 
together for him. Then | (so) they gave them a bundle of prayer- 
sticks. Then they put the butchered sheep on his back. So he went 
out with his aunts. | They took him to Tsia'awa. His aunts and his 
fathers | loaded his sheep in a wagon and took them to him at 
Tsia'awa. In Tsia'awa | great quantities of food were gathered 
fort hem — for the 9 Koyemci. j 

In the evening Pautiwa came. He came to Tsia'awa. The 
Squash-Bringers came. | (25) Pautiwa brought them. That was all 
over. At night, | the wives and children of the Koyemci (came for) 
the food. There were great quantities of meal and bread and mutton, | 
melons, squashes ; there was much food. His children took it to their 
houses. [ His meal and bread and mutton were much. His aunts | 
and his fathers had gathered it together for him. The Koyemci | <so> 
went to their fathers' house. There they were bathed. After the 

1 The text here changes without transition from direct discourse to narrative,, 
and from future to past time. 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 13 

inkwin a*wa*]$;a. iskon wokocona'Jga. ko*yemci wokoconaknan so 
a'tutu^anapirra. tutu'we a'teckwi^a. kwa yatoniH kwa tutuna*- 
wam'^a. yatoniH a'teckwP^a. yam tatc inkwin a'te'tcipa a*tu- 
tul^ana'^a. a'teckwihna'lja. i*to*napl$:a. kwa i'teckwinanr^a. ko"- 
yemci a*wan tatcu yam tcawe a # teckwihnapka. s'uhsona yalakwe*- 
^a. lal akwe^apakwin la'tunan ukwai'ij^a. ko'yemci yanulona 35 
ko'wi tse'makwi rmolanap^a. le*wi. 


ko'yemci a'wi'^a. a'witen t'ewapa saiyataca a*wi*yan*a. iskon 
al^'a honan ^akwan ca*lako im'ona an i'towo^an'a. horn tcawe 
an i'to*w hapo}£ana*wa. tehaktconapura ca^lak a*ni. su'nharja 40 
ya*telaj5a ca^lako u'kweile^ana^an*a tenrla. le'wi ca^lako t'orJa- 
leka temla u"kwe*ilepinakan*a. a*wan lesna tenrla t'ina'koa a*wan 
i'to'w hapona' su'nhapa ciwe hme*we ^ane*lu uhsona wo*leapan*a. 
ya'telarja i'tona^an'a. kcrmacko'na ho'na'wa ryani^ina'we i'tona 
harjon*a. i'tona hapop ^:e*la ca^lak a'wa a*wa wo'we lal anulon 45 
a*tci luknoko ^e'l i'tona*wa. wo'latij^ajra. ca ,: *lak anuion a'tci 
a'tci tehaktcon*a wo*la- tenrla. ko'wi i'to'w hapo'koa tenrl i*to*- 

Koyemci were bathed | they were given to drink. They had 
been forbidden to drink. All day long they had not drunk. | All 
day it was forbidden to them. When they reached their father's 
house, they were given to drink. | The prohibition was removed. 
They ate. They were not taboo. | The Koyemci's father removed 
the prohibition from his children. Then that was all over. | (35) 
Then they went out to Wide River to plant their prayersticks. 
Those who had impersonated the Koyemci | had fulfilled their 
thoughts. That is all. | 


The Koyemci came. After four days Saiyataca will come. Then | 
for that we shall cook for the Ca'lako who stays in our house. My 
children | (40) will collect food for him. They will take off a little 
from each dish for Ca'lako, At night, | when the people are asleep 
thoy will take the Ca'lako out, all of them, all six of the Ca'lako, 
they will take them all out. So in all the houses where they stay 
they collect food for them in the evening, meat, dressed sheep, sheep, 
these they will cook. | After the people are asleep, they will give 
them to eat. Many of our relatives | will bring (45) food here. After 
they have brought food, then first the Ca'lako wowe 1 and then the 
two impersonators, | these will eat first. They will set down food 
for them. The Ca'lako impersonators | will make an offering from 
each dish. A little from all the food that has been brought, from 
all that has been cooked. | Just about the time Saiyataca calls out 

1 "Servants", a group of officials in charge of the Ca*lako ritual. 

14 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

wo'Jja saiyataca weapa leshapi lesna peye'a ca^laka'wa a*wa wo'we. 
iton tetcunapa isko horn tcawe ko'wi haj>okoa ko'macko'na horn 

so a*wulairi ola'we hapolja. hanre mulo'we hapolja. ko'macko'na 
horn tcawe a* wots a'teona mo* we mo'teala notcapi'we ma'tcikwa 
kwahol temia rtowatun'ona saiyataca weajia tfewajja yam tcawa*- 
wa hoMwe a^*a ola* hajfc^koa a'wa horn tcawe wo'lika. horn 
a'ma^i a*wa wcrlahaiyanap^a. 

55 tfomt ha'i t'ewajja ca^lak a'wi'ya. ca^lak a*wi*yap ha'i t'ewapa 
tJa lesna ko'macko'na o'we ola'we ^ala'we lune'we mo'teala 
mo'we komacko'na ca^lak* a*wiyanakona a'wa t'elna* wo'tPkoa 
hajJela* hiwalan tenrla kwa tcuhol i'to'w itcemana'ma kokw 
a'watan'i tcuhol yam i*to*w itcemana piyaharra taht'c etat'ajJa 

eo iyaktohan'a ihacirra. lesna^a kwa tcuhol kwa i'to'w itce- 
mana'wam'e. holno ca ,:> lak a-wrtun teakoa ant'sumehna i'towo*- 
'an'a. hiwalan tem'la i'tonaj^an'a asteml te'le tela'wa^'a wo'lea- 
pan'a. ciwe ko'macko'na mukrwe a-witen a'yatfcokwi he'loan'a. 
ko'macko'na hewe le'wi wo'tijian*a hewe. iskon ho'i tem'la tfehnan 

65-ten'a koko ca^lako ko'yemci saiyataca salimojJiya o'ti'wa. tfelinan 
t'en*a i'tonapura a'patcu ca^lak a'wryana saiyataca a*wi*yana 
ko'yemci a'wiyana tem'la i'tona^aira. kwa tcuhol alcukwa hie 
t'ekohatijJa oti'wa luwan-lanhra yatokwai'ijja hiwan-lanipa a*wo- 

they speak thus, the Ca'lako wowe. | After they have finished eating, 
then my children eat, as many as have come together. | <50) My 
daughters-in-law have brought many baskets of meal. Others have 
brought bread. | I have many children; the men bring melons and 
squash and coffee and sugar, | all the things that they will eat. The 
day after Saiyataca calls out, | my children fill their children's 
baskets in which they brought the meal. My | daughters take the 
baskets out to them. 

(55) Then, in just three days, Ca'lako come. When Ca'lako have 
come after three days, then again they take food, flour, and baskets 
of meal, baskets of wheat, dressed sheep, squash. | melons, great 
quantities of food, to the places where the Ca'lako will come, to 
where their crooks are lying. | In all the village, no one withholds 
food. The katcinas | are dangerous; if anyone withholds food from 
them, she will fall, or else if not that, <eo) she will strike herself, 
she will injure herself. Therefore no one withholds food. | In all 
the places where the Ca'lako are to come they will be cooking for 
them eagerly. | All the village will eat. In about ten jars, large 
cooking jars, they will make the stew. | There will be much meat, 
and bread; on four stones they will be making paper bread. | There 
will be much paper bread; it will be piled up so high the paper 
bread. For everyone will be there. All night | (65) long the katcinas, 
Ca'lako, Koyemci, Saiyataca, Salimopiya, will dance. All night | 
long they will give them to eat, even to the Navahos. Where the 
Ca'lako come, where Saiyataca comes, | where the Koyemci come, 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 15 

J^atsijj: yam wolea'we yam helacnapkoa a'mal^i yam mulowenapkoa 
i'to* wo*la'wacna*wa. ca ,J lak a*wa ko*yemc a*wa saiyataca a*wa 70 
tenvla koko a*wa ko*macko*na rfcrwe mukrwe heteala hewe 
cilea'we hie ko*macko*na ito'we ikwan'an*a ca^lak rtonapkat'apa 
wola'we etcunapkoa ca**lak a*wa a # wa wo'we anulon a*tci a'wa 
wo'lea'we a'wan J^akwekoa ewactojp wo*lahaiyena*wa. 

uhsona yele^atapa ho'i tenrla temaiya^a^'a kwaniieajjan'a. 75 
ca^lako tifeil'apona yam miwe teckwihna'wa i*wo*ponana'wa 
tfa yam tcPmxrwe. ca°lako elemakun*a tilplariona panrkana'wa. 
a'paniie^anajjaira te'mla. ca^lak'o akwMtiwakwin i't'inakna a'wa 
wo'we a'wilapa tenrla a*pani*upa tikilapona tena*wak'a a'wan 
tenena*wa. itfinakna la*tena*wa. ca^lako Huwacan*a. a'witena^a 80 
hiwalemaktcorra. uhsona ite'tca^ana saiyataca a'pani'una. luk- 
nokon t'a la^tuna'wa cula'witsi an tatcu iW la*tun'a. an lawe wo # - 
leaye a*tc ehkwiye saiyataca a-yaluye. tikilapona cohkona'wa 
a-wan tenena'wa tenenak'a a*pani*^ana^an-a. ak'witiwakwi iskot'a 
la'tuna*wa salimopiya ca°lako hiwalemakmra l$;e"la cula'witsi. an 85 
tatcu ehkwapa cula'witsi yalu^an'a. iskon saiyataca ayalu^an'a 
a'wa'napa ca ,3 lako rhrwacan*a. rte'tcil^ana a*wa wo'we hiwalema- 

they will give every one to eat. No one will sleep. I At daybreak 
they will stop dancing. At sunrise when they stop the old women | 
set out the stew which they have cooked, and the paper bread that 
they have baked, and the young women the bread that they have 
baked. | (70) They dish out food for them, for Ca*lako and for 
Koyemci and for Saiyataca, | and for all the katcinas. Great 
quantities of food: bread, paper bread, | cooked meat, great quan- 
tities of food they will get ready for them. After Ca'lako have 
eaten, | the girls will take the stew that is left to the houses of the 
Ca'lako wowe and the two impersonators. 

(75) When that is all finished all the people will get dressed to go 
out to the dance. | The society people will take their miwe 1 from 
the altars and will take them | and their rattles. The Ca'lako 
will arise, and the society people will take them down. | They 
will take them all down. When all the Ca'lako will sit down 
across the river their | wowe will be with them. When all of 
them have gone down, the society people will sing for them their 
songs. I (80) After they have sat down they will plant prayer 
sticks. The Ca'lako will run. Four times | they will stand up. When 
that is finished Saiyataca will come down. | They also will plant 
prayersticks. Culawitsi's father will plant with them. He carries 
his prayersticks in a basket. | These two go first. Saiyataca follows. 
The society people blow on their flutes. | They will sing for them. 
They will take them down with singing. At the middle crossing of 
the river, there again | (85) they will plant prayersticks. The Sali- 
mopiya and Ca'lako will arise. First Culawitsi's | father will go 
ahead. Culawitsi will be behind. Then Saiyataca will be behind 

1 Ears of corn covered with feathers, personal fetishes of medicine men. 

16 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

ptna'wa. s^'wa-nuwa. he'ikwa'wa ehkwil^aira. isko he^apa- 
kw } a*wa isko a*na^an*a lal isko tcupakw*a'wa isko muhekwVwa 

90 isko a*na^an'a lal ohe'kw'a'wa isko a'na^an'a lal isko uptfsana'- 
kw*a"wa isko le*wi ca #> lako. lesna i*t'apanaiye. hie uptsanakw'a'wa 
uhson hie a'yaluye. isko s'a'wa'p. s^'wa^a ca ,:> lako. te^ahrja. 
ta^tcic hoi ko'yemci ukwe'^a. oa^lak a'wa*napa ca ,:> lak a'wrtelana*- 
kona hoh6^ana*wa. a'wal'u'ya. ptwaia'wa^'a oneal acna hali- 

95 liku ko'yemci fea'^ol ino*te kolehol yam tcimi^a'koa teliahna uh- 

sona anteliahna kwahol on elanrepte ko'yemci ye"makun*a hob6- 

J£an*a. ca^lako a'wryana^oa tfopalejta te*a lal ko'yemci a'wryana 

lal saiyataca a*wi*yana tem'lat'aria tfojtelel^a ca ,J lako lal saiyataca 

ko'yemci le'wi te*a ha'ele^a les*i te'a kokw* a*wra ko'macko'na 

ioo i'to'we ikwanan*a. pikwe'we tcim'ona a'wo^a lesi te*a ha'elel^a 

i te'a ca^lako yaincokya t?ewana*we a*wa pikwe'we ikwana* a*wan 

itonaptun'ona tcimaiyacnapm'a. tem'la mi'we mo'we mo'teala 

kwahol tem'la ca^ako ko'yemci saiyataca tenria koko yaincokya 

t?ewana*we i'co'aiyarla. ukwati horn tcawe yam*i yam ca*lak a*ni 

5 tcimaiyahn haitocna'we. J$:ane*lu lakna*wa honkwati itcitholi ho*- 
na*wan ca^lak im'on a*ni. ho* il'i ca^lako horn ^akwen ime. hie 

them. | After they have gone, the Ca'lako will run. When this is at 
an end, their wowe will make them arise. | So they will go. Heiwa's 
will be first, then Hel^apawa's | will be next. Then Tcupawa's, 
then Muhewa's | (90) will be next, then Ohewa*s will be next, then 
Uptsanawa's. | That is all. Thus the Ca*lako follow one another. 
Uptsanawa's | will be the very last one. So they went. So they 
went, the Ca'lako. Then when it was warm, | the Koyemci came 
out. After the Ca'lako are gone, at all the places where Ca'lako have 
come, | they will do "h6 ho". They go about. They make their 
road with prayermeal. | (95) They dance Mountain- Goat, the 
Koyemci, as they did long ago in ancient times. Perpetuating what 
has been since the first beginning, | perpetuating that, even where 
is no good road, the Koyemci will climb up. They will do "ho ho". | 
Wherever the Ca'lako have come, at six places, and then where the 
Koyemci have come, | and then where Saiyataca have come, 
altogether six places forCa'lako, and Saiyataca's, | and theKoyem- 
ci's, in all, eight places; in all these places, for the coming of the 
katcinas | (ioo) they will work on quantities of food. They will 
make new houses, in this many places, in eight | d) places, while 
they are waiting for Ca'lako; every day they will work on new 
houses for them. | They will cut the wheat for them to eat. All the 
corn and squash and melons, | everything. While they are waiting 
for Ca'lako and Koyemci and Saiyataca and all the katcinas, | 
every day they will have work parties. And so they order my 
children to cut wheat, for their own Ca'lako. | (5) They will kill a 
sheep. Perhaps tomorrow | they will do this for our Ca'lako, for 
the one who stays here. For I have Ca'lako. He stays in my house. | 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 17 

mosiye hie ca ,:> lak a*wa mosiye a'wam papa horn l^akwan itne. an 
ikwanaira itcitholi a wo'we lal anulona a*tci ca ,J lako a'tc ikwani- 
l^aira* a wo'we ca^lak a*ni ko*macko*na a*ho*i he'ikwe tcimaiyahna*- 
wa. ka'Jp saiyataca weapa yam rtonaptun'ona alj*a tern te'a 10 
ikwaniljana*wa. upa'we tenrla lesna te*tci yam a'wi'tunteakona 
ikwani^amvwa tcimaiyacna*wa kiawacna'wa miyacna'wa ^akwe*- 
wacna*wa ca^lako a'wrtun teakona tcuwetcarrre ant'sume'a. 
hanre aiyu'ya'naria yace t*a tenati isko i*na^a ten'i. holon tern 
ihoMtea te'tcinaJtaira. tern holomace. tern ^a^amackona. hon- is 
kwati elho} te'tcina^an'a. uhsona hon antfsumehna hon a*teaiye. 


tecukwa a'ciwan^i yujJolja. tecukwa lawaptsiclenap^a. lawe 
yele^ap su'nhap ^apunapka. tapnnrte s'a'want'ewa^a. la^ a*wan 
kwiH yatoye t'ewan ha J i yatopura. honkwat a*wan itiwa rha- 20 
^inan'te kokokwe lawaptsiclena'wa. hompic tfewapa lawaptsiclena- 
de^en tJewap su*nhapa su'nhakwin kokwa'wiyan*a. komosona 
a*wil i*yan*a. ohe'wan upo^an'a. tutu a*teckwi^an*a tern itiwap 
tcim tutuna*wa a*witena£an u*kwe*nan otipe'en tcim tutuna'wa. 

He is the leader. He is the leader of all the Ca'lako. Their eldest 
brother stays in my house. | They will work for him. Tomorrow 
his wowe and the two impersonators, the two Ca*lako, will work. | 
Ca'lako's wowe and many He'iwa people will cut wheat. | (io) 
Whenever Saiyataca calls out, they will work beforehand on what 
they are to eat. | All the kivas will work just the same way at 
the places where they are to come. | They will cut wheat; they 
will thresh wheat; they will harvest the corn; they will build 
houses. J Where the Ca'lako are to come everyone is anxious. | 
Some expect to die. It can't be helped. It is hard to come so 
far. I (is) We cannot tell whether we shall reach that time alive. 
It is still far off. It is still a long ways. | Perhaps we shall get there 
all right. Desiring that we live. | 


Yesterday the priests went in. Yesterday they cut pray ersticks. 
When their prayersticks | were ready, in the evening they went for 
water. Now they have passed their first night. Today is their | (20 
second day and tomorrow will be the third day. Maybe at the 
middle division of their days | they will cut prayersticks for the 
katcinas. Or else on the next day after they have cut prayersticks [ 
on the following day in the evening the katcinas will come from 
the west. Komosona | will bring them. They will be in at Ohewa 
kiva. They are forbidden to drink until noon. | Only then may they 
drink. After they have come out four times and danced, then 

18 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

25 a'wan a*woye ta ,c tci a*wan a'wikinholi e^holi a'wam masiena*wa. 
tenria masiakap tcims i'tona'wa. i'tonape^ns t'a otin-kwaPhva 
tfsia'akwi. isko kcryemei t'inaiye. t'a ko'yemci a'sam'a upokarra. 
tomt a*witenakan koko otin-kwaPhva camli a*witenakant'ap su*n- 
faap a'witenakan. tomt ha'elelsanakan otrwe. kokw a'wan wo'we 

30 t'a lal ca^lako yanulona haporra upo^an*a. kok upan koyemci 
upan a'ciwan'itap lal saiyatacakwe yanulona lal tonacikwe a'wotsi 
upokan'a kopekwin an kakwan. itiwap kopekwin an a*wolpina'we 
^apa hakto-a *wr nan. ^apa* kwatokana*wap a'wan otsina* co- 
kona^'a kalunan tapnhvte a'tutu^anan upe tenria. tcims ya- 

35 man*te l£apa* t'inakwin a*wa*nan tutuna'wa. ta'htci liton i*yap 
kwa a'teckwicukwa. kwa litanrep su*nhap awiyanan rtonape'ens 
t'elinan ten'a kwa tutunapcukwa tern itiwap tcim tutuna'wa. 


tfewans fea^a laiyahna'we. kwili t'ewanans yupopura. wan son 

40 haliso a'teckwi^an'a ha'eleka t'ewawe. hinik tcuhol uponawan 

halisoika ak*a kwa litanre. ho'na'wan a'nana sunhap i'yu'heto^an 

a'wiyan*a la we lenahna haitocnan a*wiyan*a. cokyapa ke*si. 

they may drink. | (25) Their wives, or else their sisters, or their 
daughters, will bring food for them. | After they have all brought 
their food, then they will eat. After they have eaten, then again 
they will go out to dance [ in Tsia'awa. There the Koyemci are 
staying. The Koyemci also will be in by themselves. | The katcinas 
will come out just four times to dance. In the morning four times 
and then in the afternoon | four times. They will dance just eight 
times. The katcina wowe | (30) and the Ca'lako impersonators will 
meet and be in where the katcinas are in. Where the Koyemci | 
are in will be the priests and the Saiyataca people, the imper- 
sonators, and the men of the Badger clan. | They will be in at the 
house of Kopekwin. At noon Kopekwin's sisters | will bring jars of 
water on their heads. When they have brought in the water their 
brothers | will dip out the water with a gourd. Once the will give 
all those inside to drink. Then | (35) they will go by themselves 
to where the jars of water are standing and they will drink. Or else 
if rain comes | it will not be forbidden to them. If it does not rain 
in the evening when they come, after they have eaten | they may 
not drink all night, nor until noon. Only then may they drink. | 


Tomorrow uncle will go to gather sticks. In two days they will 
go in. For a while we | <40) shall be forbidden to trade. For eight 
days. I think that someone of the ones who are in now | has traded, 
and therefore it does not rain. In the evening our grandfathers will 
come to show themselves. | They will come to tell them to gather 

Bunzd, Zuni Texts 19 

kwili t'ewana lawaptsiclenans sunhaps l£apuna*wa so'^akwinakwi* 
ha*eleka t'elina* a'wan t'ewana yam upe. tcim a'wan itiwi'hakinan'te 
t'sulana t'as akci tfewanan ace^. t'a hekapa*kwe a'wan t'ewanan 45 
rhakinan'te laiyacena*we. astemlan kwili yalto a'teckwike'a. 
tomt laiyahnairte rteckwena*we. hekapa'kwe a'wan itiwi'hakip 
koyemci wosla it'inajie'a. 

luknokon ukwaPip tahtcic pekwin tcim i'mun'a. kwa eton il'- 
am'e tomt hie i'yat'suman i*muna yam mPl il'i rmun*a. tcim 50 
i'munan kwa Malm iWcukwa. tern hie ka'Ki litokap tcim sa 5 le 
aliyala'up iskon ikalil^ap tcim ^alin acan'a. a-witen t'ewa'we 
utcu^an*a tcim piilaciwan*i a'tci al*un*te a'tci teckwikan*a. a'tc 
utcairte teckwapte a'tc al'mva. a'tc i'nan ^awaian'a. a'tci temla 
tekwin ^awaiakana eletcon'a. a'witen tewa*wc a'tci teckwikitira. 55 

a'tc rte'tcijtap tcims tfekwinaka a'ciwan'i ta'htcic i'tJinajJan'a. 
uhson a'ciwan'i tahtcic a*tfowa a'lacikana'wa. 

tecukwa horn han a'tci ifea^a J£apukan a*^a. t?op akwinakwi 
a'tc aiyulacina teu^a. lito pikwe'Jsat'ap a*tc a'ka. a'tcia a'ho'i 

sticks. They are waiting for them now. | In two days they will cut 
prayer sticks. Then in the evening they will go for water, to Sandy 
Spring. I For eight nights they will stay in the place of their retreat. 
When they reach their middle day, | (45) then the Great Shell will 
count days along with them, and Hefcapakwe also divide their 
days. I From the time that they get their sticks they teckwi 1 for 
twelve days. | Even though they only gather sticks, they teckwi. 
On Hefeapakwe's middle day | the Koyemci join them in their 
retreat. | 

When these come out then pekwin will go in. He has no 
etone. | <50) He goes in in order to try himself. He goes in with his 
mile. When first he | goes in he will not have any medicine water. 
But as soon as it rains, then [ he will set a bowl outside and when 
that is filled with water, only then will he make his medicine water. 
For four days | he will stay in. Then the two bow priests, although 
they go about, will teckwi. Although they are "in" and teckwi 
they may go about. They will come to sprinkle corn meal. | They (55) 
will go out to all the directions to sprinkle prayermeal (at the 
shrines of Ahaiyute). For four days they will teckwi. \ 

Then when they have come to the end, then the Darkness 
Priests will follow them. | These are the priests. Now they make 
the corn ripen. 

Yesterday brother went with uncle to get water. They went to 
Fur ther-Bla ck-Rock-Spring. | They did admirably. A shower 
1 i. e. observe sexual or other taboos. 


20 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

60 antehtconapka. ace konhol horn i^cnan uwetika. ho 'yam hani 
unatiljap tern hie tfsana. tfsanan'thol t'ewusu tse^a le'hatinan ho* 
koyejja. honkwat hon a'halowilap Ktokaira. 

han*i yam ^aka'wan he'lacan'iha. a'citeckwiye a^'a motsa- 
^anana^a. a*wan he'lacan'iha. honkwat kwa tcuhol itiwap 

65 awamasiya^mkwa. itcite e*ye sam'a masiya^a. hie a*wito^ana]ja 
ten*i. ace* teckwapa kwa tcuhol a'wan awati icana pbpan tutu- 
cukwa. a'wan a'sama l£ap teljan'a t'a cokon^e sanva. hie hon 
aiyu'ya'napa a'waiyupatci^ena'we. et tomt awiten t'ewap les*i. 


70 som hota lacitifea horn feafca a'tci yam hota t?os ampatcmra. 
le' horn ate anikwa^a e*t t'om han*i te^anarjjja tern tfsinawace'a 
tV teat'u le J horn a*tc anikwa^a. iya c ho' le'kwa^a. 

so'na'wan tatcu pekwin*e yatoj£ an t'ewanan ac^a. astenvla 
tfewanan aclja. s*an t'ewanan tVtcip astenrla t'ewap ti|$a*we ho'i 

75 tenrla * lawaptsiclenap^a. tfewaps Ha'tip^a. rla'tipl^atap apte 
tfewap som fcajfa laiyoh^a. tfewap lawaptsiclenap]$:a. lawaptsiclena c 
tem'l haponaiye ha'i nanatap kwili ^a^atap hota soman ihifci 

passed over as they went. The people | (60) all watched them. My 
heart ached bitterly when I saw my younger brother | for he is 
still so young. Even though he is young he is always thinking of 
prayers. So I thought and I | cried. Perhaps, if w T e are lucky, it 
will rain. | 

Sister will make corn cakes for her uncles. They must eat no 
meat or grease. Therefore | she will make corn cakes with yeast. 
She will make paperbread. Perhaps no one will bring food to them 
at noon. | (65) This morning our niece was the only one who brought 
them food. It is very hard to feed them. | When they are strictly 
taboo no one whose mouth is greasy may drink from the water 
jar. | They alone will use the water jar, and they alone the gourd. 
We are very | particular about looking after them. But it is only 
like this for four days. | 


(70) My grandmother grew old. My two uncles said, "You will 
succeed your grandmother." | So they said to me. "It would have 
been your sister, but she is still at school, | so it shall be you." So 
they said to me. "All right," I said. | 

Our father, pekwin, kept days for the sun. Ten | days he kept. 
When he reached his day, the tenth day, the society people | (75) all 
cut prayersticks. So next day they planted. After they had 
planted on the fifth | day my uncle gathered sticks. Next day they 
cut prayersticks. | They all met together to cut prayersticks, | my 

R<m«i.?«7, _Zi««4 Tenets 21 

lawaptsiclenap^a. homan ihiki som yat'enap^a. hom a*nanat'ap 
horn hota hom ^al^a a*tci. som asi'koa yat'enap^a. hom tca'le lufca 
yaton'e hon yatoka tatc il'apona yam t'elacinakwi ye'lana kwai*- so 
ij^a^a. s'yam a^a a'ho^ a'teona s^snakon t'oman hon acna'wa. 
le' hom antikwanan hom asi'koa yat'enapfca. le* to' yam ulohn 
iH^aira yam tcawetV a'wiyat'en-t'sumelgan'a. le* hom antikwal^a. 
tV yam a'tatcu tcimijjanapkoa tihkwahna tV a'waiyupatci tV ho*i 
te^an*a. luik:iJom hota s'amina yo'^a lacipL li'lno ant'ehwa'koat'os 85 
ho'i. el tV itcianamt'u a]£*a Vo y hal'owil'i hoi yam yatoka tatcu 
an onaya'na^a oneala kwai'inakwi oneal te'tcina iyawokwil'apa 
ansamote yam hon i*yona-ya*^an*a rtse'mak-telakwi li'l hon 
tse'makwi* il'apa yatcu pi'lana'koa itiwan'a yatcun*e rmujJa yam 
atatcu teliljinan a'leana uhsona yatcun t'enajJa t'ayamtco yatcmre 90 
rmupa tern tfa kwilikana'na yam a'tatcu teli^ina hon a'leanap^a. 
uhsona yatcun t'enapa tern t'a onan-u'la^akwanre uhsona imup 
tern tfa ha'il^ana'na yam a'tatcu hon telikinan a'leanaplta. uhsona 
yatcun t'enapa htekwa^a t'sana uhsona yatcun i'mupa yam a'tatcu 
hon telikinan a'leanapka. yatcu pPle te'tci^a son a'citeckwi^a. 95 
son ant'sumehna t'ewanan a'tea^a. son tatc il'apona pekwin'e 
yam tatcu yatoka an t'ewanan acka. ha*ele^a t'ewanan ac^a. 

three grandfathers, and two uncles, and grandmother; for me also | 
they cut prayersticks. So they laid hold of me. My grandfathers, 
and | my grandmother, and my two uncles took me by the hand. 
"My child, this | (8o> day, the sun, who is our father, has come out 
standing to his sacred place. | Into a person such as we are, right 
here, we shall make you." | Saying this to me they took hold of 
me by the hand. "You will have care of all your world. | All your 
children you will hold fast." So they said to me. | "Carefully you 
will watch over your fathers, the Ones-Who-First-Had-Being. This 
sort of person you [ (85) shall be. This one, your grandmother, has 
become feeble. She has grown old. Now you shall be the one to 
be here in her place. | Do not be lazy, so that you may have good 
fortune ; yonder to where our Sun Father's | life-giving road comes 
forth may our roads reach. Taking counsel together | jointly 
may our roads be fulfilled. Our thoughts bend to one another. 
So here may we | hold our thoughts. Throughout the sequence of 
the months, at the new moon of the middle month, | <90) we offered 
our fathers prayersticks ; and when the moon had waned, at the 
new moon of the month of broken branches, J then again, for the 
second time, we offered our fathers prayersticks. [ When the moon 
waned, then again at the new moon of the month of no snow on the 
road, | again for the third time we offered our fathers prayersticks. 
When the | moon waned, at the new moon of the month of little 
sand storms, | (95) we offered our fathers prayersticks. Then the 
sequence of the months was at an end. We abstained from meat. | 
We passed our days in anticipation. The one who is our father, 

22 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol, XV 

kwilileka tfewap ho'i tenrla lawaptsiclenapka. ha'eleka t'ewap 

s'Ha'tipka. uhsona a*ho*i a'teckwi^a a'witen t'ewa* a'ho'i a*- 

100 teckwPka. alnas a*teckwapa kakwa*mos'i kapunapl^a. ^apunan 

1 rt'ina^a. le* yam ulohnan antse'mans rt'inal^a. htotun'ona a'tfowa 

tenrla i'ho'-i'ya^kanaptun'ona a^'as rt'inapl. ulohnan tenrla 

haiyaptun'ona peaptunona le* ho*na*wan tcawe t'owa ciwan an 

tcawe rket'sanan'a. a*wa wo*we ljane'lu wa'kaci t'u'ci a*wolana}jan"a 

5 uhson antecemana 1H hon akat'ewus a-peye'a le'kwan ^akwa'mosi 

tfewanan acnapka. uhson anteceman s J uhsonas a'wan itiwihakijia 

koko'kwe ta*waptsiclenap^:a. a'wan itiwihaki'koa t'ewapa koko'kwe 

la'tunan kwaPika. su*nhaps kohiwala*kwin a'wrja. t'ewaps 

otipkia. s^'wan tfopalekanan yaton*a otrwe su*nhaps koko te- 

10 tcuneka. s^'wan ha'elel^a tfewapa kakwa^mosi s'u'kwe'^a. ta* c tcic 
parto'kwe yam a'tatcu tcimiljanapkoa a'wan t'ewanan acnapka. 
lawaptsiclenapka t'as ^apunapka. s'itfinalja. le* yam ulohnan 
antse J mans rtfinapL titotun'onak'a le* letsilon panrnantfowa ciwan 
an tcawe ^acima tcim'ona i'kahkuna aka rket'sana le # ho'na'wan 

is a'tsita at'owa holno teatcimvwa'koa luwanul-paltoye luknokon 
^acima tcim'ona il^ahkuna t'eapkunan*e i'yona-ya*J£an*a. uhson 

pekwin, | kept the days of his Sun Father. He kept eight days. | 

On the seventh day all the people cut prayersticks. On the eighth 

day | they planted them. The people all abstained. For four days 

the people abstained. | (ioo On the last day of abstinence the 

house chiefs went for water. They went for water and | d) sat 

down. They sat down meditating for all their world: that it might 

rain, that the corn | all might come to maturity, for that they sat 

down. That over all the country | there might be green plants, 

that there might be grass, that all our children, the corn priest's | 

children, might be happy, that their animals, their sheep, their 

cows and horses might be fat; | (5) desiring this we speak our 

prayers. Saying this the house chiefs | keep their days. Desiring this 

also, on the middle division of their days, | the katcina people cut 

prayer-sticks. On the middle division of their days, the katcina 

people | went out to plant prayersticks. In the evening they came 

from Katcina Village. Next day | they danced. On the priests' 

sixth day they danced. In the evening the katcinas | (io) finished. 

After eight days the House Chiefs came out. Immediately | pal- 

to-kwe 1 kept the days of their fathers, The-Ones-Who-First-Had- 

Being. | They cut prayersticks. Then also they went for water. 

Then they sat down. Meditating for all their world | they sat down: 

That it might rain, that all the ladder descending children of the 

Corn Priest | nourishing themselves with fresh waters might 

thereby be happy; that all our | us) mothers, the corn, wherever 

they stand in the fields at the borders of the land. | nourishing 

themselves with fresh waters, might bring their young to maturity; | 

so that of them we may make our flesh; so that we may nourish 

1 "End people", the priesthood of the East, named from the location of 
their house. 

Bunzd, Zuni Texts 23 

aka hon a'cinaya'naiye ak*a hon l^acima tcim'on a'ahl^unakwi 
lrm hon al^'a t'ewusu tse'makwi il'ap a'teaiye. le'tikwaka. 

^alici a*ciwan*i palto'kwe s'a'wan ha*eleka t'ewaka. t'a'tcic 
ho s no yam a'tatcu tcimi^anapkoa a'wan t'ewanan acnapka. la- 20 
waptsiclenapka. su'nhap horn han'it'ap horn kalta s'a'tci kapu^an 
a*ka. son rt'ina^a. le' yam ulohnan antse'manan hon rt'inafea. 
litotunonak/a le' letsilon panrnan yam tcawe l^acima tcim > ona 
le' ho'na'wan a'tsitat'owa tenrla hiwanul-paltoye luknakon l^acima 
tcim'ona a'^ahkuna litotun^na kawakwe'li^atun'ona al^*a li'mo 25 
tfewusu tse'makwi' il'apa hon t'ewanan a'teaiye. hon a'wonel'ajia 
ulohna tenrla litopapa uhson antecemana li'mo t'ewusu tse^akwi 
ilapa. le' hon tikwaka. 

ho'mvwan t'ewanan i'te'tcapa ha'elel^a t'ewapa ta ,c tcic hejfapa'- 
kwe yam a'tatcu tcimi^anapkoa a'wan t'ewanan acnapka. lawapt- 30 
siclenap^a. s'apunan kwai'i^a alapatsikwi. yam a'tatcu s*a"wan 
tfewanan acnan s'it'inaka. le* yam ulohnan antse'man lito'tun'on- 
ak*a le* letsilon pani'nan yam tcawe ^acima tcim'ona a'kahkuna 
li'ln hon ajra t'ewusu tse J makwi il'apa tfewanan a'teaiye. le* 
ulohnan uteapot'i ulohnan tekan'a ak'a lrm hon t'ewusu tse^akwi* 35 
il*apa tfewanan hon a'teaiye. le'tikwaka. 

s^'wan t'ewanan i'te'tcika. ha^leka tewa^a. ha'elelja t'ewajja 
t?a*<tcic pekwin'e iyan a'tatcu pekwi'w a'laci lehok u ton a'yala- 

ourselves with fresh waters ; | holding our thoughts to this prayer, 
we live. So they said. | 

The priests of the west, palto'kwe, had eight days. And then 
immediately | (20) we made days for our fathers, The-Ones-Who- 
First-Had-Being. | We cut prayersticks. In the evening my younger 
brother and my uncle went to get water. | So we sat down. Meditat- 
ing for all our world we sat down. | That it might rain, that all our 
ladder descending children might have fresh waters; | that all our 
mothers, all the different kinds of corn, that stand at the borders 
of the land, that these | (25) might nourish themselves with fresh 
waters, that it might rain; that all the canyons might run with 
water; | holding our thoughts to these prayers we live. If we be 
fortunate ! over all the country it may rain. Desiring this, to this 
we hold our thoughts. | So we said. | 

When our days were at an end, after eight days, then hejcd- 
pa'kwe 1 I (30) made days for their fathers, The-Ones-Who First- 
Had-Being. | They cut prayersticks. They went out to get water 
at Rock W^edge. To keep the days of their fathers | they sat down. 
Meditating for all their world, that it might rain, | that all their 
ladder descending children might nourish themselves with fresh 
waters; | holding our thoughts to this prayer we live. That all | (35) 
the world may be full of blossoms, holding our thoughts to this 
prayer | we live. So they said. [ 

So their days were at an end, eight days. Then after eight days, 
rJekwin, for his fathers the ancient pekwins, those who had passed 
1 "Hack wall people", the priesthood of the West. 

24 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

kwe'Pkoa pekwi'w a'laci a'wan t'ewanan ac^a. lawaptsiclefca. 

40 latul^a. s'i'mu^a. le* yam ulohnan antse'mana lito'tun'ona uhsona 
antecemana s'imo'ka. tern t'a le* yam a*tsita t'owa tenvla le' yam 
teatcina'koa hrwanul-partoye ^acima tcim'onalpa a*jj£ahkunakwi 
tern tfa le* yam letsilon panrnan tcawe J£acima tcin^ona a'ljah- 
kunakwi uhsi te'tci ant'sumehna im-la^iye. lito'tun'ona uhson 

45 te'tc an jtena*we ak* hc^na'wan ulohnan tehya^an'a le*kwanan 

s'an tfewanan i*te*tci an t'ewanan tealja. ta ,l tcic pPlaciwan'i 
yam a'tatc a*tcian t'ewanan ac^a. iawaptsicleka. sla*tul$:a. kwa 
imam'e yam teatcina*wa*koa uwananvi yaincokya al'u'ya. Irfo^tun- 

50 ona peye*a. yam teatcinawa'koa al*un*te teckwiye. le* ulohnan 
tenvla antse'man teckwiye. yam a*tsita t'owa tem'la le* teatciwa- 
'koa luwanul-partoye lukniakon l£acima tcim'ona a*^ahkunakwi 
tse'makwi* il*i teaiye. le* letsilon pani'nan yam tcawe t'owa ciwan 
an tcawe j^acima tcim*ona i'kahkuna hoi yam yato^a tatcu an 

53 oneal kwai'ina oneal te'tcina yam i*yona-ya'^anaptunona^*a li'bx 
al£*at'ewusu tse > makwi' il*i t'ewanan tea^a. 

s 3 le*wi yam t'ewanan i*te J tcika. awiten t'ewa^a le*wi son i*t'a- 
panapa hon t'ewusu tse^akwi* ilapa hon a*tea^a. lesi t'ewanan 
olo'i^anan'e olo'ipinan ko'kcitun'ona anUsumehnan hon tfewanan 

away, I for the ancient jJekwins, he kept days. He cut prayer- 
sticks. J (40) He planted them. So he sat down. Meditating for all 
his world, that it might rain; | desiring that he sat down. Then 
also that all his mothers, all the different kinds of corn, | wherever 
they stand in the fields at the borders of the land, might nourish 
themselves with fresh water; | then also that all his ladder de- 
scending children might nourish themselves with fresh waters; j 
desiring only that, he sits quietly. That it might rain, of that | (45) 
only are his words; so that our world may be valuable, he says, I 
as he sits quietly. I 

Until his days are at an end he keeps his days. Then immediately 
the Bow Priest | made days for his two fathers. He cut prayer- 
sticks. He planted them. | He does not stay in. Over all his fields 
he goes about waiting for the Rain-Makers. That it may rain, | (50) 
he prays. Though he goes about in the field, yet he abstains. | 
Meditating on all his world, he abstains. That his mothers, all the 
different kinds of corn, in all the fields | at the borders of the land, 
that these may nourish themselves with fresh waters ; | holding this 
in his thoughts he lives. That all his ladder descending children, 
the Corn Priest's | children, may nourish themselves with fresh 
waters; that yonder to where their Sun Father's | (55) road comes 
forth, their roads may reach; that all their roads may by fulfilled; [ 
holding his thoughts to this prayer, he passes his days. | 

So he reaches the end of all his days, four days. That is all. So 
we | follow each other. Holding our thoughts to these prayers we 

BuuzpI, Zuni Texts 25 

a'tea^a. hon a'halo'wilapa kwahol lenapl^a miyap^a ^ayapka eo 
molapl^a noljapl^a le* ho'na'wan tcawe a*wona miyap^a. a*wan 
itonaJ£ em*a^a. tern t'a t'opa tepikwai'ipa lesnatik ulohnan teatun- 
*ona uhsi te'tci ant'sumehna hons li'ln a^'a t'ewusu tse'makwi' 
ilapa hon a'teaiye. le* ho 3 na*wan tcawe a*wan wo'we a'tehya'tun- 
J ona uhsi te'tci hon a'peye'a. «o 

le'wis t'oraan ho* pena* ya'ka^a horn han'i. 


la^ t'ap ha'elel^a t'ewana sate'tci otrwetiha. la^: haito^a. la^ 
su*nhap saljista we^tcon'a tena'wacn haitocan we'atcon'a. al^'a 
a'tsawalj tena'waca rhapelan'a* upa* tenrla. we'atco'koa a'witen 70 
t'ewap a*wemosona ewe ota oti*ha^apan*a. t'opa^an a*witenona 
mos*ap t'a tfopa^an a'witenona mos'ij£an*a. kwil'imakte otr 
u*kwe*len*a we'atco'koa a*witen tfewap e'hapelen'a. kona sunhana* 
a'wemos'ona ewacto^ hape^ana'wa. kwil'i tean haponaJ£an a a. 
tenrla ewe hajio^at'ap tena* a*wanikona a*wi'yan*a. atsawal^ oti* 7* 
i'te'tcipan'a. atsawa^ yam tena* tsaltcona*wa. kwatikol tena*we 
a'tso'yap uhsonawalra oti'we. a'witen tfehna' i'te'tcina'wa haM 
t'ehna # i*woh'aiya^an*a lal a"witena^an t'elinana upt'ewanan, uhsite 

live. So many are the days | of summer. Desiring that the summer 
may be good we pass our days. | (60) When we were fortunate the 
crops grew; there was corn, there was wheat, | there was squash, 
there were beans. All our children had corn. Their | food was 
plentiful. Then again, when another year passed, in order that the 
world might be the same; | desiring only that, holding our thoughts 
to this prayer, | we live. That all our children's flocks may be 
preserved, | (65) of that only we speak. | 

This is all. So I have finished my words for you, my sister. 


Eight days from today they will dance the Santu dance. Today 
they set the date. This | evening Sakisti will call out. He will 
call out to tell them to make songs. So | (70) the young men will 
meet together to make songs; all the kivas. Four days after he has 
called out | the chiefs of the girls will invite the girls to dance. On 
one side there will be four | chiefs and on the other side there will be 
four chiefs. They will come out to dance on both sides. | Four days 
after he has called out the girls will meet. Every evening | the 
chiefs of the girls will gather the girls together. They will meet in 
two places, | (75) After all the girls have met, those who know the 
songs will come. The young men | will practice dancing. The 
young men will rehearse their songs. Any | pretty songs, they 
will dance to those. For four nights they will rehearse. For three | 
nights they will separate and go home. But on the fourth night 

26 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

yatonans sant 5 an oti'we. t'ekalips luwalan tenvla i'watena*wa. 

so yanula rwatenape'ens sant J an poltcinulan acna'wa. iskon santu 
j)oula^an*a an otiwapa. ewactoks rwatenapkat'ap a'wemosona 
hariokana*wa. kwili tean upt'sana*wantfap tcupa'wa. ak*a kwili- 
makte u'kwe*len*a ewactok hapokat'ap a'wan a'waconaptunona 
kwanlea woponapa haponans ewe a*wacona*wa awate'ena'wa 

85 pila a*yato^ana*wa molimopikwrwe a*wikwipan'a lal a*wasi- 
hiptsinakan*a. tcito*wet'ap alpiyana a*pasikwipan # a. ko'macko'na 
a*takupan*a. a*kwanlea ya* 3 aps tenena'kwe a*wi*yaps t'omtonan 
Heanan otin kwai'hra t'ehwitokwi. t'ehwitans oti'we tophrte 
tenenak'a oti'pe'en irkwatop t'opakan hanre u'kwai'hra t'a oti'we. 

90 tfehwito a*ciwan'it'ap lal yanula sant il*apa poltcinulan t'inulaljan*a. 
a'wan oti'wapa oti* tetcunap t'opakan a'te'ona santu animunan 
kwaPina. wan ke'la il*apa a'wulaphra. tcims an J^akwan ani- 
muna'wa. ewactok ryalicna rldeckwina a'wulaphra. 

95 ino'te iste akwe tetacana lal a'patcu hie a*ciwi a'wiyat'enapj^a. 
mecoka^'a o^a patcu rwo'lacka. oka imo^a. lal sanra i*k;a 

they will stay in all night. And that | day they will dance for the 
Santu. When it gets sunny, all the people in the village will wash 
their hair. | (80) After they have washed their hair the officers will 
make a bower for the Santu. There the Santu | will sit quietly 
while they dance for her. After the girls have washed their hair, 
their leaders | will gather them together in two places, Uptsanawa 
and Tcupawa, so that | they may come out on both sides. After the 
girls have come together the "dyers" | will come bringing their 
clothing. They will "dye" the girls, they will put squash blossoms 
in their hair. | (85) They will put embroidered kilts over their 
shoulders and will tie tassled belts around their waists. And their 
hands | will be yellow, and they will have yarn and ribbon tied 
about their wrists. They will wear many | necklaces. When they 
are finished dressing them, the singers will come | carrying the 
drum, and they will go out to dance in the plaza. They will dance 
in the plaza. | After they have danced to one song, they will go 
in, and the other group will come out and dance. | (90) In the 
plaza the priests and the officers will be sitting in the bower with 
the Santu { while they dance for them. After they have stopped 
dancing the ones on the other side will come out to take home the 
Santu. | But first they will go around with her. Then they will set 
her down in her house. | The girls will take turns going around 
carrying her. 

(95) Long ago there in Steep Canyon some Navahos seized many 
Zunis. | A Navaho woman came out on a burro. The woman stayed 

Biinacl) Zuni Texts 27 

ko*macko'na. hie a'patcu pi J lanak"a i'laknap^a a'ciwi hie he*mokwi 
hie ^ane'lu aiyo'hka. lal t'u'ci a u wakon*e pacten*e pisa*li te'ml 
i*yo*hk;a. hie taku'we ryo'h'ka hampowe tcapi^a. wihatsana 
tcapika. 100 

hie alaci mecoko hie t'ap^e'napka ^epil£aia*w ak*a iyap i 
u'kwe*nan tekwanakwin rwo*tu*!ka. lal miwe pisa'li a^a pehan 
set-i'ka. lal mo'we kuto we ya^:a. peha acka rseto^a. wcrpon-i'l^a. 
yam ljakwi wo'tulja. hie an lenre wapa'anan teaka hie tekwana- 
kwin mecok a*ni itonaka l^akwe. lal hie yaman'te t'apalan'e set-i'ya. 5 

hie ^a'^oli a*ciwi hie a'tewuko'liya'^a. kwai*to'wekwa il'ame^a. 
tfewankwin tcu cemajjan a*ka a'wukna'ka. yaman'te setop a*wi*- 
telka. t'a pwe cemanan kwaPilelja. hie tewuko'liya a'wi'telelja. 
a*wite yato'we kwa i'towena'wanre. kwa tutuna'wanve. hie 
^eat'sume. hie oce*we a't'sume^a. hie tewuko'li a*wal*u^a. hie 10 
nana'kwe yaman'te a'waluka. nawe iatan kwai'ilek;a. na 5 lupenap- 
^a. hie kcrmackcrna ciwe t'alpo'ka. Iatan kwai'ileka. t'a okciko 
latenapka. t'amaka yaktopa acen*a. ahana yam t'ueana yaltona 
yam ^akwin i'yan'a. mi'le pakwi^an'a an kawuiapura. hie t'u*ci 
a^:* a'nuwa. hie holomace mawe wo'punan ryaltonan i'yan'a. is 

there. She came alone. | Then many Navahos fought with bows. 
The Zunis were very brave. | They took from them many sheep, 
and also horses and saddles and bridles and saddle blankets. | They 
took them all away. They took away their beads. They burnt 
their hogans. A baby | (ioo) was burned. 

(i) The old people always went for wood with burros. He tied 
it up with thongs, and when he came back | he went out and piled 
the wood up in the yard. And then he would bring corn on his 
back wrapped in blankets. | And melons he wrapped in bundles 
and put on his back. He brought them in. | He left them in his 
house. There was only a wooden hoe. (5) His burro's food trough 
was right outside in the yard. Then he always went on foot and 
came carrying a bundle of wood on his back. ( 

Long ago the Zunis were very poor. They had nothing to eat. | 
They went to the east to ask for corn. It was given them. And they 
came back on foot carrying it. | They went out to ask for wheat. 
They were very poor when they came back. | For four days they 
had not eaten and had not drunk. | do They were very thirsty. 
They held their sides because of hunger. They wandered about 
very poor. | Our grandfathers always wandered around on foot. 
They went out to hunt deer. They surrounded the deer. | They 
had many sheds hung with meat when they went hunting. | They 
also went around, after rabbits. They struck them with sticks and they 
would die. Then they would pick them up and put them on their 
horses, | and would go back to their houses. They would put it to bed 
with an ear of corn, and sprinkle prayermeal over it. Then | (15) he 
would go on horseback far off. He would put the salt in a sack and 

28 Publications, American Ethnological Society y i XV 

yam pikwin ryaira. hie ko*wi mawe il'ipjra hie te^ u k >jjy a 
a-weletco^a. yaman*te £o w8 yenap|:a. yamam : teHg'^I. miyace- 
napl^a peha* setop a'wi'teleka. yamairtene^a. ^awacenap^a 
rsulenapl^a yaman'tene^a. a*wulaptcol$;a J$:awe woponol*:a i*se- 

20 toka yam J£akwen set-a*l^a he'mukwan wopu^a henaka ikwal- 
tena^a. henak'a. la - } he^okwa'a wopu^a. 

hie camli tJo we ye^an*a mehe*totatcima ^ap seto^a. kwa iti- 
wap kwa rtowena'wamefca hie tewuko'lPan'te hie em rkwanil^e- 
nap^a. tewuko'li'an'te kwa ^ane*lu kwa il-anve^a. kwa ciwe 

25 rtowenawanve^a. kwa wa^aci il'anrelja hie a'tewukoli'a^a. 
hie hewe itowenapj^a. kwa hie yepna*we kwa yepna* il*a*- 
wam'ep. hie lale^ankwin tewuko'li'a hiwala^a. kwa kwahot 
hie il'awanre^a. kwa hetcolton*e il'a'wanvelja. kwa ya'nawe 
il*a*wameka. hie as'ina^'a i'kwanil^enaplja. a'witen hekon*e an 

30 ^alo^an*a topint aptsiire an tcule^an*a. t'asakwins aka t'o we yen'a. 
cea kwai'ip homan a}pa ayala'mra ak*a kwa pPnak'a latacukwa 
a^*a taca'an*a. rmiya'kaira miyahan'a yam kakwen awi'^an'a 
wo'tiljan*a. lal kuwe t»o we yen*a pikaia kwaPinan a'lalj'a an ham- 
jJo'un'a atea|£an*a mo'lermmra la*an*a. tapnakan'a ilintin i*yan*a. 

put it on his horse and come back. | When he came to his house 
he would have very little salt. They were very poor | when they 
went. He would go on foot to plant. They did all their work by 
hand. | They picked the corn and came back carrying bundles of 
it on their back. They did everything without horses. They 
threshed | without horses . They ran around [the threshing floor] 
without horses. Then they put the wheat in sacks | (20) and put 
the sacks on their backs and so carried it to their houses. They 
dumped it into bins | and sealed the bins with mud. Then they 
opened them up and put some more into the bin. 

They would go out to plant very early in the morning. They 
would take their water in canteens on their backs. | At noon they 
did not eat. Although they were very poor they worked hard. | They 
were very poor. They had no sheep. They had no meat j (25) to eat. 
They had no cattle. They were very poor. | They ate only paper 
bread. There were no delicacies. They had no delicacies. | Long ago 
the village was very poor. | They didn't have anything. They had 
no plows. They had no harnesses. | oo> They worked entirely by 
hand. They would plant square fields | with wheat, and one acre 
of corn. They would plant with a digging stick. | And when the 
young leaves came up they made a windbreak of cedar branches 
so that the plants would not be killed by the wind. | so that they 
might get tall and bear ears. Then he would pick the ears and 
bring them to his house. | Then he would put them down. Then 
also he planted melons from seeds. When the vines came out he 
would build a shelter of stones. | They would blossom. Then the 
fruits would appear and get large. He would get them and bring 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 29 

cotca pewurra iskon animurra peha'mra i'seto^n'a hajja yatto 35 
set-i*yan*a. animun*a yam pikwan. lals teml a'lacina. a'wipiira. 
yaman'tena^a a*wi'telpin*a. 

hie ^a'^oli hie mu'kwinakwi i'to* ceman kwai'ile^a. tcuwe 
tfopnrte wo'pon'e ukna^apa i'yatto'nan ryaira. hie a'ciwi yaman't 
cotce'we ehe*we yaman'te kutca Kohana acan*a t'a utcun li'ana 40 
yaman'te acan'a. pilaire li'ana t'sinalyala uhsona acan'a. ^ewu- 
la'we uhsona i'kwani 3 Hap^a. hie e'ni'we uhsona i'kwani^enap^a. 
kwan a'wanikwajja. kwa a'tewuk'olianre^a. a*woka ehe'wacenppt 
a-wotsi mokwa'we a'wanikwa^a. t'owa mokwa'we. a'wo^an'te 
mokwa* a'wacenap^a. hie asinapi utcuwacenap^a. a*wotsi t'a 45 
yaman'te kutciwacenaplja. a*wotsi t?a a*wo^a yaman'te utcu- 
wacenapjja. simin t'sana^'a utcuwacenap^a. rjiwe yaman'te 
piwacna. yaman'te t'suto^a e'nin yaman'te acan'a ^ewul-ikwin'e 
Jal^apanan a^*a o'fca. 


hie ho'na'wan a'lacina' hoi yam tcimi^anapjjatekwin a'wi*na 
lu^a ulohnan*e li*l a u wanapka. lil rtuwalapfca halonawan j5i*na- 

them home. | (35) He would spread out a blanket and put them down 
in that and wrap them up and put them on his back. He would 
tie the blanket around his forehead | and carry them on his back. 
He would put them down in his house. Then, as everything got 
ripe, he would bring them in. | He would bring them in one after 
the other on foot. | 

Long ago they used to go to the Hopis to ask for food. | One 
sack of corn would be given him. He would put it on his horse 
and come back. Then the Zunis themselves always j (40) would 
make their own blankets and dresses and white blankets. And 
they would make their own blue shirts, | and blue breech cloths and 
bordered kilts, | and buckskin leggins. On these things they 
used to work. And they used to work on red belts. | They knew 
how to do all these things. They were not poor. The women made 
dresses | and the men knew how to make moccasins, native 
moccasins. Even the women | (45) knew how to make moccasins. 
They made all their clothing by hand. The men | themselves made 
their trousers. The men and the women themselves | made their 
clothing. They made their clothing with little needles and they 
spun their own thread. | They made their own hair bands and 
garters. | They made them on a narrow loom. 

(50) ANCIENT TIMES (6). 

When our ancestors came from the place where they had their 
first beginning, | they found this country here. Here they built 

30 Publications, American Ethnological Society y i XV 

wan ma*tsa*^a l^atJi^a wiffiaya'Wa hecokta a'inosa lesna lrmo 
hiwala-ulapna a'teal^a. iyo kwa kwahol rtcrnaka teanreria itfon- 

55 tekwin a'tewuko'li'a luwala* u'lapna'ka. lestikle*a kwahol rleana- 
katekwin a'tewuko'lPa a'hoVteaka. kwahol wema a*wan ^ewalf'a 
rt'en*ahna a'ho* a'teaka. crkcik kewe welutsikanan we'hpnan 
lahewacnan lesna a*ho s a'tea^a. 

a'tewuko'li'an'te kwahol yam tfewusu a^:* a'ho* a'te'ona hie 

go hiyolucna yanil'temana aho* a'teajja lu^ ulohnan'e tehtsinan 
Ko'kci le'anakapa a*witen t'amyalawaiya u'lala^elja ak*a telakwai*- 
ij>a lujj akwen pikwai'inana icalte'ma ^aplan i'na a*lac a'ho* a'te- 
a^a. ak*a kwahol kawawulawak'a te^i a'ho' a*tea^a. alaci pil*e- 
mankwin yam a'tewuko'l^anak'a a*patc a'wan kwahol wo*w 

65 antse > man i'lata* anawanapka holno kajjol telina a'patc a*wan 
lj:ane"lu t'u'ci hanlina a*wal*u^a lesna te^na^a samuna yo'ap 
Irl lufc ulohnankwin a*patcu a*ciwi laknal^al^a a'witelep al^*a 
luwala-paltokoa li'l halomvkwin tenrta luwala hapoka. tewana'- 
kona a*ciwi a*patc a*wan kane*lu t'u'ci wakac antse'man holno 

70 pa-tfinawa^oa rlaknapilj'a a*ho J a*teaka. kwa hanelawam*en*te 
imacte ka'lp holi kane'lu kwahol wo'we hanlina^ak'a al'un a'ho* 
a*tea^:a. hoi jjaljol tfelinanan a'patcu t'inakwin a'te'tcika t'awa^a 
i'latenapkaa'halowil* ina'patcu kane'lryohnan a*wil*ap a*wi*teleka 

their villages, Halonawa, Pinawa, | Matsaka, Katika, (Kakima), 
Wimayawa, Hecokta, A'mosa, all these | villages were around 
here. There was nothing to eat. | (55) In all the places round about 
they were poor in food. And also | they were poor in clothing. 
Thus the people lived. With the skins of animals | they clothed 
themselves, and so the people lived. They cured rabbit skins and 
wove them | into rabbit skin blankets. Thus the people lived. | 

Although they were poor the people lived by all their prayers. | 
(60) They lived by believing very earnestly. In this country they had 
a good winter, | so they say. The snow lay on the ground to the 
fourth rung of the ladder. Therefore in the spring | in the river 
course that passes through here there w r ere always heavy floods. 
Thus our ancestors lived. | On wild grasses only they lived. And 
because our ancestors long ago | were very poor they wished for the 
flocks of the Navahos | (65) and decided to make war upon them. 
Sometimes late at night they went about stealing the Navaho 
sheep and horses. That is the reason that they were always fighting. 
Here in this country the Navahos fought against the Zunis. Because 
they were always coming, | the ones who lived in the outside villages 
all came together here at Halonawa. All the time |the Zunis were 
wishing for the Navaho sheep and horses and cattle. | (70) Therefore 
they lived by fighting somewhere in the Navaho country. They 
used to go about without provisions | becaiise without fail some- 
where they would steal sheep or some kind of animal. | Sometimes 
late at night they came to a Navaho camp. | They fought together 

BunzeL, Zuni Texts 31 

ak*a luka ulohnanan tenrla a*ciwi hapoka lje'si. le'na ho'na'wan 
a'nana pena'wil'apka. kale'mankwin meHka yeiana^atekwi tcim 75 
son wet'si kwahol ak*a hon elitea'napka. lewi. 

WAR I (7). 

hie k&*¥°l ino'te hota'kwe nana'kwe lewapa'awa^'a i'kwaniga- 
na*wap hie kwa ljane'lu hie ko*wi miwe hie ko*wi no*we hie kwa 
pwe. hie yu'otip ^awelana'ka. hie amposiya^a. hie rtona^a 80 
otip hie potca. metcaptcowena^a. hamato pwe ^atsana uhsona 
te'tci rtowena'^a. lalhol kwahol aiyu 5 ya*napona telea il'apa 
lalhol ham a'wan sus^i watopa sus^ iwaiya^ap set rnan tsikwahnan 
homan uli woleaj£an*a. lal tetea iTapon a*wan naw kwatop luk- 
nokon ciwetapte ei i*tona*we. lalhol t'ehtsinan okcik yacip tsu 85 
kus^anaknan konnvtcap a'wanan wepotci woha ulipnan ku^apuk- 
nan he^i* ihi^i i'tonakan*a. kwa sa kwihocukwa. hota'kwe 
a*coktanan sa heyaknan tsupeaptnakna. 

lesnapa ^akwa'mosi ^a'wucu pociyan^i kwa tihkwahn a*ho' 
a'teanve. tem pekwi'we tihkwahna. yam ho 5 il*apa*wanap t'as 90 

with war clubs. If they were lucky they would run off the Navaho 
sheep and bring them back with them. | Therefore all the Zunis 
came together here in this country. This is what our | (75) grand- 
fathers used to say. When it came close to the time when there were 
many Americans here, then | somehow things began to be a little 
better for us. That is all. I 

WAR I (7). 

Long ago, in ancient times, when our grandmothers and grand- 
fathers worked with wooden hoes, | there were no sheep, and very 
little corn and a few beans. There was no | <80) wheat. Very rarely 
was there any wheat. They had heavy trials. Food | was scarce. 
It was bad. They roasted cactus and wild grass. That | only^hey 
ate. Then those who understood something had deadfalls some- 
wheres, and others had coyote traps. When a coyote was trapped 
they brought it back and skinned it, | and boiled it with cedar 
branches. And those who had deadfalls, when a deer entered, 
(85)these ate well, evenmeat. Thenin winter, when they killed rabbits, 
they dried the stomachs. They chopped up the intestines and the 
feet and hung it up with these inside. They would boiled it 
with squash seeds | and eat it with gravy. They would not throw 
away the bones. The grandmothers | would grind the bones in 
stone mortars and dip up the mixture with their fingers. | 
, When things were like this the house chiefs, Ka*wucu and 
Pocaxyanki were not good people. | oo> The good pekwin was still 
taking care of his people. So then | they changed and someone 

32 Publications, American Ethnological Society y \ XV 

i'yalihan tcuhol kwa yu'ya-nanren pekwrw yo' J anan t'as kwahol 
lena* lowo^nap t'as i'yalihan hot tcuhol pekwrw yo* J anan rtona}£ 
uwa'ap. ho'na'wan a'ho^ lehol luwala-ya'tcr i'tona^a teha- 
to #> kona oye ehkwiwilapa tcawe ehkwiwil'apa luwala wo'hhaiya'- 

95 kona tas tenvl hapelan kolotapa uhson ho'na'wan haiton-lana 

rmolalja. t'ehtsinan'e rwi'to^an'iyahnan hoi i*to*we elana'kona 

wohhaiyaiye. kona t'elina* a'pi'laciwan'i yam Ijakwan haponaiye 

a^'ap sam*unan*e. lesi tekwi tenikwipa t'owa yala nopona yala 

lana koli'wa nomilta^tcic ho^antikol yulal^ ukwaPi. yu* woloh^a'. 

100 le'anal^a amposiye. a'pi'la'ciwan'i yu'la^a tse'makwi ya'pLna'wap 

i yanula* we'atcona'wap a'pi'la'ciwan jjakwin hapona iskon i'yanteh- 

kunana'wap lehol tseiptkwi ljahpilikwi yu*laka penan kwai'ina 

iskon yacuwapan a'ho* rwohhaiyaknan yam jjakwin t^tcinan 

i'tse'man a'want'ewanant'ewap a*wan a'wilariona yantehkunana'wa. 

s ma yu'la^a riewo*. — haiyi — heko akc a*nuwa. tekwanhol wo 

harjojfanaj^ap a'wapatcina^ap uhson itona^an'a. 

nomilta^tci ko*wi t'ewap a*wan hanelawan rtowil'ajfcma yam 
a'wilapon a'wa he^acna'wa. lal tewuko'lPona satokna*wa lal 
itehwa tcusli iyan owo'a. met'capi'we ^at'sana kwamas ryanhanela-- 

10 wa. nomilta* c tcic yeleteap a*wa*nuwa. a*wawatena}£an*a. a'tsuto- 

with no understanding became pekwin. And so | when the crops 
were burned by the sun, they changed and someone became 
pekwin. All the things to eat | grew. Our people, those who had 
plenty of food scattered to all the village branches | taking their 
wives with them and their children with them. | (95) Then again, 
all came together in the fall, when our great ceremonies | are 
brought to an end. In the winter they would give one another to 
eat. They scattered to wherever they had plenty of food. | Every 
night the bow priests met in their house ' because there was war. 
On all sides they posted guards, on Corn Mountain, on Face Moun- 
tain, | on Great Mountain, at Crows' Nest. And so, finally, the 
raiders came out. "They are coming out of hiding!' 1 | <ioo> so they 
said* There was great trouble. The bow priests made up their 
minds to make war. | <n The officers called a meeting in the bow 
priests' house. | There they questioned one another. The word 
went forth to make war yonder at Chaco Canyon, at Many Springs. | 
There they discussed it, and the people separated. When they 
came to their houses | they spent the night thinking it over. Next 
day their wives would question them, | (5) "Well, there is talk of 
war." "Is that so?" "Well, I think I shall go along." "If you 
capture any animals | divide them with me, and that we shall eat." | 
And so, finally, after a few days, the ones who had something 
had their | wives make paper bread, for their lunch and the poor 
ones pounded bones and | made it into meal for them with a few 
kernels of corn. Roasted cactus and wild grass, rubbish, wouldmakc 
their lunch. | <io> So finally when they were ready they would go 

Bunzd, Zuni Texts 33 

jjarra* yeleljap itiwaphol a'pPla'ciwan'i a'wan lgakwen hajfelaira 
i"wiyalenaj£an*a as'i astenrla hoti aptena^an astenrlayalto haponan 
kec tJon tenrla — e* — le*tikwap s'a'wipiyapan'a. ta ,c tcic hohio 
a'wojja kwahol a'yu'ya'napona a'wan a*wil*arjona yam hanelan 
rsetcrna yam inasna Heana kwai'in'iha a*wan a^wil'apona a*wi'- is 
^eckwin*a a'wrpiyana'wap letsilokwin te'tcinan tcimnakwe tamya- 
lan yelealto'up an il*ona anahkwato^ap t'a kwai'ina kwili^anan 
t'amyalana yelealto'up t'a anahkwatonan t?a kwai'inan ha J ik;anan 
t'amyalanan yeleteatto'up t'a anah kwatonantfa kwaiMna awitena- 
Ijana'na yelealto'up t'a anahkwatonan tcims kwai'inan a*nuwa. 20 
t'sulan inkwin iskon i*hepala*nan yalupip t'a r^eckwipin*a iriiya- 
]£an*a ta iskon kwaiMp t'a anahkwatonan t?a a*witenajjan anah- 
kwatonan kwaiMnan pa'eton* inkwin a*nuwa. t'a iskon te'tcinan 
kwai'inan yalujnp ta yatfenaljan*a. rrjiya^an'a t'a kwaPi^an a'nap 
t'a anackwatelan'a. awitenakan anahkwatop kwaPinan s^'nuwa. 25 
holtfehwate ^akwa'mosi pekwin t'ekwina'kon a'ciwani hajJonakwin 
a'te'tcilap a'wiyattenaljan'a yal a'tci imo^an'a. kwilim'ona le*n 
ryakna^an'a a'pikwai'ilena. yele^ap sVwa*nuwa. 

They would wash their hair and tie it up. | When they were ready, 
at noon, they would meet in the bow priests' house. | They would 
count one another. Ten times ten, or five times ten and some over 
would meet. | "Are you all here?" "Yes," they would say, and 
they would clasp one anothers' hands. Meanwhile | wherever the 
women knew something, their husbands would put provisions on | 
(is) their backs and holding their weapons would be about to go out. 
Then their wives | would embrace them. Holding their hands they 
would come to the ladder. When he stepped on the first rung | his 
wife would pull him in. Then again he would go out. When he 
stepped on the second | rung, again she would pull him in. Again 
he would go out. When he stepped on the third | rung, again she 
would pull him in. Then again he would go out. When he stepped 
on the fourth | (20 ) rung, again she would pull him in. Then he 
would go out and go. | When they reached the house of the 
Great Shell they would turn around and again they would 
embrace and hold hands. | Then again he would come out from 
there, and again she would pull him in. She would pull him in 
four times, | and then he would go out and would go to the 
house of pa'etone. When they came there | they came out and 
turned around, and again they would clasp hands. After clasping 
hands he would go out and go. | (25) Again he would come back 
in. Four times she would pull him in. And so he would go out 
and go away. | A little ways off they would come to where the 
chief priests and jJekwin and the dark priests were meeting. | 
They would clasp hands where the two mountains were standing. 
Twice holding hands thus they would pass through. When they 
were finished they would go. | 

34 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

sunhapte ko*wi tfehwan rtehnan a'want'ewanan wetsi tena- 

30 lana t'elap mosan^n a*tci t'ehwate a'tc ulohnan ya'pura. a'tc 
ryana. iskon otsial^a tenapan*a. tena' yalakwai*ip luwalemakuira. 
hekusna tehaktcona'kona lal poncwe telikinaw i'wopone'nan a'wa 1 - 
nuwa. ko'witean itfinakana. kwa kwahol yu'he'tanre luwalemak- 
nantfa ko'w a'nan i'tina^an'at'ayamtconal^an'a. kwahol teseanarre 

35 kwahol wo'we kwakwakwaan'a. s'iskon hiwalemaknans a*wa f - 
nuwa. a'te'tcinan t'ekohanan cemana'wa. s'iskon kwilim'ona 
a'tc optsi wopona te'tcinan. te'tcip nomilta c tci kwahol wo'w 
a'teanapan'a. li'tcinal£an*a s'aiyu'ya'na'wa hoi kwahol wo'wil 
a u wanaptun > ona yu'he'tonan tel^aira. ta* c t'cet elatap aincot teana- 

40 ]£arra kwa elanrepura. iskon pPlaciwairi leskwanan sP horn 
tcawe kwa elanre. ele toms hon tfekohanan cemanaplja. 8*011 
a*wa*nuwa. kwa t'on a^"a tcu'wa koleahol tse^acukwa le'ana- 
^an*a tfewaps rlohan'a. t'a-'t'cet elatap kwa kwahol tse'mai^on 
tea^ap rnakwa'wan ulohnakwin a'wa'nuwa. 

45 nomiltactci t'elinan'e aklinal^holi t'inan ankohan*a. iskon t'elialj 
aincema^a. a'want'ewanan t'ewap tcim awel£ etsakatip i*wolohna 
kwai'nva. t'inan tenan. nomiltactci kolehol l^ane'lu tciwa'tu 
kohol J^ane'ltanan Usana^anawap tem'la yacen*a i'yuknapln'a. 

Even though it was late in the afternoon a little ways off they would 
camp for the night. A little later | <30) in the night the two leaders 
would go off a little ways. They would make the world. They | 
would come there and they would sing male songs. When the songs 
were all over they would stand up. | Carrying an offering of dried 
paper bread and cigarettes and prayersticks, they would go. | A 
little ways off they would sit down. If nothing appeared they would 
get up I and sit down again a little further on. Then a branch 
would break, or there would be a thump, | (35) or the footfalls of 
some animal. Then they would arise and go. | When they came 
there they would ask for life. Then two of them [ would come there 
carrying a torch. When they came there, finally | there would 
be the tracks of some animal. | The ground would be trampled. 
So they would know. That they would find some people with 
animals | would be revealed to them. Or else if there were bear 
tracks | (40) it would not be good. So the bow priests would say, 
"Now my | children, it is not good. It is well that we have just 
asked for life. Now we | shall go. Therefore let none of you think 
anything of it," he would say. | Then next day they would return. 
Or if it were not this way, and if there was nothing to worry about, | 
they would go to the enemy's country. [ 

(45) And so finally, at night, they would locate their camp by 
the fires. So the night | helped them. They would camp for the 
night, and next day, just as the ground became visible, | they 
would come out to fight. The whole camp would be destroyed 
and so finally there would be some sheep and goats. | If it should 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 35 

t'inawa'kona tcim ciwetap el rtona^aira. lal tfewap ha'iljanan hoi 
hapopinapip s*uhson a'wiHn-tina^rra. nomitta^tci otco teatin*a. so 
hoi tfat'ekwin lana upopura. Uewap ryuknaljan'a. a*wa*kona ha*! 
elhol ljane'lu lal yetci^an^ona eleteli* t'inan'kona yaknapura. lal 
pamosona a'tcia a'wukna^arra. lal masiatui^on a*tci puckwai- 
'ina^an'a. lal t'sulan inkwin pa*eton inkwin t'a yaknaljarra. lal 
ko'wihol yetci^ap tfatekwi'kona wo'tcoltapona les a*wanikan'a si* 55 
ho^a'wan a*ho s i luk ta ,c tcic t'on i*cematin*a. le'anapip kwihopanr 
mra ^:ane*l rcematiira. a'he'mokona a't'sun^ona kwili hot awi- 
yat'ena'wa otcoteatina. tcim ciwetapte rtonakaira. 
le'na a'tea^a incrte. le*wi. 

WAR II (4). 60 

iskon hie hawikuh hie ino'te horn tatcu hie nawe latelga horn 
tatcu. hie ko'macko'na. hawikuh an tatcu nawe late^a. horn 
tsita horn atine^a. ko^ehol yam horn isana'koa horn atine^a. 
patcu kohana ^apkwe'nakwi te*tcika. kwilim > ona patcu a'tci 
te'tci^a. yam ham'e a'tecul^a. hop a*patcu a*wa*ka a'patcu patcu 65 

be just a small herd of sheep they would kill all of them and give 
them out | to the whole camp. Then they would all have enough 
meat. Then, next day, three times | (50) they would round up the 
animals. And so they would drive them home with them. Indeed, 
this was to be envied. [ They would put them into large corrals. 
Next day they would distribute them. Those who had gone would 
have about three | sheep and those that were left over they would 
give to the houses where sacred possessions are kept. Then | they 
would give to the two scalp chiefs. And the two who were to be 
initiated into the bow priesthood would get the most. | And then 
they would give also to the house of the Great Shell and to the 
house of Pa'etone. Then, | (55) if there were a few left they would 
say ,to those who were standing on the posts of the corral, "Now, | 
our people, now you will grab for these," they would say. Then 
they would jump down | and scramble for the sheep. The rough 
ones and the strong ones would seize perhaps two. | They were to 
be envied. And now they would eat nothing but meat. 
Thus they lived in ancient times. That is all. 

<60) WAR II (4). 

Long ago, right over there at Hawiku, my father used to kill deer. 
My I father, [killed] lots of them. "At Hawiku her father killed 
deer." My j mother told me about it. She told me what happened 
when she was pregnant with me. | An albino Navaho came to 
Caliente; two Navahos | (65) came. They were looking for their 
companions. "Where have the Navahos gone?" | the albino Na- 

36 Publications, American Ethnological Society V l t X V 

kohana a'tci yam ham* atecu^a a*tci. a*ciwi tuwala/JIja ^apkwe*- 
na'a a*ciwi ko'*ona hiwala'ka. patcu Kohana a'tci te'tcika. yam 
hanre a'tci a'tecuka. kwa hon a*wuna*wam*e a'ciwi lestikwe^a. 
pi'laciwan'i haitoce'a hon a'tcia ainanapt'u. — kople'a hon a'tci 

70 ainana'wa. hinik a'tci atcian leave honkwat ak;*a a'tci ho'na 
latan'a atcian'e. cPle ati^ap a*tc itop ko'kci^an'a alj'a yam atcian*e 
yaknahan'a. hanat horn t'on ansatuna*wa ho 5 yat'epa pi'laciwan'i 
leskwa. a*tc i'to'ya atcian ak'a. tcic ci'l i'to'ya. uhkwat'cati a*tc 
atcian lea^a. si' ho* le'kwana le'kwa^a pPlaciwan'i. patcu 

75 i'to'^a. hekonPtokwi pulahina kwato^al^a. t'ojja patcu yatfefea. 
horn tatcu tfopa yatfelja. takupona yatfe^a horn tatcu. le J tatcima 
takuha an tatcu lesanikwa^a. takuhan'ihap a'wiyat'e^a. wo'ptsic^a 
Kumoh^al^a. yam takun'e patcu kohana. kwa a'patcu a'walu 
i'nam'l^a. i'latenappi, a*ciwikwi. a'patcu a'tci el ahan-tim-pani'lga. 

so el lesna teamet'u ist hon ham* a*wi*ya a'tci yose^al^a. horn tatcu 
yat'epa. aina^a. yam suski'kwe ti^iPon ajpa kwa teclananriia. 
ainajja. a*tc ace^a. horn tsita horn isana^a. horn papa le* tacana'- 
lja. topin'te tca'1 il'ipL horn tsita. horn kuku horn papona iseto'- 
l^a. hon yu'tulajja. a'patc a'tci ainana^ajJa hon yu-tulalja. a'tci 

85 ace^a. horn tatcu le'kwa J£alem awa*ne a'tci ace^a. horn tatcu 

vaho said. They were looking for their companions. There were 
Zunis living at Caliente. | There were just a few Zunis living there. 
The albino Navaho (and the other) reached there. | They were 
looking for their companions. "We have not seen them," the 
Zunis said. | "The bow priest orders us to kill them. But how 
shall we | (70) kill them ? I think they are carrying a knife. Maybe 
they | will kill us with it. When we have roasted meat for them and 
when they are eating, will be a good time. Because | then they will 
lay aside their knife. Come along, you must help me, when I grab 
him," the bow priest | said. They two .were eating. They were 
eating meat with their knife. "Just as I thought, they | brought 
a knife. I shall say, 'Now,'" the bow priest said. The Navahos | (75) 
were eating in an enclosure. He jumped in. He grabbed one Navaho | 
and my father grabbed the other. He grabbed the one who was wear- 
ing a necklace, my father [did.] "First of all | take off your beads," 
father said to him. As he was about to take off his beads he grabbed 
them. He pulled them | and they broke. The albino Navaho broke 
his necklace. The Navahos were not around there. | They used 
to fight with the Zunis. They dragged the two Navahos down. 
| (80) "Don't do that, our companions are coming." They lied. 
My father | took hold of him. He killed him. Because he be- 
longed to the hunters society he was not afraid. | He killed him. 
So the two died. My mother was pregnant. My older brother was 
so tall. | She had only one child, my mother. My aunt took my 
brother on her back, | We ran away. While they were killing the 
Navahos we ran away. So the two | (85) died. My father said, 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 37 

le'kwal^a. horn tsita le'kwaka kwap t'o* a'tcian ah^a ? e*t ho* 
takuhap tenrla KumohpJja. ho* t'o]3 an tirci ho' yatfefea. horn 
pi*laciwan'i horn o*'antiha tomt ho' a'wamatcika. horn tu*c 
aiyonawetiha kwa ho* pi'laciwan'i tea'mep hom tu*ci aiyona'wetiha 
tomt ho* a'wamatcika. ko'atcic tikwe'a. pi'laciwan'i yam ya- 90 
t'entun'ona peye'a. ele wan utce tirci lol yat'ek:an iyapa ho* 
antowo*atin*a hom tatcu le*kwe*a. i^ane'a. hom pi'laciwan'i 
o'*antihap ho' ik:ane*a hom tatcu le'kwa. mokwa*wace'a tu'ci 
tfatekwikwi lahina kwai*i^aka. i'tsukwatci^a. acelja, ttrc ace^a. 
a'patcu a*tcia a'tc yam tu*c il' ace^a. lal patcu kohana yam taku 95 
tem'la kumoh^al^a. a'ciwi ko*wi takuw wo''yonap^a atela'koa 
tenrla wo'pt'sicl^a. kwa tcuhol a'tcian kwahol il'am'e^a. a'tcian 
tu'ci ihik aceka. kakhoti a'ciwi tfapa a'patcu i'latenap^a. 

ko'wi tomt t'ewapa hom tatcu patcuna'kwin a'napa patcu 
kohana an oye hom tatcona anape^a. kople'a kwa homan to* 100 
takuanre. hom tfo* oyemc'ona aina^a. t'o' an taku il'i a'patcu 1 
hom atinenap^a. lesanikwa^a. kwa ho* ainananr^a. a*pi'la*- 
ciwan'i ainanapka. kwa tcuhol an taku il'anre tenrla kumoh- 
^a^a. atela*koa wo'ptfsicka. hom tatcu le'kwa an oyona atine^a. 
i^anika pate o^a. hom tatc*ona ace* anape^a. kwa rto^ananr^a. 5 

"Come over here, they are dead." So my father | said. My mother 
said, "What did you get from them?" "I | was going to take his 
necklace but it broke. I took a horse from the other one. | The 
bow priest wanted to 'catch' me but I just laughed at them. | 
Then he wanted to take the horse away from me. Because I would 
not become a bow priest he wanted to take the horse away. | (90> 
But I just laughed at them. Let them talk. The bow priest | is 
talking about taking it away. Well, let them stay in there awhile. 
If he comes to take the horse I | will shoot it, ' ' my father said . He was 
angry. | "He wanted to catch me for the bow priesthood, so I got 
angry," my father said. He was making moccasins. The horse j 
jumped out of the corral. He ripped open his stomach and died. 
The horse died. | (95) The two Navahos died along with their 
horse. The albino Navaho | had broken his necklace. The Zunis 
picked up a few of the beads. | He had thrown them all among 
the rocks. No one got anything from them. Their | horse died 
along with them. So long ago the Zunis and the Navahos fought 
together. | 

Just a short time afterwards, my father went to the Navaho 
country and | (ioo> the albino Navaho's wife scolded my father. 
"Why don't you wear my beads? | <i) You killed my husband. 
You have his beads, the Navahos | told me," she said to him. 
"I didn't kill him. The bow | priests killed him. No one has his 
beads. He broke them all. | He threw them down among the rocks," 
my father said. He told his wife. | <5) Then she got angry, the 
Navaho woman. She scolded my father severely. She wouldn't 

38 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

an top oyemci anapeka. kopla'ttV sanru Jj&'ljamaca'kona imatcic 
kohol leatifea patcu kohan an oyona le'ana'^a. yam kuwaye 
i'to^a! an tcawe anapenap^a. kwa tcuhol a*tcian kwahol il*am*e. 
a'tcia tu'ci ace^a. e't ilte homan tV taku il'i tern lfa'^i to* 

10 leryan'a ho 5 ^etsanan'a. ma e*te t'emi Kumoh^a^a. kwa ho* 
yosekena'ma. kwa tcuhol a*tcian kwahol ilanre. a*tci ace^a. 
horn tatcu leskwa. horn tsita horn tatcu leskwa. horn a*tc 
atineka. a'ciwi a*wo^a horn aiyalena*we. patcu kohana acepa 
t'oc hoM teal^a ? a*woka horn aiyatenap^a. kwa ho* aiyu'ya*- 

15 nanveka. yam ho* tsita aiyala^a. ka'Jjip patcu kohana ace^a ? 
kwa ho* aiyu'ya^nanre a*ciwi a*woka horn aiyalena'we horn tatcu 
aina'koa horn aiyalena'we. kwa ho* aiyu'ya-nanve. — tern to* 
kwa ho'i teanre^a. torn papa sama ho*i teaka. ho* yam isan > on 
ak*a ho 1 yu*tula^a. kwa to* ho*i team*e^a. torn papa sam ho*i 

20 tea^a. kwa tern to* ho*i teanreka ak/a to kwa aiyu*ya*nam*e. 
torn aiyalenap]$;a ? — horn aiyalenap^a. a*wok:atsilp al$:*a tcim 
horn tatcu horn tsita yam ko*lehol a'tci tea*koa tcim horn ati- 
neka. kwa tern to* aiyu*ya*nanre. torn ho* isana^a. horn tsita 
le*anikwal$;a. horn tatcu ak:*a ko*lehoi yam patcu kohana ainakoa 

25 horn atineka. ko*lehol yam te*ukoa pilaciwan*i o**aniahl$:a horn 
atineka. le*wi horn a*tc atineka. 

give him anything to eat. | Her other husband scolded her. "Why 
are you still angry ? Don't you know | that it happened a long time 
ago?" he said to the albino Navaho's wife. "Give your friend | 
something to eat." Her children scolded her. "No one got anything 
from them. | Their horse died." "Yes indeed! You have my 
beads! Not until you [ (io) bring them shall I be happy." "But I 
tell you they were all broken. I am not | lying. Nobody got any- 
thing from them. They died," | my father said. My mother and my 
father said this. They | told me. The Zuni women asked me about 
it. "Were you living when the albino Navaho died?" | the 
women asked me. "I don't know anything about it." | So I asked 
my mother. "When did the albino Navaho die? | (is) I don't 
know about it. The Zuni women asked me about it. | They asked 
me about the one my father killed. I don't know about it." "You | 
were not yet born. Only your brother was living then. I was 
carrying you | and I ran away. You were not born then. Only 
your brother was living. | <20) No, you were not alive then. That's 
why you don't know about it. [ Did they ask you about it?" 
"They asked me about it. | The old women." So then | my father 
and my mother told me then just what had happened. "Of 
course you don't know about it. I was carrying you at the 
time." my mother | said. So my father told me all about how 
he killed the albino Navaho. | (25) He told me what he had done, 
and how the Bow Priest had wanted to "catch" him. | All this 
they told me. | 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 39 

WAR III (4). 

ino'te t?owa yala luwala yalto^a hie a*waiyutciana%a. kwa 
tcu'wa kwahol ak*a rhanukwacukwa. hie a'waiyutciaxra^a. 
rsamupa a^halikwi rhanukwe'naplja. hie pikwe'na a'waiyutcian'- 
a^a. t-suti^an il'apka. rsamapa a*patcu a*ciwi a'wan rwo'loce*- 30 
napka. a*ciwi a'tewuko'hVka. tern astenrla Ijane'l il'apka. hie 
a'tewuko^ia'ka. hie a'patcu a'samu^a. a'ciwikwin Hate*nap^a. 
tfsutifcan'e hie atan'i^a a*patcu rlakna'wap a*ciwikwi hanat 
kwai'i tfsuti^an iPona wairan hie a'wiyulat'u. e'te hecina u'kwa- 
ton'iha hanate ticomaha* hanate! u'kwaton'iha a'patcu. tfsutil^an 35 
iPona kwai'i^a. rpacte'Jja yam Usu'le lana t'owo'a'ti^al^a. uh- 
kwatci hie a'watani. ho* yanhatiak:a. a*patcu i'yatinena*we. 
heci^ana*we. — wairan horn aincokya. kwa elanre. horn yat?e. 
kwa horn elanre uhkwatfcati ho* peyel^a. hie a*watani. horn 
at?-i"potJil£a. ace^a. a*patcu yacel^a. i*wiyat?enapka. tfa tenati hon 40 
antecemanaplj:a. hie a*watan*i. 

tern t'a hatikwi ikatika. tfowa yalakwi tJsutikan il'apona a*wan 
o^ana'we tfophrt okan a*wil*a]ja. a'wan hatikwi ainan'iha. a*wan 
ojgana^ona. halikwi aiyutcian*a lal holic t'suti^an'e hie pikwai'i. 
hie at'an'i hahkwi ^alete hanukwahnapka. a*wan ofeana^ona 45 

WAR III (4). 

In ancient times the village was on top of Corn Mountain. Then 
they used to be wise. | No one could overcome them with anything. 
They were very wise. | During war time they overcame the witches. 
They were exceedingly wise. | (30) They had a Shell Society, During 
war time the Navahos fought the Zunis from ambush. | The Zunis 
were very poor. They had only ten sheep. | They were very poor. 
The Navahos were very mean. They fought with the Zunis. | The 
Shell Society was very dangerous. | Now when the Navahos were 
fighting with the Zunis they called "Hurry! | Come out!" Those 
who belonged to the Shell Society said, "Wait until they come 
close." "Oh, but they are going to come right in! | (35) Hurry! 
Oh dear, hurry! They are going to come right in, the Navahos!" 
Now the one who belonged to the Shell Society | came out. He put the 
great shell to his mouth and blew through it. | "I told you so. They 
are very dangerous. I heard them," the Navahos told one another. | 
"Hurry up!" "Wait a minute, wait for me! I am not well. Hold 
me. 1 1 am not well." "I told you so ! I told you about it ! They are 
very dangerous! | (40) I am bleeding to death!" He died. The 
Navahos died. They held one another. "Well, it can't be helped. 
We | wanted to come. They are very dangerous." 

Then again, some witch got angry. On Corn Mountain he tried 
to kill the sister of the Shell Society. | They had only one sister, and 
the witch wanted to kill their | sister. The witch was wise. However, 
on the other hand, the Shell Society was exceedingly | (45) dangerous. 

40 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

an'ace^a. wewiloVka t'a tenati kwa tV alcukwa. tfekohatip 
s'lesi ko'witfapte tV i'hapis^anan tV aceira. sic halikwi ho'n 
ihanukwahna. t'sutikan ibapona a - wan tealakwi halikwi ye'ma^a. 
tenrla tekwi imatcic kohol telalewunap^a. iceltema halikwi 

so ye'maka. ticomaha' t'ekohati horn pani*^ana*we! ko ahtci leye'a. 
wan el'e a'ho' unapt'u. halikwi iceltema ayaye, tealakwi. hie 
yato kwai J ipa tcim pani*l£anapk;a. halikwi hie t'on a*waiyutcian*a. 
le'wite tea^a. kwa ho* lalhol lesnucukwa. hict'on a^pikwai'i. a "wan 
o^anawe kwa acenanr^a. ten hie a*waiyutcian*a. 

55 son itiwanakwin a*wa*t c u. kwa li'l Ion a'teapa kwa elecukwa. 
\r\ a'wi'ka. tfowa yalakwin li'l a*wi'^a. itiwanakwi a'wi'ka. 
a^a pate acepa a'pPla'ciwan'i o*kwe*n*a patcu tcolto'^an*a. 
ahaiyut a*tci po'ulapa uhsona t'sulana l^a'^hol ko'lehol teatiko* 
a^'a teliahna t'owowoke'a. a'patcu lateko'al^a uhsona teliahna 

60 a£'a tJowowoke'a. ahaiyut a*tci po'ulapa t'ehwito lanakwin hie 
at'ani^a. t'sulana akwa*we i'te'tc il'ika. hie a-wat'ani^a kwa 
elecukwa a'pi^a'ciwan'i a*tci kwa elecukwa tfopint'on ho'i tfsuti- 
^an iPona sanra. ^a'^ acepa kwa elecukwa. s'ele yalakwe't'u. 

The witch had not gone so far. They prevailed over him. He 
bewitched their sister. | "Keep calm. It cannot be helped. You 
must not sleep until it is daylight, | for that long. But if you shut 
your eyes, even for a little while, then you will die. Then the witch | 
will prevail over us." The witch climbed up to the housetop of 
the Shell Society. | On all sides it seems they had done something 
to the housetop. All the time the witch | climbed up. 1 (50) "Alas, 
it is daylight. Let me go down!" "Never mind what he is doing. | 
Let him alone. Let the people see him." The witch stayed up there 
for a long time on the housetop. | Only when it was full daylight, 
they let him come down. The witch said. "You are very wise. | It 
has been enough. I will never do it again. You have surpassed me." 
Their | sister did not die, for they were really very wise. | 

(55) "Now let us go to Itiwana. If we stay here it will not be 
right." | So they came here. They came from Corn Mountain. They 
came to Itiwana. | Then when a Navaho died, the Bow Priests 
came out to dance. They put the Navaho 2 on the top of a pole | and 
the two Ahaiyute sat outside. Then imitating what had happened 
long ago [ they blew upon the great shell. Imitating the way they 
had killed the Navahos, | <eo) they blew upon it. When the Ahaiyute 
sat outside in the great plaza, | they were very dangerous. They 
had all the medicine needful for the great shell. They were very 
dangerous. | "It will not be right," the two Bow Priests (said). 
"It will not be right. There is only one single person | who belongs 
to the Great Shell Society. Whenever he dies it will not be well. 

1 That is, he couldn't get down. 

2 That is, the scalp. 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 41 

a'pPla'ciwairi a*tc a*n ako'^a. a'tc ako*na a'tc wo'lo'^a akwa'we, 
kwa hon a'wanikwacukwa. hie at'ani eles yalakwei/u. uhson 6* 

lrl rlakna^ap hana*ha' anakatcic t'on wo*lo*napka. uhkwatfcati 
kwa hon a'wanikwanre. honkwati la^hol al^' ele^an # anlja. tJon 
te^aialanap^a. uhkwat'cati ho'na melika rhanakwana'we. hinik 
elepura. tern yu'he'to'l^an'a. uhsitika ho' aiyu'ya'na lacilf 70 
leskwe'a. hecina hana' ko'ma* a*wan elete'u laciki kwahol aiyu*- 
ya-n'ona lacik aiyirtcian'a hie hrnina t'suti^an iPona ^ana*we 
Ijewuna'we an elete'u'^a. hie aiyutcian'a. iskon kana'koa sonta*- 
lu'kwe yam mu'la a*tutul£anapka. a'wa ko'macko'na a'wa*l$:a. 
aince ^anakwi so*^akwe*nakwi iskon a'te^tcilja. ko*macko*na xt 
mu'la yace^a. hie laciki hie aiyutcian'a. nawet'apte wa^aci a*wan 
elete J upa. rhalicoti^a. sonta'hrkw a'wa mu'la lesnu^a. a*wan 
elete'uka. hie pikwe*na'ka hie aiyutcian'a%a t'suti^an hrnina^a 

ahaiyute po'ulapa apatcu temaiya'wi'yapa a*wo^ o*tiwaj3a so 
a*patcu temaiya'wi'yapa. t'sulana t?owowoti^an*a. ko'lehol &&*]£- 
holi teatikoa ham a*patcu a'yu'ya'napa a^:a t'sulana t'owowoti- 
^ajja a'patcu yirtulape'a hie a'tana*we. ^a'^hol alj'a rwolocapa 

Better let him destroy it." | The two bow priests dug a hole. They 
dug a hole and they buried it, the medicine. | (65) "We do not 
understand it. It is very dangerous. Better let it be destroyed." | 
They were the ones who did it. | 

They were fighting here. "Oh dear, now you have done it! You 
buried it. I told you so." | "We do not understand it." "Well, 
maybe it would be all right if we had it now. You | made a mistake. 
I told you so! The white men will prevail over us. But I think | 
(70) it will be all right. I still remember something. Iknowwhatused 
to be," an old man | said. "Hurry up, be quick! Get everything 
ready." This old man, the one who knew something, | this old 
man was wise. He was just like the members of the Shell Society. | 
He poisoned all the springs and the wells. He was very wise. When 
the soldiers | watered their mules at the springs, they lost many of 
them. | (75) From Fort Wingate (Bear Spring) they came to White 
Sand Spring. Many | mules died. The old man was very wise. He 
poisoned it for them with deer and cattle. | Then they become 
crazy. This happened to the soldiers' mules. | He poisoned them. 
He surpassed them because he was very wise. Because he was 
just like the Shell Society. | 

(80) When the Ahaiyute were sitting outside, the Navahos came 
to see the dance. The women were dancing | and the Navahos came 
to see the dance. "They will blow upon the great shell." | Some 
of the Navahos knew what had happened long ago, and so when 
they blew upon the great shell, | the Navahos ran away. They 
were very much afraid of it. Because when they used to raid long 

42 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol, XV 

a*patcu yace^a. a'wan atfrpot'r'ka. t'sulana t'owowo^apa hie 

85 atfani. 

hie ino'te horn nana horn atineka awic-im-koskwikwi a'patcu 
tf inacnapljia . hie nana 'kwe hie a 'samu^a . a * patcu t'inacnapka. 
a'wan hampop^a. a*wan pisa'liwe cotce*we a*wacnapka. tfatVkoa 
a*wan cotce* hiwap^a, a'patc a'wo^a. hom nana a'pi'la'ciwan'i 

90 a'ciwi a*he'mokona a'sam^na a*patcu t'inacnan kwaiMka. hom 
a*nana a'te'tci^a. t'inakwin a'te'tci^a. si* hon i'wolohnan kwaPhra 
le'kwap hana* ko'ma. u'kwe'^a, a'ciwi. a'patcu tern iyo cotce*- 
wacena*we. hame pisali a*wacena*we a'wan rwo'loh^a. ako^a. 
a*patc a*woka a'wan wihatfsana'we a'wiyat'enaplja. a*wan aklPkoa 

95 hitcawe wo'lpocnap^a. uhson a^*a laknapl^a. wihatfsan*a hom 
nana yat'el^a. ainaka. ko'macko'na a*patcu yace^a. we'atcol^a. 
pi'laciwan'i we'atco^a. paten'kanapka. rwo'locnapl^a. %al hajfo 
hom a'hoM kcrwi'kona kwaholi tVno yunati^anapka. a'ho'i 
hapo^a. pisa'liwe cotce'we taku*we sato'we ^ewe awako*we 
ioo a*patc a*wa a'ciwi yunati^anapka. a^'a yul J al'una^a. ko- 

l Kwatewutcina'^a. hom nana le'kweka. hom atineka. si' le*wi. 
^att a*wa*ne hon J£acima a'jjo'yacnapce a*patcu a'pPla'ciwan'i 

ago, | the Navahos had died. They had bled to death, when they 
blew upon the great shell. It is very | (85) dangerous. | 

Long ago my grandfather told me about it. They drove the 
Navahos away from Where-Moss-Lies-in-the-Doorway. | Our grand- 
fathers were very angry. They drove the Navahos away. | There 
they had their hogans. They made saddle blankets and robes. | 
Their blanket looms were standing under the trees. The Navaho 
women (worked there). My grandfather and the bow priests | 
(90) and those Zunis who were brave, the ones who were angry, they 
drove the Navahos out. My | grandfathers came there. They came 
to where they were staying, "Now we shall come out of hiding," j 
they said. "All right, hurry up!" They came out, the Zunis. 
The Navahos, poor things, | were still weaving their robes, and 
others were weaving saddle blankets. They raided them. They 
cried. | The Navaho women grabbed their babies. | (95) They pulled 
out charred wood from their fireplaces and with that they struck 
them. My | grandfather took a Navaho baby. He killed it. Many 
Navahos died. They called out. | The bow priest called out, "The 
Navahos have all been killed off. They raided them. Come here, | 
my people. Here quantities of things that you have wished for 
you will see." The people | came together. Saddle blankets, 
robes, necklaces, earrings, buckskin's saddles, | (ioo) all the Navahos' 
things, the Zunis saw. Therefore they went around fighting. | <n 
We feasted in plenty. So my grandfather said. He told me. 
That is all. | 

"Come here! Let us take their scalps, the Navahos'," the bow 
priests | said. They came together. They scalped them. They 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 43 

lestikwa. hapo^a. apo'yacnapl^a. a u wati^apnan we'anap^a. hie 
kokwatewutcina. kwac at'ananre. yam ho* nana le'anikwa^a. 
kwa atfananre horn le'anikwaka. na'le ainan hi'nina. kwa atJa- 5 
nanre hie kokwatewutcina. a*wan l^epo^ya'we simonlana hon 
rcemaljanapka. hie a*w emat'apa hie ho* ljjiet'san^a. kople'a tfon 
wo'jionap a-wi'l^a. a*wan kwanlea*wak'a hon wcrpowacnap^a. 
hon a'wi'^a. hon onan'te hon i't'inalja. hon wo*tcolto*napka. hie 
kokwatewutcina^a. hon t'ina^a hon tsihe. tJina'^a. su'nhapa 10 
ho*na"wan a'kuku ho*na 4 wan a'tatcu ho'n a*wiyat'enapka. ho*- 
na'wan a'kuku ko*macko*na ho'na'wan tsihe'we a'wan a'kuku 
rwo'pona'nan weci^akwin yam wekwikwi yaito'k:a. tsiha yam 
wekwikwi yalto'l^a. a'ho'i we'anap^a ko'macko*na a*ciwi a*ho*i 
t'owo'ajpinapka. an kuku tsiha tikwa^a. a'witenakan alah^a. is 
i'te'tcipl ahfea wecika le-i'^a. a'kuku tsihwe a'wulaptco^a. 
t'ehwito lanakwi a'witenakan a'wulap^a. u'kwato^a. t'ehwitokwin 
u'kwatofea. tomt pamosona i*yo*k;a. tarn tacan ela'^a. isko wo*- 
tcolto'k:a. wans yuknahnapka. wo*tcolton*e. s'a-wan a'kuku 
a'wil'ajJa a*pila*ciwan'i a*wan Ijakwi a*wilap a*wa # ka. iskon 20 
^akweni^a. a'witen tfewapa wo'koconap^a, a'wan a'kuku. hie 
atfani uhsona haitocnan'e. wo'koconaj^apa su'nhapa atsa*ko*kci an 
a'kuku a'ho* a'ko'^ci a*mokwa*lana a*takuj5a a'satopa an a'kuku 

clapped their mouths and cried out. | It was a great time. "Wasn't 
it dangerous ?" I said to my grandfather. | "No, it was not danger- 
ous," he said to me. "It was just like killing a deer. It was not 
dangerous. | It was a great time. We had a long string of scalps 
and we | scrambled for them. There were lots of them. I was very 
happy." "How did you | bring them here?" "We bundled them 
up in their clothing | and we came. Then right in the road we 
stopped. We put them up on a pole. | (io) It was a great time. We 
stayed there. We stayed with the scalps. In the evening | our 
aunts and our fathers took hold of them for us. | There were many 
of our aunts. There were many scalps." Their aunts | picked them 
up with the left hand and laid them on the left foot. They laid 
the scalps | on the left foot. The people shouted. Many Zuni 
pcM|>le J (is) shot off guns. His aunt kicked the scalp. Four times 
she ran after it. | When she had made an end of this she carried it 
in the left hand. The aunts went around with the scalps. | They 
went around the plaza four times. They entered, they entered the 
great plaza. | The scalp chief just took them from them. He set 
up a tall pole and there | he fastened them to the top. For a little 
while they left them on the scalp pole. The aunts | (20 ) went with 
the bow priests to their house. There | they stayed in the house. 
After four days they washed them, their aunts. | It is very dangerous, 
that custom. When they wash them in the evening, all the nice 
looking young men | and the aunts and all the good looking people 
dress up in big moccasins, necklaces and earrings. The aunts | 

44 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

kokwan pa*in*e lana uhsona yatonaiye. tsihe'we wo'ko<;onapfca. 

25 a*wan taiya* a'tacana sa*lana woliknan etoknan kocona*^a. umo- 
^anan wo'kocona'wa. akus^anan wo*tcoltona*wa. yam pplanan 
wo*tcottona*wa. a'wryana. a'pPlaciwan'i a'wan kakwi a*wrnan 
u'kwatoka. o*ti*-u*kwai*inan t'ehwito*kwi a*wi*ya. tsihe* woko- 
cona%a a'witen t'ewa^a o'tipka. tetcunapa a'wan ta^i'we*koa 

30 i'tapna%a, wo'kocona%a. pamosona tsihe'we i'yo'lja. wo'tcol- 
to'pL a'ciwi a'tsawa^i ewactoki a'wan o'tipka. lewit'ewa* o'tipka. 
ha*ele^a t'ewa'we o'tipka. ko*macko*n o'tipka. hie i'^et'sarjka. 
]$;a*!k*holi ho*na a'patcu ho*na late'nap^a. a^*a a'wan o'tipka. 
horn nana horn atine^a. an ljalta a-patca^*a ace^a horn nan*ona 

35 an l^a^a. ak*a akci yula'l^an a*ka. ak*a ho* antekunaceka. a^'a 
horn atine^a. yam ko*lehol te'ekoa horn atineka. ko'macko'na ho* 
a'patcu ho* lateka komacko'na ho* koti-i*na%a. ko'macko'na ho* 
a'patcu latel^a. imatho*he'mokwi*ka. imatho* t'sume^a. t'ewunati 
horn fca^a a*patc al^'a ace^a a^'a ho* ikane^a. le*kwafea horn 

40 nana. le*wi horn atineka. 


hie l$:a^holi hon yu*teclati]$:a. kwa yaiyu*ya*nam'e an tse*- 
makwin alj'a hon yu*teclati^a. kwa tern J£apalr tutu ipananvajfo 

wear a dancer's robe over their shoulders. They washed the scalps, f 
(25) Their hair was long. They put them in a bowl. They put one 
in and washed it. | They made soap suds and washed them. When 
they were dry they put them on the pole. | They put their bow 
on the pole and so they come. The bow priests came to their house 
and | went in. They come out to dance in the plaza. | Four days 
after the washing of the scalps they danced. When they stopped 
they took them to their fathers' houses. | (30) There they washed 
them. The scalp chief took the scalps from them and put them up [ 
and the Zuni boys and girls danced for them. So many days they 
danced. | Eight days they danced. They danced a great deal. They 
were very happy. | Long ago the Navahos used to fight with us and 
so we danced for them. | My grandfather told me. His uncle died 
by the Navahos, my grandfather's ] (35) uncle. Therefore he went 
along to fight. Therefore I asked him about it. Therefore | he 
told me. He told me all that happened. "Many | Navahos have 
I killed. Many have I injured. Many | Navahos have I killed. In- 
deed, I was brave. Indeed, I was strong. So it was, | because 
my uncle died by the Navahos, therefore I was angry," he said. [ 
(40) All this my grandfather told me. 

Long ago we suffered greatly. Because of the thoughts of a 
witch | we suffered greatly. It had not yet been forbidden to drink 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 45 

hie tcuwetcanre a'tsawaki kwa yaiyuY&'nam'eka. ^ajJali* ali- 
manap^a. tcuhol pljjali il ,5 ona ^ane'lu pa'rwe oipa'we he*we 45 
he'pasikwVwe hie kwahol temla a^tsawalji yam yalakwe'kanappi. 
a*halicona. yaiyu'ya'kana'wapa a'tewukoli'a. kwa kanelil*a*wanre; 
kwa pVi ila*wanre kwa olpa* il*a*wanve kwa utcu ila-wanve hie 
potcaye. a'lja ko'wi tutuna kwahol yam yalakwekana'we. kwa 
yaiyu'ya'nanre. i'lakna'wa yam kwahol lea kumohkana'wa. 50 
ko'na tepikwe'na'we ^apali tutuwa^'a kwahol yam wow yala- 
kwekana'we. hie kwa ko'kcanre. ak'a l£apali il*apona el t'on 
wo*ticena'wamet c u yaiyu^ena^a. ma ho'l'o. kwahol ak*a iha- 
nakwatco. l^ane*lu pa'iwe olpa'we utcuwe hewe hepasikwrwe 
hie kwahol tenrla ryun-ulapna al^'a j^apali tutuna'we. kwa 55 

kwa yaiyu'ya'na'wametun'ona t'opaiya hie ace* ainana ak:a 
haliconaye. tcuwa luk laci^i li*l horn j^akwan uhkwati ^apali 
tutuna. ko'macko'na horn kakwan a'halicona hajiona^a kwa ho'na 
a'yatel^ana'wam*e^a. ko'macko'na pipali'we alimana'w'ona horn eo 
j^akwan hapona^a. horn han'ona oyemci jjawiH^a. luko a*tutu- 
^a^a. a'tsawak la^a, yat'enap^a. asi ikunapjj:a. t'opa ]£akwekwi 
a*^a. isko t'a tern tutuna. t'a la^a. ^akwen'ona yatfenapjga. el 
ahan-tin-kwe'ka. holomace hiwalan*e anit'ehwa isko tcim koti 
aliati^a. a*lana*wal£*a t'awa^*a ainana 'ka. ko'w ace^a. ainanapkoa 65 

whisky. | All of the young men had no sense; they liked whisky. | 
(45) Whoever had whisky sold it for sheep, blankets, head bands, 
money, | bracelets, for all kinds of property. The young men wasted 
their possessions. | Those who drank, when they came to their 
senses, they were poor. They had no more sheep. | They had no 
blankets. They had no head bands. They had no shirts. | It was 
very bad. In order to drink a little they would waste all their 
property. | (so) They had no sense. They fought together. They 
tore their clothing. | Every year, on account of drinking whisky, 
they wasted their flocks. | It was not good. Therefore (they said) 
to those who had whisky, "Now don't you | get it." They forbade 
it. "Oh no!" | They profited by it. They had sheep, blankets, head 
bands, shirts, money, bracelets, | (55) everything. They looked around 
for something with which to drink whisky. | It was not good. 
The one who didn't know any better beat one man hard, because 
he was drunk. | Now a certain man here in my house really drank 
whisky. [ There were many drunken men here in my house. They 
came together here. | (60) They would not let us sleep. Many of 
those who liked whisky | came here to my house. My sister's 
husband had whisky and he | gave them to drink. He fought with 
the young men. They grabbed him. They tied his hands. He went 
to another house | and there again he drank. And again he fought. 
The ones who lived there seized him. | They dragged him outside. 
They went way off outside the village. Then there | (65) they beat 

46 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

antehahnan kwai'i^a a^'ap acel^a. ko'macko'na tenalana acena'pi. 
a'te'tcipa jjo'elamatcowe'a. he* t'on hinik to* acen'at'o le 'hati. kwa 
ho* acecukwa. kwa ho > ike'nairte kwa hom i^e'nanve. hinik 
atsam hom t'on ainana'we'tiha kwa ten ho* acecukwa. ho' aiyutci- 

70 arra. ho* tupni Jjatsowa ho* ike'naye. ak;*a hom tfon hinina'koa 
yaktocna*wapa o'co'kwa'koa yaktocna*wapa kwa homtfon hacina*- 
wanre ho* aiyutcian'a kwa hom t'on ainanapcukwa. ainanapkoa 
a*tsawaki aiyalapka. kwac ten tV acecukwa ? kwa ho* acecukwa. 
t'omc api 5 la*ciwani ainana'wapte kwac tV acecukwa ? t'om hon 

75 piyan haitocna'wa tV aiyutcian*a peye'a am ana' hon piyana*we. 
yam halicon'ona^'a ko*macko # na ^apali'we tutu^a. a*pi 5 laciwan*i 
yatinap^a. halikwi peyen'iha. kwa yam i^:e'nan*te kwa ike'nanre 
peye'a. tupni ^atsowa ike'naye. uhson peyenMha. yam aiyutcian- 
'ona peyen'iha. 

so a'pi'la'ciwan^i yatfenapkii. a'halikwi wo'hanapenankwi il*in- 
tin-a*}ja. wan'ani hon ^iwitsikwi kokwa*wa a*wan ^akwekwi iskon 
ilintin-kwatoka. a*pPla*ciwan*i si* peye imat to* aiyutcian'a kwa 
yam ikenan'te kwa to' ike*nanre. t'o tupni l^atsowa t'o 5 ikenaye. 
tV le'kwaka. tVa'tsawakitVyatineka. imat t'o kwa yaiyu'ya*nanve 

85 imat t'o J halikwi al^'a honkwic t'o* yaiyu'ya'nanre. hoi tcuwa 

him up badly. They struck him with big stones and with sticks. 
He fainted. The ones who had beaten him | went out to see how 
he was because he had fainted. For a long time he remained un- 
conscious. | When they came there he tried to get up but fell over. 
"So you think I am going to die ? So that's what you think ? 1 1 won't 
die. For I do not have my heart where my heart is. | That's a good 
one ! You were going to kill me, but I won't die. I am wise. | 
(70) I have my heart in my toenails. Therefore, when you beat me on 
the body, | when you beat me on the head, you do not injure me. | 
I am wise. You will not kill me." The young men who had beaten 
him | questioned him. "Then won't you die?" "No, I won't die."| 
"Even if the bow priests hit you, won't you die ? | (75) We are going 
to order them to hang you for you talk of being wise." "All right, 
let's see you hang me." | (He spoke so) because he was drunk. He 
had drunk lots of whisky. | They told the bow priests. "He is 
going to talk about his witchcraft. Although he has a heart it is 
not where his heart is, | he says. His heart is in his toe nails. That 
is what he is going to tell. | He will tell about his wisdom." | (80) 
The bow priests seized him. They took him to the place where 
they used to hang witches. | "Wait. Let us first take him to the 
kiva." They took him into the house of the katcinas. | The bow 
priest said, "Now speak. It seems you are wise. | Although you 
have a heart, it is not where your heart is. You heart is in your toe 
nails. | So you said. You told the young men. It seems you have 
no sense. | (85) It seems you are a witch, and therefore you have 
no sense at all. Even if someone | doesn't pay any attention to you, 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 47 

teal tse 5 mapte kwahol a^*a pena* potca tfo 5 ampeyen'a. i^ati- 
l^anakwi honkwati t'opaiya kwahol ak*a antehatia^an al^a^'a 
t'ora pena* potca. kwa t'o 5 yaiyu'ya'nanre. yam koleholi aiyutci- 
an*a t'o 5 peye 5 koa t'o peyen*a. t'o yalice 5 a anakati t'o 5 peye^a. ten 
hiniktci t'o 3 halikwi. t*o 5 kwa peyena 5 mapa toms hon il'ap u*kwai 5 - 90 
in/a. yaman'te horn t'on ko alewanuwa. halicona kwa ko 5 lehol 
yam pe 5 koa halicona kwas aiyu 5 ya*nanre. yam papa lesanikwa^a. 
hanate horn lukno piyana'wetiha kwa ho* peyecukwa horn oyona 
hi" cemace* am papa s 5 an oyona cemakan a*ka. an oye i*ka. yam 
oyemcinkwi piyajjantiha. kopla*ti an oye lesanikwa^a. kop ma 95 
kvti kwa t'o* peyena 5 ma 1 t'a tenati imat tV ko 5 lehol rieye^a. 
tcuwetcanre t'oman hatiaka kopla*t t'o yalice 5 a ? kwa t'o 5 ya'tsa- 
wil'ame. t'a tenati kwa t'o 5 yaiyu 5 ya*nanre. tcimenholi t'o* i*yai- 
yu 5 ya'pina t'o 5 yalice 5 a. utat peye t'a tenati* holo papa horn 
kuwaiyona melika owelukwi hx atinece a*ciwi horn ainana'we'tiha. 100 
hecina lukno horn piyana*we 5 tiha. ho 5 acen*a. kwa ho 5 peyenanre 1 
ho* acen*a a'pi 5 la'ciwan*i horn ainana'we 5 tiha. hanate t'o' heci^athi 
horn kuwaiyona t'o 5 atinen*a. sonta'lu'kwe a'wi*yan*a ta ,c tci ho* 
lukni a*wiyat'enal£an*a. 

honkwati ko 5 ma wan piyahnapce. yaknahnapka. honkw elea 5 
peye^a. tomt hiniktci kwilholi t'ewapa sonta'lu'kwe ha^m'ona 

you talk to him with bad words. | to make him angry. Maybe, just 
in order to injure the others just for something | you speak evil 
words. You have no sense. Now whatever | you told them about 
your power you will tell. You deny it. But nevertheless you told 
them. I (90) So I really think you are a witch. If you do not speak 
we are going to drag you out." | "Do what you yourselves want of 
me." I He did not remember what he had said when he was drunk. 
He said to his brother, | "Hurry up! These people are going to 
hang me. I won't talk. | Go call my wife." His brother went to call 
his wife. His wife came | (95) to where they were going to hang her 
husband. "Why?" his wife said. "Well, | why don't you talk? 
It can't be helped. It seems you told them something. | Everyone 
heard you. Why do you deny it ? Have you no shame ? | It can't 
be helped, you have no sense. Now you have come to your senses, | 
you deny it. But rather speak. It can't be helped." "Oh no. 
Brother, | (100) go and tell my white friend at Fort Defiance. 1 
The Zunis are going to kill me. j <n Hurry! They are going to hang 
me. I shall die. But I won't talk. | I shall die. The bow priests 
are going to kill me. Go on, you had better hurry. ) You will tell 
my friend. The soldiers will come and then I | will have them all 

(5) "Maybe we had better take him down for a little while." They 
let him go. But now he really | spoke the truth. I think it was just 

1 This is an error. She meant Fort Wingate. 

48 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

antehalik:an i'^a. ko'Iehol a*ciwi a'tsawalp ainanapkoa jJeye^a. 
apPla-ciwan'i ainanapkoa yam t'awa^a t'am^apnan'e a'pi'la* 
ciwani ainanapkoa an oyon ihiki anapenapka. uhsona tenrla 

10 sonta'hrkwe yatine^a. ptpalr tutupi^koa horn han'ona oyemci 
uhsona tutuljaka ihi^i yat'ena£an*a. t'a a*pnVciwan*i tem'la 
a'wiyat'ena'ka. a'wutej^a. ko^ehoh hie anteatikoa uhsona* yatinelja. 
ele i'natinanre a*wi't c u ema a*wi*t c u sonta'hrkwe. ho* antecema 
laci^i le^wa* homo pew'onatenatlesnaham'e kwa i'nam ittenrana*- 

15 wanve. yoseke'a kocikat'el'ea a'ciwi lestikwe'a. kwa yaiyu'ya'- 
nanre. yoseke'a ten el'ea halikwi ak'a kwa yaiyu°ya*nam'e koci 
kwa a-wi'cukwa sonta'hrkwe kwa a'wi'cukwa. ko'na ace* melik 
a*wan ho*i a*wi*yan'a sonta'hrkwe a'wryan'a. hicte ho 5 yu*- 

20 a*ciw a'wa t'ewusu te'tci^a. lawaptfsiclena^a. lesapi ko*w 
a'wi'^a. sonta'hrkwe a'wi'nan horn han'ona an oyemc J^apali 
il'i^a luko tutu^a^a. a^'a ainana^a. koatciwe ale*ati^a. uhson 
ajra ke'la yat'enatun'ona Ijapali iWkoa yam alj/a halicoti'koa ak*a 
i^ani^a. ak'a yat'ena^an a'wi'lja. 

25 ho'i tem'la lawaptsiclena^apa a'wi'^a sonta'hrkwe. kwililjana'na. 
horn han*ona an oyemc'ona yat'enakantiha. sonta'lu'kwe a'wryap 

two days after that the soldiers, three of them, | came to investigate. 
He told them how the Zuni young men had beaten him, | and how 
the bow priests had beaten him with their clubs, their war clubs. ) 
They scolded the Bow Priests who had beaten him, and his wife 
also. All that | (io> he told the soldiers. That he had drunk whisky, 
that my sister's husband | had given it to him to drink. They were 
going to take him along with them. And also the bow priests. | He 
reported them all for arrest. He told them what had happened to 
him. | "Let them come without fail. Let many soldiers come. I 
want this," | the man said. All over they were talking about it, and 
you know how it is, some did not really believe it. | (15) "He is 
lying. It is impossible," the Zunis said. "He has no sense. | He is 
lying." "But it is really so." "He is a witch. Therefore he has no 
sense. Of course | they won't come. The soldiers won't come." 
"Yes they will. The white people will come. The soldiers will come." 
I was terribly | frightened. | 

(20) The time came for the Zunis' religious ceremony. Everyone 

came. When the sol- 
He was the one who 

was cutting prayersticks. At that time a few 

diers came my sister's husband had whisky 

gave him to drink. Therefore they beat him. They hurt him very 

much. | And so they were going to take him first, the one who had 

whisky. Because of him he had gotten drunk. | Therefore they were 

angry and so they came to take him. | 

(25) When all the people were cutting prayersticks they came. 
The soldiers came for the second time. | They were going to take 
my sister's husband. When the soldiers came | we cried. "It seems 

Bunzel) Zuni Texts 49 

hon a'Koyel^a. imati hie hoi tehya halikwi hon le'tikwa hon a'koye- 
^a. an suwe otsin'te yatonapa i^atika. sonta - hrkwe lafea am 
pajjona yatfena^an'tiha o^a yacenan'te la^'a hie t'sume^a. yam 30 
awe*na leyala yakna kwa u'kwatopinam'l^a. sonta'hrkwe r^ati^a. 
ham a*ciwi a'tsawa^ he'mokwi yacenakwe isnoli tfawe wcrticnan 
ham a'yaktocmvwe. a'tsawa^i tenat lesna hanre kwa yaiyu'ya*- 
na'wam'e. t'awalj'a a-yaktocnap^a. uhson ak'a hie rj^ati^a. 
sonta'hrkwe hie i'katika wans a*wa*l$:a a'ho'i Uewapa rlatenapfea, 35 
awan t'ewusu ma^e* teckwr%a. hie a'ho'i tenrla a*teckwi%a. 
tifeilajiona yam t'ewusu upop^a. ti^ilajJona uhsona ha*i holt'ewajia 
a*wi\jja. sonta'hrkwe hie kcrmackcrna hie tewulin'e tacana tfopa 
a'kwinakwi yaPona halonakwi ehkona iyapa kcrmackcrna kwiPa*na 
tsPlaye sonta'hrkwe. a*ciw a*koye. son yacen'a! kocikati leshoH 40 
t'owo'a'we a'wi'yapa ho'i teatinacukwa anakati hon kwa yaiyu'ya*- 
na'wam'e. anakatcic kaj>ali tutuwena*we uhkwatfcati hon yacen'a* 
aho'i a'wotshvte a'koye'a. a*wa mu*la ko*macko*na a'lana a*se- 
topjja. a*wan i'to'we tfatepololowalj'a wo*pa'we ayalu^a. a*wan 
pisejjakwewe ko*macko*na hie hiwalan'e an ulapna rtinalja. hicte 45 
atel imin hrnina hie a'koye^a. a*wotsi ulapna sonta'luk'we yupa- 
tcipj^a. kwa hoi ana'napinre. ham a'waiyu'patci t'ina^a a'wotsi 

that he is the valuable one, that witch," I said. We cried. | His 
younger brother, although he was a man in woman's dress, got 
angry. He hit the soldiers. | When they were going to take his 
brother, although he pretended to be a woman, he hit them. He 
was strong. | (30) He stood, holding the door posts, and would not 
let them come in. The soldiers got angry. | Some Zuni boys, some 
people who pretended to be brave, picked up sticks anywhere | and 
some beat them. You know how the boys are, some of them have 
no sense. | They beat them with sticks. Because of this they were 
very angry. | The soldiers were very angry. They went away for 
a little while. Next day the people planted their prayersticks. | 
They kept their sacred fire taboo. Everyone abstained. | The 
society people were in for their ceremony. Just three days after 
the society people finished | they came, the soldiers. There were so 
m.-i ny they filled the whole long valley to the other | Black Rock, the 
fm f 1i 't one, as the first ones came to Halona. There were many. 
Two !>y two I in long files, the soldiers came. The Zunis cried. "We 
shall all die." "Impossible." | (40) "But they have enough guns 
as they come. A person can't live. It serves us right. We have 
no sense. | It serves us right. We drink whisky. So now it is come 
we shall all die." | The people, even the men, were crying. Their 
mules were many, and they carried large packs | on their backs. 
Their food was packed in wagons and these came last. Their) 
tents were many, and they set them up all around the village, j 
(45) It was just like when the rocks fell. Everyone cried. There were 
men all around and the soldiers stood guard. | No one could run 

50 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

yam a'woye topalnaphoh" ko'leholi yirtula kwai'ilel^a. kwa hie 
ko'witfaptholi ya^teinanrl^a. hon i*teclaq^a. a^'api son yacerra. 

50 hekwati lacik'on halikwi an a'wol^ana-we an tsita an tatcu sonta'- 
lukwe t'ina^koa yaiacona^we. an tse'makwin al$:*a sonta*lu*kwe 
ipoti^a. a-ciw a'Koye hiwalan tenrla a'teckwapte yam teckwrwe 
etcipa yutul-awalufea. sonta*lu*kwe hiwalakwi a'wrnan a*wan 
kumaticnan a'teckwapte a*wan tVticnan. koti a'wanlewuna'we. 

55 kwa ^et'sana^am*e ho'na'wan teati^a. 

a*ciw a'wan yanulona t'sinawacnan sonta'hrkw* a*wa mosona 
tfsinan ukna^apa tJewulaci teat c u. kwa ciwi yaiyu'ya'nanre kwa 
mofa peyenanrk;a halicona^'at'on i'cemaka. ten kwa yaiyu'ya'nanve 
hiwaPona hiwalan tenrla kotilea a'wunatea^a. hie Jjapali alimaka 

to kwa yaiyu'ya-nanre tihkwahna hon a*tepura. t'ekohatipa sonta'- 
hrkwe aciwi a*wan tfsinan iwa'hinan leantinap^a. sonta*lu*kwe 
iwa^hinan t'sina yakna^a. lrl melika t'inapona kwawopa il'apona 
tsiponkwhve a'ciwi a*wan halisona*kwe hie a'ce'we ciwi'ma peyeka. 
hie hatia'ka. hie ciwi hrnina peyeka. uhsona atci hesuskwi a'tci 

fs rsato t'elinan tena' a'tci peye. kwa a*tc ilakna kwa a*tc antece- 
mana'ma. a*ciwi ^a*l£hol t'eKna*we yu* tula -kwai'i^a. kwa tcuhol 
a-wunanrej>a yu'tula-kwaPilja. kwa ya'telnanrlja. mas ele tih- 
kwahna teat*!!, tenati ainana'koa a'pi'la'ciwan'i lal J£apali'we 

away any place. Some of them watched them, so that the men | 
could not even take their wives away, one at a time. | They did not 
sleep, even for a little while. | We were all frightened because we 
were going to die. | However, the witch man's sisters and his 
mother and his father | <so) were visiting the soldiers at their camp. 
Because of his doing, the country was full of soldiers. | The Zunis 
were crying, and the whole village, although they were all taboo, 
they left their altars | and ran away. The soldiers came to the 
village j and even though they were taboo they took their wood. 
They disturbed everything. | These were not happy days. This 
is what they did to us. | 

(55) The Zuni officers wrote a letter and gave their letter to the 
chief of the soldiers. | "Be kind to us. That Zuni has no sense. | He 
did not speak the truth. Because he was drunk he sent for you. 
For really he has no sense. | All the people, the whole village, he 
treated badly. He liked whisky. | He has no sense. We shall live 
quietly." At daybreak | (60) the Zunis took the letter over to the 
soldiers. | It was given to the soldiers across the river. Here where 

Black Mustache, 
He understood it. 

the white people are living the store-keeper, 

who was the Zunis' trader, spoke Zuni very well 

He spoke just like a Zuni. He and Jesus j helped one another. All 

night long they talked it over. They did not want a fight. | (65) Late 

at night, the Zunis ran away. When no one was watching they ran 

away. They did not sleep. "Well, all right, let us be kind to them. 

However, the ones who beat him, the bow priests, and then | the 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 51 

il'ikoa tutu^a'koa uhsona t'a sonta'hrkwe lakoa ol^a yacen'ona 
lahman'ona uhson lal am papa lal a'pi'hrciwan'i lacik > ona piyanap- 70 
koa tewulaci uhsona te'tci a'wa'nuwa. upo^an'a. tem kowic- 
holi antehacljanapl^a. tem iskon hrnina tetse'ma terjkanapin'a. 
tem hrninatipa tem a*yaknahna^an*a. tcim lesapi a*wi*yan*a. 
tewulac ton antecemana*we uhsona ho 5 na t'on yakna'wa hon 
a'wa'nuwa. t'a tem a'tci iwa^ika a*ciwi yanula haponakwi penan 75 
iwa'hil^a. ma lesna teat c u. el'et'a hoi yacenuwapholi. tenati. imati 
ikwalt a'wi'yan'a. ele tewulaci t'a tenati koti aleatil^a. s^atokwe*- 
^a. a'ciwi tcim el rtse'makunapl^a. ho* topint ho* wih il'i^a. horn 
a'patcu itcemana'we. horn a'kuwaye itcemana'we. ho J leko an- 
a*niyahk:a. t'ewapa sonta*lu*kwe a*wa*nan apPla'ciwan'i lal lah- so 
man'ona les'ona sonta*lu*kwe a*wan rtopa'wa iskon ujiokna 
a'wiW-tin-a'l^a. lal ko*macko'iia a*wa rmrla yace^a. 

laci^i kwa yaiyu'ya'nanre an tse'makwin ak'a luwalan lana 
hie rtse'me^a. a'koye^a. al£*a a*ho J i hie aiyu'kalna'we. kwa tcuhol 
hanilina'ma. le* ho* a*napa ho'i ya'^ana imat tcimi honkwati 85 
yaiyu*ya*na tse'ma. kwa yaiyu'ya'nam'el^a. le'na t'opint'ona 
tse^akwin a^*a a'halikwi kwa wohanapena'ma. ljak'holt'arja hon 
a'tfsanapa hoi tcuwa kwaholi yam aiyutcian > ona ko'leholi hanasi- 
mapa ankoha'apa pi'laciwan'i atinapapa yat'en*a. ko'lehol te- 

one who had the whisky, the one who gave him a drink, and then 
that one who fought with the soldiers, the one who pretended to 
be a woman, | the la^mana} and her brother, and the bow priests, 
the ones who hung the man, | (7<o if these go quietly, we shall put 
them in jail. Just as much [ as they injured him, to the same extent 
we shall let them wear out their spirits. | Then, when it is even, we 
shall let them go. Then at that time they will come back. | You 
want us to be kind. If you let us take them, we | shall go." Then 
again, the two crossed the river. They brought the message across 
to where the Zuni officers were meeting. | (75) "Well, let it be 
thus. All right, let's hope they may not die some wheres. | However, 
it seems | they will come back again. All right, go quietly. It can't 
be helped. They treated him badly." Now it was sunrise. | So now 
the Zunis felt better. At that time I had one baby. | The Navahos 
lo\ t <i me. My friends loved me. So I thought 1 1 would run away to 
them. Xext day the soldiers went and they took the bow priests and 
(80 ) the la^mana, these the soldiers put into their commissary wagon, 
and took them with them. Then many of their mules died. | 

This man had no sense. And because of his doing, the whole 
great village I worried. They cried. Therefore the people still hate 
him. Nobody likes him. Now I am this old, and he is a mature 
person. And I think that perhaps | (85) he may know better. But 
formerly he had no sense. Because of the doing of this one man, | 
they no longer hang the witches. Long ago when we | were children, 
whenever anyone who had any power, used magic, | when they 

1 Men who wear women's clothes and do women's work. 

52 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

90 *ukoa pekwicapa kwa pena*maj$a piya^an*a. ainana^an*a. tcimi 
jfenuwa. kotcimana yam aiyutcian*ona tcim peyeira. hon a*t T sana- 
jJa lesn Hatenapk;a. uhsona sonta'hrkwe a*wi*k:at?ap a^'a a*halikwi 
a*witehyal^a. al^*a tcuhoh i'yanapena i*halikwicl£an*ona. ajj'a a*tci 
i'yanapena. t'orjaiya halikwicaira. ele ko'kci a'halikwi a*tehya. 

95 sonta'hrkwe il'aria. ko'kci le*kwan*a. a^*a kwa i'hatikwicena'ma. 
le*wi ho* aiyu*ya*na. 


ho* tfsanap atel imi^a. hie a*ho*i hie tem'la i^acetifca. a*koyel$:a. 

i'tecunap^a. horn tatcu yam miyakwin a*ka. horn hota yam 

ioo mopiyakwi ^akwe*^a. horn han'i an hota iW ^akwe'fca. a*tci 

i sama. hie atfani. tununuti|ja. anukwai*i. aho*i le'tikwa. a*koye*a. 
hanatfe horn tsita le*kwa. horn cemap. t?a horn papona ho*na 
cema^a. hana* hr*u tatcuya cemace! hecina! horn papa koye^a. 
teclaq^a. kwa yam tatcu cema^ananrpt. ho* il^atilja. hanatfe! 

5 horn hota horn hani laci horn ^ewulacka. Ijaplani^a ho* yam tatcu 
cema^an a'^a. horn papa ljoye^a teclana e't hie tsawalp hie 
amina. ho* iwa*hi^:a. Kaplan ryanankwi ho* yam tatcu cema^an 

found him out and told the bow priests, they would take him. | 
When they asked him what he had done, if he did not tell, then they 
would hang him. They would beat him. Then | (90) he would talk. 
When they made him cry out then he would tell of his power. 
When we were children, | they fought against them that way. 
But that man made the soldiers come and so the witches | became 
valuable. Therefore, when people quarrel, they call one another 
witch. Therefore when any two people quarrel, one will call the 
other a witch. It's all right, it's good. Witches are valuable. | They 
have soldiers. It's good for them. So he will say. Therefore they 
no longer strip witches of their power. | (95) That is all that I know. 


When I was young there was a landslide. All the people were 
excited. They cried. | They looked for one another. My father had 
gone to his corn field. My grandmother | was living at her peach 
orchard. My younger brother was living there with his grand- 
mother. The two | (ioo) were alone. It was very dangerous. The 
earth rumbled. "It is an earthquake!" the people said. They 
cried | U) "Hurry!" my mother said. She called me. And also my 
elder brother, | she called us. "Hurry! Go and call father! Hurry!" 
my brother cried. | He was afraid. He didn't want to go for his 
father. Then I got angry. "Hurry!" | My grandmother and my 
great grandmother pulled off my leggins. The river was full. I | 
(5) went to call my father. My brother cried. He was afraid. "You're 
a fine boy! | Fraid-cat!" I crossed over. Where the water was 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 53 

a*^a. horn pap ankoha^a^a. horn alahl^a. horn elatefca. hon 
koyefe:a. hon tunati^a. atel iminankwin hon t'unati^a. hie at'ani. 
tomt tununuti^a. cipololon'e keatoye. hon koyel^a. hon teMxjipa 10 
kwa ho'na tatcu tcu'wa. mopiyakwin a*^a. horn hota yam nana 
il'i Jjakweye. lal t'on a*t c u ciwinakwi. ama ho 5 a*ne. at'aniti kwa 
tV aiyu'ya'nanre anukwai'r a*ciw a*koye. hiwaPona tomt t'sawa- 
wa'a. hanat hecina tfo'na l^aw elatena'wa. hie at'aniti. 

ham a*ciw mukwinakwi awa'netiha. honkwati tern aiyu'ya*- is 
najia lo^o^anal^a. honkwat ten anukwai'i a'ciwi a'wo^atsi^i yam 
kwahol itcemanaw J ona yam tcawe a*wi*to^ana*we. a'koye'a. te'tci- 
^a horn tatcu. a'ho'i a'tsawaki yalakwi ye'ma^a. atelan*e i*pa- 
tcih^a. unapate tcuwayatifea. a'tsawaki we*anapl£a. yirtula^a. 
iskon horn tatcu t'una^a. ^al a'^a. a*ho 5 i tem'la l^al a'wa'^a. 20 
ko'macko'na hiwaPona yaincokyapl^a. a'wryajia t'unapkoa atel'- 
iminan t'unapkoa a'wanhapopi.. kops leati kec J£awe kwaPi ? — 
ePa. i*^et?sati horn tcawe. kwa pwe kwaPina'ma. el a'koyena'ma. 
yose* yo'J^a. atelimi^a. e*t a*ciwi rl^etsati^a hanre rkanil^a. imat 
koholikwe'a. atelalo* 3 oePetekwan*thoh. yala't'ehyahanrele'tikwa. 25 

running high I went to call my father. | My brother found out. He 
ran after me. He caught up with me. We | cried. We looked 
around. We looked towards where the rocks were falling. It was 
very dangerous. | It rumbled all the time and clouds of dust rose. 
We cried. When we got there | uo) father was not there. He had 
gone to his peach orchard. My grandmother | was living there 
with her grandchild. "You had better go back to Zuni!" — "All 
right, I'll go." "It is very dangerous. | We don't know anything 
about it yet. There is an earthquake. The Zunis were crying. In 
the village they are just | howling. "Hurry up! Be quick, or the 
water will overtake you! It is dangerous." | 

Some of the Zunis were going to the Hopi country. "Perhaps 
they still know how | a 5) to tighten it up. Perhaps the earth is 
really opening up." The Zuni women | took out whatever they were 
saving and gave it to their children to eat. They were crying. | He 
came there, my father. Some people, young men, climbed up the 
mountain and a great chunk of rock broke off | and hurtled by 
a.s they were looking. The young men shouted. They ran away. | 
Right there my father saw it. He came here. All the people came 
here. | (20) Many people in the village were waiting for them. When 
they came | the people came to meet those who had seen it, who 
had seen the rock fall. "What has happened? Is the water 
coming out already?" | "No. Be happy now, my children, the 
water is not coming out. Do not cry. | It has turned out to be false. 
The rocks fell." But although the Zunis were happy, some of them 
were angry. | "Surely it must mean something. Rocks are hard. 
It has not happened for nothing, because mountains are valuable," 
some of them I (25) said. 

54 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

ho' okejja. ho* kone oj^e^a. ta'htcic a*ho J i tenrla haponapa ciwi 
tsawaki kwa tcuhol ornanrepa ho'na'wa mo'lacka. uhsona telo- 
^ati^a atela imi'we telo^ati^at'apa hon yam mo* tecunap^a. 
a'ho* a'koye^a. ta*htcic ho* imat kwa koyena'ma imat kwa tse*- 

30 menam'e ho'na'wa mo'lacka. horn tsita samu^a yam mo'we 
itcemanan samu^a. 

uhsona tepikwefea. uhkwat'cati hanre a'ciwi anawanapka. 
hinik tcuwatikioli ciwan'i acen'a. a*ciwan*i kwatikoli i^e*na tfenaye 
a'ciwi le'tikwap a'ciwairi kwa r^etfsatinanrka. rhapoptnap^a. 

35 coto'we IPakwa onea*we J£awaia*we hapol^anapka. atela imi^a 
tekwi wo*tunan kwai'i^a. i'tehyanan kwai'ika. kr'o wo'tunan 
kwai'i^a. lesnapte kwa a'wan penan yo*nanrka. tepikwaiMp a'wan 
hie mosPkoa a*ciwan a*wan hie luwalan iH'koa pekwfrre hie 
tihkwahna ho*i tea*ka yatofea aiyapatcika uhsona honkwat acetun- 

40 *onak*a atela imika. tern hon a't'sanapa hie tse'makwi teatilja. 
hon a*t'sanan*te hon rtse^eka. haitokati a'laci a*ciwan*i tcuhot 
tihkwahna ho J i teakoa an tse'makwin al^a hiwala'ka. tern t?a 
atel imipa yam ko'lehol a'koye'koa hrnina luwalan tenrla i'^e- 
t'sananrj^a. a p koyeka. kwa luwalam*e lestena hon rtse'meka. 
45 lesnapa ho'na'wa tatcu pekwin'e hie tehya'ka. kwa la'Jd ho'no 

I was grinding. I cried as I was grinding. Meanwhile all the 
Zuni people gathered together. | When no one was looking some 
Zuni boy stole our melons. Then | they quieted down. They 
quieted down about the mountain falling and we looked for our 
melons. | The people were crying, but it seems I did not cry. It 
seems | (so) he never worried about us. He stole our melons. My 
mother was cross. | She was saving her melons and so she was cross. 

That year passed. And then indeed it happened. Some of the 
Zunis somehow had guessed it, | "I think that some one of the 
priests will die. I think the hearts of some of fhe priests are wearing 
out," | the Zunis said. The priests were not happy. They met 
together. | (35) They gathered abalone shells, turquoise, corn 
pollen, sacred meal. | They went out to leave it where the rocks had 
fallen. They went out to save themselves. They went out to leave 
their shells there. | Nevertheless, their words did not come to pass. 
After one year | the one who was chief of them all, the one who held 
in his keeping the whole village, pekwin, died | He was a fine man; 
He looked after the Sun. Perhaps, because he was going to die, I 
(40) the rocks fell. We were still children. There was much worrying, j 
Even though we were children, we were sad. They suffered more, 
the old people and the priests. | We lived by the thoughts of those 
who were good people. Therefore, again, | as when the rocks fell, 
they cried the same way. In the same way the whole village | 
was unhappy. They cried. Just as if there were no more people 
in the village, we were sad, | (45) because our father, pekwin, was 
very valuable. Now, ever since we | have grown up, there has been 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 55 

a'ho'i a'wiyo'katekwi kwa tcuhoii hrninanre. aj$:*a ko*macko*na 
a*ciwan*i iyanapena*we. yatcu a'peye'a" a*ciwi hanre a'samu. 
kwa kak'holi pekwiire laci kwa hrninanre. 

ho* yam papa ampeye'a koahtci a'wrna. el tV tse'menanrt'u. 
^akwa*mosi a*potca* kwa yaiyu'ya'na'wanre. kwahol al^'a t'om so 
ko* antikwajia tomt tfo telopma^ana. koahtcic a*wrna. tern hon 
a-tfsanapa pekwhve tihkwahna^a. kwa kwahoi alra a*ciwan*i kwa 
rwo'lena'wanreta. hie hiyohicna jJekwin* laci tihkwahna tea'ka. 
ho'na'wa a*nana rwitcemanapl^a. ho'na'wa a*nana aj^a kwa 
Jfacima kwa rnatinanre tea^a. hie la'Jp t'on i*yanapena*we. kwa 55 
tfon a'ciwan a'kerkcanre. hini^ati kwa litanre. tfo'na'wa ike*na-we 
a'potca. lja'^holi horn nana horn atine'koa ho J aiyu 5 ya*na. ci- 
wan*i kwa yaiyu'ya'nanrepa pi^aciwan'i atinapajia yam ljepya- 
tonan'e ryato^ana yamtfsupasikwnre i'pasikuna yam tfaml£apnan*e 
rleana cemanajjapa ciwan'i tean'te yaiyu'ya'nanrepa pi'laciwan- eo 
i*na c hata jjaphra. ciwan'i kwa yaiyu'ya'nanrepa hata piphra. 
kcmacko'na horn nana kwahol horn ampeye^a. yam nan a*ni 
kwahol ho 1 pena* aiyu'ya-na ho J yam papa ho* le'anikwa tcuwa 
Uon ciwani tean'te kwa tfo* yaiyu'ya'nanrepa. tfon a*ho J a*ya*na 
tfon a'lohaiyapa kohol tfsan'on holi yu*he*to kohol t'sana aktsi^ 65 
t'sana kwahol amjieyejJa yam t'sana te'ona^'a kwahol amjieyepa 

no one like him. Therefore | the priests scold one another a great 
deal. They talk about their months. Some of the Zunis are angry. | 
It was not so, long ago in the days of the old jJekwin. | 

I have talked to my brother. "Never mind them. Don't you 
worry about it. | (50) The chief priests are bad. They have no sense. | 
If they say anything to you, just you keep quiet. Never mind 
about them. When we still | were children, pekwin, was a fine 
man. And the priests did not quarrel with one another about 
anything. | Yes indeed the good old pekwin was a fine man. | Our 
grandfathers used to love one another, our grandfathers. There- 
fore [ (55) the rain never failed them. Nowadays you just scold one 
another. | You priests are not good. No wonder it does not rain. 
Your hearts | are bad. I still remember what my grandfather told 
me long ago. | Then, when a priest had no sense, they would tell 
the bow priest and | he would put his bandoleer over his shoulders, 
and put his shell bracelet about his wrist and pick up his war 
club, | (60) when they called him, and even though he was a priest, 
if he had no sense, the bow priest | would come and strike him on 
the breast. If a priest had no sense, he struck him on the breast. | 
Many things my grandfather told me. | I remember the things my 
grandfather used to talk about." So I said to my brother. | "Even 
though some of you are priests, you have no sense. You are grown 
people | (65) with gray hair and no longer children, so it should be 
plain to you. When one talks to a child about something, to a little 
boy, | because he is a child, when one talks to him, | he will not 

56 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

kwa hatiacukwa. tfsana t!on a'lacL t'on rwi£e'nana*wa. koahtcic 
a'wina* honkwati kwa yam a'yu'ya'nan^ona a^*a kwa tfon i*w%e*- 
nana'wanre. kwa tfon yaiyu'ya'na'wanre. tse^ap kwa l^et'sana- 

70 pm'e. kwahol yam haitocna*we t'on iyami^ana'we. lestiklearja 
melik a*wan pena*we t'on a^:*a rwolena*we. anulawe tV i'cema- 
J£ena*we. kwa t'on a*wiya*tsawil'anre. ko'macko*na yam i*^:a 
tekwin tse'mapa kwa j^etfsana^anre. hon jJena* hiwalaye. hinikati 
kwa kwahoii a u wulohnan*e kwa ko'lehol yam tse'man^na kwa t'on 

75 tfuna'wanre tse'makwi ko*kcanre yam penan a]£*a yam tse'makwi*- 
wal^'at'ewana'we ^et'sanaria kolehoh yam anteceman'ona hon tcuw 
yuhatiaplna a*wa tse'makwi ko'kcapa. yam penan al£'a yam hie 
]5ekwakusna*w a^'a tfon rtse'me'a. ^a*^' hortfapa kwa ho*na'wan 
a*nana a-ciwan*i kwa lesawinanrepi. i'witcemanap^a. 

80 yam ho* papa lesanikwa^a. ko'macko*na ho* ampeye^a. e'te kwa 
horn anhatiana'ma. yose'we ho* peye'a. ishol ho' tse'me'a yam marjp 
yam tsawalp a*tcia antse'manan ho 5 koyeka. honkwati horn ma'|p 
horn tsawajp kwa ciwan*i teamel^atfapa kwa ho* tse'macukwalja. 
ko*macko'na a'ciwan a*wak*a pena*we. kwa tomt holi telol^ana*- 

85 wanre. kwa yaiyu'ya'na'wanre. ^a^i tcuholi penanal^a i'hanu- 
kwah^atfaphoh. kwa ^et'sana^anve. ko'macko'na ati hon pena*- 
wafc'a hiwalaye. mepenawa^'a anula'wa^a a'ciwan'i ryana- 
pena'we. ^akwa'mosi yam tatcu itehkwai^anaplja. kwa yam 

listen. You old men are children. You will keep it in your hearts. 
Never mind | about them. Maybe you are the ones who have no 
sense and therefore you do not take this to your hearts. | You have 
no sense. When one worries it is not a happy time. | (70) You 
criticise one another about your dates. And furthermore | you 
quarrel over the words of the white people. You wrangle over the 
offices. | You have no shame. When I think of how we have come 
so far ] it is not a happy time. We stand around grumbling all the 
time. No wonder | you do not see your country the way you would 
wish to see it. | (75) Your thoughts are not good. Because of your 
words, because of your thoughts, | if we were always happy, we 
would listen for that for which we wish, | if your thoughts are good 
with your words (it would come about). | But you are just full of 
words, and so you worry all. Long ago our J grandfathers, the 
priests, were not like this. They loved one another." | 

(80) So I said to my brother. Much I talked to him. But | he does 
not listen to me. In vain do I talk. Sometimes I worried for my 
daughter | and my son. For them I worry. I cried. Perhaps if 
my daughter | and my son were not priests, I should not worry. [ 
Much the Zunis talk because of them. They just won't keep 
quiet. | (85) They have no sense. No one ever prevails over another 
with words. | It is not a happy time. It is a great shame that we | 
always are grumbling, about the white people's words and about 
the offices. The priests | are always scolding one another. The 

BunzeL Zuni Texts 57 

tatcu il'apa J£akwenam*e. tomt ho J aiyu'ya'na. kwa yaiyr^ya'- 
nanre ^aPioltfapa ciwan'i tehya^a laci tewuko'li'a amina ko* ho'i 90 
kwa an tcawe kwa itcemana'wanre. kwa j^etsanapinre imatcic 
holno kotile'a yam alacina'we kotile'a. iyo a'wa tatcu. iyo a'wa 
tsita a'wa yu'makwe'nan hapic tcuholi tcim tVno tcawo #> apa 
yaman'te kwahol Heye^a ? heyenan t'oc yaman*te ikus^efea ? 
a*wa tsita ho 3 i samurrte a'wa tatcu aiyatsan'te kwahol leaptun'ona 95 
a'wa tsita a'wa tsitsikarra a*wa yu > makwe*na c a'wa lea^an'a. 
antciaira. alea^a aliteapte a*wa tsita kwa alcukwa wiha koyejJa 
kwahol weal^at'apa wiha we'ana kwa an tsita alcukwa kwa an 
tatcu alcukwa hie antcian'a. a^'a a'wa tatcu iacit'apa a*wa tsita 
Iacit'apa aminapa ko'leholi a'wa yu 5 makwe*n ho*i ya'lja'koa ton 100 
tcuwa aiyu^a'naj^an'a. yam tatc itcemana* yam tsit itcemana* 1 
luknia ho* a*wa peye'a. Ijakwemosi ciwan'i kwa tehyam'e kwa an 
tcawe itcemana'wanre. t'ewana'we mepena'walj'a kwahol pena*- 
walja kwa itcemana'wanre. kwa ljetsanaj^anre. tomt holn al'u'ya* 
kwa yam tcawil'i kwa pikwanre. imati hie holi an tcawe asamu. 5 
ho 5 yam tcawe kwaholi a*wampeyerja horn anhatiana'we. honkwati 
horn rienan'e i'paltoj^apa honkwati ho* acepa horn tcawe kwa 
ho* peyenanrapa tcimi horn tcawe kotile'a a'te^ana. honkwati. 

chief priests threw out their father. | They would not have their 
father live with them. I just know about it. They have no sense, j 
(90) But long ago, a priest was valuable. He is an old man and poor 
and feeble. He will not live long. | His children do not love him. 
These are not happy days. So it seems | that somewheres they do 
wrong. They do not honor their parents. Our poor father, our 
poor I mother, for us they have labored! Or else who of you when 
you were first born | could dress yourself ? Did you wipe yourself when 
you soiled yourself? | (95) So even if you mother is unattractive, 
and your father is ugly, you should be the ones to clothe them. | 
Our mothers nurse us. They toil for us. They carry us about. | It 
is very hard. When it is time to sleep, even though she would like 
to sleep, our mother will not sleep if the baby cries ; | or if there is 
any sickness, if the baby is sick, his mother will not sleep | and 
\w father will not sleep. It is very difficult. Therefore when your 
father is old and when your mother | (ioo) is old, when they are 
feeble, you should remember how they toiled for you, how they 
have brought you up. | (D You should love your father, you should 
love your mother. | So I tell these. The chief priest is not valuable. 
His I children do not love him. Always because of what the white 
people say or because of some kind of talk | they do not love him. 
These are not happy days. He just goes around anywheres. J (5) He 
does not live with his children. It seems his children must be 
awfully mean. | I tell my children all of this. They always listen 
to me. Perhaps | when my words are at an end, perhaps when 
I die, I when I am no longer talking to my children, then my children 

58 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol, XV 

ma rme. kwa ko'lehoh* yam a'tun'ona aiyu'ya'nanre. ulati horn 

10 a*hota horn a*nana honkwati kwa yam tsita anhatiana*wanre. 
samuptrra potca^an'a. ko'lehol kakwenipura kwa yu'he'tanre. 
honkwat potcapura. ulat luknio kwa ko'leholi yam teatun'ona 
kwa ho* aiyu'ya^nanre. t'ewana'we yam tcawe kwaholi ho > a'wam 
jJeye. honkwati luknio horn anhatiana'we. honkwati. al^a hon 

is tihkwahna ^akweniye. ko*macko*na horn tcawe horn a'tsawajj 
kwiH horn a*tsawaki. ha'i horn a*ma^i t'ophvte e'le. kwiH tsawafci 
hie horn tcawe tihkwahna. kwahol yaniktcia a^:*a ho* ^etsana. 
fa a'wan tatcu ket'sana. ko'macko'na am miyapa am mo'larja 
an tcawe rto'wena'wa. ak*a ^et'sana. t'a am mopiya*we hie ko*- 

20 mackona. kwahol le'na'a t'a a'wan tsita ho^o horn kolanaiye. 
t'a horn mokwi'we t'a horn copa molaiye. lap hon a'wan t'am 
ela'mra. copa horn molaye. a'wan tshVona hie ho' l^etsana. e*te 
ho* yu'te'tcipt tea hie antcian'a. ele ho' yu'te'tcipL t'a tenati. 
ko'mackona horn t'on tcawe. kwa tcuhol tea teanre. homa. 

25 ko*macko*na horn t'on a'ho*i horn a*wowo horn a*nan horn a*weye 
horn a*wotsina-we i'topLnapkoa. ko*macko*na hon ryunapa. 
el kwahol ak*a potca tse'manakakwanre, is t'opa acepa kwa 
^etfsanaljanre koyen*a. ansamo a'koyena. hie potca. 
hie le'wi. hie ko*macko*na ho J peye yam tcawe. 

will live badly. Perhaps. | But I don't know. We do not know what 
is going to be. Rather my | (io) granddaughters and my grandsons, 
perhaps, will not listen to their mother. | They will be mean. They 
will be bad. They will put them out to live somewheres. It is not 
plain. | Perhaps they will be bad. But rather I do not know what 
is going to be. | Every day I tell my children something. | Perhaps 
they listen to me. Perhaps that is why we | (is) live together nicely. 
I have many children: my boys, | my two boys, my three married 
daughters and one girl, and two boys. | My children are all very 
fine. They are fortunate. Therefore I am happy, | and their father 
is happy. He has much corn and melons, | and his children will eat. 
Therefore he is happy. And he has peach trees, many. | (20) He has 
things growing. And I, their mother, have a chile garden, | and 
onions, and my gourd vines. Today we | shall set up poles for them. 
There are already gourds on the vines, their mother's vine. I am 
happy. But | when I am tired it is very difficult. But it's all right 
if I am tired. It can't be helped. | You are all my children. You 
are not some one else's children but mine. | (25) My people are 
many. My son's children and my daughter's children, and my 
nieces, | and my brothers, these are the ones who will eat it. 
There are many of us to see one another. | Do not worry be- 
cause of some trouble. If one of us here should die, | they will not 
be happy days. We will cry. All of you will cry. It will be very 
bad. | 

This is all. Much I talked to my children. 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 59 

FAMINE (8). so 

hie ^a*^ holi ho* tJsanapa hie telocelja. kwa hon i*towena*wam'e. 
tfewana* meawe met'eapiwe t'a i^ali t'a sawe. lesaps horn tsita horn 
fea^a lehok u tfewankwin he*micinkwin hon a*waka. horn tsita 
ehkwi horn fea^a horn setoye horn setop hon a'wa'p. hecotfa 
t'sinakwi hon a'te'tci^a. l^akwaPin iskon hon tutunap^a. son 35 
a'wa'ka. lak u sanananan piyakwi hon a'te'tci&a. hie sowe. hie 
ema. horn k&fca yu'te'tcil^a. yu'te'tcinan : ^ase wan i'mu. horn 
le'anikwal^a. horn animu^a. si hanat la*li tsita le^wanan s^'tc 
a*ne. a'nap ticomaha' horn a*tci wan aincokya. lHno a*patcu kute. 
ho* koye'a. ho* teclana* hana* la*li iawe e*te tsita le^wal^a. son 40 
a*wa*ka. sunhap yalawan hon a'want'ewal^a. t'ewap t'as hon 
a'wa'^a. horn ^aj^a t'as horn setoye. su'nha^a. tfas hon a*want?ewa- 
lca. t'ewap t'as hon a'wa'lja. ho* yaman'teye. ho J yu'te^ci^a. bo* 
yu'te'tcip fea^a horn rseto'lja. a*wa'p. su'nhal^a. t'a hon a*wan- 
tfewa^a. tfa tfewap hon a'wantJewa^a. he*micina*kwin hon a'te*- 45 

hon a'te'tcip horn tcawe tfinaye. lu^a walalupi. horn tsita 
a'wan o'Keye'a. su*nhap hewet'ap wo*lea*wa wo'le-rya. tsita 
horn le'kwal^a. hie aliman'ona tV wo"le-rya. hewe ciwe hon 

(30) FAMINE (8). 
Long ago, when I was young, there was a famine. We had 
nothing to eat. | Finally we ate cactus, roasted cactus, and leather, 
and bones. At that time I went with my mother and my | uncle 
far off to the east, to Jemez. My mother | went first. My uncle 
carried me on his back, and with me on his back he went. | 
(35) We reached Pescado Spring. There we drank at the spring. So 
we I went on. We came to Where-the-Bells-Hang. Here the sand 
was very deep. | My uncle was tired. When he got tired, "Nephew," 
he said, "sit down a moment." j So he said to me. He put me down. 
"Now go ahead," mother said. So they | went on. "Oh dear, you 
two wait for me; this place is full of Navahos!" | (40) I cried. "I am 
afraid." "Go on now, go ahead. He can go fast if he wants," 
mother said. So we | went. In the evening we camped in the moun- 
tains, and then next day we | went on. My uncle again carried me 
on his back. Then it was evening, and again we camped. | Again 
next day we went on. I walked. I got tired, and when I | was tired 
uncle took me on his back. So we went on. Evening came and again 
we camped. [ (45) Next day we camped again. Then we reached 
Jemez. | 

When we came there my children 1 lived there. This man was 
Walalupi (Guadalupe). My mother | ground for them. In the 
evening she came bringing paper bread and stew. Mother | said 
to me, "This is delicious, what I am bringing you." We ate bread 

1 Probably people whose fathers belonged to his clan. 

60 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

50 rtowenapka. t'ewap ota-ihakapa t'elap hapoka. Jpsitiwa tsaiyahe 
luka lewa'u lu^a tihi lal lu^a huwo*wo no*ni ya'ni taPima lesna 
hon otipka. kwa ho 5 koko tnpl*am*e. hiwaPona he^mici'kwe. 
a-woka mulowe hewe ciwe wo'punap a'wi'^a. a'wiv^a. telPto'a hie 
le* i'wo^apoa'^a. hon oti-kwatoka. ewactoki a'maki su*ni J^at'sana 

55 ewactok lestikwe^a. tetcunap hon i*to*we pehawo'^a. yam 
^akwin setopa a*ne. 

t'ewap horn tsita muw elanakwi o*^an a^a. itiwap ho* oceti^a. 
so 5 a*^a. so* letsikrkwin ho* te'tcil^a. te*tcip herjokon'e mulo- 
wo*pe. ho* ulihka. ho'-ulihap mula we'atcowe'a. so* rto'fca. ho 5 

eo terj^a^a. so 3 ye*maka. ho 1 ye'makup mula i^ane*a. he'micikwe 
o^a kwac t?o 3 an la*le ahnam^a ? — el'a — kopla*t samu ? — mu*- 
lona ho* ulihka. a^** hinik samu. iskon horn tsita he'mici'kwe 
honkwa rau^on ulihka al£*a. 

su*nhap yam J^akwin hon a*ka. t'ewap lakisti walalupi s J a*ne. 

65 holomace hon ikocena*we wet'sana hon aklunaplca. majje* yo'fea. 
wet'sana at'unapka. uyat'eapi^a. uyat'capiap son alonap^a. s'ak'a. 
akwap hon rtowenapka. su'nhap yam l^akwin son a*wrl$:a. t'ewap 
hiwala*kwe tsawaki horn wo'wil'i hake'a. ho* wo'wil'Pya. wa^ac 
kwil^awe heyahoni'we hanelaye. su'nhap wal^ac tcat'sana ho* 

and meat, j <so) Next day they asked us to dance. That night they 
met, Kisetiwa, Tsayehe, | this man Lewa'u, this man Tihi, and then 
this man Huwowo, Noni, Yani, TaiMma, and I, these | danced. I was 
not a member of the Katcina Society. The people of the village, 
the Jemez | women, brought us bread and paper bread and meat. 
They came. In the back room | it was piled up like this. We went 
in to dance. The girls, and the young women said, "Little Zuni 
Raindrop!" | (55) So the girls said. We stopped and packed up our 
food | and went back to our house carrying it. | 

Next day my mother went to grind at the place where they kept 
parrots. At noon I was hungry | so I went there. I came to the foot 
of the ladder. When I came there, there was bread in the oven. | I 
pulled one out. As I pulled it out the parrot cried out. I ate it. 
I | (60) finished it up. So I climbed up. As I climbed up the parrot 
was angry. The Jemez | woman said, "You didn't take one of his 
feathers?" "Oh no." "Well, why is he mad?" | "I took a loaf 
of bread. I think that's why he's mad." My mother was there. The 
Jemez j woman said, "So that's why. Because he took a loaf of 
bread." j 

In the evening we went back to our house. Next day Lakisti 
and Walalupi went. | (65) We were playing far away. We had a 
puppy. We made a fire. We got coals, | and then we put the puppy 
in. We singed it. After singeing it we roasted it in the ashes. It 
was done, | and when it was done we ate it. In the evening we went 
back to our house. Next day | a young man of the village asked 
me to herd for him. So I herded cows. I We made lunch of milk 

Bunzd, Zuni Texts 61 

imatboye non xia^eKwiii » wija. a-want'ewa^a. tfewap t'a hon 70 
wo'wilPya. a'wantfewal^a. hon Ijose mopiyacnan kwaPika. lesna 
hon t'ina'hia. 

tehsitifea. itiwanakwin te'tcipl. su*nhap hiwala*kwin el tV 
wan tfelap u'kwe'nanrtfu. tifeiPona a'waPmra. tcuhol kwaPip 
kwa ko'kcicukwa. t'elap ti^ilapona Ijiwitsikwin hapo^a. a^ho^ 75 
hie enra hapo^a. ti^ilapona tenenap^a. tona rka. lal na'le. 
cemanapka t'a i'fca. lal koko cemanap^a t'a i'^a. tilpPona opon 
lehol t'sana setoye. hie yu'kti. tilpPona pitcatcaka. tiklPona 
hepaloka. t'sum ko'wi tenala^a. palohka. palohnan hepaloka. 
le'wi t'sana. up tenrl ryutsi a't'sanapte. yalu tutatsi cema- so 
na^a. i*\fi" kwatok;a. i'tulohap ^awe hie wo'yoye. a*ka. tfe- 
kohatip tetcune^a. 

t'ewap iskon tophvte tepikwaPin*e ho* imo%a. iskona kwaPinan 
ljal ho* a'lja. aince ^anakwi ho 1 i*^a. ho* rnan iskon hon a*wan- 
t'ewajja. t'ewap son a'wa^a. mu'kwina'kwin. owelukwin iskon 85 
a'want'ewaka. tfewap son a'wak;a. su'nha^a mu'kwina'kwin hon 
a'te'tci^a. a'mukwi tewakwe aince'kwe t'ewap horn cemanapka. 
horn il'in-tin-al'u i'tol^ana^a. hepatoma t'a polja wo*lea'we a*mu- 
kwi ewactolj: horn setopa ^akwai'inankwi a*wa*k;a. l^acima ma't'sa 

pancakes. In the evening I came riding a young calf. | (70) We 
came to the corral and there I stayed over night. Next day, again, 
we | herded, and we stayed over night. We went out to pick bitter 
fruits. So | we stayed there. 

It was winter. The winter solstice came. In the evening (they 
told us), "Don't go out in the village j during the night. The 
society members will go around and if anyone goes out | (75) it 
will not be good." At night the society people gathered in the 
kivas. Many people | met. The society people sang. Turkey came. 
Then they called Deer, | and he also came. Then they called a 
katcina, and he also came. A society man | was carrying on his 
back a sack of meal, just so small. It was very heavy, and the 
society man staggered under it. Then the society man | made 
hepaloka, 1 After a little while he dug it up. After they had taken 
it out it was hepaloka. | (80) So small. He gave it to all, even the 
children. Finally they called the Catholic priest. | He came. He 
entered. He walked around and wherever he passed by there was 
wheat lying on the floor. He went away. | At daybreak they 
stopped. | 

After that I stayed there for one year. Then we left there | and 
came this way. I came to Fort Wingate. There we camped. | 
(85) Next day we went on. We were going to the Hopi country. We 
came to Fort Defiance, and there | we camped. Next day we went 
on. It was evening. We reached the Hopi country. | The Hopi 
and Tewa Bear clan people sent for me next day. | They took 
me around. They gave me to eat, hepaloka and jack rabbit stew. 
1 A paste of sweet corn meal, baked underground. 

62 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol XV 

90 musu^i'we cotsito'we lesna a*hanela%a. itiwap itowenap^a. 
su'nhap hon hayacnap^a. a*wi*^a. 

iskon horn nana ta'hwa iskon hon t'ina'^a. apten t'ewa^a son 

yam ulohnakwi ciwina'kwi a'nuwa. horn tsita le'kwalja. horn 

nana tahwa ho'na iyo hametsi. 

95 son awika. mecoka^'a ciwinakwi ho* i*l$&" no> i* va P tacana 

ke*si tcim horn pu'analja. ho'na'wan tatcu pekwin'e honkwas 

acen'a alj'a atela imi^a. l^alatsilona'wa uhson al^a tepikwe'i^a. 

telakwaPip pekwin acej$:a. acep kwa yato^a kwaPicukwa a*ho 5 i 

le*tikwa. tfewap yatokwe'ilja. tcims iskon ulohnan i'ko'kcilga. 

ioo iskon lat'sa'ti pekwin yo*ka. uhsona ho'n a'wilnta. tcunej^a. 

i tcunap iskon sa*ni j>ekwin yo*ka. 


^a^oli telakwaPipa prnan a*laci^i rhiwalape'en'ona uhsona 

koyuptco a'jfe'ye^a. ko'sewit'u le'tikwa^a ko'sewipinap^a. ohe"kwe 

5 kokwVtci rjga ^a*nan a*tc i'fca a*tci a*witen t'ewap ko'yuptcona- 

ptn*a le J kokw'a'tc ikwan i'ka, uhsonas a'witena^anans yatokwai*- 

ipa si* son i*to"wacena'wa le 3 a'wo'pltsil^ le'tikwaka a^wo^at'sijsi 

The Hopi | girls took me on their back and we went down to the 
spring. Water-cress | oo) and dumplings and sweet corn meal, that 
is what they had for lunch. At noon we ate. | In the evening we 
picked grass, and then we came back. | 

There was my grandfather Tahwa. There we stayed . We 
stayed there for five nights. "Now we | shall go to our own country, 
to Zuni," my mother said. My | grandfather, Tahwa, had saved 
our lives. | 

(95) So we came. I came to Zuni on a burro. When I came back 
I was tall | now. So then they initiated me. Our father, pekwin, 
perhaps | was going to die. Therefore the rocks fell, where the 
spruce trees grow, because of that. A year passed. | In the spring 
pekwin died. When he died, "The sun will not rise," the 
people | said. Next day the sun rose. So then the world became 
somewhat better. | (ioo) Then Latsati became pekwin. He took 
care of us. Then he finished, u) and after he finished then Sani 
became pekwin. | 


Long ago in the spring the men who lived all the time at Ojo 
Caliente, these | spoke about having ko'uptconawa. 1 "Let the 
katcinas bring word of it," they said. So they had the katcinas 
come with the message. Two Ohewa | (5) katcinas came. They 
came to Ojo Caliente. "In four days will be Ictfu'ptconawa" \ the 
two katcinas came to say. Four times the sun rose. | "So now we 
shall cook," all the women said. Some of the old women | shelled 

1 "The gods go in at many places", a winter ceremony consisting of 
simultaneous dances by different groups. 

Bunzd, Zuni Texts 63 

hames tcut'sikwacnappt ewactofe nnrlowenapl^a hanre he*palowe- 
nap£a. s'uhsite su'nha^a si J son a*wito^anal£a a'lacilj le'tikwa^a 
a*wans a'wo*ye tehaktconap^a ko'kwVwan Ijakwi a*wito^anan 10 
kwaPi^a. s'tfelap ko'kos a'wi'tellja. ta c tcic tikilaponas yam tec- 
kwhre wo'punapa t'opa Kakwan ko'yuptconaplnan le'kons yam 
teckwi wo*punap a*wa*ka. sVte'tcinans teckunapl^a yams Ijalin 
acnapka s'tenanap^a. ta ,c tcic hehe'a hatacuku ko'yemci salimopiya 
u'po'yona tomt'sinapa lesnas a'witel^a o'trwi'tel^a. s'uhsonas is 
tenala'ap sewi^ana*kwe s'awi^a. a'wrap ham*e ko*l£w a*wr^a 
wo'tenvlat'a hanr a'wrlja. a'hekcina ci'lowa uhson a'wrlta. s'uhson 
tetcunenans ukwe'i^a lal t'as ham a'wivjga. tal^a ko'ko i'setopa 
s'uhson a'wi^a o'ti'p^a sewi^ana'kwe s^am* upkwin s J a*wi*^a. 
son i*wohhaiyat c u ti^ilapona le^ikwal^a. t'o'cowe i'yukna^a. 20 
uponas ryukna'^a s'rwohhaiya^a. 

si* olo 3 il$:a t'a o'ti'we. ho'na'wan a'tatcu koko o'ti'we ^acima- 
jhickwe'na teatunon a^'a a^*a t'a le* o'ti'we. s'uhsonas olo'katika. 
tcim mola* yo'fea J^aiya cohoVjga. ants'umehna'we. s'mola'a^a 
fcaiya kus^a s'hajte'lelca. ohe*kwe tcupa'kwe kwil* u*pe s^am 25 
a'tatcu ko'ko hapo^anap^a. son a*wa"nuwa. ^apkwe'nakwi son 

corn and the girls made bread. Others made hepaloko. | That 
evening, "Now we shall give them to eat," the old men said. | 
(io) Their wives set aside a portion of each dish, and they went out to 
give them to eat at Katcina House. | So at night the katcinas 
came in groups. Meanwhile those who belonged to societies | took 
their altar to the other house where they were going to hold 
Jco'uptconawa. There | they went, taking their altar. When they 
got there they set up their altar. | They made their medicine water. 
They began to sing. Meanwhile Hehe'a, Hatacuku, Koyemci, 
Salimojiiya, | (15) IPpo'yona, Tomtsinapa, these all came. They 
came in dancing. | A little while after that the one who had brought 
the word came. Then when they came other katcinas came. | The 
Mixed Dancers and others came. The Red Paint katcinas came. | 
When they finished they went out. Then others came. The Frog 
Dancers came carrying one another on their backs. | They danced. 
The ones who had brought the word came to the place where they 
were staying in. | (20) "Now let us scatter," the society people said. 
Seeds were given out. They were given to all the people in the 
room. J Then they all separated. 

Now summer came and again they danced. Our fathers, the 
katcinas, dance | that there may be great quantities of water. 
Therefore, again, they dance thus. So now that summer came. [ 
Now the first melons appeared on the vines. The wheat turned 
yellow. We waited anxiously and the melons ripened | (25) and 
the wheat became dry. Then they came together, the people from 
Ohewa and from Tcupawa, two kiva groups. Their | fathers 
gathered the masks. "Now we shall go to Ojo Caliente. We | shall 

64 Publications, American Ethnological Society y i %y 

a'wa'nuwa. hon o'tinkwaPnra ohe*kwe tcupa'kwe le'tikwe^a. 
a'ho'i hie tenrta a*weletcoka. ta^tcic hiwaPona ^anakw* a'malp 
ewacto^i t'elina*we yaforwe o*kna*we. a'ho^i ko'macko*na ate 5 - 

30 tcilan'a. ko'maoko'na mukrwe hewe heteala i'towo*J$:a. nomil- 
ta* c tcis ko*macko*n ho'i a'te'tcillja. ho'rpo't'i^a. melu'na mo- 
laknan uhson alimanan a'weletcel^a. 

su'nhaps kokw* a*wi*^a Jjanakwins ko'kw* a'wi'^a. yam upotun 
tekwin s^skons a'wi'^a. tfewap tcim hie yato kwaPipa s^'kwe'^a. 

35 koko a'witena^an sVkwai'ipa hiwaPona s^asiyenapka. s'uhsonas 
rtonapka koko s'rtonap^a. saticna'ka. ta ,c tcic kcryenrci i'towe- 
yonaplja mulo'tfap ciwetfap melu'na molaknan koyenrci yakna- 
ptjJa yam ujjapa^wal^a pehenap^a s'yam upkwin a*wa*^a. sVte'- 
tcinan s'i'to'napka. s'i'tonape'en t'ehwito'kwi a'wa^a. s'rt'inalja. 

40 ta^tcic ko'ko s'u'kwe'fca. tfehwitokwin s'a'wa^a. sVtin-kwaPik;a. 
tetcunenan yam upkwin ikwait a-wi'^a. u'kwato^a. yam upkwi 
tenala'ap u*kwe*nan t'as a*wa*ka t'ehwitokwin a'wa^a. o'tip^a. 
a*witenakan t'ehwitan o'tip^a. tetcuneka. tetcunap pPlaciwan'i 
pani'ljatfehwitokwin. s^o'yenrci lesanikwa^a a*want'ewat c u ho'na*- 

45 wan tcawe ^acim antecemana*we t'ewan yaton'e. tern tfa ho'na 
tcaw'iPa'wa le> pPlaciwan ikwap ko'yemci nana*kwe y^hatia*- 

go to dance," the Ohewa and Tcupawa people said. | Then all the 
people | went there, severally. Meanwhile the people at Caliente, 
the women | and the girls, were grinding night and day. Many 
people would come. [ (30) So they cooked great quantities of bread 
and paper bread. And now indeed, | many people did come. The 
village was full of people. They all liked cantaloup and water- 
melon. | So they all came. | 

In the evening the katcinas came. The katcinas came to Caliente 
they came there to where they were to go in. | Next morning, just 
at sunrise, they came out. | (35) Four times the dancers came out and 
then the people of the village took dinner to them. Then | they ate. 
The katcinas ate. They went to get their bowls. Meanwhile the 
Koyemci | begged for food. Bread and meat and cantaloup and 
watermelon were given to the Koyemci. | They wrapped this in 
their blankets and went to where they were staying in. | When they 
got there they ate. After they had eaten they went to the plaza. 
They stayed there. | (4o> Meanwhile the katcinas came out. They 
went to the plaza. They came out to dance. | When they were 
finished they went back to where they were staying in. They 
entered. | After a little while they came out of the place where they 
were staying and again went to the plaza. They danced. | Four 
times they danced in the plaza. Now they were finished. When 
they were finished the bow priest | came down into the plaza 
and said to the Koyemci, "Stay over night, our | (45) children. 
We desire your waters. Again tomorrow | you will be our children.' 
So the bow priest said. Koyemci: "Grandchildren, listen! | I will 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 65 

£ana*we' tfo'n ho* a'vu'ya^ptn'a' nanakw* a'wantfewa\ Kihe'kwe 
t'on hepolowe*na"wa\ le* kcryemc ikwan we'atcovka. ko*kw 5 a*wan- 

t'ewaps 'uhson o'tipfea. su*nhaps tetcunel^a. si' t'a hanre upes so 
o'tiwe. tcupa'kwe iloptconap^a. t?ewap tern hie canrli tVw'Jjana- 
kwin ko'kw* a'wi^a. sMskon ko*yemci wosl a'wi'l^a. t'ehwitokwin 
a*wi*^a. sVtipJ^a. s'yam upkwins a'wi'^a. s'u'kwatol^a. t'a ko*- 
yemci yam upkwin a'wi'lja, u'kwato^a. kok irkwai'ip sVtinkwaPi 
tfehwitan o*tipls;a. tetcunenan s'a'wa'Jta. s 5 a*wa*nap ko*yenrci 55 
yam tVcowe wo*ponapa s'ukwe^a. ta'tcic o*tinkwai J i tehwito- 
kwin a'te^cinan sVtipka. kwilim'ona cemanapka. atcia ela^a. 
si* lu^ t'on anawana. lil pisena^'a pehan ale uhsona t'on ana- 
wan'a. t'on ol^aira tVcowe ton oJ£an*a. ko'yenvci le* a*tci ani- 
kwa^a. ma' t'a hinik t'o'cowe le 3 lacil^ ikwaj^a. kihe s'anawa^a 60 
s^alakwe'i^a le 5 ko*yem*ci yam ham a*wanikwa^a. tetcune^a. 
ta #< tcic s*a*tci t'o'cow peha'^a. peha'nan s'a'tc a*wan J^awaia^a. 
s'ko'yemci yam ^akwin a'wa^a. ta o^ako a'tci yam J^akwin 
s J a*k:a. s'uhsonas le'nas teati^a. s'kok ukwe'lelja. a'witena^ans 
u'kwe'i^a t'as a'wa'masiap^a. ta'tcic ko'yemci ta itoweyonapj£a 65 
mulo'tap ciwet'ap mehrnat'ap molaknan*e. hie a*watan*i ko'yenrci 

tell you. Grandchildren, stay over night. Our friends | will make 
hepaloka for you," Koyemci said. They called out, "The katcinas | 
are staying over night!" | 

So next day they danced. In the evening they finished. And 
now other kiva groups | danced. The Tcupawa people went around 
borrowing. Next day, when it was still very early, | the katcinas 
came from T'ol^ana. Then the Koyemci came with them. | They 
came to the plaza. Now they danced. Now they went to where 
they were staying in. They entered there. Again the Koyemci | 
came to the place where they were staying in. They entered. The 
katcinas came out; they came out dancing. | (55) They danced in 
the plaza. When they were finished they went. After they had gone 
the Koyemci | came out carrying their baskets of seeds. They came out 
dancing. | They reached the plaza and danced. They called two 
people and made them stand up there. | "Now this you will guess. 
What is in this bundle of cloth lying here, that you will guess. | Then 
you will win. You will win these seeds." So the Koyemci said to 
them. | (60) "Well, now I think it is seeds," the man said. "Our 
friend guessed it. | Now it is all over," the Koyemci said to his 
companions. So they stopped. | Meanwhile the two people WTapped 
up their seeds. After they had wrapped them up they sprinkled 
prayer meal. | So the Koyemci went back to their house, and the 
ones who had won | went back to their houses. That is the way they 
did. And now the katcinas came out. Four times (65) they came out 
and again they took dinner to them. Meanwhile the Koyemci again 
begged food, | bread and meat and cantaloup and watermelon. 

66 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol, XV 

aj^a lesn a*wan ito*we hapele'a tcuhol yam i*to*w itcemana ryak- 
tohana rtfcaphra ak'a kwa tcuhol yam i'to'we rtcemacukwa 
a^:*a ko'maeko*n i'to'we yakna'ka. s'yam plkwin setopas a*wa^a. 

70 a'te'tcinang s'rtowenapka. rtoweapeen tfehwitokwin itfinaknan 
kwai'i^a. ta^tcic koko s'i'forwenape'en sVtin-kwarM^a. sVtipl^a. 
su'nhaps tetcune^a. kwas a'wantfewananr^a. s J yam kohrwala'kwin 
s'a'wa'ka. kwil upe lja*nan o'tip^a ohe'kwet'ap tcupa'kwe. ta* c tcic 
o'tip^atap o'tipkoa ha J i t'ewap hon tu*c rhrwacl^ana'wa. le 1 a'tsa- 

75 wa^ tikweka. s'uhsona haM t'ewap s'i'hiwacl^a. i'luwackoa tfewap 
si* son a*weletcon*a ciwina'kwin. le* a*ho*i tikwal^a. ta ,c tcic ^ana - 
kwa s*yam mola'koa t'atepololowak'a hie hiwalan tenrla molacnan 
rwohhaiya^a. molacnan wopenap^a s'enrap a*witel^:a. ciwina'kwe 
s'yakna'^a. t'ons wo'ponapa a*wa*nuwa le'a'wana^a. ciwina'kwin 

so mehrna molaknan*a s'yam lelowa^oa s'werpenap^a. sic rl^et- 
sati. mowe yaknal^apa sic i'l^etsati s%al a*weletcelka. ciwina'- 
kwin a # wi*nan yam a'kuwaiye yam i*yani^ina*we s'yakna'we. 
hon mo'we wo'jhinaria a*wi v^a. tfo'na'wan ho' wo*pon i'ya. le* 
tikwanan iyo rho'icnapl^a. s'le'na teatika s'le'wi. 

Very dangerous are the Koyemci. | Therefore they gather their food 
this way. Whoever withholds food from them | will injure himself. 
He will burn himself. Therefore no one must withhold food from 
them. | Therefore much food is given to them. Carrying this on 
their backs they went to their house. | (70) When they got there they 
ate. After they had eaten they went out and stayed in the plaza. 
Meanwhile the katcinas ate and went out to dance. They danced. 
In the evening they stopped. They did not stay over night. So 
to their katcina Village | they went. Two kiva groups danced at 
Caliente, the people from Ohewa and Tcupawa. Meanwhile, | after 
they had finished dancing, "Three days after the dance, we shall 
have a horse race," the young men | (75) said. So three days after that 
they raced. The day after the race, | "Now we shall go back to 
Zuni," the people said. Meanwhile at Caliente | they went with 
wagons to their melon patches. The whole village went out to get 
melons. | They loaded the melons. They came back with many 
of them. | They gave them to the Zuni people. "You will take 
these with you when you go, "they said to them. TheZuni people [ <so> 
loaded their wagon boxes with cantaloup and watermelon. They 
were very pleased. | When they gave them the melons they were 
very pleased. So now they came back here. | When they came back 
to Zuni they gave them away to their friends and their relatives. 
"We brought back loads of melons. We brought them for you," 
they said. Poor things, they gave them all away. So it happened. 
That is all. 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 67 


ma ho UsanajJa hom hotat'ap horn nana lesna hon lit ciwinakwin 85 
horn a'tc il* imo^a. ta ,c tc hom t'sit'at'ap hom tatcu hom hard 
toweyan tfrna'^a hx^na'wan mo'jiiap al^'a. mo*tcikwa a*wi*kohati 
le* hom nan ikwa^a. sMmat hon ^akwen acnan kwai'hra. le* hom 
ho't' ikwaka. t'ewap son a'wa*ka. hom nana mecokanan imiyalto^a. 
som cowalikwin hom hot'a ye'maljal^a. hon rnana mecok imalto^a. 90 
ta* c tc hom hot*a yaman'te^a. son awa*ka. mo'jJiyakwin son 
a'te^cika. som nan awe yam mecoko setoka. yam Jjakwen actun- 
tekwi aweletcell^e'ka. ta* c tcic hom hot'a helrwacj^a. som nana 
awe em'aj^al^a. wo*l$:ajk)as ema'ka a'tci he^i^a. a'tci ko*wi s^e'i 
t'etacapika. su'nhap s't'a kal hon a*wa*ka. son a*wi*^a. wan tern 95 
hon ha*i t'ewana hon a*wa*t ( u t'e'ya. le> hom hot ikwaka. ha'i 
t'ewap hon a*wa*j£a. hon a'te'tcinan t'a son he'unap^a. sic hon 
tetaca^anapka. si* el*e tetacana toms hon po'yana'wa. le > hom 
nan ikwaka. s'yala* so 3 a*wa'^an'a. le'ikwanan s*yam mecokan 
kwilimakte cot'okoa yala* a'pi^aiyek:a. yam mo'piyakwins yala*s 100 
wo*pon a*ne. s'yam hekonikta wo*tu^:a. sP son a'wa'nuwa te*ya. l 
le'ikwap son a*wa*ka. hom hot'at'ap hom nana son a'wa^a. son 
a'te'tcinan son yam kakwen po'yanap^a. son ya'kanapka. son 

(85) Well when I was young my grandmother and my grand- 
father, these were staying here with me at Zuni. | Meanwhile imy 
mother and my father and my sister | were staying at Nuti^a 
because of our peaches. The peaches turned white. | My grari 1 ^" 
father said, "Now we shall go out and build a house." Thus | ^ e 
said to my grandmother. Next day we went. My grandfather 
mounted a burro. | (95) Grandmother made me climb up on the 
rump. So I mounted the burro with my grandfather. | Then grand- 
mother walked. So we went. We came to our peach orchards. | 
Grandfather loaded stones on the back of the burro. | He brought 
the stones to where we were going to build the house. Meanwhile 
grandmother mixed mud. Grandfather | brought many stones. It 
was a large pile. Then the two of them built the walls. | (95) They 
made the walls rather high. Then in the evening we went back 
again. We came. "Wait! | In three days let us go there again." 
So my grandmother said. In three | days we went there. When we 
got there we again built the walls. We | made them very high. 
"Now this is high enough. Now we will just put on the roof." 
So my [ grandfather said. "Now I shall bring the beams," he said. 
Then | uoo) he tied the beams to the burro on both sides, fastening 
them to the shoulders. To the peach orchard j ( i ) he brought the beams. 
He put them down where the walls were standing. "Now we shall 
go again," | he said. We went. My grandmother, my grandfather 
went. We | came there. We put the roof on our house. We finished it. 

68 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

ljakwen ya^anapka. s'uhsonas mo'tcikwa sic a'wa^'a. si* son 
5 ^akweni^aiva. le'hom nan ikwalja. hr* yam jjewi* wo't'ice. yam 
nana le> ho' anikwa^a. sVo*tih^an i'ka sVcrpona te'tci^a. son 
^akweni^a. mcrtcikwas kwiho^a. le'kwap so wo*yohnap]$;a. s'mo"- 
tcikw a'wa^a jjewacnap^a. som nan ^cpewikwin tepicj^an a'^a. 
s'i'nan sP t'on wo'ya'onapt'u. le* kwap son i'ho'ta sVwa'l^a. son 

10 ^e'we wo'la* i*hakto*k;a. so* j^e'we wo'la* i'hakto'nan so* woyao*- 
^an a'^a. t'ewana hon ^ew ace^a, 

uh'sona ko'witfewapa s'tfowa yal*a t'ehapa s'a'tocle aklu^a. t'owa 
yalans aklu^a. som hot'a heya atocle paniyun'iha. le'hom ani- 
kwap kwa ho 5 ilt'emananr^a. horn aiyose^a. ho* le'hatifea. honkw* 

is el'ea. jjaniyun'iha. son ya*tei^a. tfewap cam'li t'as an Hijjaia'Jta. 
ten el*ea a'tocle pani'yunMha. tV kwa iltemananrlja. le> horn hot 
anikwa^a. tomt itiwapa s'panrka. tJmrati lak u paniyu. le^om ho'tf 
anikwap a*t'sana mojiiya'koa wo*sla t'inapkoa a'koye^a. hanaha. 
atocle paniyu le'tikwafa. t'a ,c tcic ho* t'o]3a yam tsita lac*i inkwin 

20 ho' ana'^a. tsita laci atocle pani'^a. le 5 ho* ikwaka. lal ista^oc- 
tekwi kwato. le> horn anikwa^a. t'a* c tcic som hot a'tc inkwin 
te^ifea atocle. hop lrl a't'sana ^akwen'ona hie acoptci alj' ho* 

We | finished our house. Then the peaches were quite ripe. "Now 
we | (5) shall live in our house," my grandfather said. "Go on, 
get your bedding," | I said to my grandfather. He came to get 
them. Then he came there bringing them. We | lived there. The 
peaches were dropping. So he said. So we picked them up. | The 
peaches were ripe. We split them. So then grandfather went to 
sweep the rocks where we spread out the peaches. | He came and 
said, "Now spread them out." So grandmother and I went. We | 
(io) put the baskets of split peaches on our heads. Then when we 
had put the baskets of split peaches on our heads we went to where 
we were going to spread them out. | Every day we split peaches. | 
So there, after a few days, on Corn Mountain, Atocle built his 
fire at night. | He made his fire on Corn Mountain. Grandmother 
said to me, "Heya! Atocle is about to come down!" So | she said 
to me. But I did not believe it. "She is lying to me," I thought. | 
(is) But indeed she was right. He was going to come down. We went 
to sleep. Next morning again his smoke rose. | So indeed it was 
right. Atocle was about to come down. "You didn't believe it!" 
grandmother | said to me. Just at noon he came down. "Look over 
there ! He is coming down !" grandmother | said to me. The children 
who were staying with their parents at the peach orchards cried. 
"Oh dear! | Atocle is coming down !" they said. Then I ran away to 
my other mother, my old mother. 1 | (20) "Mother! Atocle came 
down!" I said. "All right, | go into that rock crevice over there," 
she said to me. Meanwhile he came to where my grandparents 

1 Mother's elder sister. 

nunzet, aunt Texts 69 

panryu le'ikwa^a. kwa lot tcuhol ts'ana coptci kwa tcu*wa. horn 
hota le'kwa^a. hie hx\ lac*i^ hie kwa yaiyu'ya'nanre. le* yam 
laci^ anikwa^a. atocle atine^a. kop lewu lu^a laci^i ? luk: mut'si^on 25 
sam* i'to'n'iyahnan i'kolo'^a. le'kwanan ok;atsIJ£ atocle atinel^a. 
hinik ilt tV lacik kwa yaiyu'ya'nanre le* a'tocli anikwal^a. el*a 
hie ho 3 yaiyu'ya'na le'hom nana a*tocle anikwa^a, lesanikwanan 
s'an^awaiya^a. s J an kawaiya*nans mo*tcikwat'ap eiw*e a'wu|a. 
s*isnokon*te t'ina'wa'koas uptcon al'u^a. mo'tcikwat'ap ciwet'ap 30 
mukrwe ko*macko*na i*tfow hapol^al^a. s*an itVws* envap yam 
kohiwala'kwin s'a'ne. s'a*^a. le'nas teatika. s'le*wi. 


ho J e'let'apa telakwaPip horn t^fea t'o we yakwin t'o we yeka. 
uhsona pea* kwai'ika. pea* tacaka. s'pea a'wisal^a. s'uhsona 35 
i*tcimaiyo'^:a. a'coho^a. som kaj§:a son a*wa*nuwa. son a*wa*nan 
^aian cohoka. le'tikwap horn hotat'ap horn nana lesna hon a*wa*^a. 
son to we yakwin a*wa*^a. son a*te'tci^a. t'ewap son t'elo'on acnap- 
^a. ^ane'lu u'kwato^a. ^ane'l u*kwai J ip hon he*pewu^a. i'hota 
hon he'pewufea. kwil'i yaton kus*^:a. so*na'wan tcawe he'rkwe 40 

were staying. | Atocle: "Where are the children who live here? 
They are very naughty. Therefore I | have come down," he said 
"There aren't any naughty children here," my | grandmother 
said. "But this old man, now he has no sense at all!" thus | (25) 
she said about her husband. She told Atocle. "Well, what did your 
old man do?" "Well, he | was going to eat all the tortillas by 
himself. He hid them." So the old woman told Atocle. | "I think 
it's true. Your old man has no sense." So Atocle said to her, "No. | 
Indeed I have sense!" So grandfather said to Atocle. As he said 
this to him | he sprinkled corn meal on him. He sprinkled corn 
meal on him and he gave him peaches and meat. | (30) Then, right 
there, wherever the people were staying, he went about making 
them come out. | He collected lots of food; peaches and meat and 
bread. When he had lots of food | he went to his Katcina Village. 
So he went. This is what happened. That's all. | 


When I was a girl, in the spring my uncle planted at Nutria. 
(35) The grain came up and grew tall. Then the grain was with child. 
Then it became wheat and turned yellow. My uncle (said), "Now 
we shall go. | Now our wheat is yellow." So they said. My grand- 
mother and my grandfather, so many of us went there. | We went 
to Nutria. We came there. Next day we made a threshing-floor. | 
We drove the sheep in. When they came out we spread plaster on 
the floor. With my grandparents | (*o) we made the plaster floor. 

70 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

anulon a*tci sVtci ho*na tJi'n&kwin te'tci^a. te*tcinan hons tcimai- 
yahna'wa hon ikwani yale*a. le* a'tc ikwap wanani tern ho* ^ane'lu 
latap le* horn fea^a ikwa^a. t'ewaps kane'lu t'inakwin a'l^a. kwili 
^ane'l aina^a. su"nhaps rlja. so*na*wan tca*wa*tci te*tci^a. 

45 te*tcip son ^ane'lu la^a. t'on yam tcawe yatinen'a le*a'tci anikwaka. 
s*a*tci sewalupL Ua ,c tcic ho > motsa^anan ho* acl^a. tfewap tcim 
tfekohatip ho* pila^a. ho* motsacfea. so* motsa ko'kcu^a. so 1 
muwacfca. t'a ,c tcic son t'cawe tcimaiyahnan kwai*il$;a. so* rmrwe 
wo*pufea. a-wakwap so* wopih{£a. tV'tcic horn hot*a wo'leal^a. 

so wo'lean akwap son a"wi*to*kanan kwai'ijja. su'nhap so'n tcawe 
a-wr^a. tcimaiyahna ya'^anap^a. t'ewap tcima wojhman kwai*- 
ij^a. a*wite wo'^e yo*ka. s*wo*pa' il'ap a'wr^a. itiwaps a'wi'lja. 
t'elo*okwin wo-po'l^a. som papa tuci tfap^an a*l$:a. s*a*wil i'jja. 
s*itiwap son rtowenapjta. hon i'towenape'en som papa tuc rmyal- 

55 to'^a. hanre tuc u*kwe*]£apL yam tcimawo'jJkwins tucis upu^a. 
son l^awacna*we. horn hotatfap horn nanat'ap horn ljatatfap horn 
papa son kawacna*we. s*uhsonas l^awe a'wrkokcil^a. s*a*wi*- 
ko'kcifea. s*t'atepololon-lelonankwin s'awo'pufca. son yam ptkwin 
wo*j5il*aj$a son a'wa'jja. son a'te*tcinan son u'kwatokanapka. 

eo yam Kakwin son u'kwato^anap^a. so* hopawahta'wal^a ho* 
wo*powac^a. s*uhsona son ele^a^a. 

For two days it dried. So our children, the He'iwa officers came 
to where we were staying. When they came there (they said), 
"We | have to cut your wheat. We are asking for work." Thus 
they said. "Wait until I | have killed sheep," my uncle said. So 
next day he went to his sheep camp | and killed two sheep. In 
the evening he came. Then our two children came. | (45) When 
they came (he said), "I have killed sheep.You will tell your children." 
Thus he said to them. | They sent the word around. Meanwhile 
I made yeast. Next morning, just | at daybreak, I arose. I made 
dough. I kneeded the dough. I | made bread. Meanwhile our 
children went out to cut the wheat. I | put my bread in the oven. 
When it was done I took it out. Meanwhile my grandmother made 
meat stew. | (so) When the stew was done we went out to feed the 
men. In the evening our children | came. They had finished cutting 
the wheat. Next day they went out to load the wheat in the wagon. 
It made four loads. So they came in with it. At noon they came. 
They put it on the threshing-floor. My elder brother went to get 
the horses. Then he came back with them. | At noon we gave them 
to eat. After we had eaten my brother mounted his horse. | (55) He 
led out the other horses, and drove them in to where they had 
put the wheat, j We threshed the wheat. My grandmother and 
my grandfather and my uncle and my | brother threshed. Then 
we winnowed the wheat. | When it was winnowed we put it into 
the wagons | and brought it to our house, came back and went into 
our house. | (60) We went into our house. Then we sacked it in 
gunny sacks. | We finished with this. 

J9^/i/^^?j JSxrttvi (Pocoto 71 

s'uhsona ha'i tfewap som ^al^a ho* t'supiyah^arra le'kwajja. 
sVlja. tfsupiyahkan a*pL t'ewapa t'supiyah^a. antfewajja. su'nhap 
i'ka\ son u'kwato^al^a. rhota t'ewap son t'supiya hon a'yal'uc^ia. 
so* wcrleaka. hel'ea^a. sVwakwap son sa'lajpa wo'lu^a. so* 65 
lenrana'koa wcryaVka. s'uhs'onas a*kusj$:a. a*kusap sont'su'patci- 
mu'we hon ac^a. s'uhsona son le*na te*u|ja. 

s'uhsonas o*winahaiye h^aito^a. haVle^a haito'^a. tern ete 
ho*na*wan tcimaiyap^a. horn ta^a s^l'e wan tcimaiyapa hanre 
le* horn ^aka ikwaj^a. wans el*e hanre tcimaiyapa o*winahaiye 70 
harto'^a. son a*wa*nuwa. tern o^tipkat'ajJa tern hon a*wi*yan'a. 
le*kwa^a. o'ti'wetfihapa son a'wi^a. a*witen t'ewanan sVti'we. 
e'mo'son a*tci \r\ horn ljakwin i*ka. som a*tc o't-ha^e'a. to* 
o'tat'u e'mos'ona le* horn a*tc anikwa^a. iya ho* le'kwa^a. tfelap 
torn hon tJaphva. leshap ton rte^cena'wa. t?on ha'elekan'on e'le 75 
le* a*tci ikwalj;a e'moson a*tci. nomilta^tci su*nhap a*tc i'&a. 
a'tc i'nan so*na a'wil" a*^a. ha , elel^an > ona e^actoks'ona kiwitsi- 
kwin so'n a*tc a*wil. a'fca. ujitfsana'kwi a*witen t'elina*we hon 
rte'tcenapjja, ha*ciya hon rte'tcenap^a. antcu t'elapa a'pPla*- 
ciwan o^kwato^a. o^kwatopa si* ton yam a'wo't'situn'ona homan 80 
tfo* o'tsit^Uon le'a'wantikwan'a. le'ho'tfa a'wemos'on a'tci e'mcrson 

Three days after that my uncle said, "I am going to get yucca 
fruit." So he said. | He went. He went to get yucca fruit. Next 
day he got yucca fruit. He stayed over night and in the evening | 
he came. We took them in, I and my grandmother. Next day we 
skinned the yucca fruit. | (65) I stewed them and made jam. When 
they were done, we put them in a bowl. I | spread them out on a 
board. Then these got dry. When they were dry | we made yucca 
fruit cakes. All this we did. | 

After that they set the date for Owinahaiye. They set the date 
for eight days. Yet we still | had wheat standing in the field. 
Uncle (said), "All right. Let it wait in the field, the rest of it." 
(70) So uncle said to me. So we just left the rest standing in the field. 
They set the date for Owinahaiye. "So now we shall go. After 
they have danced we will come back," | he said. So when they 
were going to dance we came here. They were going to dance in 
four days. | The two chiefs of the girls came here to my house. 
They asked me to dance. "You | shall dance," the chiefs of the 
girls said to me. "All right," I said. "At night | (75) we shall 
come to get you. Thus you will practice. You will be eight girls," | 
they said to me. And so indeed the two chiefs of the girls came in 
the evening. | When they came we went together. There were eight 
of us girls. I They took us to the kiva, to Uptsanawa. For four 
nights we [ practiced. We practiced Haciya. On the eve of the 
dance the bow | (80) priests came in dancing. When they came in 
dancing they said, "Now you will pick out your men. | You will 
say to us, 'Now you will be my man.' " So the girls' chiefs | told us. 

72 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

a*tci le'hon a'wanikwajga. a'pi'la'ciwan'i sVkwato'Jta homan 
tV o'tsPtfu le > hon tikwel^a. s'awe'anap^a. s'uhsons u'kwe'^a. 
yam pi*laciwanan ^akwins a'wa'^a. t'a* f t'cic a'ciwani la*ccrWa 

85 a'ya'pinaplja. a'pi*la'ciwan a*wan ^akwan ho'ina^'a wo'la^a. 
wo'l i"^e*ato*^a. lacowa'we a # ciwan*i wo'l unapan yam a'ho'i 
yatinena'wa. yam tca'we we'atcot'u. t'on yaiyu'ya'na'wa'. lacowa 
wo'l rkeato^a. le'ikwap we'atco^a. leskwanan we^tcoka. tfewap 
o'tipjta. tJewaps o'winahaiye o'tip^a. so* akc ota^a. sVwina- 

90 haiye uh^ona te'tcunelja. tet'cunap api 3 ta*ciwan a*tc i'mu^a. 
a*tci ccwe wopoiva s'atc i*mup son ha*cia^ana*we' e'mo- 
sona le'kwap son hacia^anap^a. s^hsona son tetcune^a. tcims 
son o'winahaiy* o'tipl^a. son kiwitsikwi upt'sana'kwi son a'wa'jjja. 
a'pPhrciwan a*tc ehkwap hon ayalu^a. a'witen e'le hon a*ya- 

95 lu^a. son urjtfsanak'win hon u'kwatoj^a. leVi hon as*i* a'lup- 
tsina^a. son u'kwato^a. horn kuku aince'kwe ma^i eye t'om 
ho* t'ap^an rya le y horn anikwa^a. le^wanan yehku^a. so* an 
ryalupt. lal tealtokwin son a*]$:a. yam Jgakwin som il*a^a. son 
kwato^a. l$:ec tfon i*ya an tsita ho J na le'anikwa^a. — si' — rmu. 
ioo 1W lempaiyan'e. leskwanan soman animu^a. so* iskon i'mu^a. 
i som kuku sa'l ah^a. ^alufca. som iman £al a*u^a. sP rpoa'u le* horn 

The bow priests came in dancing. | "You will be my man," thus 
we said to them. They shouted. Then they went out. | They went 
to the bow priests' house. Meanwhile the priests | (85) had made 
prayer feathers. They were lying in a basket in the bow priests' 
house. | The basket of feathers rose. When the priests saw that 
the basket of feathers rose, | they said, "You will tell your people. | 
Call out to your children that they shall be very careful. | The 
basket of feathers moved." He said this and called out. They called 
out what he had said. Next day | they danced. Next day they 
danced Owinahaiye. I danced with them. | <90) We finished Owina- 
haiye. When this was finished the two bow priests sat down. | 
They sat down with their quiver of arrows. "Now we shall dance 
Haciya," the girls' | chiefs said. Then we danced Haciya. We 
finished that. Then | again we dance Owinahaiye. So we went to 
Uptsanawa kiva. | The two bow priests went ahead; we were 
behind. Four girls followed them. | (95) We went into Uptsanawa. 
Our forearms | were painted yellow. We went in. My aunt, Bear 
Clan woman, said to me, "Niece, | I have come to get you." She 
said this and went out ahead of me. I | followed her. We went 
there along the house top. I went with her to her house. We [ 
went in. "Have you come?" her mother said to us. "Yes." — "Sit 
down. | (ioo) Here is a chair," so she said, and set down a chair for 
me. So I sat down there | (D My aunt poured water into a bowl. 
She set down the bowl of water where I was sitting. "Now bend 
over," I she said to me. I bent over, and the two of them washed me. 

Bunzd, Zuni Texts 73 

a^Wrori G n> 1-rinn.kfl. anm atci kocoka. som a*tc i'to^a^a molak- 
nanatfap muhrwe. so* a*ne le 5 ho 1 ikwa^a. so* i'^a yam §akwin. 

tV'tcic ham'e e^actok s'o'fi'we. tetcunap lesnate a*wan a'kuku 
rtapna*we wo'kocona^a. su*nhaps tetcune^a. s't'atVlaps ewactoks 5 
ho'na hariopinap^a. son t'a i'tVtcinan hon o'tip^a. tetcunaps 
so'na woh'aiya^a. ha'i yaton hon o*tipk:a tr'kwa'na. a'witena- 
k;ana*na hon o*tip^a. canrli'ma hon otip^a. tihkwahna hon 
u'kwe'le^a. su'nhaps o'winahaiye i'hapona. s'i'haponan tcupa*- 
kwetfap muhe*kwe lesnas i'hapona^a. rhapop s'rharionan o'tipka. 10 
ha 5 i tenan ya*na a'witenaikanan sic hapo'^a. a'tsawal^ t'owo*- 
a^anap^a. kwilim'ona ciwan atci tcawa't'ci akc o'taiye. s'uhsonas 
mi's he^tahnakwi a'tsawalj tire a^*a tejJoa'^a. s^ihsonas towo } - 
a^anap^a. o'trwankwi a*ciwan an tcawa'tci an t'owo'atinap^a. 
t'opaiya cot*o sa'J£aiyukwi he^amon kwatopL tfopaiya tcutikwin is 
kwato^a. kwilite' antfowo'atina^a. t'op ace^a. cot*o sa^aiyukwin 
antfowo'atin'on* ace^a. tcutikwin ant'owo'atin'ona kwa acenam*^a. 
hie atJaniti^a a'patcu le'anakap el*a a*ciwi leVna^a. hie 
a'koyejja. a*ho J i a'koye^a. ta ,c tcic tetcunap yam tea* we wo- 
kocona a'wal'u^a. s'uhsonas le'na teat%a s'le'wi. 20 

Then they gave me something to eat, watermelon | and bread. 
"Now I am going," I said. So I came to my house. | 

Meanwhile the other girls were dancing. When they were finished, 
in the same way their aunts | (5) took them to wash them. In the 
evening we stopped. Then again at night the girls | collected us. 
Again we practiced dancing. When we had finished | we separated. 
For three days we danced without mishap. On the fourth | day 
we danced again. In the morning we danced without mishap. | We 
came out several times. In the evening we came together to dance 
Owinahaiye. We came together | <io) with people from Tcupawa 
and Muhewa. That way we came together. When we came to- 
gether we danced. | Three songs were finished. We came together 
for the fourth time. The boys | were shooting off guns. The children 
of the priest, two of them were dancing with us. | The boys were 
sitting on horseback in the corner behind the church. They were 
the ones | who were shooting off guns. They shot the children of 
the priest where they were dancing. | (is) A bullet entered the 
cartilage of the ribs of one of them and the shoulder of the other. | 
He shot two of them at once. One of them died. The one who was 
shot in the ribs [ died. The one who was shot in the shoulder did 
not die. | There was great excitement. "It is the Navahos!" they 
said. "No, it was Zunis!" they said. | They cried. All the people 
cried. Meanwhile they stopped dancing, and [ (20) the women went 
around to get their children to wash them. That is the way it 
happened. That is all. | 

74 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 


hie ino'te hie fea^oii ho* t'sanapa lew hoi ho* tacana^a. le'hinik 
ho* tacana*^a. hie horn a'lacina'we horn a*nana horn tsita horn 
tat'eu tern tcim*on a'ho*itfapa hie kwa ko'kcame*^a. t'ewana'we 

25 le*na ol*o*ij£a hotno kwahol lenapa yam teatcPkoa a'wotsi ikwani- 
l^ana'we. hie tetecla^a. a'patcu wila*t?sukwe i'samu*l$:a. kwa tern 
hon a'ho* a'teanrepa horn a'lacina'we horn atine'napka. horn 
naira yam ko*leholi i"woloce*napkoa a*patcu tciche'kwe hie a'sam- 
u*ka. horn tatcu leskwa le'wi ho* tJsanapa a'patcu yanko'keunap^a. 

so kwa a'samume'^a. kwas rwo'loce'naml^a. tfihkwahna ^e*si. e*te 
lesnapte a'ciwi kwa a'wan tse*makwi. ko*kcame*^a. a'wan ham'e 
a'wan ryani^ina'we a*patc a^'a yace*koa a'ciwi a'samu*^a. pat'eu 
yanko'kcupte a'ciwi i'^ana, a'patcu kwa kwahol i'tonaka he*- 
cocnap^a. he*cocnan pelnvwacnap^a. he*cot?sikwawak'a. ist ^alapa 

35 onakwi hie lote tina*l^a a'patcu. hie tewuko*li*a. horn kuaye hie 
tfewana tfewana i'wo'loca tcune^a. hie tewuko'li'a a'patcu. he*co 
haliso we napka. fa tfawe tJapa setop a'wi'a a'patcu. he'eemenap^a 
hepatoma kwahol tem'la i'to*we hie a'tewuko'lia^a. horn tatcu 
hie patcu hatiafea. hie patcu hi'nina peyelja hom tatcu. homan 

40 kuaiye ehat'sana (lesi ho tfsanapa) homan eha le-i'^:a. pat'eu le*na ho 


In olden times, long ago, when I was young, when I was about 
so tall, I think | I was just about so tall, when my parents, my 
grandfathers, my mother, my | father, were still young people, 
times were not good Every day | (25) in the summer like this, 
the men worked at the crops in their fields. | There was much to 
fear. The Navahos and the White Mountain Apaches made war. | 
We were not yet alive. My parents told me about it, my j grand- 
father (told me) how they used to raid. The Navahos and the 
Mescalero Apaches were very warlike, | my father said. When 
I was about so small the Navahos made peace. | (30) They were no 
longer warlike. They did not raid. Now it was pleasant. But | 
even so, the thoughts of the Zunis were not good. | They were angry 
because their companions and their relatives had died by the Navahos . 
Even though the Navahos | had made peace, the Zunis were angry. 
The Navahos had nothing to eat. | They picked pinon gum. They 
picked pinon gum and wrapped the gum in cedar bark. Out there 
on the Gallup | (35) road nearby, the Navahos camped. They 
were very poor. My friend | day after day had raided. Now it 
stopped. He was very poor. The Navahos | sold their pinon gum 
here and also they came carrying loads of wood, the Navahos. 
They asked for paper bread, | hepaloka, all kinds of food. They 
were very poor. My father | understood Navaho. He talked just 
like a Navaho, my father. My | (40) friend brought a little dress for 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 75 

yatona^a. eha le'wi t'sana. kwa ho e'nin ikwanveka. a'patcu 
yankokcunapka. t'apa set'op a'wi'l^a (ho* t'sanapa pate i'yapa) 
a'pPla'ciwan'i kwa antecemana'mapa hie i^ani^a pPlaciwan'i. 
hanatfe hon laknapce. ho'na'wa ham ak*a yacelja. yu*can upo. 
a'patcu laknakan'tiha horn tsita le'kwa. kop*la*ti ho* le*kwa. 45 
^a^oli tern kwat'on a'ho'i a'teanvepa ho*na latenappt a'patcu ajca 
i'yapa pPlaciwan'i hie samu. a'tci hacin altu. ho'na'wa kuaiye 
a'ciwi ainana'we'tiha ani'yana kwaton*a. hacin altu. horn tshVa 
le*kwapa horn papa halicotina t'am Ian ak'a yam lenvartikwi 
ulto'lja foma|'a. kwa lat'sikwaiin kwa ku'wa. hie t'ewulo'lia. ho* so 
koye teclana. e*l koyena'ma ikina el hon upe. a'ciwi ho J na*wa 
kuwaiy'ona ainana'we. yatfenap^a. a'ciwi pat'eu an he'eo halison- 
iha'koa setohnapka. an ipakunap^a. ainana'^a. tihkwahna 
a*kuwaiye el lesna teamet c u. le*kwapte ainana^a. icanan te^a- 
poakwi itehnap^a. pat'eu acejia ho'na'wa hota yam moj>iyakwi hon 55 
a*wa*ce. hon a*wa*napa hie at'an'Pka. pate acekoa hon unapka. 
ho* papa ho^o ho'n hota mopiyakwi hon a'wa^a. hie hon teclar)|j:a. 
patcu ela'ka. hie le'wi colenaye. t'ejjal acekoa colena%a. ho*n 
hota i'jtfiyana pat'eu elalakoa anapikwe'lja. 

me. I was so small. He brought the dress for me. j I wore it thus, 
like a Navaho. It was so small. I had no belt around my waist. 
The Navahos | had made peace. They came carrying loads of wood. 
When I was young the Navahos came. | The bow priest did not want 
it. They were very angry. The bow priests: | "Come, let us kill 
them! For our comrades who have died by them." "Stay indoors. |(45) 
They are going to kill the Navahos!" my mother said. "Why?" 
I said. I "Long ago, when you were not yet born, they killed us, the 
Navahos. Therefore, | when they come, the bow priest is very 
an gry. Shut the door tight. | The Zunis are going to kill our friend. 
He will take refuge here. Shut the door tight,*" my mother | said. 
My elder brother rushed off and barred the door | with a big log, 
(50) with a log, because there was no key. We were very poor. I 
cried from fright. "Don't cry, little sister. We are all right inside 
The Zunis | are killing our friend." They seized him. The Zunis 
took from the Navaho 's back the pinon gum that he was going to 
sell. I They threw it away. They struck him. "Gently, | friends, 
don't do that!" he said but he was killed! | (55) They threw him 
down on Grease Hill. After the Navaho had died our grandmother 
said, "Let us go to our peach orchard." | We went and it was very 
dangerous. We saw the dead Navaho. | My brother, I, our grand- 
mother, went to our peach orchard, We were very much frightened | 
by the corpse of the Navaho. The body was swollen, like this. He 
had been wantonly killed, and so he swelled up. Our | grand- 
mother took us by the hand and ran past where the body of the 
Navaho was lying. | 

76 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

60 hie hon ipapa hon tfsanapa ho'na hot'a mopiyakwin ho*na 
sanra ptkwe%a. hie hon tewuko'li'a. kwa ciwe ku'wa, hie ho'n 
hot'a heahoni'we a*wacapa hon rto'fca. mi'we yo'ajJa ho'mvni 
hota pyumu'we he'palo^a. ^aihe'palofea. ho'nan hota rtowaca. 
hie tewuko'li'a ho*na sam'a mopiakwi ho'na il'i J£akwe%a. t'ewana- 

65 we hampasa hon it'suyaph ho*na hota sanra il*i ^akweye. ho'na 
nana tJa yam iyo* t?a sam'a ^akweye. kwa ho* yam tsita kwa hon 
il* al'una'ma. hie yam hota yam nan hie hon antecema. hie hon 
tewuko'li'a. ho^a hota a't'san a'tci ton tatc inkwi tsit inkwi 
^apkwe'napkwi ton a't'u. isko tsit ime tatc ime. hiniktci ciw* 

70 il'i tsita tatcu. ama t?on a't'u. ho^a nan'a ho^a'n. mecokoawako 
wol'ufca. }£apkwe*nakwi hon a-ne i*papa. hie hon tewuko'lPa hon 
ci'le antecema yam mopiyakwi. horn papa yam mecoko imyal- 
to'^a. horn nana horn i*^ecu^a. horn mecokan horn ye'mapL^a. 
topnrte mecoko horn papa imalto'a. horn nan*a animyalto^a, 

75 mecoko, horn papa imaltokwi. hon a*^a. l^apkwe'nakwi horn 
tsit'a horn tatcu a'tci sam imo'ka. horn tat'eu na'le lataka. ko *- 
macko*na nawe tak*a. hiya horn a't'san a'tci a*tc rya. koplati 
t'on rya ? ho 3 n hota hictfe ciwe antecema alja ho*na i'J£a. — hanat'e 
le'kwap a'tfsan atci a'tci ciwe an'tecema yam mojJiyakwi. horn 

so a*ni horn tsita ko*macko*na ciwe wopup ho*na yam mecoko imi- 

(60)1 and my brother were both small, and we lived alone with our 
grandmother at her peach orchard. | We were very poor. There was 
no meat. Our | grandmother made corn cakes for us, and these 
we ate. When the corn was ripe, | grandmother made us fresh 
cornbread, and hepaloka, fresh corn hepaloka. | We were very poor. 
We stayed with her alone at our peach orchard. Every day | 
(65) we ate hampasa 1 , dipping it in water. We were living alone with 
our grandmother ; and our | grandfather also, poor thing, was living 
alone. We did not | go around with our mother. We always wanted 
our grandmother and our grandfather. We were very | poor. Our 
grandmother: "Children, go to your mother and your father | at 
Caliente. There your mother is staying, your father is staying. 
I think | (70) they have meat, your mother and father. Now you 
go ahead." Grandfather saddled a burro for us. | We were going 
to Caliente, I and my brother. We were very poor. We | wanted 
a little piece of meat. At the peach orchard, brother mounted 
his burro. Grandfather took me in his arms and lifted me on to 
my burro. | There was one burro. My brother mounted. My grand- 
father lifted me up | (75) on the burro where my brother was mounted. 
We went. At Caliente my | mother and my father were staying 
alone. My father killed deer. | Many deer he killed. "Hiya! my 
two children are coming. Why | have you come?" "Our grand- 
mother wants meat very badly, therefore we have come." "Hurry 
up," | he said. "The two children want meat at their peach or- 
chard." | (80) My mother wrapped up lots of meat for me. We 
1 A yellow flowered herb. 

Bunzely Zuni Texts 77 

yattxrna hon tfsanan hie hon tewuko'lPa yam naira yam hota 
hon sama mojJiyakwi hon ili ^akweye hon yu*acona. hon koyek;a. 
^eptahnakwi hon tfanayaye. ho*na tsita kwa li'l imam'e kapkwe*- 
nan iceltema ^akweye. ko'macko'na hon na'le ciwe hon wopon 
i*ya. hie hon tewuko'lPa. hon papa hon yu > aco > a. hi*no hin 85 
ciwina'kwi ho*n hota le'anikwa. el*e ho* sanra ho' ime. hinik t'on 
a*tfsana antecema. wan t?on ko'wi ciwina*kwi wan t'on a*t c u. wan 
t'on ikocan*a. hiniktfon a'ttean antecema. e'te on*an*te pat'eu acekoa 
al*e on*an*te hon teolana. a'ciwi a*patcu lakna icanana t'e^apoakwi 
ha*i patcu acefca. hie hon tec*larjl$:a. hie atfan'i patcu acekoa 90 
on*an*te a^*a horn papa i^ina we'nan hon pate alkwi hon te. 5 - 
tcinan to* i'hapispiira. — kwa unam'e, horn papa sam una. 
hie ai?*an*i patcu te^ah* hie le*wi lana co'lenaye. hie kwa ko'kcanre 
hie kokciwe*ma. hon at'sanapa a'patcu yace^a ha*i patcu. 

ho* tfsanapa horn tatcu horn tsita lrla a*tc i'mo^a. kapkwe'na- 95 
kwi a*tc i*ka. hon yam tsita yam tatcu hon antecema hon lrl imo'ka. 
kwa hon mop*iyakwi ptkwam'e ho*n hota ho*n nan'a sam*a Ijak- 
weye. ho*n li*l rpapa hon ii'l i'fea. ho*n tsita no'we wo'lea'upa hie 
kwa ho* yaiyu*ya*nanre. hie ho* ma*we antecema imvkose. rto*- 
napce horn tsita le*kwa wola'tu^a. heahoni'we he'kusna uhsona 100 

mounted our burro. | When we were small we were very poor with 
our grandfather and our grandmother. | We were living alone at 
the peach orchard. We were lonely, we cried. | Our trees were at 
Rock Corner. Our mother did not stay here. | She always stayed at 
Caliente. We came back bringing lots of deer meat. | (85) We were 
very poor. Brother and I were lonely. "Go on, go | to Zuni," 
grandmother said. "It is better for me to stay here alone. I think 
you I want other children. You should go to Zuni for a while. | 
You will play for a while. I think you two want children." But 
right in the road the dead Navaho | was lying. Right in the 
road. We were afraid. The Zunis had killed the Navaho. On 
Grease Hill | (90) three Navahos had died. We were very much 
frightened. It was very dangerous. The dead Navaho | was lying 
right in the road. So brother said to me, "Little sister, if you are 
afraid, when you come to the place where the Navaho is lying | you 
cmm shut your eyes." I did not see him. Only my brother saw 
him. J It was very dangerous. The Navaho who had been wantonly 
killed was swollen so large. It was not good. | He had been killed 
without cause. When we were young theNavaho died, three Navahos. 
(95) When I was young, my father and my mother were staying 
here. | They came from Caliente. We wanted our mother and our 
father. We stayed here. | We did not live at the peach orchard. 
Our grandmother and our grandfather lived there alone. | Brother 
and I came here. Mother dished out bean stew for us. | I had no 
sense. I wanted white stuff, salt. "Let's eat," | (100) my mother 
said. She set the food down, corn cakes, and dried paper bread, 

7^ Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol, XV 

1 w Vla*tul£a. horn tatcu horn tsita horn papa ho'o hon rto'na'we. 
h^o wola'tiye no'we heahonrwe. hekusna wola*tiye horn tatcu 
hoxii tsitet liuui pajja ho'o lew holi hc^tlsana. ma'kose ho* ahan'iha 
nolikwi ho* kwato^ai'. rt'capi. coptcilan^a! kwa ho* e'nin ikwi- 
5 wam'e hie ^ana'kwe ikna ho > yatona^a kwa utcu ku*wa kwa 
piton'e. ma'wiH'on lana! horn tatcu anape^a. 

hie tewuko'li'a. kwa melika kwa tsipolowe kwa pisena kwa 
notcapiwe kwa ma'tcikwa ku'wa. |em pewi'we pisali kwa mokwa- 
we hie hawe moat'apa mokatcipa teatcikoa elanajJa wesa^aia hie 

10 u'we. ho'na i'papa hon sanva ho'na tat'eu hie nawe t'ewana*we 
latal'u t?ewana*we na'le ciwe hie i'ya. hon sanra ho'na tatcu kwa 
ho'na'n mokwa' aca. 

hinik Luise lesi ho* e'le ho* lana^a. horn kuku te'le tso'ya 
homa*n aca hie le*wi tana, hie tso'ya t'u'mitcimtci ko'yenrci 

15 l^awe antecema u'kwe'ka. uhson u'kwaPip horn tsita leskwanan 
hanate tfu'mitcimtci u # kwe*ka. le'kwap hop horn te'le ? — lu 
l^apuce tV ryan*a. to* t'u'mit'cimtci a*ptlun*a. ho* yam te'le hie 
ko'kci ho* rleaka. ho* kawionkwi ho* a*^a. ho* ^apuka. lok u 
tfu f mitcimtci tene'na*we'. tJirmitcimtci — t'u'mitcimtci — . ho* 

20 yam }£ap*e ho* yat'e ho* ye'lahka. ho' tealakwi ho* ye'ma^a. 
ho* cojjya poayala'ka. horn tekwanakwi t'u'mitcimtci a*wi'ka. ho* 

that | (i) she set down. My father, my mother, my brother and I 
were eating. | Beans and corn cakes and dried paper bread were 
set out. My father, | my mother, my brother and I; I was about 
so small. I tried to reach for the salt | and fell into the bean pot. 
I burned myself. "You naughty girl!" I had no belt around my 
waist. (5) I was dressed just like Kanakwe. I had no underdress, 
no | pitone. "You big salt eater!" Father scolded me. | 

We were very poor. There were no white people, no Mexicans. 
There was no cloth, | no coffee, no sugar. We slept on skins and 
saddle blankets. We had no shoes. | There were many weeds, small 
spreading cactus and little burrs in all the fields, and we went 
barefoot. | (io> It hurt our feet. Brother and I were alone. Every 
day our father | went hunting. Every day the deer meat came. 
We were alone. Father | did not make moccasins for us. 

I grew up to be a girl, I think Louisa's age 1 . My father's sister | 
made a beautiful jar for me, about so large. It was very beautiful. 
The Koyemci came out singing twmitcimtci. | d«) They wanted 
water. As they came out mother said, | "Hurry! T'umitcimtci 
have come out," she said. "Where is my jar?" "Go on, | get 
water! You will come back and throw water on twmitcimtci" I 
picked up my pretty jar. 1 1 went to the river. I filled it with water. 
Hark! | twmitcimtci are singing. "T'umitcimtci, twmitcimtci" | (20) I 
grabbed my jar of water. I ran. I climbed up to the house top. | 
I sat waiting for them on the edge of the roof. T'umitcimtci came 
to my yard. I | threw water over them. As I threw water over 

1 About 14 years. 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 79 

a'^hika. ho* a'kahip horn tsita utcu'ka. horn han*ona tsitsip^a. 
ho* iyam* acowa*kwi ho* i'tcu-koskuka ho* yam te*le leaye ho* yam 
tsita ho* lesanikwa la*l homan tsita te t'api'. — yam yaman*te lea 
paniyu. horn tsita horn lesanikwa hol*o ho' t'u*mitcimtci ho* wo'- 25 
t'apan-a'ne. ho* temaiyal£an*iha. — wan yam te*le tea paniyu! — 
ho'l'o la'l homan tfajJi! — hani tsitsi*a. horn tsita le*kwap ko*ma 
ho 3 iteh-kwatokat c u. — ho'l'o kuhmana le*kwap iyam acowakwi 
te'le ho* itehkwato^a. kuhmo^a! tsita samu satowe ahna horn 
anape ho* yam te'le kuhmoka. — hie kwa yaiyu*ya*nanret'om te*le 30 
ko'kci t'om kuku ackoa'. hie horn tsita samu sunhapa horn tatc 
iyapa horn tsita atineka. t'siwu*anan al^a horn tat'eu Jjapi hie 
horn tatcu samu. ho* koye horn te*le kuhmo*k;a. kwa tfsinan hoi 
tern tcuholi unanre. 

hie a*tewu*ko*lia sic ho* Josi hi*nina ho* e*let'apa t'sina yani- 35 
^ana'^a copluwayalakwi kwili meli^a l^akweye. horn nana ho*- 
na'wan peye hana*ha' horn a*t'sana'. horn a'nana horn a'hota 
tcim i'laknan rpotil^ana Hakna le*holi yatokwe'ilenankwi hi- 
wala'we kwiulakoa melika a*wi*a. hanaha' iyo horn a't'sana a'laci 
a'wam pena* teakoa hons a*te*tcik;a. ho*mvwa a*nanapena*wil*ap- 40 
koa hon a*te*tcika. lai^antholi ho 3 i*ya hiwala*we rloh'apa he*- 
ona'we pena* teakoa he*ona awrapa le*holi kwiulakoa yaton kwe'- 

them, my mother was inside. She was nursing my little brother. | 
I stuck my head in through the hatchway above. I was holding 
my jar. I | said to my mother, "Here mother, take this jar from 
me." ( (25) Bring it down yourself!" mother said to me. "No, 
I am going to follow tumitcimtci. | I want to watch the dance." 
"First bring your jar down." | "No, here, take it from me." "Brother 
is nursing," my mother said. "All right, | then I'll throw it in." 
"No, it will break!" I threw the jar in through the hatchway. | 
It broke. Mother was angry. She picked up the broken pieces and 
I (30) scolded me. I broke my jar. "You big fool! Your | pretty jar 
that aunt made for you." My mother was very angry. In the 
evening, when my father | came, mother told him. My father beat 
me with a horsewhip. | My father was very angry. I cried. I had 
broken my jar. | No one had seen the design yet. 

(35) We were very poor. When I was a girl, about like Josie 1 , 
they opened a school. | At Standing Arrow Mountain two white 
men were living. My grandfather | spoke to us. "Alas, my children, 
my grandsons, my granddaughters ! | Now the days will be full of 
fighting. From yonder where the sun comes up, | from the tribes 
whom they have forced back, the whites have come. Alas, my 
poor children. | (40) Now we have reached what was foretold by 
the old people. The prophecies of our grandfathers | we have 
reached. From different places the people are coming. They have 
turned aside the tribes. | This railroad, according to their words 
the railroad has come. The ones who have forced them back yonder 
1 About 22 years. 

80 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol, %y 

ilenankwi kwiulakoa a*wi*apa lakanthoii hiwala*we i : l6n : apa rf&kna 
rpoHl^an'a. hiwala yalakwai'in'a holon tern tfa t'o'no ihtoh^ana*- 

45 wapa holon tVna*wa tcawe holon tern ta'i a*lacan*a tVna*wan 
tcawe luknoko ihtoh^ana'wapa honkwati luwala*we i*loh*aj}a 
tcimi kwahol yam ko*na tse^an'ona kwaholi penan*e anawana 
tcim pena* acnan tfo 3 na*wa tcawe a*peye*n*a hoktikoa hon a'wa'- 
nuwa kwaholi tV yam tcawe a*wam peyena'wapa kwa tfo'na 

,50 yanhatianapcukwa son a'te'tchra holon Haknaj£an*a hompici 
^apilna lito^an*a hompici ulohnan*e yampokwihan'a* kwa 
yu'he'tam'e. ho'na'wa a*tacina'we lu^a pena*we il'ap^a. uhsona 
t^tcin'iha lukanholi he^akwe'we a'wrajja melika ho* iloh*a kwa 
^eUsana^am'e. Ion holi. tfo'na yam patci rtuwala^arra. ljakwewo*- 

,55 'an'a. tens ko'lea nana'kwe lul£ a'jfeyelja. iyo c horn a*tfsana horn 
tcawe nanakwe a*peye'koa s'uhsona teati. ^alapakwi he'onapa 
holoni tfon e*le holi hoM rya^ana'wa. kwa yu'he'tanre. t?a Uenati 
ho'nawa a'nana pena*wilopkoa uhsite son a'te^ci. ho'na'wa nan'a 
lul^a peye Hustitu ho 5 *o ho'na nana hon anhaponaye. peyip 

«o ho^a'wan nana peye'a hon a'koye hel^akwe'we he 5 ona*we hon 
a*wat?an*a hon a'koye ma* ta'i lew'a'natfa kwa tfa hon itecla- 
na'ma. ho'na'wan nana hel^akwe'we he*ona*we a*wantej5ejJa hon 
a-koye^a. ma } kwa ta'i hon iteclana'ma. hie a'laci ho'na'wa nana 

where the sun | rises, the ones who have forced them back have 
come. They have turned aside the tribes. The days will be full of 
fighting. | The village will be destroyed. Either, when you have 
children | (45) or else when your children are old, and when your 
children have children, then perhaps the tribes will be turned aside. 
They will make up words for whatever they think, any kind of 
word that they want. | So your children will talk. On the tail we 
shall go(?). | When you exhort your children to anything, | <50) they 
will not listen to you. So we shall reach the end. Perhaps there 
will be war, or else | it will rain hot water, or else the world will 
turn over. | It is not plain. Our parents had this word. | Now it is 
about to come. When the trains keep coming and the white people 
are here, | there will be no happiness. They will build their towns 
close to you. They will build their houses. | (55) Indeed, even this 
our | grandfathers spoke of. Alas, my little ones, my | children, what 
our grandfathers foretold, that has come to be. When the railroad 
comes to Gallup, | or else perhaps you will grow up safely. It is not 
clear. It cannot be helped. | What our grandfathers foretold, that 
we have reached." Our grandfather | told this. Grandfather called 
us, Hustitu and me, to him. When he spoke, | (60) when our grand- 
father spoke thus, we cried. We were afraid of the trains and the 
railroads. | We cried. Now that we have come this far we are no 
longer frightened. | When our grandfather first mentioned the train 
and the railroad, we | cried but now we are no longer frightened. 
Our grandfather | told us all the terrible things that the old people 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 81 

kwaholi hie atfairi peye^a. alaci hie a'wa atfan'i pena* tealga. ho*n 
a*t?sanapa ho'na'wa nana hie atfan'i peyel^a. ma* honkwati ^a^i 66 
lesnathva horn nana peye*koa. ho* aiyu*ya*na. la^ant* holi luwala*- 
we Hoh'an'ona jJemvwe iH%a. ma J uhkwaht'cati ho' yu'teclatu^a^a. 
sonta'hrkwe melika rpot'i^a. ko*lea horn nana pena'wrlPkoa ho* 
yu'teclatika. horn han*ona an oyemc > ona melika sontahrkwe 
yat'emvwe ut'cuna'wetihapa hon yu'teclati hon a'koye^a. sonta*- 70 
lu'kwe horn han*on a*ni an oyemc'ona yai?ena^:antiha. t'umah- 
kaiya sonta'hrkwe rpot'il^a. horn han'ona an oyemci tfumahkaiya 
^apali'we tutu^al^a. haHcotilja. a*tsawa^i ainanapka. tfumahka 
atana'wa^'a tcuokna a'kwinaJjpa awe tfumahka haliconapa atsa- 
wa^i ainanapka ocokwikoa. kwa acenam^a. horn hani koye horn 75 
han'ona yat'ena^a. hon t'elit'okwi yu'tula-kwato^a. kwa hon 
a'ho* a'tea'cukwa. honkwati ko'wi tfelinan a*napa hon yacen'a. ma 
horn nan*a peye*koa tcimi ho* iftema. honkwa hie a'laci mola. 
a*wa nana ko'leholi a'wampeye'koa ho' iftema. ko'lehoti a'wa 
a'tacina* a*wa ampena*wil*apkoa. raa } uhkwati ho* yam a*nana 80 
yam a-hota ho* kwaholi ho* a*wampeyepa kwa horn anhatiana*- 
wam'e kwaholi horn nana ko'na horn ampena'wiH'koa tcimi kwa- 
holi jiena* anawana tcim pemvwacna a'peye. yose*we ko'lehoh 
yam ho* rya'^a'koa ho* jtemvwiH hie ho* tewuko*li*a ho'i'ya*- 
^akoa. 85 

had said. Very terrible were the words of the old people. When 
we I (65) were young our grandfather told us terrible things. Well, 
perhaps sometime, | it will happen as my grandfather said. I do not 
know. "They will keep on coming, the people | who will turn you 
aside." These were his words. And so indeed we suffered. | The 
town was full of white soldiers. Then according to the words of my 
grandfather | I suffered. The white soldiers seized my sister's hus- 
band. I (70) They were going to put him in prison. We suffered. We 
cried. The soldiers | were going to take my sister's husband. J The 
town was full of Tumaka's soldiers. My sister's husband gave 
Tumaka | whisky to drink. He got drunk. The young man beat 
Tumaka | with large stones, with black grinding stones, with rocks. 
When Tumaka was drunk the young men | (75) beat him on the 
head. He did not die. My sister cried. My | sister was seized. We 
ran away into the back room. "We | shall not remain alive. Perhaps 
sometime during the night we shall all die. | Now at last, I believe 
what my grandfather told us. Perhaps the old people were right. | 
Now I believe everything that grandfather told us. Whatever words 
our I (80) parents spoke." And now see. When I tell my grandsons 
and my granddaughters anything, they do not listen to me, | just 
as my grandfather told us. Now they just guess some words. They 
speak words that they have made up. In vain | I tell them all the 
time how I came to be alive, how I grew up like a poor person. 

82 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

horn tatcu tfewankwi yam kuwaiye rwoloh'ajia a*patcu yankok- 
cuna*wap horn tatcu yam kuwaiye patcu tsawalp tfsana t'ewan- 
kwikwi yam patcu wo'le halisokan aka. ho* a*nuwa horn tsitona 
le'anikwap holtci tfewankwikwi lulta le'kwap patcu jjoaye. kwa 

90 hatianam*e patcu tsawa^i. koptJo* lewupin*a ? — lul^anVhalisona. 
— hi'ya le'kwa horn tsita hiya kopla*ti ? — kwahoh* ho* antecema. 
horn tcawe lukno a'tewuko'lia. — kwap tfo* cemaira? — kane'lu, 
tahtfcati taku*we, incrt'ona taku'we, t'en kwaholi. — ma Uo J a't c u 
homa'ni tV hanela* a'wacan'a. — ho*na'wa tsita mulo'u mot'saca. 

95 horn tatcu t'ewankwi a'n'iha an hanela^wace'a. mulo* acnan yam 

nitsika tsita i'wo*ptco. yam mot'sa acap wo*tu. wo'tup patcu 

yu'he'to hatia*wa halisonan kwai'intiha. nitsika hanh^a. hanlip 

horn tatcu t'ewankwin il'a'^a. patcu il*a*nap a'tcia Liopo an tatcu 

tsipolo t'ewankwi halisokan t'ewankwi a*wa*^a. horn tsita halicoti 

ioo horn nitsika kwa ku'wa! e*te holomac a*ne horn nana le'kwap 

i tfenati hoi halisonakapa nitsika aiyo^an'a. ko^a hanat'e horn 

tshVa yam tatcu le'anikwap lawaptsicle. kop hon lewuna*wa. hon 

itehyanawa a^api ho*i halisokan a*ne. horn nana lawaptsicle'^a. 

elel^apa hon a't'sana horn papa ho'o horn han'i ha'im'ona hon 

5 la'tunan kwai'ika. tcuhoh* acen hrnina kakwen tenrla hon la*tunan 

My father had friends in the east and when the Navahos made 
peace | my father took his friend a little Navaho boy | and went to 
sell his Navaho slave in the east. "I shall go," | he said to my 
mother, "somewhere to the east with this one," he said. The 
Navaho was sitting there. | (90) He did not hear, the Navaho boy. 
"What are you going to do?" "I shall sell this one." | "Alas," 
said my mother. "Alas, why?" "I want something. | These, my 
children, are poor." "What will you ask for?" "Sheep, | goats, 
beads, ancient beads, oh anything." "Well, go on." | "You will 
prepare provisions for me." Our mother baked bread. She mixed 
dough. | <95) My father was going to the east. She was preparing his 
provisions. As she was making bread, | mother drew off her rings. 
She put them down while she mixed the dough. She put them 
down. The Navaho | heard plainly. He was going out to sell 
him. He stole the ring. He stole it | and my father took him to 
the east. He took the Navaho and the two went with Leopoldo's 
father, | the Mexican, to the east to trade. They went to the east. 
My mother became excited. | uoo) "My rings are not there!" 
"But they have gone far away," my grandfather said. | (D "It can't 
be helped. Wherever they sell him they will take the rings from 
him. Go on, hurry up!" my | mother said to her father. He cut 
prayersticks, "What shall we do ?" "We | shall protect you because 
someone is going to trade." My grandfather cut prayersticks. | 
When he was ready, we children, my brother, I, my sister, three of 
us, | (5) went out to plant prayersticks. It was the same as when 
someone dies, the whole house went out to plant prayersticks. | My 

Bunzd, Zuni Texts 83 

kwai'ilja. horn tatcu patcu yam wo'le halisoka tfewankwikwi t'a 
t'opa ciwi Liopo an tatcu t'opa ciwi halisoka. hon a'tfsanapa ha'im- 
'ona ho'na* wan tatcu patcu halisoka ko'macko*na ^ane*lu cotce*we 
pise'we. hie ho'na*wa tatcu kane'lut'ap cotccwe pise kohana hie 
le'wi mecoko seto lal kane'lu yam patcu halisoka. patcu koyeka. 10 
Liopo an tatcu halisonakap kwa antecemana horn to' halisopa 
kwaholit'o' wo'ticapa t'o' k;ane*lu rtfapipa kwa ho' lol imam*ekan*a. 
ho' a'nuwa ciwina'kwi. kwa ho' antecemana'ma Liopo tatcu 
le'kwap horn tatcu patcu halisoka komacko'na kane'lu a*wil-i*ya 
tcims lesapi hon a't'sanapa tcims hon kwahol il'apa hon ^ane'l 15 
il'apa hon cotce il'apa hon pise* il'apa hie hon i'l^et'sana hon 
fcane'l il'apa hon cotce. il'apa hon pise* il'apa patcu halisona- 
^*a. hie i*samap horn tatcu hie hemokwi%a. i'wolohap horn tatcu 
patcu yat'eka. kwa ainananrka. uhsona halisoka. tcims hon 
i^etfsana. kwahol il'apa kane'lu cotccwe pise'we tcim horn tsita 20 

ho'na*wa a*kuwaiye a'patcu ko*macko*na pisali'we tu*ci cotce*- 
li'ana hon ho' i'ya^ana'wapa ho'na*wan tatcu kohomacko'na 
kwaholi il'i. ko'mackona kwahol il*i t'u'ci wakaci mu*la kane'lu 
ko*macko'na. horn tsit*a ciwan'i makim'ona olo'ika t'ewusafe'a 25 
rmujia tern ho' t'sana'ka horn tatcu ko*macko*na yam l^ane'lu 
a'wil* ptpkwe*nakwi a*wil i'mo'^a. tcuwap horn il-imopura Jjap- 

father sold his Navaho slave in the east. And | another Zuni, 
Leopoldo's father, and yet another Zuni, traded. When we were 
children, three of them, | including my father, sold the Navaho for 
many sheep, robes, | saddle blankets. Our father had many sheep 
and robes and much white cloth. | (io) His burro was loaded like 
this. And then for sheep he sold his Navaho. The Navaho cried. | 
When Leopoldo's father sold him, he did not want it. "Don't 
sell me ! | After you have gotten something, when you have taken 
away your sheep, I shall not stay there. | I shall go to Zuni. I do 
not want it." So he said to Leopoldo's father. | My father sold the 
Navaho. He brought many sheep with him. | us) Then it was as it 
is now. When we were young then we had something. We hac 
sheep, J we had robes, we had cloth. We were very happy. We 
had sheep, we had robes, we had cloth, because he sold the Navaho. 
During the war my father had been very brave. When they came 
out to fight my father | had seized a Navaho. He had not killed him. 
That one he sold. Now we | (20 ) were happy. We had something; 
sheep, robes, cloth. Now my mother | was happy. 

Our friends, the Navahos, had many saddle blankets and horses 
and blue blankets. | When we were grown up our father had many | 
possessions. He had many possessions: horses, cattle, mules, 
sheep, I (25) many things. My mother, the one who was a priestess, 
sat down to pray, in the summer. | I was still small. My father was 
looking after all his sheep. | He stayed with them at Caliente. "Who 


84 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. Xy 

kwe'nakwi ? ho' yam kanelu ho 5 a'wil* imo*^:an*a. sanra iJo* 
t'ewus afe:*a i'mupa tcuwap homan i*to*wacan"a ? ho' sam imo^an'a. 

30 horn tsita ciwarri li'l tewus alj im*e torn l^atsuj; il'a't'u horn tshVa 
le'kwap to' homan hekuspura horn tatc*ona le'anikwa horn tsita 
kwa ]£apkwe'nakwin a'na*ma. tewus ak*a i*me horn tatcu: hon. 
a*t c u. hon Jtapkwe'nakwin a*t c u. horn tatcu le'kwa tern hie amina 
t?a toman l£awican*a. to* wo*wil'ap toman l£awican*a horn tshVa 

35 le'kwa som tatcu horn ^apkwe'nakwi horn il*a*lja horn tatcu 
wowiWka. yam l^ane'lu a*wil*-al*uka. ryapa ko*macko*na tciwatu 
ho* a'kwi^aca. temi ho* amina Louise hrnina. kop ho* lewun*a ? 
ho* yam tatcu le*anikwa hie le'wi sa*le lana hie ho* kwika ko*- 
macko*na. horn tatcu horn lesanikwa to* kwi^a to* lo'okat'u. — 

40 kople*a ? — hi tcimt'sana yat'ece. ho* kwai'il^a. ho* kwai*inan lo* 
yam tcimtsana ho* yateka. ho* yatep so* ainapfca. wicaptsilja. 
som tatcu tsikwahj^a. Ko wopihlja. hapnuskin*e s*ulil£a. hanate 
koco. to kocon*a. ma'kosi ho* wopana^a. hapnuskhre ko*wi 
Kusap so jjiyahfea. yam kwi^a. so* hapnuskin'e ^aia^a kwa haiyo*- 

45 ^a. em aklul$:a. ho' em aklunan so* wcrtatulja. toms tco^il^ika 
so* pisena^'a ho* jJeha^a. ho* hetsu*a^aka. ko'macko'na horn 
kwipt* lo'ona'we woya*opa. tsita lito* rcema imo*'fea. 

hon a*tsana son a*wrya ciwina'kwi tsita tewus tcune^a. yata- 

of us shall stay together here, at Caliente. 1 1 shall stay to look after 
my sheep. If you go back alone | to sit down to pray, who will 
cook for me ? I shall stay here alone." | (30) My mother, the priestess 
was staying here to pray. "Let your daughter go with you," my 
mother | said. "You will fix me dried paper bread," my father 
said. My mother | did not go to Caliente. She sat down to pray. 
My father: "Let us | go. Let us go to Caliente." So my father said. 
"She is still weak, | but she will get water for you. While you herd 
your animals, she will get water for you," my mother | (35) said. 
So father and I went to Caliente. My father | herded his animals. 
When he went about his sheep, there were many goats among 
them. 1 1 milked them. I was still weak, like Louise. "What shall 
I do?" | I said to my father. "Take this big bowl. I have much 
milk," | my father said to me. "Make cheese of it." (40) "How?" 
"Go and catch a kid." I went out. I went out and I | caught a kid. 
I caught it and killed it. I cut its throat. | My father skinned it. 
He took out the entrails. He took out the bladder. "Come | wash it. 
You should wash it." I put salt in it. When the bladder | dried 
a little I took it down from where it was hanging and poured the 
milk into the bladder. | (45) I made a big fire. I made a big fire and 
put it on the fire. It just curdled. | I wrapped it in a cloth and 
kneaded it. | I turned out lots of cheese, | while Mother was staying 
here praying for rain. | 

We children came to Zuni. Mother was finished with her cere- 
mony. | (50) It was all over. They were going to dance the Mixed 

Bunzely Zuni Texts 85 

kwe'^a, wo-tom'la otiwe'tiha a'toole kiwitsikwi kwaPlJja. at'sana. 
hie i'teclana. hanre ciwi a*tci t'sana Ben hrnina atci hepokokwi so 
a*tci ana-kwato^a. a'tocle kwai'i. t'op aksilp koye el koyena'ma 
kwa hiyawolucna a'tocle team'e. ho'i ciwi tomt yace'a. a'tocle 
kwa atfananve. aktsi^i kwa yaiyu'ya'nanre peye. koko antepe 
aktsik ts'ana lehol tacana kwili. tJopa koye. tomt yace'a le'kwa 
aktsilp. t'opa kona tcune^a. t'opa aktsilj yam ^akwan pelja. penap 55 
kwa hiyawolucna kwa a'tocle team'e. horn atine^a t'opa aktsil^. 
le'kwa an tsit i^atipl. tcuwap leskwa ? — horn atine^a. a'tocle 
kwai'ip hon hejtokokwi hon ana-kwato^a. hon ana-kwatop ho* 
koye^a. el koyena'ma kwa hiyawolucna a'tocle team'e. e*t ho J i eo 
t'omt yace'a. le* horn anikwa. — kwa yaiyu'ya'nam'e hie Uo* 
kwa yaiyu'ya'nanre. kotcima* lea a'tocle. kwa yacena'ma. t'enati 
tVna saiyalPa ho'ma'tci tVna wicapt'sina*wa an tsita le'kwa kwa- 
hol wowatfani koko a'samu tVna wicaptsina'wa. an tsita le J kwa 
ifcati. komosona atinajia kwas wan tcuholi jieyena'ma. wan sic 65 
t?eloJ£an°a. tekwan'te wo'tenvla hie koko tfemla hie a*watfani koko 
rjjan'a. — aktsijjii a'tocle antepe^a. kwa koko team'e ho'ite. hie 
aktsijp kwa yaiyu'ya'nam'e ko antepefea. hie uhsona hie at'an'i 
kwa tcuhol uhsona peyecukwa. hie ijJanaye accwe late'na^a. 
hie i'panaye a^*a an tsita ijfati^a. anapeja. s*a*wi*fc;a. koko a*samu 70 
wic aptsina'wa. 

Dance. Atocle came out of the kiva. The children | were all 
frightened. Some little Zuni boys like Van ran into an oven. | 
Atocle came out. One of the boys was crying. "Don't cry. | It's 
not really Atocle. Some Zuni man is just pretending. Atocle | 
is not dangerous." The boy spoke foolishly. He mocked the 
katcinas, | (55) the little boy. They were about so tall, the two. 
One was crying. "They are just pretending," | the little boy said. 
The other stopped crying. The boy spoke of it in his house. He 
said, I "It's not really Atocle. He told me, the little boy. | So he said. 
His mother got very angry. "Who said so ?" "He told me. When 
Atocle I came out we ran into an oven. We ran in and I | <eo) cried. 
' I >on't cry. It's not really Atocle, but just someone | who is pretend- 
ing," so he said to me." "He has no sense, and you | have no 
sense ! It's a wonder that Atocle didn't kill you ! However | Saiyalia 
and Homatci will cut your throat!" his mother said. | "Some 
dangerous creature, some angry gods will cut your throat," his 
mother said. | (65) She was angry. "One must not tell to anyone what 
the katcina chief tells. | One must be quiet. Suddenly the Mixed 
Dancers, all the dangerous katcinas, | will come. The little 
boy mocked Atocle. "He is not a god. He is but the person." | The 
boy was very foolish. He mocked the katcinas. That is very danger- 
ous. I No one must say that. He will be punished. He will be 
severely whipped. | (70) He will he punished. Therefore his mother 
was angry. She scolded him. So they came. The ferocious gods | 
were going to cut his throat. | 

86 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

hie a-ho* hapona'ka kokw a'samu u'kwatojja* koko aktei^ 
wicaptshra an k;ane*l hi*nina. kwa t'ehyananve le'kwap an tatcu 
il^ati^a. t'owo'anan'e i'pa'u^a an aktsi^ona wicaptsinak'a koko 

75 antowo'atiniyahka. aktsilji koye koko wicaptshra. tehwitokwi. 
koyemci awan tatcu nana nana el lesna teamet c u! iyo c kihe 
tewulaci! a'ciwan'i tcuholi ciwani k;al paniyu nana tci hea wicap- 
tsin'iha! kwa tcuhol yat'ena'ma t'omt cuwahna*we el hie ocok- 
wihna'wanre. tomt kihe'kwe it'eclatitun'ona^i'a tomt cuwahna'we. 

so hopoawe ainana*wa kwa wicaptsinananrka ainana'^a. hie tenrla 
li'lno hie tenrla ainanapk;a. kwa tfsum'anre an a'tsita a*koye 
konenante an ^akwe iHntin-a'ka. tcuwa i'lja. hie an nana samu 
koko inapelja ele lulj ainana'we'. yam ko*na a*peyen*ona lujja 
ainana'we. kwa t'on luka ocokwhre fea^i kokwa*wa ^akwi te'tci- 

85 nakwi kwa ton iyahnanapcukwa. yam ko'na a'ya'n^na lesnate 
luka an ocokwin'e t'on il'ap a*wa*nuwa. ele yam kon a'peyen'ona 
t'on luka antenna. kokwa*wa a'wan kakwi t'on lu^ ilap a'wa*- 
nuwa. an ocokwin'e hoi koluwala'kwi ton lu^a kwatoptna'wa. 
kwa ton it'anapcukwa. el'e lesnate t'on a*ya*na t'on lukn a'ni 

90 ocokwin'e il*ap a'wa'nuwa. ma ko'yemci antecemanap^atapa 
akts% t'sana ocoki'hnajtanarjka ko'yemci yam nana homa'tci 
yat'eka wicaptsinihapa aiyaknanakatapa koko tsawa^ona ko'yemci 

Many people gathered to see him. So the angry katcinas came in. 
One of the katcinas | was going to cut the boy's throat, just like 
a sheep. "He is not valuable," he said. His father | became angry. 
He raised his gun to his shoulder. They were going to cut his boy's 
throat and therefore | (75) he was going to shoot the katcina. The 
boy was crying. The katcinas were going to cut his throat in the 
plaza. | The father of the Koyemci (said), "Grandchild! Don't 
do that ! Be kind to our poor friend. | One of you priests come down 
here. Grandson, Tcihea is going to cut his throat. | No one seize 
him. Just cleanse him. Don't cut off his head. | Just cleanse him, 
to frighten our friends. | (80) Whip him with yucca." They did not 
cut off his head. They whipped him. All over | his back they 
whipped him. He had no strength. His mothers cried. | They brought 
him crying to his house. Someone came. His grandfather was very 
angry. | He scolded the katcinas. "All right, kill him! Kill this 
one who has told our secrets ! | In order that you may take his head 
with you to the house of the katcinas | (85) you should not let him 
go. To complete your ceremony | you must take his head with you. 
All right, | do this to him who has told your secrets. You will take 
him to the house of the katcinas. | You will take his head in to 
Katcina Village. J Don't leave him behind. If you want to finish this 
in the right way | (90) you will take his head with you." Now the 
Koyemci did not want them to do it. | They would have beheaded 
the little boy. Koyemci seized his grandchild, Homatci. | As he 
was about to cut his throat he made him let him go. Koyemci 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 87 

te*hyanapka. kwa lesna teanreljatfapa wicaptsinap^atajJa kok'wan 
tfowo'ati^anarjlja. hie aktsi^i t'sana acep kokwacerra hie atJaniti^a. 
hiwala* tenrla kokw i^an*a. hopoa'we ak'a a'ho'i lakna*we. yam 95 
J^akwi yutula'-kwatela. kwa ho'inanve. 

ak'a kwa la^i a't'sana a'waktshp lew 3 a'lana koko a'puana'ka. 
salimopiya kokrwisi kiaklo saiyaiPa a'pu'anaj^arra. saiyalPa hie 
uhsona a*wat?an*i. t'opiirte jJisali lal i:em*e aktsi^ona jJa'mra 
saiyah'a a*wa poa'una lew holi aktsil^ tfsana hopoa'we Ian afc'a 100 
ainana^an*a hie atfan'i yal^anal^an'a saiyah'a yulihan'a aktsi^on 1 
uluira hopoan lana saiyali'a an kihe ainan'a. ainanan saiyali'a 
komosona ampeyen'a. 1H t'om pu^ana^a. tV el a'wunap. el tfo* 
penam*t c u. a't'sana eltV yatinenanrt c u. tV penapa ino'te koleholi 
tsawaljona anateatPkoa t'om les aleatin'a. ino'te tsawaki koko 5 
a'wantejJe^a. cPil^a kaiyuan'i. uhsona koko a'wantepe^a. ocokw- 
ihna^a t'owa yalakwi an ocokwnre iteh-ye*mal£anapl£a. iteh-pani'- 
^a. kokw a"watJan*i ho'ma'tci saiyaiPa an ocokwin*e tikwahwaka. 
kohiwalakwi an ocokwhre iteh-kwato^a. aktsil^ tfsana pu'ana^na 
lu^a le* ampeye^a. aktsil^ tfsana ko-pu'anakna ampeyeka. kwa 10 
pecukwa. kohiwala'kwi kaiyuan'i an ocokwnre koko a*wai?ani 
ocokwin'e lea a'wa'Jja. hie la^i a^'a t'ehya koko. teal tcuholi 

saved the boy from the katcinas. | So it did not happen. If he had 
cut his throat | he would have shot the katcinas. If the little boy 
had died, the katcinas would have died. There was great excite- 
ment. [ (95) The katcinas came through the whole village. They 
whipped the people with yucca. | The people ran into their houses. 
There was no one about. | 

Therefore, today, little boys, so big, are initiated. | SalimojHya, 
Kolowisi, Kaklo, Saiyalia, initiate them. Saiyalia, | those are the 
dangerous ones. They put one little blanket and a buckskin over 
the boy's shoulder. | <ioo) He bends down in front of Saiyalia. So 
they whip the little boy with large bundles of yucca. | d) It is very 
dangerous. They finish and then Saiyalia takes off his mask and 
putts it on the boy. | Then his friend whips Saiyalia with the great 
bundle of yucca. After he has whipped Saiyalia | the katcina chief 
talk?; to him. "Here you have been initiated. You have seen every- 
thing Don't | speak of it. Don't tell the children. If you speak of 
it, which in ancient times | (5) happened to the young man, that 
will happen to you. In, ancient times a youth | mocked at the 
katcinas. His name was Kaiyuani. He mocked the katcinas. \C ij^ *y^$o 
He was beheaded. They threw his head up on Corn Mountain. , 
They threw it down again. | The katcinas are dangerous. Homatci 
and Saiyalia kicked his head. | They threw his head into the 
Katcina Village." When a little boy is initiated | no all this is 
told to him. When a little boy is initiated into the Katcina 
Society it is told to him. | He ,must not tell. The dangerous 
katcinas took the head of Kaiyuani to Katcina Village, j 

88 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol, XV 

Usana aktsi^i t'sanairte yam tatcu unan-te kwa pecukwa. an tsita 
ampeyepa el t'o* kok a'wantepenam*t c u. a*wa saiyali*a homa'tci 

is a*wa wicaptsina'wa* hie atf'an'i. komosona hoi hatia'wa kok*o 
a*wat'an*i saiyali*a icemapa a*w* ainana'wa hoi tcuholi yam t'sana 
ampeyena ino'te koleholi teatikoa uhsona yam tcawe ho*no hon 
a'wampeyemvwe. hicte koti^an'e t'ehya ace*we late'na^a a'tfsana 
a*waktsi£i a*jju*ana%a. ace*we late'na*ka a*koye*a. aka a'wam- 

20 j5ewo c atfani. 

tfoiya'kwi ho* imo'^a horn aktsiki Lio le'wi tacana^a. tern 
amina^a. kwa tern em al'unam'Jta. ho* wihatfsan il'ijta. ho* 
isana^a. — hinik honkwati t'o* tcawacaira. t'o* ciwinakwin a*t c u. 

25 el'e ho inre. tfon a'nuwa. horn aktsiki an hota leakaira. el*e 
ho* inre. ko'macko'na l^awe ikwan*an*a. ho* el inre. ton sam 
a*nuwa. hinik tfo* tcawacan'a. — ma* el hon a'nuwa. ho*na papa 
il a'nuwa ciwinakwi. hiniktci tsita kapkwe*nakwin inre. ciwina- 
kwin tfesamaye. hon a'nuwa. ho*na papa il' a'nuwa. hinik iskon 

so ho*o tcawacan'a. el hon a'nuwa. 

Therefore today the katcinas are valuable. In spite of every- 
thing, | even a very little boy, if he sees his own father, must not 
speak of it. His mother | tells him. "Don't mock at the katcinas. 
SaiyaHa and Homatci | (is) will cut off your head. It is very 
dangerous. The katcina chief will hear of it somehow. | He will 
summon the dangerous katcinas, Saiyalia. And they will whip us.'* 
How some one told this to his child, | and whatever has happened 
long ago that we tell to our children. | Indeed the Katcina Society 
is valuable. They are whipped severely, the little | boys when they 
are initiated. They are whipped severely. They cry. Therefore ( 
(20) talk about them is dangerous. 

I was staying at Nutria. My boy, Leo, was so tall. He was still f 
weak. He could not yet walk much. I was with child, I | was 
pregnant. "I think perhaps you will soon give birth. You should 
go to Zuni. | (25) I had better stay here, but you two should go. 
My boy's grandmother will take care of him. I had better f 
stay here. There is much work to be done on our wheat. I had 
better stay here. You | two will go alone. For I think you will soon 
give birth." "Very well, we shall go. Our elder brother | will go 
with us to Zuni. I think mother was staying at jo Caliente. Zuni 
is empty. We shall go. Our brother will go with us. I think there 
(30) I shall give birth. We had better go." | 

Bunzd, Zuni Texts 89 

hon i'fca. hon i'yap t'esama^a. t'ewapa ho'na ^apkwe*nakwi 
ho 3 n aniimr^a Lio t'sanap ho'na kwilim'ona. hon te'tcik;a. hon 
imo^a. yatcun ya*na*ka aka ho* cokyalja. hinik an tatcu i*yan*a. 
hie holomac t'ewapa. 

t'elapa ho* ai^a. ho* alap*a tfelinawitiwa^a we'atco'Jta. hom 35 
tatcu hatia^a. hanate hom tsita le*kwap hom tatcona okwijja^a. 
hom tat'eu kwaPi]ja. ko'macko'na ^apkwe'nakwi ko'macko'na 
a-ciwi hapofea. we'atcoin'ona we'atcop an hapo^a. hom tat'eu 
a*^a a'ciwi haponakwi. hanat'ana' kwa^pi ? le'kwa. a*ciwi yace^ka. 
le'kwap kopla'ti le'kwap melika laknap^a. le J kwap kopla'ti 40 
lekwap tfu'c hanhnapka. melika wo't'apan-t'in-a'ka. yam koti 
lewunapkoal^'a &1& i'j^atifea. hie a'samu^a. tfowo^-opa'we a*wi- 
kwip^a. ko'macko'na hecot'an imkoskwikwi yu*tul-a'wa*]£a.tJopin'te 
ciwi ^:e*la ace^a. t'oiyakwin penan te'tci^a. ciwi lacilj il'ap a'wa*ne. 
t'oiyakwi. melika i^anenan'te ciwi lacijj: il'ap a*wa*ne. lit et imo^ka 45 
ciwi laci^ tfaljan a'ka. mel'ika tihkwahna notcapi'l^awe mukvwe 
ciwe i'to'ptnap^a. hie hantapicnapka. em i'to'^anap^a. kwa 
t'aknam'ka. tfoiyakwin melik il'ap a*wa*p. ciwi tsawa^i hie 
tsam-ko'kei^a. hie koko kwahol ota^ap anikwa^a. hie t'ehya'ka. 
kalawasaiya an jfajja ak*a kalawasa LJjati^a. an \&\ ace^a kakapti so 

We came. When we came the town was empty. Next day he 
took us to Ojo Caliente. | Leo was small. The two of us came there. 
We I stayed there. Then the moon was full. Therefore I waited. 
"I think his father will come. | A long time has passed." | 

(35) That night I went to sleep. While I was asleep, at midnight, 
they called out. My | father listened. "Hurry up!" my mother 
said. She awakened my father. | My father went out. There were 
many people at Caliente. Many | Zunis came together. When he 
called they came to the one who was calling out. My father I went 
to where the Zunis were meeting. "Oh dear! Hurry up!" What 
is it ?" he said. "Some Zunis were killed," | (40) they said. "Why ?" 
he said. "The white people killed them!" they said. "Why?" | he 
said. "They stole some horses and the white people pursued them. 
Because of the wrong | they had done they became angry. They 
were very ugly. They had many cartridges in cartridge-belts 
around their waist. | They ran away to House-In-The-Crevice. One J 
Zuni died first. The word came to Nutria. They took along an old 
Zuni man | (45) to Nutria. Even though the white people were angry 
they took along this old Zuni man. He was just staying here. | But 
the Zuni man had gone for wood. The white people kindly gave him 
coffee and bread and | meat to eat. They were very courteous. 
They gave him lots to eat. | He did not get any wood. The white 
people took him to Nutria. The Zuni youth | was a good-looking 
young man. He knew everything about katcina dancing. He was 
very valuable. | («o) He was Kalawasa s s uncle. Therefore Kalawasa 
was angry. His uncle had died, itakapti, | that was his name. 

90 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

les oina^a. melika ainanapl^a. hie ciwi tfehya kalawasa samu } p. 
an ]$.&]$. ace^a. t'oiyakwin a'wa^a. Lioya tatcu yam pea*w a'wan 
tfatekwenapka. melik a'te'tci^a. ciwi faciei yam il'ap a'wa'^ona 
tcim tfoiya luwalakwi lot'ekanap^a. laci^ona il'ap a'wa'n'ona 

55 uhson ku*na le'cina^a. kwilikana uhson ace^a. kwili ciwi s'aceka. 
Lioya tatcu: hanat ele hecikana'we'. kwili ciw ace. sVwa'ka. 
t'owo } a^ana*we. a*ciw J a^oye^a. tfoiya'kwin ciwi lacilj: pilaku t'a 
lani* kacetco'ya. acen'iha an tVwo'atina^a. a'ciwi rhalicotika. 
kwan He'yenapka. yam tfowoVwe hapokanapka. melik wo't'a- 

«o pantin-a'^a hecotfan imkoskwikwi ko'macko'na t'oiyan hiwaPona 
melika lakna'wetiha. kwil'i ciw aceka. hanate' hecikana'we'. ho'na 
melik laknapka. a'ciwi le'tikwa yose'we iho'te rtse'ma^a. honkwa 
yacetun^onawo'Uajjantin-a^a. melika hecot'an imkoskwikwi melika 
topintfona kwawoji il'-ika. hecot'an imkoskwa a'ciwi halisonan 

65 kwai'ilelja. le'ko melika i^anan^na a*wa*ne. a'ciwi yam tfowo'a'we 
i'wo*pona*na a*wa*^a. lakna'wetiha a'ciwi. melika kakwekwi melika 
a'ciwi laknapkoa yu'tula'-kwatol^a kwawopkwi. hecotfan imkos- 
kwa a*ciwi a'te'tch^a, ace^a hiwapa a'tacana a'ciwi isnokon i'hrwak- 
nan. melika utcukwit'owo'akana'we. hacina up*e. melika a*samu. 
70 a'ciwi tekwan'tewe t'owo'apna'we. kwahol melika kwaant'owo'- 

The white people killed him. A valuable Zuni. Kalawasa was 
angry. | His uncle had died. They went to Nutria. Leo's father 
was making a shed for his hay. | The white people came there. 
With the old man whom they had brought along, | they approached 
the village of Nutria. The old man, the one they had brought 
along | (55) — he was called Ku'na — he was the second one to die. 
Now two Zunis had died. | Leo's father: "Come on, you had better 
hurry up! Two Zunis are dead!" They went. | "They are shooting!" 
The Zunis cried. At Nutria, the old Zuni man got up. | Then he 
fell again. He was dizzy. He was about to die. They shot him. 
The Zunis got crazy. | They dressed. They collected their guns. 
They pursued the white people. | <60) At House-In-The-Crevice, 
many Nutria people | were going to slaughter the white people. 
Two Zunis had died. "Come on! Hurry up! | The white people 
have murdered us!" the Zunis said. In vain they thought this 
was possible. On the contrary, | those who were going to die, 
pursued them. At House-In-The-Crevice, a certain white man | 
had a store. The Zunis used to go out to House-In-The-Crevice 
to trade. | (65) There the white people, who were angry, went. The 
Zunis | took their guns and went. They were going to kill them, 
the Zunis. The white people were in the house. The white people | 
who had killed the Zunis ran into the store. The Zunis reached 
House-In-The-Crevice. There were tall pine trees standing there 
and the Zunis stood behind these. | They shot at the white people 
inside. They were safe inside. The white people were angry. | <7o> 
In vain the Zunis shot at them. The white people did not shoot 

Bwnzel, Zuni Texts 91 

atina'ma. kwa wepna'ma. melika a*ciwi a*wunapa. lewi a*wan 
opa'we a'tacana. al^'a a'ciwi an t'owo'aljana'we. a'ciwi yaceka. 
elekoa i'tetcu-palopa tfopa ciwi lacikl tire inrafto ana'ka. ana'nap 
melika Uowo'atil^a. hie li'la hatsipo ant'owo'atil^a. cowalikwi hie 
luka tem*la kuhmolja. piyahka. tu'c'an'a hana'ha' a'ciwi hanre 75 
le*tikwa pilemi li'l kume lana li*l yeli'ula'u. ace^a lana honkwat'i 
tJa t'om antfowo'atina'wa Lioya tatc'ona a'ciwi le'tikwa kume 
Usana ela'ka. Lioya tat'eu ana'ka kume lanakwi a'ciwi cemenap^a. 
cemena'wap kume lanakwi ana'ka. ana'nap tern t'opa kume. kwa 
te'tcina'ma s.... an tfowo'atina^ka. hie luk;a tfem'la kuhmo^a. so 
lanil^a. (hie an tat'eu hi'nina Lio!). 

kwa ho* uname'^a. ho* caliente imo^ka. penan we'atco 
te'tci^a ^apkwe'nakwi horn tatc hatia^a. a'tci pilaku le'kwap ho* 
pilak:a. horn tat'eu koye. kopla'ti le*kwap aktsiki an tat'eu aceka 
le'kwap ho* halicoti^a. horn tatc aklu^a. koneteakle'a. kopla'ti le* 85 
horn tsit ikwap melika laknapka le'kwap hon a*wa*nuwa le'kwap. 
s't'ekohati a'ciwi kapkwe'nakwi hie rt'eclana a'koye. hon a'wa*- 
nuwa le*kwap horn tatcu t'ekohatip. kwa t'atepololon*e kwa ku'wa. 
hon hie a'tewuko'li'a mecok* ak'a t'u*c a^'a hon a*wimaltopa. ho* 
koye horn tsita koye horn han'i kwilim'ona a'tc koye. ele t'on ime 90 
le'kwap ele t'on ime. horn tsita leTkwap hon a'sama hon a'wa'nu- 

at all. | They did not hurt any of them. The white people watched 
the Zunis. They had cartridges so long, | and with these they shot 
at the Zunis. The Zunis died. | They hid themselves wherever there 
was any shelter. One Zuni old man ran off on horseback. As he 
ran off | the white men shot at him. Right here in the buttocks 
they shot him, in the buttocks. | There he was wounded. He fell 

said. "Here, stand behind 
they will shoot you, too!' 

from his horse. "Alas!" some Zunis 

this big tree, this big pine ! Perhaps 

So the Zunis said to Leo's father. | A little tree was standing there. 

The Zunis called Leo's father to the big tree. | They called him and 

he ran to the big tree. He went, to the other tree | (80) but had not 

reached it when sssssssss! they shot him. His whole face was 

wounded. | He fell. (Leo looks just like his father!) 

I didn't see it. I was staying at Caliente. They called out when 
the word | reached Caliente. My father heard it. "Get up" he said. 
I | got up. My father was crying. "What's the matter?" I said. 
"The boy's father is dead," | (85) he said. I went crazy. My father 
built a fire. Even as he was crying he built a fire. "What's the 
matter?" | mother said. "The white people killed them," he 
said. "We must go," he said. | It was dawn. The Zunis at Caliente 
were terrified. They cried. "We | must go," my father said. It was 
dawn. There was no wagon. | We were very poor. We rode on 
burros and horses. I | (90) was crying, my mother was crying, and 
my sisters, both of them were crying. "You had better stay," | 
she said. "You had better stay," my mother said. "We shall go 

92 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. %y 

wa. horn nana horn hota \r\ a'fei mm iffiG'ka felffl ]fengS I'Japa 
tcim t'elikwitijJa li*l penan i\ka. a*ciwi melika laknapka. a'wite 
ciw* aceka. li'l penan i*^a. horn nana horn hota li'l a'tci sam 

95 imo'^ka. lal hon ^apkwe'nan horn tsit'a horn tat'cu ho 3 o la! horn 

han'i kwili a'wo^a a'tci topalekona hon imo'ka l^apkwe'nakwi. 

horn nana a'^a. tcim li'l penan i'yapa yam mecoKo ya'jptnan 

t'oiya'kwi avfca. t'ekohatip hon a'wi'^a. ho J mecoko ho* imartoye. 

ho wihatsana il'i ho* isanaye. ho* yam aktsi^i ho' J^eckwimartoye. 

100 horn tsita yaman'te. horn tat'cu yaman'te. a*tci koye'a. hon 

i a'koye ansamo t'opin'te mecoko ho* yam aktsiki ho* ^eckwinral- 

toye. tern hie tteana horn aktsiki Lio. hon a'koye. hon a*wi'^a. 

horn hota sam imo'^a. itiwanihapa Ion a'wi'ka. hon a'wryap 

hon hota sanra ime* horn nana t'oiya'kwin a*ka. t'elarja li'l hon 

5 a'wi'lja. hon a'wryap horn hota koye'a. kwa tfefinan kwa 

rto'na'ma. horn hota koye. hon a'wi'a. hon a'koye ansamo. 

hie lal^hol yato hie melik ikwanin tcunan hi'nina lesapi a*wi*a 
yaceko'a. mecokanan ele' yartoye. kwa tfatepololon kwa tu'ci 
mecok ak*a ele' wolipa. mecoko a'setopa a'wi'ten ele* li'i a'wi'ka 

10 sunhapa. kwa le*na ^akwe* kwa kwatocukwa. at'an'i, a*wi*ap 
horn a'kuku horn il*apa li'l ftna%a. tcim rienan i'yapa a*wi*a ^e*si 

alone." | My grandfather and my grandmother were staying here 
alone. The word came here first. | Just at dusk the news came here. 
"The white people have killed the Zunis. Four | Zunis have died." 
The news came here. My grandfather and my grandmother were 
staying here alone. | (95) And we were at Caliente. My mother and 
my father and I and also my | two sisters, two women. Six of us 
were staying at Caliente. | My grandfather went. As soon as the 
news came here he saddled his burro | and went to Nutria. We 
came at dawn. I was riding a burro. | I was with child, I was 
pregnant. I sat holding my boy. | uoo> My mother was walking and 
my father was walking. They cried. We | d) all cried together. 
There was only one burro, and I sat on it holding my boy. | He was 
still small, my boy, Leo. We were crying. We came. | My grand- 
mother was staying here alone. Just before noon we came. When 
we came | my grandmother was staying there alone. My grandfather 
had gone to Nutria At night we | (5) came here. When we came 
my grandmother was crying. All night she had not eaten. My 
grandmother was crying. We came. We all cried together. | 

When the sun was just about where it is now, just about the 
time the white people stop work, they came. | The bodies of those 
who had died were mounted on burros. There were no wagons, no 
horses. | The bodies were on burros. They were on the backs of the 
burros, the four bodies. They came here | (io> in the evening. They 
would not come into the houses, it was dangerous. When they 
came | my aunts were staying here with me. The word came, 
"They are coming now!" | they said. Then my aunts came to my 

Bunzel, Zuni Teocts 93 

le^naljapa horn a'kuku horn ^akwin a'wi'^a. a*wi*nan a*wil*in- 
tin-i'^a yacekoa. lak 11 Lola kakwelpsvin tcima* lena^ate > a iskon 
wo'tika. acekoa iskon mecoko a'setfopa a'wil'intin-r^a kwa J£akwe- 
kwin kwa u*kwato J cukwa pat'c ainan hrnina. ino'te a*patcu hie is 
a'samu tfa a*ciw a'samu. a*patcu tcuhoti ciw 3 ainapa kwa jjawe- 
kwin kwato'cukwa. tekwanakwi holomace koconapin'a kwa 
kwato'cukwa. melika ainana*wap a*wrka. melika lakna'koa a*wil*- 
intinap horn a'kuku horn il'apa horn tsit'a horn tat'eu horn a'kuku 
horn yaknapa horn il'ap a-wa-ne. ho* te'tcifca. ho* isanaye. kwa 20 
horn unakana'wanre horn oyemci. horn tsit'a sama una. horn 
atine^a. kwa ko'kcame. lu^a tenvla kuhmo'l^a. horn tsita le'kwap 
an a'kuku koconap^a. kwa ocokwin kocona'ma hacina peha^a. 
hin tenrla kocona^a. hie jjotca. s'wolo'fea. ele'lokwi sie yato- 
kwaton* ihapa horn nana hom tsita an oyemci t?a horn t'opa tsita 25 
ton'aci'kwe an oyemci ha'im'ona. hon ton'aci'kwe koye*a hom 
tsita a*tci lal ho*o. 

hom nan*a aiyupatciya. hie at'an'i t?o' tfeckwipin'a. tV akwa'we 
tV tutmra. tfo J yakon*a. hie atfan'i. kwa torn tcuhoh tfom alpHi- 
cukwa. hie atfan'i to* t'eckwifcian'a. torn aktsi^i tfom sanra yatten'a. 30 
kwa torn tcuholi alpiticukwa. tV sam imo^an'a. hecokopa €o y 
sanra poagan'a t'om aktsi^i t'om sanra yat'ep,. kwa t?om tcuhol 
alpiticukwa. homan nana akwa- lenac^a. uhsona wo'^alunan 

house. When they came, | they brought the dead there where 
Flora's house stands, where the wheat field is. There | they laid 
out the dead. They brought them there on the backs of burros. | 
(15) Thev would not enter the houses. It was just like when theyjkijj 
aJ &vahoT ln ancient times the Navahos | were warlike, and the 
Zums also were warlike, and whenever the Navahos killed some 
Zuni, I they would not come into the house, but they would wash 
him somewheres outside. | They would not come in. Or one that 
the white people had killed. They came. They brought the ones 
who had been killed by the white people. | My aunts were with me. 
My mother, my father, my aunts, | (20 held me and went with me. 
I came there. I was pregnant. | They would not let me see him, my 
husband. Only my mother saw him. | She told me. It was not good. 
His whole face was smashed, my mother said. | His aunts bathed 
him. They did not bathe his head. It was tied up tight. | They 
bathed the whole body. It was bad. So they buried them in the 
graveyard, just | (25) before sunset. My grandfather, my mother's 
husband, and my other mother, | the Badger woman, her husband, 
three of them. We Badg er p eople cried T my^lwo mothe rs a.nH T J 
My grandfather took care of me. "It is very dangerous; you 
must fast. I You must drink medicine. You must vomit. It is very 
dangerous. No one may touch you. | <3o> It is very dangerous, you 
must fast. Only your boy may hold you. | No one must touch 
you. You must stay alone. You must sit alone in the corner. | Only 

94 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

motse*nika. sa^kV&ci' aljra IfaJikwiffaira akwa*we. uhsona t'o* 
35 tfutmra. tV yakon'a horn le'anikwaka. hie ho' yu^tJeclatil^a. hie 
at'an'i lu^a. tern hie canrli kwa tern yatol^a kwaPina'man horn 
nana holomace horn il-a'l^a hon ^awaia'u. ho* lrwani weci^a 
ptwaian kwhva. liwani tihkwahna kawaian*e. hokvmace te'tcinan 
a'witenakan wopt'sih^a. (kwa peyecukwa) tcim lu^a t'ewusu 
40 penan ^awaia^a. horn a*tatcu ho'na yato^ka tatcu ho'na'wan 
a'tsita t'eluwaiaka hoi yam t'elacinal$:wi rhrwakna kwaPina ho* t'om 
ona-elatena*wa. yam a^'a ci'na ya*na t'owa kohana halawotinan'e 
hr'o onean*e tVna ho' a'lea'u. ho'na'wa yato^a tat'eu ilapona 
t?o*na lo J halawotinan'e a'lea'u. tVna hon a'lea^. tfo'na hononean 
45 a'lea'u holno ho* tfewusu ho* peyena'koa isnoko t'eljan'a. kwa 
awela'koa kwa teamejjan'a. hiyawohicna yam i^e'na ho* Uewusu 
penan kwaPiljan*a. to 3 na halawo'tinan lo'o a'lea'u. oneana'tea^. 
holnoko'na ho 1 t'ewusu ho* rieyena'koa isnokon teptn'a. — ho* 

your little boy may hold you. No one must touch you." Grand- 
father gathered medicine for me. This he soaked. He mixed it in 
a fine bowl. He brewed medicine. "This you | (35) will drink. You 
will vomit," he said to me. I was very wretched. | This was very 
dangerous. When it was still early, when the sun had not yet risen, 
my | grandfather took me far away. We scattered prayermeal. 
Here in the left hand | I had black prayermeal, and here the right 
kind of prayermeal. When we had gone far | I passed it four times 
over my head and scattered it. One should not speak. Again with 
this, | (40) I sprinkled prayermeal with a prayer: 

My fathers, 

Our Sun Father. 

Our | mothers, Dawn, 

Coming out standing to your sacred place, | 

Somewheres we shall pass you on your road. 

This from which we form our flesh, 

The white corn, 

Prayermeal, | 


Corn pollen, 

I offer to you. 

To the sun who is our father, | 

To you I offer it 

To you, I offer prayermeal. 

To you, I offer corn pollen. | 

(45) According to the words of my prayer, 

So may it be. | 

May there be no deviation. 

Sincerely from my heart I | send forth my prayers. 

To you, prayermeal, shell, I offer. 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 95 

^aiwaia'uira. yehtcuna tihkwahna ^aiaia'mra ^e*l a'Kwina^ 
rcuwahJpi. so 

hie hi*nina hiwalan temla tcuhot an oyemc acepa t'a an oye o^a 
acej5a tfophrte tfeckwin-e. top a*ciwi kwa yaiyu*ya*nanre utea-we 
tutu, kwa ace tfeckwi a'wal'u*ya. le*na a'ciwi alpiti*. kwa ko*k- 
canre. ho* ace* t'eckwi^a. ak horn oyemci t'ehya. sanra ho* 
po*ulaye. kwa ho 5 ciwe i'tona*ma. kwa ma'kose kwa icana. ho 5 55 
citfeckwi^a. hie atfan'i hie ko'macko*na horn kuku horn nana horn 
ampeyeka. ho* t'sanapa horn a'peye hal*owiH t'o* ho*i tekan'a. 
isholi kwahol a^'a t'o* ^etsanan'a t'a isholi t'o* yu't'eclatil^aira. 
tV koyen'a tfo* ho*i tekan*a. hal'owilin t'o* ho*i tekan'a. horn l^awu 
tsiatci oye hon hrnina ho*na nana ampeyeka. ma* uhsit'e ho 5 ho*L 60 
ho* yu'*tfeclati^aka. horn oyemc acepa ho* at'an" ho* t'una^a ho**o 
ak;*a ho* yam tcawe kwahol tenrla ho* a*wam peye*a. yam ko*]ea 
t'un i'koa ho* j5eye*a. e'te horn tcawe a'samu ho* konete ho* a'wam 
]5eye*a. koleholi yam tfelankohakako* ak*a ho* yam tcawe ho* 
a-wamjJeyea. a*wa oyemci acepa kwa yu*okna kwa alcukwa. tern 65 
hie ^a*}u a*wa alea^a hanukwapa tcim alan*a. ko'wi okwipa kwa 
alnapm'e, koyen'a. yu*acan*a. kwa rto*aliteam*e. ko'homacati 

Corn pollen, I offer. | 

According to the words of my prayer, 

So may it be. 

1 | would sprinkle prayermeal. I would inhale from the prayer- 
meal. I would sprinkle the right kind of prayermeal First (50) I 
had cleansed myself with the black. | 

It is the same for all people. For one whose husband dies, and 
also for one whose wife | dies, there is one fast. Some Zunis have no 
understanding. They drink a brew of flowers. | They do not fast 
rigidly. They go about. So thus, other Zunis touch them. | It 
is not good. I fasted rigidly. Therefore is my present iiusband 
valuable. All alone I | (55) sat. I did not eat meat, nor salt, nor 
grease. I | fasted from meat. It was very dangerous. Much my aunt, 
my grandfather | exhorted me. When I was young, they said to me, 
"Fortunate you are to be alive. | Sometimes you will be happy 
because of something. Sometimes you will be sorrowful. | You will 
cry. This kind of person you shall be. You are fortunate to be 
alive." To my sister, | (60) Tsiatci's wife, the same. My grandfather 
exhorted us. And just so, I have lived. 1 1 was sorrowful. When my 
husband died I met trouble. | And so I have taught my children 
everything. Whatever I | have experienced, I tell them. Even 
though my children are angry, weeping, I exhort them. | Whatever 
I have discovered, I tell to my children. | (65) If one's husband dies 
one will not sleep. | She will lie down as if she sleeps, and when sleep 
overcomes her, she will sleep. But after a little, she will wake, | 
and will not sleep. She will cry. She will be lonely. She will not 

96 Publications, American Ethnological Society y i XV 

holomacako'na a'tun'ona a'wa tse > makwi*we. a'wa tca'le a*w\ 
ryanikinan'e acepa eletokna koye'e. iwiW yam tse'makwin acan 

70 ryacuwa yam tse'makwi'we opin*a. a # w J oyemc acepa kwa 
^etsana^am*e. ho* yam tcawe ho* le'kwa. ho a'wampeye. ma' 
e*te hie horn tcaw a'samu yam oyemci anarie uhsona ho* tihkwahna 
peye tfewamvwe. 

hie at'an'i hie inakwe al^a t'op acerja hie atfairi a'wite itcitema. 

75 ho* yako les'i ho* l^awaia^a holomace. a'wite. les*i ho* tfeckwika. 
tern ho* ma^i tfsana Lula hrnina lesi ho* a'na'ka. le*wi horn oyemc 

t'opin'te tJepikwe'na ho* koyerra ho* tse'me^ horn oyemc laci 
ak*a. tatcu horn il'i jieye tcimi ho* ljetsana. kwa ho* tse'memVma. 

so horn feaka homan antecema. el'e l^as'e el to* koyenanrt'u. fa 
t'enati lesna te'tci. el to* yam i'ka tekwi el to* tse'manam't'u. yam 
a'tuntekwi t?o' ant'sumehan'a. hal'owil'in ot'si tihkwahna t'ewulaci 
ho'ijjari'a. a'wa tihkwahna kwaholi rtotun'ona lestiklea ^ane'lu 
kwahol wowiH^aira. a*waiyupatcikan*a. ko'na tse'mari'ona a'wa 

85 otsi kwahol tenrla a u wanil*apa. el yam r^atekwin t'unanre yam 
^etsana teatun'ona t'on tse^akwrwe tepura. horn fealga horn 
le'anikwa. horn am peye^a. le*wi. 

care to eat. | She will take thought of what to do and where to go. 
When a child | or a relative dies, one cries for them properly Hus- 
band and wife talk together | uo) to relieve their thoughts. Then 
they will forget their trouble. But when one's husband dies | there 
is no happiness. So I said to my children. I exhorted them. But | 
my children are cross. They scold their husbands. I tell them this 
kindly ] every day. 

It was very dangerous. Jt_wasJihe same as wh^n ».n dipa 3 

it was very dangerous. Four mornings [ (75) I vomited. And so 

""many days I sprinkled prayermeal far off, four times. And so many 

days I fasted. | I was still a young woman, like Lula. I was about 

that age. This is all about when my husband | died. 

For one year I would cry. I was thoughtful for my old husband. 
Then father spoke with me. Then I was happy. I did not worry. 
(80) My uncle desired it for me. "It is all right, niece. Do not cry. | It 
cannot be helped. It is ever thus. Do not think of where you have 
come from, but rather | look forward to where you are to go. If 
you are lucky this good man will be kind to you. | He will be the one 
to provide food for us properly; and furthermore, \ he may have 
some sheep. He will look after you. According to one's wishes 
one's | (85) man will look after one in everything. Do not look 
backwards to the place from which you have come. | But let your 
thoughts be that you may be happy." So my uncle | said to me. 
He talked to me. That is all. 



s bna < tci sonsti intrte. kwakina tuwalap ^akwemos an e*le kwa 
^ w ^i > ikwn.TYTP» owiton ^oiit'ct titoc laliwace'a. ta'tcic "a'tsawajj 90 
acuwa*wetiha. kwa ^a*l£i kwaPina^a a'tsawal^ lestikwanan 
kople'a hon j^akwemos an e'le acuwa*wa ? — ma } rme. hekwat 
kwai'i holi. — ma hinik hon lata*wa a*wol^ ihiki. — ma ko* ma yam 
pr'laciwani cemana'we le'tikwap tJopa tsawalj a*l^a. pi'laciwan an 
l^akwin te'tcinan kwato^a. horn a'tatcu horn a*tsita horn tcawe ko* 95 
tfon t'ewanan a*teaiye ? — ^etsanici i'tlnajja. — iya le'kwanan 
tsawalj rmuk:a. ito^ana%a. tsawalj itolja. iton tcunap antekuna- 
na^a. si* ma pene ho'na*wan tca^e. hinik to' kohol ikwe*a. kwa 
tekwan'te tfo* i'tun teanre. — ma rnamilte'. lufe: ho J pi'laciwani 
ceme } a. — ma sPana ko'ma. — ate a'ka. a*tci kiwitsikwin te'tcika 100 
a*tci tfetcinan ko'na ton t'ewanan a-teaiye horn tcawe. — ^etfsanici 1 
rtinapl. pilaciwani i'mu^a. rmunan ite'kuna^a. ma rnamitte'. 
ime' kwahol penan te'onaka horn ton antecematina'we. tewuna* 
uhsona horn yu^ya'^ana'we le'kwap ma rnamilte lew to* yam 



Long ago in ancient times the people were living at Kwakina. 
The chief priest's daughter | 00 ) never went out. She stayed inside in 
the fourth room. She wove baskets. Now the young men | wanted 
to talk with her. "She never comes out," the young men said. [ 
"How shall we talk to the chief priest's daughter?" "I don't know 
unless I she should come out." "Well, I think we shall go hunting 
with the women." "Very well, | call your bow priest," they said. 
One of the young men went. | (95) When he came to the Bow 
Priest's house he went in. "My fathers, my mothers, my children, 
how I have you lived these days?" "Happily, be seated." "All 
right" I the young man said and sat down. He was given to eat. 
The young man ate. When he had stopped eating he was questioned. | 
"Very well now, speak, our child. I think you have something to say. | 
You would not come here for nothing." "Yes, indeed it is so. 
For this, our bow priest, 1 1 uoo)have come." "Very well, let us go." 
So they went. They came to the kiva. | (D When they came there 
he said, "How have you lived these days, my children ?" "Happily, | 
be seated." The bow priest sat down. After he sat down he 
questioned them. "Indeed it is so. | Surely because you have 

08 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vt)l. XV 

5 a-ho* a'yu'ya-^an'a' la^tap a'witen tfewana tun-al'unafea tfepjra 
a'wolj ihikipura. ha'i t'ewana ho'nan a*wo^ana*we ho'na'wan 
hanelan acenapkatap a*witen t'ewana tun-al*unaka teljaira. — ma 
honkwa hati ma ko 3 ma t'on ant'sumehna t'ewanan a*teat c u le'k- 
wanan rjilaciwani elemaknan — so* ane' le'kwanan kwaPnan 

10 weatco^a. lak;tap ha*i t'ewana ho^a'wan a'wopna'we yam a*wo- 
tsin a*wan t'on hanela acenapkatap a*witen tfewanan tun-al'una^a 
tej£an a a ofcanan ihik hon a"wa*nuwa le'kwap hiwaPona lestikwanan 
kop ikwe^ ? — a*witen tfewanan tun-al*una^a tej£an*a ofeanan ihiki 
le'kwe'a. le'tikwap e^acto^ leskwanan. he*'ko a*nuwa. — t'a 

15 hc^o — tfa ho*o — ant'sumehna a'tea^a. 

ha J i t'ewap e'lactojc yam hanela*wace*na*wap hame tJa herialona. 
ta'tcic tcim weatcop l^akwemos an e 5 le tcu^ika^a. tcu'ljipi'en 
o^aJ$:a. elehol su*nhap woyahnan s'ant'ewaka. tfewap camli 
hejJalocnapnan s'rtowenaplpi. i'towenapkatap heci^ana^a we- 

20 atco^a. lrwanem uteaknana t'akusna-paltan hon hartf a*wa*nuwa, 
le*kwap s'a'tsawak yelete'enapka. sVweletcelka. a'we^tcoyu*- 
tea*watip e^actok leskwanan yam tsita lesanikwanan he'ko* 
tata^an a*ne. an tsita leskwanan hiyayo horn ^atsiki' ma lu 5 u 
a*ce'. le*kwap e'lactok yam tcu^ina pehan i*seto*nan sVka. 

something to say you have sent for me. Now, at last, | let me know 
that," he said. "Yes, indeed it is so. All your | (5) people you will 
notify. Four days from today there will be a hunt, | along with the 
women. On the third day our women will cook our provisions | and 
on the fourth day we shall have our hunt." | "Is that so ? Very well. 
May you pass your days in anticipation." So he said. | The bow 
priest arose. "Now I am going," he said and went out | (io) and called 
out: "Three days from today our women | will cook provisions 
for their men, and then on the fourth day we shall have a hunt. ] 
The women will go along with us." So he said. The village people 
said to one another, | "What does he say ?" "In four days there will 
be a hunt with the women, | he says." So they said. The girls said 
to one another, "I think I shall go." "And | <is) I." "And I too." 
So they passed their days in anticipation. | 

On the third day the girls made their provisions. Some of them 
made hepaloka. | Now when he first called out, the chief priest's 
daughter soaked corn. After she had soaked it | she ground it. Just 
before sunset she took it out of the grinding bin and went to bed. 
Next morning | they took their hepaloka out of the oven and ate it. 
After they had eaten he called out to hurry them. | <20) "Over here 
at Flower Place at the border of Dry Wood we have decided to go, " 
he said. The young men made ready. They went out one at a time. 
After they had all gone the girl said to her mother. "Well, I think 
I shall go hunting." Her mother said, "Good gracious, my child 
All right, go ahead," | she said. The girl took her package of sweet 
cornmeal on her back and went. I 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 99 

a*nap a*^a'. lak u kuyakwin te'tcip an kopan uwe. uwap a*^a. 25 
lak u uteaknana t'ewul-^eato'kwin ^a'tulikwm lo'te^ap sic an 
kopan ace uwe. uwap leskwanan hiya ana hapie hoc heyen'iha 
le'kwanan hakohanan i'mul^a. heyen'iahnan i't'sumhap wihatsana 
kwai'ilja. kwai'ip pi'tulikwin te^tcin&n rkocol^a. i'koconan 
s 3 a^a. latakwaponakwin te'tcinan rmup hecil^anaka weatcop 30 
iskon a'tsawak yeletenap^a. iskon a'anuli'ka. lesnas yatonili 
Iat-al*u^a. o'kcitap po'^a lesna wo'ticl^a. wo'ticnan kwilimakte 
simopi al'u^a. sunhap yam ^kakwin i'fea. 

yam Jtakwin iyap ta'tcic an wi'hat'sana o*cetinan koya ponol- 
al'ujja. ta c tcic lak u a^emoliya tepokalan colrwit o^atsik* yam 35 
na'tsik a*tci il-ime. tutunam kwai'i^a. elehol lotel^ana'wap 
wihatsana koye^. koyip s'a'wa'^a. katulinkwin a'te'tcinan tutu- 
napka. tutuna'wap wrhatsana koye'a — one' one' one' one' 
cotrwit ofeatsil^ hatiawa. hatianan kwap koye ? le'kwap na'tsik 
a'tci leskwanan wihatsana atcia tsita leskwanan ela lanako. na 5 ts% 40 
a'tci leskwanan ela wihatsana ma hatiawa. wihatsana koye a c a c 
a c a c wetok koye atcia tsita leskwanan hopi' ? maj^aiakwin tahna 
s'a'wa'^a. a'wa'l^a. ko'witean a'te^ip a c a c a c a c sVwa'lja.... 

(25) She went along. When she came to Clay Place she felt pain in 
her abdomen. She went along in pain. | When she came to Flower- 
Place-Rising-Valley she approached a lake. Here her | pain became 
severe. She said, "Oh dear, I think I am going to defecate," ) she 
said. She bent down behind a bush. And as she contracted her 
muscles to defecate, a baby | came out. After it was born she went 
down to the edge of the lake to wash herself. After she had washed 
herself | (30) she went away. She came to where they were going 
to hunt. (The bow priest) was calling out to hurry them. | Then 
the young men made ready. There they made their circle. So all 
day I they went about hunting, Rabbits and jack rabbits, these 
(the girls) took away from them. After they had taken them away 
they came carrying them in bundles in both hands. In the evening 
she came home. | 

She came home, but meanwhile her baby was hungry and 
rolled about from side to side crying. | (35) Now over on Gravel 
Hill Red Deer Woman | was staying with her two little fawns. She 
came out to drink. As she approached [ the baby cried. He cried 
and they went there. They came down to the shore of the lake | to 
drink. As they were drinking the baby cried, "O-ne! O-ne! O-ne! 
O-ne!" I Red Deer Woman heard him. "What is crying?" she said. 
The fawns | (40) said, "A baby." Their mother said, "Oh no, it's 
a fox." The two fawns | said, "Oh no, it's a baby. Now listen!" 
The baby cried, | "A, a, a, a!" It was crying weakly. Their mother 
said, "Where is it ?" They went towards the south. | They went 
along. When 1m v had gone a little ways, "A, a, a, a!" They went 
along. I They came to a heap of rubbish. There he was lying on the 

100 Publications t American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

a'te'tcip po'tcelemon toms potcelemon ale toms ponol al'u one' one' 

45 one' one' colrwit' oljatsi^ leskwanan hiya yo* tcuwap hie kwa 
yaiyu'yananre. si hanate ho ipo'up liwan homan itokwakwin 
tV rtcunan homan ehoakwin yam notcian tfo* kwatojjanan to* 
aiyanhaktconan ta'tcic an i^ina lrwan wecika homan tfo* rtcunan 
homan no*loktan yam notcian kwatol^anan to* aiyanhaktcop 

so Hainan ko'yun tcun'an'a. ma coh'wit o^atsit le'kwanan mo'ktcitel 
ipoa^p an na'tsik a*tci kwilimakte yaliawela*nan am papa yam 
tsit an ehoan yam notcian kwato^anan aiyanhaktcap ta'tcic an 
ikina yam tsitan no'loktan yam notcian kwato^anan aiyanhaktcop 
nomittatci wihat'sana ^alnan I^on tcune^a. kon tcunap coh'wit 

55 o^atsijs; rpisel^ap wihat'sana mehanan rpactenan t'sit'si|ta. rcel- 
jjanan telo^atika^a. telokatil^ap atcia tsita leskwanan si* a'tfsan 
a'tci a'tci wojjap i'poa'u le'kwap na'tsik a'tci wo^ap i'jioa'up 
a'tcia tsita wihatsana yam iciwaka i*pacte*nan yam a*t'san a'tcian 
yaltoka. a*tcia yatto'up le'nas a'tci wo^ap a*wa'ne. 

60 kowela i*t'inacna a*wa*ne elehol t'ekohatin'ihap t'akoskwikwin 
a*te ,:) tcn£a. a*tcia tsi ta leskwanan sP wan lrlkon'te le* kwap 
iskon a'want'ewalja. a'want'ewanan wihat'sana na'le Usit'sPa. 
wihat'sana ryaiyx^ya'fca. i'yaiyu'ya'ljap lak u tesal^ai-yalakwin 
a'te'tcip iskan aktsik sic elehol ho'itfap isnakons a'teaiye. a'tealjan 

heap of rubbish rolling around. "O-ne, o-ne, | (45) o-ne, o-ne!" 
Red Deer Woman said "Poor thing, who is so | foolish ? Now hurry! 
I will crouch down over him, then you lie down on my right side | 
and stick your snout under my haunches and | breathe on him. 
And you, younger sister, lie down on my left side | and stick your 
snout under my shoulders and breathe on him. | (50) When he 
gets warm he will stop crying." So Red Deer woman said. | She 
knelt down and her two fawns lay down on both sides of her. The 
elder brother | thrust his snout under his mother's haunches and 
breathed on him, while his | sister thrust her snout under her mother's 
shoulders and breathed on him. j And so it was the baby warmed 
up and stopped crying. When he stopped crying Red Deer | 
(55) Woman arched her back and put her teat into his mouth and 
suckled him. | When he was satisfied he became quiet. Then when 
he was quiet their mother said, "Now, | my two children, stand 
side by side," she said. The two fawns stood side by side | and 
their mother took the baby with her lips and laid it over her 
children. | She laid him over them, and so they went along side 
by side. | 

(60) They went along stopping every little while to rest. When it 
was nearly daybreak they came to Little Grove. | Their mother 
said, "Now let us rest here." So she said | and there they camped. 
They camped there and the deer 1 suckled the baby. | Now he began 
to notice things. He was beginning to notice things when they 
came to Barren Mountain. | Now he was a little boy, almost full- 
1 Generic term. 

xwmzvt, nwwi, Tvjufo 101 

kowehol a*nap lal hecokopikwi a'te' J tcika. isnakon a'teaye. , , . 65 
kowehol t'ewap kotena yalakwin a*te*tcip isnakon a'walulja. 
sic tsawa^: yo'^a. lehol a*naiye. ta c tcic am papa lehol a*naiye 
na'tsiko t'a lal an ^awu lesitijtanaiye. ' , " * 

a'wan tsita leskwanan si* hom tcawe 5 hon ho'inakWin rwoslitfu 
hon t'ewu'acon a'teaiye. ma si ko'ma le^ikwanaii kai**a^pani"^-ar^-^>70 
pocowakwin a'wika iskon napot'iye iskon nawarrati 'i^osii^a;^ 
i*wosli]$:ap ta c tcic kwa*kina ciwan an tsawak hie nas*a*niona tun-a- 
lu^an a*ka pocowakwin te'tcip hi — ko^macko'na wolraiyaiye. 
ham* itona a'walup hanre wo'yap hanre te*poapap. hie t'ewufitiwa. 
kwa koleVa'wan lotenaljanre piclankwin ta*hna tepo^alan hila- 75 
pacte aiyikt'atan iskon po'ulaiye. a-wuna po'ulaye. po'ula'ap 
wetsim tenala'ap su'nhakwin tahna na^sil*: kwaPi^a. kwaPip 
unati^aka leskwanan ticomaha teuwatiko t'san akciye ? hapic hoc 
halowa c le'kwap na*tsik teml u'kwaiM^a. i'loh'^anan lehol u- 
kwatoka. wetsim tenala'ap ma^aiakwin tahna u'kwai'ip aktsik 80 
yalu'ya hi ma ten tcuwakona akciye' le'kwap wetsim tenala'ap 
Holrnan t'as teml u'kwatop lesna tsawak; im*e. hi — c tenala'ap 
t'ewankwin tahna u'kwaiHp elthol ehkwikwin a*ne. wetsim tenala'ap 

grown and there they stayed. | (65) After they had gone a little ways ? i^—^- 
they came to Corner Place. There they stayed. | Then after a short \ * "^ 
time they came to Sand Hill Crane Mountain. Here they went; ~V 
about. | Now he was already a young man. He was this tall. And \&- "^ 
meanwhile his elder brother was about this big. | He was still a J^>^ * 
fawn. And his sister was this big. | jZ^ yP ^ i> 

Their mother said, "Now my children, let us join our people ^l*- J 
where they are staying. | (70) Here we are lonesome." "Very well," ^^*$* 
they said. So they came down on this side. | They came to Bending ^ \*^** 
Grass Spring. There there were many deer. So there they joined 
the deer. | About the time that they joined them a Kwakina 
Priest's son, one who was a great hunter, | went out to look around. 
He came to Bending Grass Spring. Ah! Here were many deer 
scattered around. | Some went about grazing, some were lying 
down, others were standing up. It was an open valley | (75) and 
there was no way to approach them. On a little hill towards the 
north | was a single cedar tree. There the boy crouched down. There 
he sat looking at them. There he sat [ and after a little while the 
fawns came out from the west. As they came out | in their midst he 
saw the boy. He said, "Alas, what child are you, with them? Or 
else am I | dreaming?" he said. The fawns all came out. They 
turned around | (80) and went back in again. Then after a little 
while they came out from the south and the boy | came last. "But 
surely there is someone with them," he said. After a little while | 
they turned around and all went in again. So the young man was 
sitting there. Then after a long time | they came out from the east 
and he was well towards the front. After a little while | they came 

102 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol, XV 

piclankwin tahna ukwarip hie yalu kwaiMp tsawak leskwanan ti- 
85 comaha' ma ten tcu akciye'. le'kwanan kwa hie ^e'tfsana'ma. 
yatonili lesna a*wuna jfoayalaiye. leap trkwai'ile. ishol aktsil^; 
yahi- Is^lqI ,itiwan*a ishol ehkwi lesn irkwaPile. tsawak; kwa hie 
Jfe'tsananre. leanate su'nha^a. tsawak leskwanan ma so* a'nuwa 
iinat ten teuw akciye hompic horn anteliunaha le'kwanan tsawak 
90 elerriaknah kwa sic l^eiJsana'nran Jcalt a*ka. tomt ko*w iyap s'yaton- 
kwatoka ^alt ye*la%a. tenalana t'elap yam Jjakwin i'l^a. 

ta c tcic an a*tsit aincokyap^a. kwa na 5 l ainana'man rka. iyap 

s'i'tonapka. tsawa^ kwa ke'tsanam itonap^a — sM'to nan tetcunenan 

an tatcu lesanikwanan kotcilat' kwa tV ^e'tsana^'a ? te*n*a tcu- 

95 wap kop torn alewu ? — el*a kwa tcuhol horn ko alewuna'ma. hi* 

yam pi'laciwan'i cemace' le'kwap iya c an tatcu le'kwanan elemak- 

nan pPlan ciwan inkwin avl^a. te^i^a. kwato*nan horn a'tatcu 

horn a*tsita horn tcawe' ko* ton tfewanan a*teaiye' ? ^e'tsanici 

i't'ina^a. — imup pPlaciwani leskwanan mas pene hinik t?o* kohol 

ioo ikwe'a. kwa tekwan'te rtun team*e le*kwap ma rnamitte tcimte 

i yaton horn tca J le tun-al'ujca'en kwahol onah^ana'men kwa J£e'- 

tsana'nran i'yap i?on ceman haitocip a^ ho i*ya' ma kwahol 

out again from the north and he came out last. The young man 
said. | (85) "Oh dear, but surely there is someone with them," he 
said. He was not at all happy. | All day he sat up there thus 
watching them. They came out from different directions, some- 
times the boy | was last, sometimes in the middle, sometimes 
first. So they came out repeatedly. The young man | was not 
at all happy. So evening came. The young man said, "Well, 
I shall go now. [ But surely there is someone with them. Or else 
I have had an omen." So he said. The young man | (90) arose, 
and came hither, not at all happy After he had gone a little 
ways the sun | set. Then he ran. Late at night he came to his 
house. | 

Meanwhile his mothers had been waiting for him. He came 
without having killed any deer. After he had come | he ate. The 
boy ate, not at all happy. When he stopped eating | his father said, 
to him, "Why is it that you are not happy? | (95) Is it because 
someone has done something to you?" "No, no one has done 
anything to inc. Go, | summon your bow priest," he said. "All 
right," his father said. He arose | and went to the bow priest's 
house. He came there and entered. "My fathers, | my mothers, 
my children, how have you lived these days?" "Happily, | be 
seated." He sat down and the bow priest said, "Very well, speak. 
I think you have something | (ioo) to say. You would not come for 
nothing," he said. "Yes, indeed it is so. This [ d) day my child 
went hunting. He had no luck | and came back not at all happy | 
and told me to summon you. And therefore I have come. | He 

Bunzd, Zuni Texts 103 

peyen*iha le'kwap pi'laciwairi leskwanan si 3 ko'ma lal hon a*ce 
le'kwanan s'a'tc a*£a. 

a'tci te^inan a*tci kwatoka. a'tci kwatonan pi'laciwan* les- 5 
kwanan horn a' tatcu horn a'tsita horn tcawe' ko* t'on t'ewanan 
a'teaiye' — ketsanici rtfinal^a le'kwap pi'laciwani i'mu^a. i'mu- 
nan itehkuna^a sP ma pene imat kwahol t'on a"peyen J iha le'kwap 
tsawak leskwanan i'namilte tcimte yaton ho 1 tun-al'ukan a'lja. 
po'cowakwin ho* te'tcip kcvmackcrna na*we tfewul rtiwa won*- 10 
haiyap kwa kolea a*wa lote ela'map piclankwin tahna tepol^alan 
hilapact aiyikt'at'an ho 5 jte^u'lap su'nhakwin tahna na'tsik u'kwai'ip 
elte yalukwin aktsilj t'sana u'kwaPinan hie tenala'ap ma^aiakwin 
tahna u'kwai'ip itiwan aktsik; kwai'i^a. u'kwaPip ho* tse'matil^a. 
ma imat horn anteliunaha ho* le s kwanan. ho* jSoa-yalap tfewankwin 15 
tahn u'kwai'ip elt ehkwikwin a*na kwaPika le'ap u'kwaPilep ishot 
yalu ishol ehkwi ishoi itiwan'a lesn ukwaPilep ho* a'wun-imo'Jja 
lesnate sunhap ten akci'ka ten akcap kwa ho* ^e'tsatina'man 
J£alt so tse'mapon alja. lesna te J onak*a t'om ho* ceman haitoc^a. 
tV kwai'inan a'ho'i a'yu 5 ya'^an-a c laljtap hai'i tfewana ho*na*wan 20 
hanela o'ekatap a'witen t'ewana a'walacna^a te^an*a — ma hon- 

wishes to tell you something," he said. The bow priest said, "Very 
well, let us go there." | So he said and the two went. | 

(5) They came there and entered. As they entered the bow priest 
said, I "My fathers, my mothers, my children, how have you lived 
these days?" | "Happily, be seated," they said. The bow priest 
sat down. | When he was seated he questioned them. "Very well 
now, speak. It seems you wish to say something," he said. | The 
young man said, "Indeed, it is so. This very day I went hunting. | 
do) I came to Bending Grass Spring. There many deer were grazing 
in the middle of the valley. | There was no good way to go near 
them. So I sat on a little hill to the north | nrt ^r ft f^glff ft ftf ^ 
tree. From the west the fawns came out, | and almost the last one 
"was a boy. They came out. Then after a long time| they came out 
from the south and the boy came out in the middle. So they came 
out and I began to think about it. | (is) 'Well, perhaps this is a 
sign for me,' I said. So I sat up there. | Again they came out from 
the east. He was near the front as they came out. So they kept 
coming out from different directions. Sometimes j he was last, 
sometimes first, sometimes in the middle. So they kept coming out, 
and I sat watching them. | So evening came and he was always with 
them. Since he was always with them I was not at all happy. | So 
I came hither turning it over in my mind. That is the reason that 
I asked them to summon you. | (20) When you go out, you will notify 
the people that in three days | they should make provisions for us 
and then on the fourth day we shall run them down." | "Is that 
so?" I 

104 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vt)l. XV 

pi'laciwani kwai'inan we'atcol^a. la^tap hai t'ewana ho'na'wan 
t'on hanelan acenap^atap a'witen t'ewana tun-al'upi teKaira 

25 ho^a'wan tca'le na'san'ona tcimte yaton tun-alu^an a*lga* poco- 
wakwin te'tcika. te'tcip ko'macko*n na tfinaiye. tcuwa t'san akciye. 
yatonil a*wuna poayalap ten tcuw akciye. lesna te'ona^a ak uhson 
antse'man a*walacnaka tej£an*a. le'kwap hiwalon i*hatia*nan lesti- 
kwanan kop ikwe'a — a*witen tfewana na'walacna^a te^aira* W- 

30 kwe J a tcuwakona tfsana nawanan akciye le'kwe'a. le'tikwap uhsite 
tfelinan penate'tci luwalaiye. haP t'ewap hanela*w o^:a. 

uhsite sunhap colrwit okatsik leskwanan aktsiki' t'ewan yaton 
Uom antse'man hon a'walacnaputra. honkwat tfo* yam a'tatcu 
^akwenikwin tV a'nuwa. kwa tV le't'inap eletun teanre. tenat 

35 t'om a'lacina* ko'lean he'toena'wa* le'anfkwap hopi' ? hop horn 
a'lacina* Itakwiniye ? — lrwan ^aliciankwin tahna kohiwala'wa. 
aktsi^: leskwanan kop ma le* ho* a*nuwa ? kwa ho* tenapanre. — 
ten elej£an*a topint onan a*naiye. le'anikwanan s'il a '^:a onakwin 
kwato^anan hanat tV heci^ana tV a'nuwa. — a'teala* tahnakwi 

40 Ho y te^inan lrwan onap liwan onap liwan tV a'nuwa — iya' 
aktsi^ lana-kwaPilja. 

tenalana tfelap kohiwala*kwin te*tcip yala a'tci le*n ime. lit 

The bow priest went out and called out: "Three days from 
today | you will cook provisions for us and then on the fourth day 
we shall have a hunt. | (25) Our child, the one who is a great hunter, 
this day went out to hunt. | He came to Bending Grass Spring. 
There many deer were staying and some child was with them. | All 
day he sat up there watching them and surely someone was with 
them. And that is why | he wants you to run them down," he said. 
The people of the village heard him and said, | "What does he 
say?" " 'In four days they will run down the deer,' | (30) he says. 
'There is some child with the deer,' he says." So they said. | They 
sat up all night talking about it. On the third day they cooked 
provisions for them. | 

That same day at evening Red Deer Woman said. "My boy, 
tomorrow | they will run us down because they want you. Perhaps 
you ] will go to your father's house. It is not good for you to remain 
like this. However, | (35) your old people will tell you what to do," 
she said to him. "Where are they ? Where do my | old people live ?" 
"Yonder to the west at Katcina Village" | she said to the boy. "But 
how shall I go there ? I don't know the place." [ "But that will be 
all right. One road goes there," she said to him. She went with 
him | and set him on the road. "Hurry up, you must go quickly. 
When you get to Lazy Rock Corner | (40) one road goes this way 
and one goes this way. You will take the one going this way." 
"All right," | the boy said, and started out running. | 

Late at night he reached Katcina Village. The two mountains 
stood thus, and here I he entered the lake. As he entered Kokokci 

Bunzd, Zuni Texts 105 

^a'tulia kwatoka. kwatop koko'kci otim-pot'iye. lestikwanan si* 
wan yirlajcat'i le*tikwap koko hiwa-laninan it'inaljap aktsikonan 
paiyan a*ukap rmuka. kakl anikton rmunan antekunahka. 45 
antekunahnan si* ma ho*na*wan tca*le lufea t'ehnana ho*na t'a"- 
wona-elateka. ime* kwatikol penan teyulananre penan tea^an'a. te- 
wuna* uhson ho*na to* aiyu*ya*l£an*a ho*na t'aiyu*ya*^ap uhs aiyu*- 
ya'na hon t'ewanan a'tepura, hatci le'kwap aktsik penan ma*rna- so 
milte t'ewan yaton* ho*n a*walacnakan*a' le*kwanan. horn tsit 
i'^anan ak*a ho* rya te*nat ko*leahom t'on anhetocna'wa c le*kwap 
haiyi' mahonkwahati atic lenate t'o* tewuko*lial^an , a / le*kwap si*- 
hana' ko*ma'. — kokwewactok ^apatunapka. l^a^alip an umo- 
J£ana%a. an umoljanaknan a u watena*lta. anwatenaknan hin temla 
koconaknan kwanleapk;a utcun lana uliknan keptciyalapa j^ewuia*- 55 
we leapnan tcito leakwipnan imrsilili leakwipnan ^etfomapnan 
we leakwipnan pilan tsinalyala pilaknan takun ikwin ikwiknan 
e*nin ikwiknan we*pikaiaj£anaknan miha yato^anaknan su*pi yato- 
kanaknan kempasikwiknan kr*o pasikwiknan tcito pasikwiknan 
t'a lo**o pasikwiknan takuknan sato p pil^aiapnan sato'pnan tsuhapa- 60 
j^anaknan lapapoaknan lacowaknan si ho*na*wan tca*letfos a'nuwa. 
t'ewan yaton. tVn a*walacnakan*a et kwa t'on yu*te'tcicukwa. 

were dancing in a crowded room. They said, | "Wait, keep quiet 
a moment!" they said. The katcinas stopped dancing suddenly 
and sat down. | (45) They set out a seat for the boy and he sat down. 
Kaklo sat facing him and questioned him. | He questioned him: 
'Now, our child, this night you | have passed us on our roads. 
Surely some word that is not too long your word will be. | So now if 
you let us know that when we know it, remembering it | we shall 
always live. Is it not so ?" he said. The boy speaking (said), "Yes | 
(50) indeed, it is so. Tomorrow they shall run us down," he said. "My 
mother | has sent me, therefore I came. However, you will instruct 
me in something." So he said. | "Haiyi! Is that so? It is a shame 
that you should be poor like this," they said. | "Very well, hurry 
up, now." The katcina maidens put on water. When the water 
was warm | they mixed soap suds. When the suds were ready 
hi- bead was washed. After his head was washed his whole body | 
(56 was bathed and he was dressed in a native cotton shirt, buck- 
skin legging; | yarn was around his legs and sleigh-bells; blue 
dance moccasins, | porcupine-quill anklets were on his feet, an 
embroidered kilt and embroidered sash were about his waist! | A 
woman's belt was around his waist, and a foxskin hung from it. 
An embroidered robe was over his shoulders and a cedar-berry | 
bandoleer. A bow bracelet and beads were about his wrist, and 
yarn | (60) and beads about the other wrist; necklaces with turquoise 
pendants hung about his neck and turquoise in his ears, j His face 
was painted with sparkling paint. And there were long macaw 
feathers in his hair. "Now, our child, so you shall go. | Tomorrow 

106 Publications, American Ethnological Society V l XV 

t'om kal^ona tirci Kohana kwa yw'te'tci teanre lal t'om l^ona 
tu'c ahona imartokan'a lal tforja torn ka^a tu'ci kwin* imartokan'a 

65 lal tfopa t'on kaka tu'c alason imaltokan'a torn ani mosinal^ana 
rnatinanre. t'o' a*wunap torn feal^a tJopa t?om tsitona yatfeira lal 
tfopa fom kaka Horn papona yatfeira lal tforia torn kalta t'om kawona 
yat'eira lal t'opa torn fea^a t?om yatfen'a tJom yatipeltci to 5 acu- 
wam'epn'a tern yam ^akwin tV te ,J tcinan iskon t'on tsita i?om 

70 papa ilom ikawu tfom il'aria te'tcinan iskon t'ona a*pokli^anak- 
nan t'om antekunahnal^ap iskon tcim to* penuwa. — ma i*namil- 
te tV le 5 kwan*a t'o 5 le*kwap t?om tsi'ta imaltokan'a. rnamirte 
lulja yaton* yam he'cotfakwi ho* i'^a imat hike kwa kwai'ikwanre 
tfo* le'kwap e* t'om le'anil^ap li'wan uteaknana t'ewui-keatokwin 

75 latawap imac lu^ latakan a'ka. t'o 5 le 5 kwap e* — t'om le'aniljap lak u 
kuyakwi luk te'tcip luk;a kopan uwetip iskon lu^ ko'w a'nan ha*- 
kohanan luk i*munan iskon lulj horn kwai'i^aka. horn lu^: kwai'i- 
l^anan iskon ho acetunonak'a luk horn yaknahnan lu^: a*ne. l£a'- 
tulinkwin te'tcinan iskon lulj: rkoconan luk latakan a'l^a. uhsite 

so su'nhanan luknia lujj horn tsita luk horn papa lujj horn ^awu lukni 
horn a u wanan le'nemtapte horn il'ap a'wa^a. lak u hoi tesakaP- 
yalakona hecokoriiwakona hon atea^a. lak u hol kotina yalakwin 

they will run you down. But you will not get tired. | And your 
uncle's white horse, will not be tired. And your other uncle will be 
mounted on a bay horse, and still another uncle will be mounted on 
a black horse, | (65) and another uncle will be mounted on a sorrel 
horse. He | will not fail to be first among them. When he sees you, 
one of your uncles will take your mother and | another of your 
uncles your brother, and another one of your uncles will take your 
sister | and the other one of your uncles will take you. When he 
seizes you, don't you | speak to him until you come to your house. 
They will take your mother and your | (70) brother and your sister 
and you there. There they will give you smoke. | Then when he 
questions you, then only you will speak. 'Yes indeed it is so,' | 
you will say. When you say this your mother will be sitting there. 
'Yes indeed it is so. | This day I have come to my own house. Now 
is this the one who never goes out ?' | you will say. 'Yes', they will 
say to you. 'Well, when they were hunting over at Flower 
Valley | (75) did she go out then ?' you will say. 'Yes,' they will say 
to you. | 'Well, when she got to Clay Place she felt pain in her 
abdomen and went a little ways | behind a bush and sat down. 
There I was born. When I was born | there I would have died 
because she abandoned me there. | She went to the lake and there 
she bathed herself. Then she went to the hunt. Then that | 
(80) evening, this, my mother, and this, my brother and this, my sister, 
these | found me, and so they took me away with them. Over at 
Barren | Mountain and at Corner Place we lived. Then we came 
over to Sand Hill Crane Mountain. | And after we had stayed there 

Bunzd, Zuni Texts 107 

a'te'tcil^a. iskon hon a'teka'en lak u pocowakwin ho'inakwin 
hon iwoslikatean ho*no a"wawana%a tV le*kwap IHkont tenat 
t'om a*^ak;at*om nana t'om hota IHkont t'om tsitona kowa aleathra 1 . 85 
le'ana^ap ma ko'ma so 5 a'ne. ka*tt a*k:a. 

elehol t'ekohatina lotap pocowakwin i'ka. iyap an tsita lesanikwa 
keci ? — e* — kopleas t'om an he'tocna'ka ? — ma rnamilte horn 
a*kaJ£on a*wan thrci a*ko\kcona horn atinapka. horn lesanaknan 
horn feaka horn yat'enan laltap horn l*:aka t'om yat'enan laltap horn 90 
ka^a horn papona yat'enan laltap horn kak horn kawona yaten*a. 
horn t?on il*ap a*wa*nuwa hon a'te'tcinan ho*n a # pokli^ana^an*a 
ho'n a-pokli^ana 5 kap iskon ko'lea horn tsit ante*ukona ho J yatinap 
ko'lea horn tV ho'i ya'kanapkona ho* yatinen'a lrlkon horn tsitona 
tenas ko^eal anteatina'. le*na horn anhetocna^a. — ma lesna 95 
tel^an'a horn aktsilji e'te ho* aiyu'ya'nan'te t'om ho* antekunahka. 
tfom a*kaka hon ansam a*wil*ap a*wa*nuwa tenat t'om an'tekunah- 
nal^ap ko'lehol t'om hon ho'i ya'kanapkona tV a*wan peyen'a. 
le'wi. si'ana ya'telce. 

t'ewap canrli a*pilakcelka itowenapl^atap heci^ana^a we 5 atcol$:a.ioo 
hecil^anaka we'atcop yeleteapka . y eleteapnan s'a* * weletcel^a . l 
s'a'te'tcikap pocowakwin a*te J tcinan tepok;alan rwo'kwi yala%a. 
wo'kwi yalap hi c nawe wo*h*aiyap piclankwin tahna teni. . . .ne 

we joined our people where they were staying at Bending Grass 
Spring. | They found us.' So you will say. Then however, | (85) your 
uncles and your grandfather, and your grandmother, will do some- 
thing to your mother." | So they said to him. "Very well, now 
I am going." He came this way. | 

When it was nearly daylight he came near to Bending Grass 
Spring. When he came his mother said to him, | "Have you come 
now?" "Yes." "What did they tell you to do?" "Well, indeed it is 
so. My | uncles' horses are the good ones, they said this to me. [ 
(90) My uncle will catch me. and another of my uncles will catch you, 
and another one of my | uncles will catch my brother, and another 
of my uncles will catch my sister. | You will go with me. When we 
get there they will give us smoke. | After they have given us smoke 
then I shall tell them what my mother did to me. 1 1 shall tell them 
how T was brought up and then right away | (95) they will do 
something to my mother. This is what they told me to do." "Well, 
so | it shall be, my boy. Even though I already knew it I asked 
you. | We shall all go together with your uncles. Then when they 
question you | you will speak to them and tell them all about how 
you were raised. | That is all. Come, let us sleep." | 

(ioo) Early next morning they all arose. After they had eaten 
he called out to them to hurry. | (i) When he called out to them to 
hurry then they made ready. When they were ready they all went 
out one by one. | They came to Bending Grass Spring. Then they 
all gathered together on a little hill. [ As they were standing there 

108 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol, XV 

na'tsik u'kwai'ip kwa tcu'wa. kwa tcirw akcanrap a'ho'i lesti- 
6 kwanan hop ma a'^a ? — ma i*me. tenala'ap t?a su'nhakwin 
tahn u'kwaPip t'akwa tcu'wa t'a lehol ukwatop tenala J ap ma'kaia- 
kwin tahn ukwai'ip t'a kwa akcanrap ti'coma' hop ma a*]ja ? — 
ma rme lesn' ishol ehkwikwin ana t'a ishol yalakwin a*na ishol 
itiwan*a lesn 5 ukwaPileka. le'kwap t'a tJewankwin tahn* u'kwai'ip 

10 t'a kwa akcanrap he* ten tV kwa*no*sena. tatciman'te kwa ho* 
iltemananrlta. a*ho' le*tikwap piclankwin tahna kwilikana*na 
u'kwaPil^a. u'kwaPip elto itiwan*ahap lakol kwaPilta. t'oms lapopo 
onean'e. telelelelelele. . . . kwaiMp he. kwa lesinanve^ai! hm 
temla tamsal^aian tea J ka le'kwap hie tenala'ap su'nhakwin tahna 

is ukwai'ip yalakwi a*na^a telele kwaPip he* hie kokci. tcuwapi' ? 
sPana le'tikwanan t'on t'opaf opa^an a*nap t'a lal tfopa t'opakana'ap 
sVtci a-'an'ulul^a a-'anuli inrtap s'a-wanhapokii telelelu s'aktsik 
a*^a li*wan t'ewankwin tahn a'lja. a'tela kohanan te'tcinan rloh'- 
^anan ikwalt a*^:a. a — ! atela hiptsinakon a'ne, a — ! apkwin 

20 telulakwn te'tcip a'ho' a*wan t'u*c l^eluyo'lja kehiyo'ap ta c tci 
aktsi^ komacko'nan ehkwiye. a*ne — ace^a luwalakwin a'te'tcip 
avho* a*win t'u-c a-yu'te'tci^a. ta* c tcic aktsik yalupip an kaka 

in a crowd they saw many deer grazing towards the north | With 
the clatter of hooves | the fawns came out. "He's not there! He's 
not with them!" the people | (5) said. "Well, but where did he go ?" 
"I don't know." After a while | they came out again from the west. 
Again he was not there. Again they went in. And after a little 
while | they came out from the south. Again he was not with them. 
"Oh dear! Well, where did he go?" | "I don't know. That's the 
way they came. Sometimes he was in front and sometimes behind 
and sometimes | in the middle. That's the way they came out," 
he said. Then again they came out from the east | (io> and again he 
was not with them. "Well, you are a great liar! Just as I thought, 
I | didn't believe you !" the people said. Then they came out from 
the north a second time . | As they came out there, right in the middle 
he came out with them. Only his | yellow feather showed. With 
the tinkle of bells he came out. "Oh, but he was not like that! 
His whole body | was naked," he said. After a long time they came 
out from the west, | us) and he came last. With the tinkle of bells 
he came. "Oh he is handsome! Who is it? | Come," they said. 
They went one by one on one side and one by one on the other side, | 
and so made a circle. After they had made a circle they closed in 
towards the center. With the tinkle of bells the boy | went. He 
went towards the east. He came to White Rocks. | There he turned 
around and came back. He went by Yellow Rocks. He went 
along. | (20) He came to Black Rocks. Here the people's horses got 
tired. They were tired and now | the boy was far ahead. He went 
on. He came to where the pine trees were standing | and here the 
people's horses were really used up. The boy turned around. His 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 109 

tfirci Kohan imalto*na. ko*macko*n ehkwiye t'a t'op an fe:aka tu*c 
a'hon imahVona t'a ehkwiye. a — . aktsik t'oms yaca-yu'te'tci 
yo'sej^a an ttopa fcal^a an tsitona yatfeka. lal t'opa an kawona 25 
yat'e^a. lal an tfopa an papona yat'eka. aktsik sanra. elehol 
t'at'akwin te > tcip an ka^a rpulahina-panrljanan an lupipi^a. an 
hipi^anan elatenan asiwa i-^eckuka. i'^eckup toms itsaltco'ya. i*- 
tsaltcop ticomaha' aktsiki ytrcana'. tcuwakol tV te^an*a ? le'- 
anikwap kwa peyenanre t'unan'te tcunaye. a^ho* a*te J tcinan 30 
s'an yat'enap^a. an yat'ena'wap yam t'u'canan imialtup s'keckw* 
imialtup s'kalt il'intin-a*ka. 

kwakina kwin i*ya. si* tcuwap t'o' J o ho'na'wan tca'le ? kwa 
jfe'ye'na'ma li'wan acuwenan a*wi*ap kwa pe*yena 5 nra elehol 
yatopiyahap sVwi'l^a. an a'kalja ilap a*wi\^a. ho* ihil^i a*ye'maka. 35 
a'ye*maknan u'kwato^a hiyaha ho*na*wan tca'le J^ec tfon a*wi*a ? 
ma s*on a*wra. — rt'inal^a lea*wanakap aktsilj i*mup nawewo^apa^a. 
wak:apaknan aktsikon animpalto'kia. animpalto'knan naw a*wam- 
pokh^ana^a a'wampokli^anaknan a 'wan l^awaia^a. kawaia^ap 
a'ho* u*kwate!^a. it'inapi. leVwanaknan tcimt'ap a'wan paiya. 40 
wo'tip^a letoks paiya* ten'^a. paiya* ten*ap isnol it'inapa le'a*- 

uncle mounted on the white horse was far ahead. And another 
uncle mounted on a bay horse was also far ahead. Then the boy 
made out that he was tired, | (25) but he just pretended. One of his 
uncles caught his mother, and another caught his sister, | and 
another caught his brother. The boy alone J came almost to the 
woods. There his uncle jumped down and ran after him. | He ran 
after him and caught up with him and threw his arms around him. | 
As he clasped him in his arms he struggled. | "Oh dear, my boy, 
stand still, whoever you may be," | oo) he said to him. But he did 
not speak. He just looked into his eyes. Then the people came 
there. | They caught him. They caught him and mounted him on a 
horse and so | riding double they brought him hither. | 

They were coming towards Kwakina. "Now, who are you, our 
child?" I He did not speak. Every little while they talked to him 
as they came, but he did not speak. | (35) The sun was just setting 
when they came. His uncles brought him and all the people climbed 
up with them. | They climbed up and went in. "Oh dear, our child, 
have you come?" | "Yes, we have come." "Be seated," they said 
to them. The boy sat down. They laid the deer down side by side. | 
They laid them down side by side and they made the boy sit down 
beside them. After they had made him sit down | they gave the deer 
smoke. After they had given them smoke they sprinkled prayer 
meal on them. After they had sprinkled prayermeal on them | 
(40) the people came in. "Be seated," they said to them. Then they 
set down seats for them. [ But right away all the seats were gone. 
When all their seats were gone, "Sit down any place," | they said 
to them. Then some just stood against the wall, and others stood 

110 Publications, American Ethnological Society V^l, XV 

wana^ap lal hanre foms hi-ule lal ham*e letsilokwhrte wo'panan 
kwatonai wo'panan kwatonap iskon an nana antekunahka. sP- 
tcuwakol tV tej£an*a ? hoi kona t'om ulohnakana ? hapic lrlkon*te 

45 t'omc ulohnaiye ? hapic tenc tV ^apin ho'i ? uhson ho'natV aiyu*- 
ya'^apa uhs aiyu'ya'na hon t'ewanan a*tekan*a hatci'-hatci'-hatci- 
hatci hatci le'ana^ap iskon akts% leskwa^a. he*e\ i'namil te' horn 
a'lacina'we'. yamte hecot'anankwin ho 5 rka horn t'on a*lacina*we. 
imat kwac \u\ kwafikwanre ? — ma el*a. — lul^a kwai'i^ana^a^a 

50 a'wolj ihi^i lata'wap lu^ lata^an a*nap kuyakwin te^inan luka 
kopan uwetip luJ£ heyen'iahnan i'munam iskon luk horn kwaiM- 
kanan luk ka/tulikwin te 3 tcinan ikoconan lul^ a*^a. ho* ace*tunon 
ak:'a luk horn yaknah^a lu^a. luk horn tsita \a\ horn papa luk horn 
kawu luknio horn a u wanan le'nemtapte lukn horn il'ap a'wa'ka 

55 tesailjaia yalakona hecokopiwakona kotina yalakona lukn hom 
ila'p a'wal'ufca lak u po'cowakwin ho'inakwin hon i'wosli^ap 
ho J na t'on a'wawanapl^a. le*na teatika. hom hie t'on a'lacina'we'. 
aktsil^ le^kwap hiya hom aktsiki! le'kwanan konan an tsita yafena- 
koye^a. koyip an ^aka elemaknan. yaiyu'ya'namen lana! le'*- 

eo kwanan yakto^a. yaiyu 3 ya*na men lana ! le'kwanan yakto'ka. 
yaiyu'yanamen lana ! le*'kwanan yakto'ka. yaiyu'ya'namen 
lana ! le^kwanan yakto'pL t'a tfopa elemaknan yaiyu J ya # namen- 
lana! yakto'nan t'a topa yai'yu 3 ya*namen-lana! t'a tfojJa yaiyu'ya*- 

on the ladder, | on all the rungs up to the top where it came in. 
Then his grandfather questioned him. "Now | who may you be? 
Where is your country ? Or else is this | (45) your country ? Or else 
are you perhaps a Raw Person ? If you let us know that, | remember- 
ing it we shall always live. It is not so ?" "It is so." "It is so." | 
"It is so," "It is so," they all said. Then the boy said, "Yes, yes, 
indeed it is so, my | parents. Now I have come to my own house. 
You are my parents. | Now does this one never go out ?" "Oh no." 
"In order to make her come | (50) out they had a hunt with the 
women. Then she went to the hunt. When she came to Clay 
place she | felt pain in her abdomen and sat down to defecate. 
There I was born. | Then she went down to the lake and washed 
herself and went away. She | left me there to die. This, my mother, 
this, my brother, this, my | sister, these found me. And even that 
way they took me with them. | (55) They took me along with them 
past Barren Mountain and Corner Place, and Sand Hill Crane 
Mountain. | We joined our people where they were staying at 
Bending Grass Spring. | There you found us. This is what happened. 
You are indeed my parents," [ the boy said. "My darling boy!" 
his mother said, crying out. She seized him | and cried. As she was 
crying his uncle arose. "You big fool!" | (eo)he said and struck her. 
"You big fool!" he said and struck her. | "You big fool!" he said 
and struck her. "You big fool!" | he said and struck her. Then 
another arose. "You big fool!" | he said and struck her. Then 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 111 

nameiKla'na. iskon an tsita yam aktsik ya^eckwi koye^a. sV- 
wanUevraka. pcnale^tci luwaltiii teinla. k&kwemos an e'le kwa yai- 65 
yu'ya'nanre le'ana^a. 

holomac tfewap tsawak leskwanan tsita homan tV hanela- 
wact'u le'arrikwap an tsitan hanelawacap tsawal^ lawaptsicle^a. 
ele^anan antfewa^a. t'ewap camli pilaknan ito'en yam copon 70 
i*seto*nan hanelan yrkunan yam lapowan rleanan s'a'ka. 
pocowakwin te'tcika ko'macko*na na'haiyaiye na'haiyakwin te J - 
tcip he* — ho'na'wan tca*l i'ya c le'ana^ap e' ho J iya' leskwanan 
telikina* i'yulja tenrla. tenrla telikina' ryutsip si* ko'wipona 
tV yam tea 3 ! il* a'nuwa ? ma ho^o. t'a hcr'o. t'a lur'o.tJa ho y o. le^tikna- 75 
nan an i*tehpoap^:a. kwa telikina* H'a'wam'ona i'tenap yam pi'lan 
lo'okanan coyalto'nan po'ko po'ko jjo'ko s'a'witec^a. tenrl a'witec- 
nan kwatikol tfsikwahl^a. tfsikwahnan i*seto*nan sVlja. 

elehol yaton* kwatop kwakina'kwin i'ka i'yap an tsi't an cikwato- 
kaka, an ciw u*kwatol?;anan wo*latu^a. wo'lat'ups rtonapl^a. so 
i'tona tetcunenan leskwanan yam pi'laciwani cemena*we' le'- 
kwap an nana elemaknan s'a'lja. pPlaciwan an Jjakwin te'tcinan 
horn a*tatcu horn a'tsita horn tcawe' ko' ton t'ewanan a'teaiye ? — 
ke*t'sanici i't'ina^a le'anipip t'om ho* ceme'a. horn teazle torn ceme'a. 
— lal ho ko 5 a*nuwa le'kwap so* a*ne le'kwanan kwai^'^a. s^'^a. 85 

another. "You big fool!" Then another. ("You big fool!" Then his 
mother took her boy on her lap and cried. (65) So they passed the 
night. The whole village talked only of this. "The Chief Priest's 
daughter has no sense," | they said. 

After a long time the -youth said, "Mother, fix lunch for me," | 
he said to her. His mother cooked lunch and the youth cut prayer- 
sticks. | (70) When they were ready he went to bed. Next morning 
he arose and after he had eaten put his quiver | on his back, tied 
his lunch around his waist, took his bundle of prayersticks, and 
went. | He came to Bending Grass Spring. There many deer were 
grazing. | He came to where the deer were grazing. "Hey! Here 
our child comes!" they said. "Yes, I am coming," he said. | He 
gave them all prayersticks. After he had given away all his prayer- 
sticks, he said, "Now how many | (75) of you will go with your 
child?" "Why I." "And I." "And I." "And I," they said. | He 
separated them from the others. When those who had no prayer- 
sticks were all gone, | he strung his bow, set his arrow, poko, poko, 
poko, poko, they fell. When they had all fallen | he skinned one of 
them. After he had skinned it he set it on his back, and went. | 

Just before sunset he came to Kwakina. When he came his 
mother took his meat in. | (80> After she had taken his meat in she 
dished out food for him. After she had dished out food they ate. | 
When they stopped eating he said, "Call your bow priest," | he 
said. His grandfather arose and went. He came to the bow priest's 
house. | "My fathers, my mothers, my children, how have you lived 

112 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vt-jl. XV 

ko'wi tenala'ap pPlaciwarri rka cuk cuk cuk cuk kwato^a. kwato- 
nan hom a'tatcu horn a'tsita horn tcawe ko* tfon tfewanan a*teaiye ? 
— ketsanici. rt'inaka. rmuka. rmup na'le cikina an cP aklina'- 
fea. itoka. iton tcunenan i'tekunah^a si* ho'na'wan tca'le hinik 

so t?o > kohol ikwen^ha. uhsona hom Uo* yu'ya'pip uhson aiyu 5 ya*na 
ho* tekaira le'kwap ma i*namilte tcimte yaton ho* tunal'u^an a*ka 
ko'mackona ho* onahka^a. tV yam a'ho' a'yu'ya'pip tfewa yaton 
homan ciwian'a tapnhrte homan a'wrnan yam J on a*witelan*a 
le'anikwap ma honkwa le'kwanan kwai'inan we*atcoka tfo'na 

95 ho* a'yu'yal^an'a ho^a'wan tca'le nawana akci^ona tcinvte 
yaton*e tunal'ukan a^ka kwa les i'^ana^ana onah^a > en a^'a tVn 
ikwanina ya'ke'ai'. tfewa yaton-e tfon an ciwrl^ana^wa. tapnin'te 
tfon an a*wi*nan yam*ona t'on a'wrpina'wa l^akwenula lana kona 
t'on ansam a*weletcon*a le'kwap luwaPona lestikwanan kop rkwe'a ? 
ioo — tsawa^ na*wanan akciljona ko'macko*n na lal^a. tfewan yaton*e 

l an ciwrtelan'a tapnin'te an a'wrnan yam*on a'witelan'a le^we'a. 
he'ko* a'nuwa t'a ho -, o — tfa ho^o le'ana^a. 

tfewap camli s'a'weletcelka. a*te*tcinan lestikwanan kwapt'oman 
a*wa'nuwa ? — tfom ulati yam el a*t f u lestena tfon a'wa'l^ana'wa 

these days?" | "Happily, be seated," they said. "I have come to 
call you. My child wants you." | (85) "All right, I shall go there," 
he said. "Now I am going," he said and left. He went. | After a 
little while the bow priest came. Cuk-cuk-cuk-cuk — he entered. | 
"My fathers, my mothers, my children, how have you lived these 
days?" | "Happily. Be seated," they said. He sat down. After he 
sat down they roasted fresh deer meat for him. | He ate. After he 
stopped eating he questioned them. "Now, our child, I think | 
<90) you wish to say something. If you will tell me that, when I know 
it, 1 1 shall always remember it," he said. "Yes, indeed, it is so. This 
day I went hunting. | I made a great killing. You will let your 
people know that tomorrow | they will go once to bring in meat for 
me, and then they can bring in for themselves," | he said. "Is that 
so ?" he said and left. He called out, | (95) "I want to notify you 
that our child, the one who lived with the deer, this | day went 
hunting. He could not himself bring in all his killing. So | he 
summons you to work for him. Tomorrow you will bring in the 
meat. Once | you will bring it for him and then you will bring it 
for yourselves. Those who have large households | will all go to- 
gether," he said. The village people said to one another, "What 
did he say ?" | (ioo) " The young man, the one who used to live with 
the deer, has killed many deer. Tomorrow | <n they will bring in 
his meat. Once they will come for him and then they will come 
for themselves.' So he says." I "Well, I think I'll go." "And I." 
"And I," they said. | 

Next morning they went out one by one. When they came there 
they said, "Which | shall we take for you ?" "Do as you like. Take 

Bwnaol) Zx&tvh (Tcjuts 113 

le* kwap s'a'weletcel^ana^a. tapnin'te a'wrnan yam' on a*wr- 5 
tel^a. l^akwenula* lana*koa hie enra ciwe. t'elinan tena na tfsikwac- 
na^a. hie komacko*na rkwani^ana a*want?ewalja. hi — c ciw 
elanaiye. hie ciwelanai yo'ka. atea^a.... 

holomac t'ewap leskwanan hinik ho* yihnra. tfop eUactot 
yrlu^a. yi'lup leskwanan homan t'o J hanelan a'ctfu. — iya le'kwap 10 
s'an hanela-wap ta c tcic tsawa^ t'as lawaptsiclejja. elekanan s'a*- 
wantfewa'lja. tfewap camli pilaknan t'as tun-al*ukan a*pL jioco- 
wakwin te^cip ho^a'wan tca 3 l rya le'aniljap telikina* iyuknan 
itenap lestikwanan si* tcuwamp tfon yam tca J l il'ap a'wa'nuwa ? 
ho°o. t'a ho''o. tfa ho''o. lestikwanan s*an rtehrjoappt ko'macko*n is 
nahakiye. a*pilkwika. tfenrla wopewunan na'le t'sikwahnan cipalan 
i'seto'nan elehol yaton kwatop ika. i'yap an o*ye cikwatoljap 
itonap^a. itona tetcunenan yam tatcu lesanikwanan hi* yam 
pi'laciwan'i cemace le*kwap an tatc* a*ka. te'tcinan horn a'tatcu 
horn a'tsita horn tcawe ko* tfon t'ewanan a'teaiye — Ketteaaici. 20 
rtfina^a. le'kwap torn ho* ceme'a — lal ho* ko a'nuw^* kq^nxa so'- 
a*ne. pPlaciwani le'kwanan sVpL te'tcinan h<>m a f tatcu horn 
a*tsita horn tcawe ko* ton t'ewanan a*teaiye ? — ^efeanci rtfinapL 
rmunan rtoljanal^ap rto tcunenan si* ni» p§Jie. hinik t?o* kohol 

them the way that is easiest for you," | (5) he said. So they brought 
tin -ni in. Once they came and then they brought meat for them- 
scKcs. I Those who had large households had much meat, and all 
nii'ht long they were skinning the deer. | They had a lot of work, 
and then they went to bed. There was plenty of meat everywhere. | 
The village turned into meat. So they lived. | 

After a long time he said, "I think I shall take a wife." | <io) So 
he married some girl. After he was married he said, "Fix some 
lunch for me." "All right," she said. | She fixed his lunch. Mean- 
while the boy again cut prayersticks. After they were ready, | they 
went to bed. Next morning he arose and again he went hunting. | 
He came to Bending Grass Spring. "Our child is coming," they 
said. He gave them prayersticks. | After they were all gone, they 
said, "Now which of you will go with your child?" | (is) "I," 
"And I," "And I," they said. He separated them from the others. 
There were a large | herd of deer. He shot them. When they were 
all stretched out, he skinned one deer, put a bundle of meat | on 
his back, and just before sunset he came. When he came his wife 
took the meat in. | They ate. After they were finished eating he 
said to his father, "Go, j call your bow priest," he said. His father 
went. He came there. "My fathers, [ (20) my mothers, my children, 
how have you lived these days?" "Happily. | Be seated," he said. 
"I have come for you." "All right, I shall go. Very well, I am going 
now," I the bow priest said. So he went. He came there. "My 
fathers, my | mothers, my children, how have you lived these davs ?" 
"Happily, be seated," | He aat <W«, and xney gave him to eat. 

114 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

25 ikwe > a c . — rnamilte. tcimte yaton ho* tunal'u^an a'^a. kwa les 
rl^ana^anre ho* onah^a^a. tfo* yam a'ho* a'yu'ya'^ap t'ewan 
yaton homan ciwilocan'a le'kwap pPiaciwairi kwafinan yam 
a'ho* a'yu'ya*ka^a. ho'na'wan tca'le nawanan akcikona kwa 
lesi^ana^am onahkaen ak'a to'na yatinen haitoce'a tapnhvte 

30 tfon an a'wikanan yam'ona t'on awitelan*a< le*kwap hiwaPona 
ants^mehn a'want'ewaka. t'ewap camli a'pilaknan rtowenap^atfap 
s'a'weletcelka. a*weletcefrian a'te^tcinan sP kwap t'oman a*wa*- 
nuwa 1 — t'on ulati yam el a*t c u lestena torn rseto*na*wa. an 
a'wa'^a. an a*te J tcinan tcims yam'on a'wa'l^a. Uas hiwalan ciw 

35 e'lana yo^ap isljon a'teal^a. 

holomac t'ewap leskwanan homan hanelan aca! iya le*kwanan 
an o*ye an hanelan acep ta ,c tcic lawaptsicle'lja. ele^anan s^'wan- 
Uewaka ttewap camli pilaknan itowen an hanelan pehajgap s'a'^a. 
jk>cowakwin te #, tci^a. te*tcip ho^a'wan tca'le rya le'ani^ap t?a 

40 telikina' iyuka. m — telikina* ryuka. teml ryutsip lestikwanan 
tcuwamp ton yam tca 5 l il*ap a'wa'nuwa ? ma ho^o. tfa ho^o t'a 
ho^o le*tikwanan s'an rtehpoapl^a. rtehpoapap yam pi'lan liyala 
kro^alja. lo^opinan na'jiewu^a. iskon temta na^pewunan iskon 
Usikwace^a elehol tfsikwahnan ya'ltan'ihap tfewankwin tahna 

When he had finished eating he said, "Well, now, speak. I think 
you have something | (25) to say. "Yes, indeed it is so. This day I 
went hunting. 1 1 could not bring all of my killing. You will let your 
people know that tomorrow | they will go for my meat," he said. 
The bow priest went out. | He let his people know. "Our child, the 
one who lived with the deer, | could not bring back all of his killing. 
Therefore he told me to summon you. Once | (30) you will bring in 
meat for him and then you will bring it for yourselves," he said. 
The people of the village | spent the night in anticipation. The next 
morning they arose, and after they had eaten | they went out one 
by one. When they had all gone, and when they had come there, 
"Now which | shall we take for you ?" they said. "Suit yourselves. 
Carry them | the way that is easiest for you." | They brought them 
in for him. Then they came back and brought their own. Then 
again the village | (35) turned into meat. So they lived. 

After a long time he said, "Make lunch for me." "All right," she 
said. | His wife made lunch for him and meanwhile the young man 
cut prayersticks. When they were finished they went to bed. | 
Next morning he arose and ate. He took his lunch and went. | He 
came to Bending Grass Spring. When he came there they said, "Our 
child is coming. "Again | (40)hegave them prayersticks. M-m-m-m-m! 
He gave them prayersticks. When he had given them all away they 
said, | "Now who of you will go with your child?" "Why I," 
"And I," "And 1 1," they said. He separated them from the others. 
When he had separated them he made his bow-string | fast and 
stretched out all the deer. When all the deer were stretched out I 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 115 

tepo^alan* su*sfei tuna-yatop kotcic su*m-tfe'tcin leye'a le'kwanan 45 
na'le ts'ikwace'a. ya'yu^ane'tci t'sikwace'a ko*wi tfomiyoap 
su*s}$: i'nan aniya'ktohap tsawa^ we — h le'kwanan suski yo*^a. 
su'ski yo^ap iskon su's^i leskwanan luhap letci! t'om ho* alewun- 
iyahka. hi'u a*ce le'kwap tsawak su*ski yo*non kon-al'u^a. 

ta'tcic su*ski cipalan acnan i*seto*nan sVka. kwakinakwin so 
te'tcinan e^actol^ona ^akwin te'tcip e'lactok kwaPinan cikwato- 
J^aka. cikwatol^ap i'tonap^a. i*tona tetcunenan ta'tcic su*ski 
leskweka suski leskwanan yam pPlaciwan'i cemana'we le 3 kwap an 
tatc a*ka pi'laciwan an J^akwin te^cinan horn a*tatcu horn a'tsita 
horn tcawe ko 5 t'on t'ewanan a*teaiye. — J^et'sanici i'tftnapi. mas 55 
pene. — t'om ho* ceme'a. le 5 kwap lalhok ho* a'nuwale'kwapko^a 
so J a*ne t'on }£e*t'sanrci t'ewanan a*teat c u le'kwanan s'a'^a. te'tcip 
jjilaciwan'ite'tcifca. kwatonankot'on t'ewanan a 'teaiye? — ^e'tfsanici 
i't'inapi le'ana^ap pPlaciwan rmup rtoljamVka Hon tcunenan rte- 
kuna^a. masa-pene. hinikt'on kohol tikwentiha. — malukho'mv- 60 
wan tca'le torn ceman haitoce'a. — ma i'namilte ko*macko'na ho* 
onahka'en a^:*a ho* t'om ceme'a. tV yam a'ho* a'yu'ya'^anat'ewan 

he skinned one of them. When he was nearly finished skinning it 
over in the east, | (45) a coyote looked over a little hill. "What is 
that stinking coyote doing ?" he said. J He was skinning a deer. He 
was wary. He was skinning the deer. And after a little while he 
forgot himself. | Then the coyote came and struck him. The young 
man said, "We-e-e-e-e!" and turned into a coyote. | When he 
turned into a coyote then the coyote said "Good for you! That's 
just what I wanted to do ! | Now go ahead, clear out !" he said. The 
boy who had turned into a coyote ran around crying. | 

(50) Meanwhile the coyote packed up a bundle of meat, put it on 
his back, and went. | He came to Kwakina and came to the girl's 
house. The girl came out and took the meat in. | After she took 
the meat in they ate. After they had finished eating Coyote | said, 
"Call your bow priest/' he said. His | father went. He came to 
the bow priest's house. "My fathers, my mothers, | (55) my children, 
how have you lived these days?" "Happily, be seated. W r ell now, [ 
speak." "I have come for you," he said. "Very well, I shall go 
there." he said. "Very well, | then, now I am going. May you 
always live happily, " he said and went. He came back | and then 
the bow priest came. He came in. "How have you lived these 
days?" 1 "Happily, | be seated," they said to him. The bow priest 
sat down. They gave him to eat. When he was finished eating I 
(60) he questioned them, "Very well now, speak. "I think you wish to 
say something." "Well, this our | child, told me to call you." 
"Indeed, it is so. I | have made a great killing, therefore I have 

1 Comment of informant: "The bow priest knows something is wrong. He 
does not say, 'My fathers, my mothers, my children.' " 

116 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

yatonan homan ci'wiyaira. pPlaciwan*i kwaPinan ryu'ya'nan 
antfsumehn a*want?ewa^a. 

65 tfewap rtowenapfcatfap sVweletcelpt. a'te'tcip lu^ homan 
a'nuwa t?a hrj$;a t'a lu*^a le*kwanan sic a*lana te'tci wo'slihap kop- 
leap sic ho'na'wan tatcu le^u ? — ma rme. ta tenat a # ni le'anaknan 
s'an a*weletcelk;a an a'weletcelkanan yam J on a*weletcell£a. t'as 
hiwalan ciwelanai yo*ka, le*na teatip a'tea^a. 

70 holomac t'ewap an o*ye lesanikwanan homan tfo* hanelawac't'u 
le*kwap iya' le'kwanan an o*ye hanelawacka. ta'tcic kwa lawaptsic- 
lenanrl^a. sVwant'ewaka. t'ewap camli hanelan rseto'nan sV^a 
pocowakwin te'tcip ten*i — n nawe yu*tula^a. i*wo*kwiJ£ap tfa 
aka. t'a te'tcip ten'i — n yutulaka. yu*tulal£ap su*ski leskwanan 

75 ticomaha' yucanati le'kwap kwa nawe yrrcanawanre. yatonili 
wo*tapan~al*u^a. lesnatfe su*nhap s'a'l^a. 

kwakina*kwin te'tcip ycmakup e'lactok kwai'i^a. e'lactofe 
kwaPip kwa ciwe ku*wa. hiyaha hai kwac tV onahplnam'^a ? — 
ma el*a — hayi. ma tfa tenat ^apin ho 5 ainanal^a ten'i le J anikwap 

80 s^'tci kwatoka. a*tci kwatonan tsawalj kwa ^eifsanam'^a. 

ta'tcic tsawak lak u hol octealakona al*u^a tcapat'ap ccmito- 
^atfap su'pia pelofea mi'co kwahol nonre iton-al'u'ya ha* kwa 

sent for you. You will let your people know that tomorrow | they 
will bring in my meat." The bow priest left and when they learned 
of it | they spent the night in anticipation. | 

(65) Next day, after they had eaten, they went out, one by one. 
When they came there he said, "Now this one j will go for me, 
and this one, and this one." So he said and picked out all the large 
ones. | "What makes our father act like this ?" "I don't know, but 
it can't be helped because it's his," they said. | So they brought it 
back for him. After they had brought in his they went to get their 
own. Then again, the village turned into meat. This is what he did. 
So they lived. | 

(70) After a long time he said to his wife, "Make some lunch for 
me," | he said. "All right," she said. His wife made his lunch. But 
now he did not cut prayersticks. | They went to bed. Next morning 
he put his lunch on his back and went. | He came to Bending Grass 
Spring. With thundering hoofs the deer ran away. Then they 
gathered in a bunch. Again | he went after them. When he came 
there with | the thunder of hoofs they ran away. When they ran 
away the coyote said. [ (75) "Alas, stand still," he said. But the deer 
did not stand still. So all day | he followed them around. So when 
it came to evening, he came back. | 

He reached Kwakina and climbed up. The girl came out. When 
the girl | came out there was no meat. "Oh dear, didn't you make 
any killing?" | "No." "Is that so?" "Well, it can't be helped. It 
is hard to kill the Raw People," he said. | (80) So they went in. But 
after they came in the young man was not happy. | 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 117 

an t'ewa^a tekwin te'tcika. Ijalt a'ka. ist ^osenakona hoi al'u'ya. 
ko ho* tsamtfsana. hie itiwap ticomaha' heha'. lal hot tcuwamp 
a'teaiye. ama ho 5 a*ne. tekwant horn el ho* acna'wa le'kwanan 85 
sVl^a. teala tacanakwin ye*maka. ye'makup ta ,c tcic iskon teku 
a'tsawa^: ti^anupe. upkwin te'tcinan ye'maknan awe'nakwin 
a*ka. te^fceinan kwa kole'a kwatotun teanrap kololololo piya- 
kwato^a. te'ni! lani^a! lanip lestikwanan koptcic su*m t'etcin lewu- 
^an kwato ? lal iteh'kwai'ika! le'tikwanan tcuwatikol rl^eckwan 90 
l^eckwi kwaPinan itehpanrl^aka. itehpanrlcap tse'ma al-ulaka. 
ti'comaha' ama tfa ho* ye*makt c u le'kwanan kwili^ana'na ye'mak- 
nan t'a lal piya-kwato^a. kople'ap su'm tfetcin kwa hon a'hana- 
hicna'nra. — maM'me lal itehkwai'ika. tcuwatikol i'^eckup hie 
lak u lete itehpanrkat'u le'ana^ap l^eckwi kwai'inan sic let itehpa- 95 
ni*^ak:a. itehpanrl^ap ama t'a ho' i'tetcut'u le'kwanan haPipina'na 
ye'mal^a ye'maknan talalalala — te'ni laniJja. kojjap le*ap su-mkolin 
kwa hon a'hanahicna'ma. lal itehkwaP i^a. hie lak u lehol iteh- 
panr^at c u le'ana^ap tcuwatikol i'ljeckunan t'a lol lehol itehpani*- 
^a^a itehpani'^ap ticomaha' ama t'a ho* ye'makt c u homkwat ho* 100 
hal'owilap horn el ho* acna'wa le'kwanan a*witena^ana # na ye*- 1 
ma^a awe'nakwin te'tcinan lalalala piyakwatonan te — ni lanika. 

Meanwhile the young man was wandering around over there at 
Upper Terrace. He went around eating grasshoppers and beetles | 
and cedarberries and grass seeds and lizards and all kinds of bugs. | 
He came to an abandoned camp site. He came this way. Then 
he wandered around at Salt Brush Place. | He was a skinny runt. 
Just at noon he came there. "Alas! Heha! Someone | (85) is living 
here! I think I'll go. Perhaps they will make me well/' he said. | 
So he went there. He climbed up Tall House Tops. Meanwhile 
there Marten | youths were holding a society meeting. He reached 
the place where they were meeting and climbed up and went to the 
hatchway. | When he got there, there was no way to go in. Kolololo- 
lololo. He dropped | in. Thump! He fell. As he fell they said, "What 
did that stinking coyote | <90) come in for? Throw him right out!" 
they said. Someone took him in his arms | and carried him out 
and threw him down. After they threw him down he lay down 
sadly beside the house. | "Oh dear! Let me go up again," he said. 
Again he climbed up, | and again he dropped right in. "What did 
that stinking coyote come back again for ?" | "I don't know. Throw 
him right out!" Someone took him in his arms. | (95) "Throw him 
far off," they said. He carried him out and threw him farther off. | 
He fell down, and said, "Oh dear! Let me try again," he said. The 
third time | he climbed up. Talalala! He fell. "What is this 
stinking coyote | come back again for ? Throw him right out. And 
this time throw him far off!" | they said. Someone took him in his 
arms and again threw him far off. | (ioo) They threw him far off. 
"Alas! Let me try and climb up again! Perhaps if I | (i) am lucky 

118 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

he he sxrm kolnre ainana*we' le^tikwap su'ski poa-ye*makup 
tcuwatikol leskwanan ti'comaha wan'ani. ama antekunahna*we 

5 hapic ko*wi t'ewana pocowan tsawa^ona suslp yo'kona^i. hom- 
kwat ak*a kwa hon a'hanatucna^a. — cuhwito tcuwatikol 
leskwanan hapic tJoc na'wana akcikona tsawaki ? tome jJocowan 
su'ski yo'kona? t'omt ts J awak ocokwin a^*a le'ni, an tuna'kona 
katepona panryu koye'a. he ukwahtci hana'te! yam akli]£anan 

10 saiyakuma a'1-atika ya'hotip tsawa^ona. t'ehwitiwakwin ani- 
muknan leapka. a'le leapap t'o — ku' tfo — khi* tJo — 'ku* t?o — 
ku> rt'sikwaco asticokta'kona t'ap wepcokta'kona t'ap cipo* 
arjka. ci*po 5 anap wentepoals; ahnaknan o'tsimoan yalujjanaknan 
t'so — ko s^'lihna^a. ulihna^ap lew'hok 11 tsamt'sana. s'an 

is kapatiljal^a. yusutip tutukanaplca. enva tutup yakokanap^a. 
ko'macko'na comitofat'ap tcapat'ap mi'cot'ap homa su'piat'ap pelo- 
kat'ap kwahol nonve te — mla s'ukwai'ika. t'a tern kwilij^ana 
tutupinapka. tutu^anakap t'a u'kwaPika ha'ikana'na tutu^ana- 
Ijap lal itehwa irkwaPi^a u*kwai*ip t'a tutukana'ka t'a trkwaPikap 

20 sic ^a'kokci. ^ako'kci te'tci u'kwai'ip s'a'kwa* tutu^ana'ka akwa* 
tutu^anaknan san wo'li^a. an he'latiknan si ho'na'wan teazle 
i'to, le'ana^ap tsawak i'tofea kwili^an hoi i'kwiHnan te*n — 

they will make me well," he said. The fourth time he climbed 
up. | He reached the hatchway, lalalalala. He dropped in. Thump! 
He fell. | "Hey! Kill that stinking coyote!" they said. The coyote 
sat up. | Someone said, "Alas, wait a moment ! Let us first question 
him. | (5) Perhaps he is the young man who was turned into a 
coyote a few days ago at Bending Grass Spring. Maybe | that is 
why he is so persistent." "Hear! Hear!" someone | said. "Per- 
haps you are the young man who used to be among the deer. Were 
you | turned into a coyote at Bending Grass Spring?" The young 
man just nodded his head, like this, and from his eyes the tears 
ran down. He cried. "Hey! So that's it! Hurry up!" do) They 
put their crystal down in the fireplace. When it was red hot they 
made the boy sit down in the center of the room, | and handed it to 
him. As he took this stone, pop! pop! pop! pop! | his skin cracked 
open. On the palms of his hands and the soles of his feet | the skin 
split open When the skin split open they took a medicinal plant 

and twisted it around his head. Tso k! They pulled him 

out. When they pulled him out he was a skinny little fellow | ci.m 
They put on some water. When the water was lukewarm they gave 
him to drink. He took a big drink and then he vomited. | Lots of 
stink-beetles, and grasshoppers, lizards, cedarberries, and grass, | 
and all kinds of bugs came up. Then | they gave him to drink a 
second time. And again they came out. They gave him to drink a 
third time. | And just a few came out. They gave him to drink 
again and again it came out. | <2<» This time it was clear water. 
Nothing but clear water came out. Then they gave him medicine 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 119 

lanijja. t'onri yo^a ko'wi tenala'ap pilaknan rmup si* ho'na'wari 
tca'le ito. yulakuna tV rton*a itonan eletokn rceika^a. lesanak- 
nan kec tf rcel^aka eletokna t'o rcelpinan ko'kcun'a* le'ana^a^a. 25 
tsawa^ i*ton tcunap si* ho J na*wan tc'ale to* halowili rika. wanan 
tV imol£an*a tern yaton kwatop tfo 3 a*nuwa. yatema telojjatip 
$6* te'tcina hekwatcic yaiyu'ya'ljen etciye le*anakap ta'tcic tsa- 
wa^: inre. tsawajs; imap ah — yaton kwato^a. 

tsawa^ inre. ah — tenalanatfeli^a. si* hr* a*ce. tV te'tcinan ti- 30 
kwahn tfo' ye*makun # a. he'kwatcic yaiyu^an etciye kwa ^a'Jfi 
ama'ma. t'o 5 ycmakup kwaPip tfo' lukan utcun ak/a yaktohap te- 
natc kowa c lewun'a. le'anal^ap tsawalj s'a'^a kwakrnakwin te'tcip 
luwalan tenrla yatela. ya*telap yam l^akwin itiwulaka. itiwula*- 
nan yirla'kuna yemaka. tactcic su*m uwen kwa ama'ma. elehol 35 
t'una-yeTnakun' ihap t'amyalan kolo'atip ishol itsalina kwai'i^aka. 
itsalina kwai'ijjap tsawak an utcun ak*a yaktolja. he — aiya- 
tfsana le*kwana yaktohap we* — - le'kwanan su*ski pulahina jJanr- 
ka^:a. su*ski pulahina panikap wo'wowo* watsita yat?ena\ tenrla 
kuhmokanapka. iskon tsawak kwato^a kwatonan al'o^ap an 40 
o*ye leskwaka hiya hayi hokamp tfiya hokamp tfiya ? yaiyu* 

to drink. | After they had given him medicine to drink they dished 
out food for him. They put down paper bread for him. "Now our 
child, I eat," they said to him. The young man ate. At the second 
swallow, thump ! | he fell over. He fainted. After a little while he sat 
up. "Now, our J child, eat. You will eat slowly." He ate until 
he was well sated. They said to him, [ (25) "Are you satisfied? If 
you satisfy yourself well, that will be good," they said to him. | 
The boy finished eating. "Now our child, in good fortune you 
have come to us. | You will stay here for a while until the sun has 
set, and then you will go. When everyone is sleeping quietly | you 
will get there. However, he will be watching for you," | so they 
said to him. Now | the young man stayed there. After the young 

man had stayed awhile, A h, the sun set. | 

(30) The young man was still staying there. A h, it was 

late at night. "Now go along. When you get there | you will climb 
up softly. However, he will be watching for you. He never | sleeps. 
When you climb up and he comes out, with this, his garment, you 
will strike him. | Then he will not be able to do anything." so they 
said to him. The young man went. He reached Kwakina. | The 
whole village was asleep. While they were sleeping he approached 
his house. He approached his house | (35) and climbed up slowly. 
Meanwhile the evil coyote did not sleep. When he had nearly j 
reached the top of the ladder the rung rattled. Then the other came 
out quickly. | He came out quickly and the young man struck him 
with his garment "Ugh! | Ugly!" he said, and struck him. 

"We e!" Coyote jumped down. | As coyote jumped 

down, Wo wo wo wo wo wo ! all the dogs grabbed him. | <40) They 

120 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol, XV 

ya^namenlana tse'map kwa imat ho* uhsona team'e le'kwanan 
yam oye anape'lja. s'a'want'ewaka. isko'n a'tea^a. — 

holomac t'ewap — homan tV hanelawact'u tsawal^ le'kwap an 

45 o*ye an hanela'wacap ta c tcic tsawa^ la'waptsiclek;a. t'ewap hanelan 
i'setcrnan yam lapowan Heanan pocowakwin a'l^a. tfetcip na*we 
lestPkwanan ho 3 na*wan tca'l iya le'tikwap telikina* i*yu^a. i'wite*- 
tcap si tcuwam t'on yam tca'l il'ap a'wa'nuwa ? ma ho*'o. tfa ho*\). 
tfa ho ,:> o le*anaknan an rtehpoapl^a ko*macko*n na'w iha^i^ap 

so na'pewul^a. tenvla wo*pewunan t'opa t'sikwahnan i'seto'nan 

sirnhap i'l^a. i'yap itonapl^a itona te'tcunenan leskwa^a hi 1 yam 
jJi'laciwani cemace — iya le'kwanan an tatc a*^a. te'tcin&n horn 
a*tatcu horn a'tsita hom tcawe ko* t'on tfewanan a'teaiye ? — ]£e*tJsan- 

55 ici rt'inaj£a le'analja. Uom ho* ceme'a leanikwap lat hok u ho* a*nuwa. 
tenala*ap pPlaciwani te'tcijja. hom a'tatcu hom a'tsita hom tcawe 
ko*na t'on tfewanan a*teaiye — j^etsanici. i't'inapi le*anakap 
rmunan si 5 ma pene hinik tV kohol ikwan J iha. — ma i'namilte 
tcimte yaton komackon ho* o'nahl^aka. tV yam a'ho'a'yr^ya'^ap 

eo f ewan yaton hom an ciwiyan*a le'kwap pPlaciwan'i kwai'inan 

tore him to pieces. Then the young man went in. He went in and 
made a light. His | wife said, "Hiyahai! Where have you been?" 
"Where have you been, indeed, | you big fool ?" Perhaps I am not 
the one you think. So he said | and scolded his wife. So they 
went to sleep. There they lived. | 

After a long time he said, "Make lunch for me." So the young 
man said. His | (45) wife made lunch for him and meanwhile 
the young man cut prayersticks. Next day | he put his lunch on his 
back and taking his prayersticks he went to Bending Grass Spring. 
When he came there the deer | said, "Our child is coming!" they 
said. He gave them his prayersticks. | After he had distributed 
them all they said, "Now who of you will go with your child?" 
"Why I." "And I." | "And I." -And I", they said. They separated 
from the others. There were many deer standing in a crowd. 
(50) He stretched them all out. When he had stretched them all 
out he skinned one and putting (the meat) on his back | he went. 

In the evening he came. After he had come he ate. After he had 
finished he said, "Go. | Call for the bow priest." "All right," he 
said. His father went. When he got there | he said, "My fathers, 
my mothers, my children, how have you lived these days ?" "Happi- 
ly, | (55) be seated," they said to him. "I have come to call you," 
he said to him. "All right. I shall go right away." | In a little while 
the bow priest came. "My fathers, my mothers, my children, | how 
have you lived these days?" "Happily, be seated," they said. | 
He sat down. "Well now, speak. I think you wish to say something." 
"Yes, indeed it is so. I This day I have made a great killing. You 
will tell your people [ <60) that tomorrow they will bring in the 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 121 

weatco^a. t'ewap an ciwi'telka yam'on a*wrtelka. t'a ciwela'nai yo*- 
\a, holomac a'tea^a. — 

holomac tealja. leskwanan homan tfhanelan act c u le'kwap 
an o*ye hanela*wacap lawaptsicle^a. elekanan a*want'ewaka. 
t'ewap hanelan i'seto'nan s'a'Ja. te'tcip ho'na'wan tca'l i'ya le'- 65 
ana^ap telikina* i*yu^:a rwite^cinan si* tcuwam tV yam tc'al 
il*ap a*wa*nuwa le'ana^ap ma ho^o. tfa ho ,;> o. s'a'n a*witehpoap^a 
rtepoarjap napewul^a tenvla napewunan kwatikol tsikwah^a. 
tfsikwahna ya^ap t'ehulan at'i^apap ha*lata t'sul alitea. ho* t'su*- 
lact*u. leskwanan tfsu'le mahepinan ampolkwikanan at'iljapulja. 70 
kwa kwahol ikwi^a tea'map Uunatip ko'witea hotap a'^a. hotokwin 
te^cinan itiwa mukwito^a elakwai'iPona yat'enan anaci'^a. he — 
i'tsumehap ho — k u s*an hatawe'nan kwato^a. hatawe'nan kwato- 
ka* te'ni — n laninan ace^a. iskon tsawaj$; o'ka. 

ino'te le* teatika le' se — m koni^a. 75 

(Second Version), 
hie incrte kakrma hrwalapa hiwaPona tcu*we te > tci t'oweyenap^a. 
lal ciwi'tona we^tiahnan nalata* a'wal'ujta. Is&^oltapa imat 

meat for me/' he said. The bow priest left | and called out. Next 
day they brought in his meat and they brought meat for themselves. 
And again the village turned to meat. | So they lived for a long time. | 

It was a long time afterwards. He said, "Make lunch for me," 
he said | and his wife made lunch. And he cut prayersticks. When 
he was finished they went to bed. | (65) Next day he took his lunch 
and went. When he came there, they said. "Our child is coming!" | 
He gave them prayersticks. When he had distributed them all they 
said. "Now who of you | will go with your child ?" he said. "Why 
I." "And I." "And I." "And I." They stood to one side. | After 
they had stood aside he stretched the deer out. He stretched the deer 
out and then he skinned one of them . ] After he finished his work, 
the body cavity was full of blood. "Ha! Now blood pudding is 
V r, »od! I (70) Let me make blood pudding!" He emptied out the 
c- 1 tents of the stomach and turned it inside out, and filled it with 
blood. ! There was nothing to tie it with so he looked around. A 
little ways off was some soap weed. He went for it. | He came to 
the soapweed and grabbed it where the heart rose from the center. 

He pulled it. "Hey!" | He used more strength. Ho k! It 

entered his breast. | Thump ! He fell down and died. There the 
young man was gone. | 

(75) This happened long ago. So short is my tale. 

In ancient times, when there was a village at Kakima, the people 
planted nothing but corn. | Then they wanted to eat meat, and went 

122 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

so a'woj^a ihi^i lata* a*wal*uk:a. imat Jjakrma hiwaPona a*woJ£ 

ihiki nawe lata*wapa ciwan an e'le hoi telipalta tcawac^a. iskon 

tcawacnan yam tca'l iteh^a. an naw a u wanap^a. nawe an ho'i 

ya^anapjja. aktsi^ tfsana naw a'wan kwi^awajra tenanre la^a. 

ko'wihol a*nap t?as imat latal^a jJenan kwai'ilja. s'a'^a. t'a 

85 lata'nkwai^a. a'ho^a'wa'nan hoi imat a'te^tci^a. iskon rtJinakna' 
wans i'tona^a. i'tonape^n lataj^aka rwohhaiya^a. ke*la an 
nawe a'tsita atinenap^a. lata'kw* a*wrya. kaki'ma hiwaPona 
t'oms a u wa*nakan*a torn kaka tfu*ci kohana imalto^an'a. lukon 
kela ho 3 na a*wawan*a t'a torn tsita akci^an'a. torn fea^a lukon 

90 t'om yat'en*a kwa e*t t'o* yr^te'tcicukwa tfomt tfo y yacan'a a^at'om 

kaka yat'en*a t'om yat'ip ^e'tsanici t?o > yam hiwalakwi a*nuwa. 

al£*ap kwa hie t'om hon ihtohpma'wanrelja. t'om hon tca'l a u wanap- 

l^a. l$:e*la lata*wap t'om tsita isanaina c torn tcawacnan etc a'ka. 

a'ho'i i'tonajie^n latakalja i'wohhaiyaka. an ^:a^a j^e'la na'wawa- 

95 ka. honkwa an ^as*e na'wanan akcPlja. kwa yam J£as"e anapame'- 
ka. nawe utulakap aktsik tfsan akc an al'uka. alacna^a. aktsik 
t'sana sakwi'koa musilili leakwip^a. aktsik t'sana uhsona te'tci 
alacna%a. aktsik tfsana an feaka yatfeka. yat'enaptria aiyala- 
tina^a. aiyalatinapLjia yam fea^a atinap^a. t'om ho* hie ljase. 
ioo torn i^ina ]$e*la lata'wa horn tcawacna horn etc a*^a. a'^a. ak*a an 

about hunting deer. Long ago, it seems, | <80) they went out hunting 
along with the women. It seems, that when the Kakima people [ 
hunted deer along with the women, the daughter of the priest gave 
birth to a child somewheres in the field. There | she gave birth to 
a child and left her child. The deer found him. The deer | brought 
him up. The little boy grew rapidly on the deer's milk. | 

After a while it seems that the word went forth again that there 
would be a hunt. And so he went. Again | (85) they went out to hunt. 
The people went and it seems they arrived someplace. There they 

sat down a while 
hunt. Before, his 

to eat. After they had eaten they scattered to 
deer mothers had told him: "The hunters are 
coming. The Tfakima villagers | will find you. Your uncle will 
be riding on a white horse. He | will find us first. And your mother 
will be with him. Your uncle, he | (90) will catch you. But you will 
not be tired. You will just pretend so that your | uncle may catch 
you . When he catches you you will go happily to your own village, | 
because, indeed, we did not bring you forth. We found you as a 
child. | When they went hunting once before, your mother was with 
child. She bore you and went off without you." | 

After the people had eaten they spread out to hunt. His uncle 
first found the deer. | (95) Indeed, his nephew was with the deer. He 
did not recognise his nephew. | The deer ran off and the little boy 
was going about with them. He went after him. The little boy | 
wore bells tied about his legs. The little boy was the only one [ he 
pursued. His uncle caught the little boy. He caught him and 

Bunzd, Zuni Texts 123 

J^ka yam ikina anarjep. t'a p,pfea. Jfakwa satocfca tfa takucka. i 
uh sona yam kas-e satopp t'a takup. a'ho'i kwa lal lata*wanre. 
w . a .ns yam pkwin a'wa'p. yam ^akwin aktsikt'sana il*ap a'te'tcip 
hie ~:l~\: ™ j ^t^i"«.tiKa. akcsik t'sana an nana ciwan'i u'nan hie 
^etsatijja. 5 

le'n ino'te teati^a. le* sem koni'ka. 


ino'te l^akrma hiwalap ciwan an e'le a'tsawaki antecemanapl^a. 
kwakina tsawalp leskwanan yam a'tsita yam a'tatcu lesa*wani- 
kwanan ho 5 lptkrmakwin a'nuwa. ho* ciwan an e'lon yil*un*a. — 10 
ma tV ulati. yam kwahol oka'ni kwahol lea hapokanan iseto'nan 
a*ka. kakrmakwin te'tcinan ce*! lal horn anahna'we'! — iya c 
le/kwanan e'lactok elemaknan a'ne. awe'nakwin te J tcip tsawaj^ 
yam pehan piya*na-kwatokap e'lacto^ ahnan t'ehwitiwakwin 
pehan a'up tsawaki kwatonan — ko*na t'on t'ewanan a'teaiye ? 15 
le'kwap ^etsanici. i'tfinapL — i'mup e*lactok elemaknan sa'l ahnan 
ko'conan wo'lunan wo*la 5 unan he'l etonan wola'unan — sPana 
i'toce — iya c — tsawa^: le*kwanan rmup a'tci itojtat'ap a*tcitcunap 
an tatcu ana wopun ahnan cewe wotihnan a'tc i'munan ate 

questioned him. | He questioned him and he told his uncle. "I am 
your own nephew. | (ioo> Your sister, at the first hunt, gave birth 
to me and went away without me." So his | d) uncle scolded his 
sister. He whipped her, and took away her turquoise earrings and 
her necklace. | He put these earrings and necklace on his nephew. 
Then the people did not hunt | but went right back to their homes 
They, came back to their house with the little boy. | The people 
marveled greatly. When his grandfather, the priest, saw the little 
boy, J (5) he was very happy. 

This happened in ancient times. So short is my tale. | 


Long ago, the people were living at Kakima, the boys wanted 
the priest's daughter. | A Kwakina boy said to his mothers and 
his fathers, | <io) "I am going to Kakima. I shall marry the daughter 
of the priest." | "Very well, do as you like." He gathered together 
something for a woman, some sort of clothing, put it on his back 
and went. He reached Kakima. "Ce! Pull me in!" "All right." 
Thus she said. The girl arose. She went. When she reached the 
doorway the boy | dropped his bundle in. The girl took it | (15) and 
set the bundle down in the middle of the floor. The boy came in. 
"How have you lived these days?" | he said. "Happily, be seated." 
He sat down. The girl rose. She took a bowl | washed it, filled it 
and put it down. She put paper bread into a basket and set it down. 

124 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

20 poklinan — mas pene. hinik tV kohol ikwe*a. kwa tekwan'te 
tV rcukwa. — ma* i'namilte. lul^ tfo*na'wan e*lona*nan ho* tse- 
mak-t'elakwiltaniyahnan ak:*a ho 5 iya. — a u whito katsi^i! — ma 
kotcimat ho* ikwan*a ? ma rnamirte. ten e*len t'on oyemc il'in. 
ak*a to*no tcuwa aiyulacin'akarra. an tatcu le*kwap. ma hon- 

25 kwahati. ma kotcimat ho* ikwan*a ? — ma honkwahati. ma* ko*- 
ma ipewe. tenala*na t'eli^a luk yu*tetc i'fea. 

le*kwap e*lactok let'e kwatonan ipewenan kwai*inan — si*ana 
kwatoj^a. is yam pehan leikoa iseto*u le*kwap tsawak yam pehan 
rseto'nan a*tci kwatonan — si* wani. kwa hon ipakwanrej&jra. 

30 le*kwap haiyi kopla'ti ? tsawajj le*kwap e*lacto|: leskwanan 
ma* ko*lat kwahol kwa anteceman*ona kirwa. — ma* a'wuna. 
kwahol tenrla setoye. — ma* el*a kwa ku'wa. — makon hiniktci 
kwa kwahol anetcam'e ho* set rya. — ma* el*a kwa ku'wa. — 
haiyi. ma* honkwa*ati. kwako*na t'o* anteceman*a ? — ma i'nam- 

35 ilte. tcuhol yam teatcinan sam imap ho^antikhol rnakwe tehat'o*up 
tcuhot le*w rnakwenan-pot'i ihanukwap inakwe ^acima po*yan 
aiyol^ap inakwan t'ewanan yo*ap an t'ewanan ite*tcap olhakto- 
kwai*in ho* antecema a^ap a'winakw a'wan tse*makwin a^a ho*- 
na'wan a'wotsimvt'ap ho*mvwan iyani^ina'tap ho*na*wan wo*we 

40 tecukwai*inaiye. lesna te*ona^a ho* uhson antecema le*kwap. — 

"Come on, | eat." "All right." Thus the boy said and sat down. 
The two ate together. When they were finished | her father took 
his sack of tobacco and took corn husks, and the two sat down | (20) 
and smoked together. "Very well, now, speak. I think you have 
something to say. | You would not come for nothing." "Indeed it 
is so. Towards this, your daughter, | my thoughts bend. Therefore 
I have come." "Hear, my child." | "What shall I say?" "Indeed 
it is so. If you are a girl and have a husband | then everyone will 
hold you in high esteem." Thus her father said. | (25) "Is that so! 
Well, what should I say?" "Is that so ? Well, | go on and spread 
the beds. It is late at night. This man has come far and is tired." 
Thus he said. The girl went into the back room. She made up 
the beds and came out. "All right, | let us go in. Now put on your 
back that bundle which you brought with you." Thus she said. The 
boy put the bundle | on his back and the two went in. "Now wait. 
We shall not sleep together," | (30) she said. "Is that so! why?" 
said the boy. The girl said, | "Well, because that which I want is 
not there." "Well, look. 1 1 have brought all kinds of things." "Oh, 
no, it is not there." "Indeed, I am sure 1 1 have forgotten nothing." 
"Oh, no. it is not there." | "Haiyi ! Is that so ? Well, what may it be 
that you want ?" "Indeed, it is so. | (35) Indeed, that someone should 
stay alone in his field and when he hears the enemy j he should 
struggle single-handed against many of the enemy and should take 
an enemy's scalp. | Then when the enemy's days are made, and when 
his days are at an end, | then I shall carry out the basket of meal. 

5w*^, JZuni tFcocts 125 

ma > honkwa. hie kocr! t'o* tekal tse*ma. ma*honkwa. yose* 
ho* rlja. ma' ko*ma so* a*ne. le*kwanan tsawak a*nap tfewap 
camli e^lactol^ 1 kwai*ip an tsita an tatcu lesanikwanan koplea^a 
atitfo* tsawakon a # $%a ? ma*i'me imatcic el ten horn il*amekan*iha. 

lal su'nhap hampasa'kwi tsawak yu*ya*nan a'n'ihap. — ho* 45 
^akrmakwin a'nuwa. t'owa ciwan an e*lon ho* antse'man a'nuwa. 
ma* to* ulati. — ma* lesnapa. ko ko*lea te*onak;a ho*na*wan a'suwe 
icit^ana a*te*tcila kwako ko*lea te*onaka. le*kwanan teluna^anre 
utenan pehan acnan a'^a. te*tcip — hiya*ati tcuwakon tfas iya. 
a u wati katsiki sewahnaknana' ! — ma imatcic el ten horn ila- 50 
wamel^antiha. — lal tsawak ye'maknan 'ukwe^ lal horn anahna*- 
we' le*kwap. e'lactok awe'nakwin a^a. te*tcip tsawak yam 
kwampehan piyahnan kwatol^ap e*lactok ahnan t'ehwitiwakwin 
wetok le a*nan a*up tsawak kwatonan — horn a'tatcu horn a*tsita 
horn tcawe ko*na t'on tJewanan a'teaiye. — l^etsanici. rt'inapL 55 
le*ana^ap tsawak: rmup e*lactol£ elemaknan sa*l ahnan sakoconan 
wopuna-pilakwin a*nan te*tcinan wo'lunan wo*la*unan tfsi*l ahnan 
helunan wola*unan paiya* wotunan — si*ana hon itonapce. le*kwap 
i'tJinaknan itonapfea. itonan tetcunenan an tatcu ana wojJun ahnan 

This is what I desire. Because, on account of the enemy's thoughts, | 
our brothers and our relatives and our flocks | (40) are come to 
naught. That is the reason that I desire this." Thus she said. | "Is 
that so? Too bad! You think evil things. Well, in vain | have I 
come. Very well, then, I shall go." Thus he said. The boy went. 
Next morning, | when the girl came out, her mother and her father 
said to her, | "Shame on you ! Why have you sent that boy away ?" 
"I don't know. Perhaps he didn't want to marry me." [ 

(45) Then, in the evening, a boy at Hampasa found out about it 
and wanted to go. "I | shall go to Kakima. I am thinking of the 
high priest's daughter. So I shall go." | "Very well, do as you like." 
"So be it. I have my reason for wanting to go. Our younger brothers] 
have gone there one by one and have been humiliated. So there is 
some reason to go." Thus he said. [ He made an enormous bundle 
of clothing. He went. When he got there. "Oh dear! Someone is 
coming again. J <so) Shame on you, child. Now this time say yes." — 
"Perhaps they did not want to marry me." | Then the boy climbed 
up. "Say! Pull me in!" | Thus he said. The girl went to the door- 
way. When she reached there the boy | dropped his bundle in. 
The girl took it and set it down in the middle of the room. | She drag- 
ged it over there and put it down. The boy came in. "My fathers, 
my mothers, | (55) my children, how have you lived these days?" 
"Happily, be seated." | Thus they said. The boy sat down. The 
girl rose, took a bowl, washed it, | went to the pot that was standing 
in the fireplace, dished out some food and set it down. She took a 
basket, | put some paper bread in it and set it down. She placed 
seats. "Come now, let us eat." Thus she said. | They sat down and 

126 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

60 cetihnan rmup a*tci pokh^a. lesanikwanan mas pene. kwa te- 
kwante t'o* i*tun teanre. — ma' rnamilte. lu^ t'om tca J lona*nan ho* 
tsemak-t'elakwi^an'iyahnan alja ho* iya. — a u whito katsijp. 
ko'lea pene. — ma kotcimat ho 3 ikwaira ? — ma* imat lufe: antece- 
ma. — ma } lesnajia. ten o^an Uon tcuw oyemc il'in a^aton aiyu- 

65 lacina^an*a. le'kwapt'ina^a. hie tenalana t'eiap tsawaifc aleawacap 
an tatcu leskwanan ^atsi^i ipewunaknana'. tenala'na t?eii^a l^e'si. 
le'kwap. e'lactok telitfo'kwin kwatonan ijiewenan kwai'inan tsa- 
wal^ona lesanikwanan si'ana kwato^a. hekotfelitan al'e'a. le'kwap 
tsawak elemakup — yam set-r'kona iwo'pona'u' le'kwap. a'tci 

/o kwatonan si* wanani kwa hon iwil' alcukwa. tsawa^ leskwanan 
kopla'ti e'lactoki leskwanan kotci'na tse'na kwa kwahol ho* 
antecema'ona kwa kirwa. — ma* a'wuna honkwat kwahol tio y 
anteceman'ona akci^an'a. kwahol temla ho* set-i'ya. le'anikwap. — 
ma* ela kwa kirwa. — le'anikwap haiyi'. ma 5 kwako'na t'o* ante- 

75 ceman'a ? — ma } i*nam ilte. tcuhol ton yam teatcinan sam imap 
ho^antikhol inakwe tehatVup t'on le*w inakwena-potfi ihanukwanan 
inakwe ^acima po'yan aiyo'up inakwan tewanan yo J ap an t'ewanan 
ite*tcap olhaktokwi uhsona ho* antecema a^ap a*winakwa*wan 
tse'makin a^a ho'nan iyanikinan ho'nan a'wowe tecukwai'inaiye. 

so lesna te'onaka uhsona ho* antecema. — ticomaha'. kotci'. haiyi'. 

ate. When they were finished eating, her father took his sack of 
tobacco | (60) and corn husks and sat down, and the two smoked. | 
Then he said, "Very well, now speak, j You have not come for 
nothing." "Indeed it is so. Towards this, your child, | my thoughts 
bend. Therefore I have come." "Hear child! | Say something." 
"Indeed, what should I say ?" "Well, perhaps she wants you. | Well, 
so be it. If only a woman has a husband, everyone holds her in high 
esteem." | (65) Thus he said. They were sitting there. It was very 
late at night and the boy was sleepy. | Her father said, "Girl ! Make 
up the beds. It is now late at night." | Thus he said. The girl went 
into the inner room and made up the beds. She came out | and said 
to the boy, "Let's go in. I sleep in the back room," she said. | The 
boy arose. "Take along that which you brought with you." Thus 
she said. | (70) they entered. "Now wait.We shall not sleep together." 
The boy said, |"Why?" The girl said, "You needn't ask why. That 
which 1 1 wish is not there." "Well, look. Perhaps what you | wish 
may be among them. I have brought all kinds of things." He said 
to her. | "Oh, no, it is not there," she said. "Haiyi! Well, what 
is it that you want ?" | (75) "Indeed it is so. That someone should 
stay alone in his field | and when he hears the enemy he should 
struggle single-handed against many of the enemy | and take an 
enemy's scalp. Then when the enemy's days are made, and when 
his days | are at an end, then I shall be the one to carry out the 
basket of meal. That is what I desire. For, because of the enemy's 
thoughts our relatives and our animals are come to naught. 

R/i#/Mff«Z, Z-wni Tcjct& 127 

nnVhonkwa. ten to* yosen ho'i. kocikatel'ea kotci'. le*w inakwena 
pot'i ihanukwana'cukwa' ma'honkwa'ati le'na te'onal^a hon icil- 
^ana a'witela. ma* ko^a so 5 a*ne le'kwanan s^'l^a. 

t'ewap camli e'lactolj kwai'ip an a'lacina* lesantikwanan hi'yaha' 
ati' katsilji' kop hie tfo* a'wale'a ? — ma* el'a imatcic el il'a'wanre- 85 

lai kohiwalawan pautiwa leskwanan hom tcawe ama ho* ^:aki*- 
makwin a'nuwa. fowa ciwan an e'lona antse 3 man a'nuwa. koko^ea 
te 5 ona^a hom t'ekohanan tcawe icilkana a'te'tcila kwakon antece- 
man'a'. le* yam t'eapkumvwe ho* a'wil a'nuwa. a'witen t'ewana 90 
ho 5 a'nuwa. — tfo* ulati. — ma } lesnapa. 

lal uhsite t'elinan ta^tcic ma*^aian ahaiyute a'tfsan a'tci yam 
hot il'i ptkona a'tci t'elap itcunan an suwe leskwanan tishol sam 
imap a u wawolohna^a'. — yaiyu'ya'nanre a'tci kopleap tcic t'on 
leskwe^ ? a*tc ala ke'si. — tenala'ap an suwe leskwanan ti's 95 
^akrma sam imap a u wawolohnaka'. — yaiyu'ya'nam'e atci! 
kon a'tci telokana'. kopleap iyo tcic t'on leskwe'a. laj^ol hiwaPona 
tfonre te*tci luwalap tcic t!on iyo jteye'a. a'tci ala J^e'si. — haiyi. — 
a'tc allja. 

(80) Therefore, that is what I desire." "Oh dear! Alas! | Is that so ? 
Then in vain have I come. Impossible! | I cannot struggle single- 
handed against many of the enemy. Well, is that so. Therefore are 
we all | shamed when we come. Very well, now I shall go." Thus he 
said and went. | 

Next morning, when the girl came out, her parents said to her, 
"Shame on you, | (85) daughter! What do you do to them all?" 
"Nothing! Perhaps he did not want to marry me." | 

Then at Katcina Village, Pautiwa said, "My children, let me go 
to Kakima. | Thinking of the daughter of the high priest I shall go. 
There is some [ reason why my daylight children, going there, are 
shamed. What is it that she may want? | (90) I shall go with all 
my children. After four days 1 1 shall go." "Do as you like." "Very 
wHl. so be it!" | 

Meanwhile, that very night, at Salt Lake, the two little Ahaiyute | 
were staying with their grandmother. When they lay down to sleep 
at night, the younger brother said, "It would be nice | to stay 
someplace alone when the enemy come out of hiding." "You two 
fools! What makes you | (95) say that ? You two go to sleep, now!" 
After a while the younger brother said, | "It would be nice to be 
staying alone at Kakima when the enemy came out of hiding." "You 
two fools, | keep quiet! What makes you say such things? Now- 
a-days people | walk around with empty heads. They are talking 
nonsense. Now go to sleep!" "Haiyi!" | They went to sleep. 

128 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

100 tfewap camli a'pilaknan a'tcia hota yam kotci sumapea wola*- 
1 tunan yam hekusna wola*unan s'i'tonap^a. rtonan tetcunenan 
s 3 a*tcia hota kwaPil^a. hie tenala'ap lapalan set-rnan piyana 
kwato^anan — laf horn a-tci anaha'. anahnan a*tci elemaknan 
a*tci jfowa wotihap ko'macko lawe asitfap ku'h* lje'la ciwuna lakalo 
5 lal kwahol temla lawe. — kop hota leaka luk set-i'ya ? — hiya 
anakatt'on yula peye'a. — haihi't'o a'tci le'kwanan sVtci cowac^a. 
a*tci cowacnan a*tci kwai^a. sVtci kwai'inan s'a-tci wo'w cemal^a. 
^a^aht'ap pijSit'ap coljapiso anelawa kwalaci kwahol temla wo*we 
iyamakwin a*pani*nan s'a'tcian Hatacnapka. katet'ap lapca^a. 

10 s'a'tci kwatonan s'a'tci ikwanilje^a. a*tci cowacnan. an suwe 
leskwanan wan* ho* yam nana sewulan hal^at'u'. le'kwanan kwai- 
Mnan s'a'ka. ma'^aian tfewankwin tahna yam nan inkwin te'tcip 
an nana — qa* qa c qa c qa c qa c hie lahika. hie lahip a u wanani' nana. 
t'om ho* acuwakan'iha. le'kwanan t'opa t'at'akwin te'tcip an nana 

15 poayaltop. te'tcip qa c qa c qa c qa c qa c t'a ana'nap. tfa topa tfatfan 
rmiyarto'up — trana' nana'. a u wanyucana\ t'om ho* ampen'iha, 
le*kwap tfa inkwin te'tcip — qa c qa* qa c qa c qa c . — ticomaha nana . 
wan* tikwahna ! le'kwanan inkwin te'tcip — kwa-p*i* koptV ikwe*a? 
ma* rnamilte. torn ho* acuwa^an^ha. — mas pene. — ma' rnamilte 

(ioo) Next morning they arose. Their grandmother sat down her 
corn mush cooked with field mice. | <i> She put down dry paper bread. 
They ate. When they were finished eating, | their grandmother 
went out. After a short time she came carrying a bundle of sticks 
on her back. | She dropped them through the hatchway. "Pull 
me in!" The two got up | and took her bundle of sticks. There 
were many sticks ; oak, willow, first-flowering shrub and red willow, | 
(5) all kinds of sticks. "What is grandmother bringing these for?" 
"Why, | have you not spoken of going to war?" "Haiyi!" they 
said. The boys made arrows. | After they had made arrows they 
went out. They went out and called the birds: | eagle, and hawk 
and cokapiso, chickenhawk, raven, all kinds of birds. | They came 
down from the sky and pulled out their feathers for them: tail 
feathers and soft feathers. | (io) Then they went in and worked. 
After they had finished their arrows, the younger brother | said, 
"Wait! Let me call our grandfather to take word around." Thus 
he said and going out, | he went. To the east of the Salt Lake | 
where his grandfather stayed he came. | His grandfather said, 
"Qa qa qa qa qa qa!" and flew away. As he flew away, "Wait for 
me grandfather, | I want to talk to you," he said. His grandfather 
reached another tree | (is) and perched on top. When he reached 
him, "Qa qa qa qa qa qa!" and again he flew away | He perched 
on another tree. "Oh dear! grandfather, keep still! I want to talk 
to you !" | Thus he said. He came to the place. " Qa, qa, qa, qa, qa, 
qa!" "Oh dear! grandfather, | wait! be nice!" Thus he said. He 
came to where he was sitting. "What is it! What have you got to 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 129 

lujj yaton tfo tciche*na*kwin a*nuwa. — kop ho* lewupura ? — 20 
ma* rnam ilte tfo J jiena'wa^a a*nuwa. tV te^cinan a'wan hampo- 
*kona tV isolenan Ho* ^aki'makwin t'a tV a*nap ma honkwa l$:akr- 
makwin yula^a te^an'a. hinik a*witenhol t'ewana yulaka te^an*a 
le 5 tikwap ]£al tV a'nuwa. — ma honkwa le*kwanan sVka. 

ta* c tcic ahaiyute yam kakwin aka. te'tcip — ljec tV haitoc^a ? — 26 
e* — le'kwap sVtci ikwanika^a. sVtci ant'ewa^a. 

ta* c tcic tciche*nan pena'haiyakap hapel^a. tenvla hapop hrwale- 
maka. hrwalemakup ta* c tcic uhsite t'ehnan koiuwalawan pautiwa 
leskwanan si* luka t'elinan kaki'makwin t'owa ciwan an e'l inkwin 
hon a*wa*nuwa. le*kwap an t'eapkuna* cohwitot'ap haliku maNvi 30 
oholi poka okciko kotci hrwalemaknan kal a*wa*ka. ta* c tcic ma- 
l^aian ahaiyute a'tfsan a'tci a'tci hota lesanikwanan a u wana a'tci 
hana kc^ma a'tci yele^a le'kwap. ahaiyute an suwe hana ko^a 
ho 3 a*nuwa le'kwap am papa kerne lapa^anan copon seto'nan 
t'opap kopkwin lat'sonan t'am^apnan uknan alan uknan sPana' 35 
hi'u tV heci^an*a. tfo J ten'i^ap tealt i'tse 5 man*te hrwalakwin 
ate^cip kwa elecukwa le'kwap kwai'inan j£al a*^a. 

£ai a* — ne. coyakoskwikwin i'yap ljal a # ka. ^e'hiwakwin 
i*nan t'una-yala'up jjatetcikwin aklr kwai'i^a. J£al a*ka. opumpiya- 

say ?" I "Indeed it is so. I want to speak to you." "Well, go ahead, 
talk!" "Indeed, it is so. | (20) This day you will go to the country 
of the Apaches." "What shall I do there ?" | "Indeed it is so. You 
will go to them with a message. When you get there, at all their 
camps I you will pick up dirt, and put it on yourself. Then when 
you have gone to Kakima, perhaps | there will be war at Kakima. 
'I think, in four days, there will be war:' | Thus they will say. Then 
you will come back here." "Is that so?" he said and went. | 

(25) Meanwhile Ahaiyute went back to his house. When he got 
there, "Well, did you tell him ?" |"Yes," he said. Then they worked. 
They passed the night. | 

Meanwhile the Apaches, having sent out word, gathered together. 
When they were all come together, they started 9 out. | As they 
started out that very night at Katcina Village, Pautiwa | said, 
"Now, this night, we shall go to Kakima, to the home of the Corn 
Priest's daughter." | (30) Thus he said. Then his children arose, 
antelope, mountain sheep, buck | and doe, jackrabbit, cottontail, 
field mouse. They came hither. Meanwhile j at Salt Lake, the 
grandmother of the two little Ahaiyute said, "Hurry up, | now, go 
ahead! Get ready!" Thus she said. The younger Ahaiyute said, 
"Go ahead, | I shall go!" The elder brother wrapped a buckskin 
about his (brother's) shoulders, put his quiver on his back, | (35) and 
thrust another in his belt, gave him his war club and his shield. 
"All right, now, j go ahead! You will go quickly. If you delay over 
anything, ) when you reach the village, it will not be well." Thus 
he said. He went out and came this way. | 

130 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

to kwin r^a. i'nan imyala^a. iskon imyalap ta ,( tcic t'ekohatip awek- 
etsa^atip e^actok pilaknan kwan^leyenan teatcinakwin s'a'ika. 
a'tiwulapnakwin te'tcinan rmunan an moteala-pi^ap a'teaceka. 
ateacip ta* ( tcic pautiwa i'^a. ant'eapkuna* kwilimakte a'witawelan 
i*ka. ^eptahnakwin ryap ko*wi t'ekohanap leskwanan hu — 

45 'uh! e'lactolj kwa hatiananvika. wempoakwin rnan tfa leskwanan 
hu — 5 uh! e'lactolj: kwa hatiananr^a. ^al a'l^a* healo tepo- 
^altahnakwin i*nan leskwanan hu — 'uh! e'lacto^ hatiapL 
leskwanan kwa*api ? wetsi tfekohanan an teatcina pattokwin 
i'nan leskwanan hu — 'uh! 

50 ta*tcic ahaiyute t'sana leskwanan o — o — o — oh e'lacto^: 
unati^ap pautiwa hie tsamkokci. an Ueapkuna*nawe yu'lakiti&a. 
e'lacto^ leskwanan t'rya ? le'kwap — e\ hanah'a elame^a yato*- 
kwai'inan'te ho* rya. kwa tfo> yaiyu'ya-nanre^a. te^aial tV 
antecema^a. homkwatcic to* yaiyu'ya'nakatap hon rtse'mak- 

55 tfelakwi teap li*l hoi t'om ulohnana'kona horn t'eapkuna* a*teap 
t'om a'wotsina* kwa yu'makwe'na'man homan t?eapkuna*wa^a 
yu'yackwi a'te^ananlja. hatiawa. elame^a yatokwai'i — 
— o — o — o — oh! i'woloh^a ! hanana*we' ! 

He came this way. Coming this way, he came to Face-in-the- 
Doorway. He came this way. To Upright Rocks he came. He 
stood looking over the edge. At Evil-Smelling Water the smoke of 
many fires arose. He came this way. To Where -the- Sack -of -Flour 
Hangs | (40) he came He sat down at the edge. As he was sitting 
there on top, it was just early dawn. | When the ground first becomes 
visible, the girl arose. She dressed herself and went to her field. | 
When she came to Where-Many-Stones-are-Scattered she sat 
down. She picked the, blossoms from her squash vine. | As she 
was picking blossoms Pautiwa came. With his children lined up 
on both sides | he came. He came to Rock Corner. It was early 

dawn. He said, "Hu uh!" | (45) The girl did not hear. 

He came to Where-the-Animals-Crouch and again he said, f 

"Hu — uh !" The girl did not hear him. He came to Sand 

Mound | Corner and said, "Hu uh!" The girl heard 

him . | She said, "What is it ? " It was not a little bit light. He came 
to the edge of her field | and said, "Hu uh!" | 

(50) Meanwhile little Ahaiyute said, "Oo oo!" When 

the girl | looked at him P'autiwa was a handsome youth. His 
children, the deer, stood still. [ The girl said, "You have come." 
"Yes, alas, even as the sun rises on evil days [ I come. You have 
been very foolish; | you have wished for evil. Perhaps if you had 
been wise | (55) we might have cherished one another and then, here 
all over your country, my children would stay. | Your men folks 
would not have to toil, but through my children | you would all 
be well provided with food. Listen, the sun rises on evil days. 

"Oo oo! The enemy come out of hiding. Hasten!" 

Bunzel, Zuni Tends 131 

so 3 a'ne. le'kwanan pautiwa yalupnan eya yo*nan wisisisisi — 
s > a,'\a>. ta'*tcic ant'eapkuna* manifea 5 konaa , wa*napta ,c tcic e'lactojj: eo 

ta* c tcic opumpiyakwin ahaiyute tfsana i'putcelan pani'nan 

o — o — o — oh! rwolohpi! hanana*we'! 
ta* c tcic tciche'kwe u'kwai'i^a. ta'tcic ahaiyute weatcon pani'nan 65 
e'lacto^ koya ota'jka. ahaiyute te*tcinan potce* wotihnan a* wan 
tcukotinan e'lactolfcna cuwahnan animunan t'opaljan yam alan 
tekunan an t'opaljan yam lapi^an tekunan si* el*e tV yucan ime. 
le*kwap e*lacto^ kon tcunenan imo J l$:a. ta* c tcic tcim t'ekohatip 
tciche'kw a'winan an ulapl^a. an ulipap ta* { tcic ahaiyute tfsana 70 
cow ipaktconan tcihe'kwe laknan a — 3 ah! yatokwai'ip ahaiyute 
t'sana an co'we terjl^a. ta* c tcic tciche'kwe ipaktcona*wap. uhsona 
kwihopap ahaiyute woyocnan tciche'kw a'pilkwe'nan la'l^a. latap 
tciche'kwe lestikwanan hinik hi]$. tcuhol l^apin ho'i. t'ewuna* kwa 
lujj yantfewusuna'ma. lewite ke'si. ko'mackon hon iyaknana'we 75 
le J tikwanan yutula^a. 

yutulal^ap ta'tcic a'pVyakwin iteh'ula cipololon ^eatap ta* c tcic 
ahaiyute te*ona isnokon'te tciche'kwe a'nrot'sikwacnan teatcina- 
parfo^kona a'mot'sikwacnan e^acto^ona kwaPiJ^ap ta' c tcic hiwalan 
a'ho^i lestikwanan ama antehahia'we' e^acto^ona tcuwak il'- so 

"Now I am going." Saying this Pautiwa turned around. He 
turned into a duck. "Wisisisisis!" | (60) he went. At the same time 
his children went by below. The girl | screamed. 

Meanwhile, at Where-the-Sack-of-Flour-Hangs, little Ahaiyute 
jumped down, | crying. | 

" Oo oo ! The enemy come out of hiding. Hasten !" 

(65) Meanwhile the Apaches came out. Ahaiyute came down 
shouting. | The girl was running around screaming. Ahaiyute came 
there. He picked up some dry leaves, | spit on them, blessed the 
girl, made her sit down. On one side of her | he set up his shield, 
on the other side his bow. "All right, now sit still!" | Thus he said. 
The girl stopped crying and sat there. Now it was just daylight. | 
(70) The Apaches came and surrounded her. As they went around 
her, little Ahaiyute | shot at them with his arrows. He killed the 

Apaches. Aa h! The sun rose. Little Ahaiyute's 

arrows were all gone. Now the Apaches were shooting. Their 
arrows just dropped to the ground. Ahaiyute picked them up and. 
shot the Apaches with them. He killed them. After he had killed 
many, | the Apaches said, "I think this is some raw person. There- 
fore | (75) he will never surrender. It is enough, now. Very many we 
have lost." | Thus they said and ran away. 

As they ran away the dust rose even to the sky. Then, at once, | 
Ahaiyute took their scalps. At the edge of the field | he took their 
scalps. Then he made the girl come out. Meanwhile the village j 

132 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

imojjaira. ma tcuhol ilinre ko'macko* tenala'lja. — iya le'kwanan 
a'tsawa^ a'lawona i'luwahna kwaPinan a'wavj^a. 

a'tc inkwin a'te'tcinan ticomaha' t'onc ime ? — e* le'kwanan lulj 
t'om teat'u le'kwanan tcimna'kwe te'tcin'ona tsih uknan t'a lal 

85 t'op i'yap t'a uknan ta lal t'opa te'tcip — isa lul^ t'om teat c u 
le*kwanan tsih uknan lal ko 3 n a'te'tcilap yaknan tenrl a^te'tcip 
tsihe* i'wite'tcika tsihe* i'wite'tcap iskon lesa*wanikwanan ma 
luka yaton i*nakwan J^acima po'yan aiyonantfowa ciwan an ulohna- 
kwin oneala kwatol^amvwa. lal lesa'wanikwanan kwap tV a*wan 

90 tca'le ? — pPtcikwa*wan. — ifo^o kwap tV a*wan tca J le ? — ka- 
l^alikw a*wan. — lal ta ,c tcic tfcr'o? — t'omvkwa'wa. — lal t'o 4> o? 
— koloktakwa'wa. — t'a t'o^o ? — tonacikwa*wa. — t'a tVo ? — 
takakwa*wa. — lal ta*'tcic t'o^o ? yato^akwa'wa. — tatVo? — 
t'owa*kwawa. — lal t'o^o ? — anakwa*wa. lal fa t'o ,5 o ? — cohwita*- 

95 kwawa. — lal tV'0 ? — aincekw'a'wa — lal t'a t'o'^o ? — suskikwa*- 
wa. — lal ta t'cr'o ? — po'yikwa-wa. — lal t'a t'o^o ? — aiyahokwa*- 
wa. — lal t'a to^o ? — t'ahiptsikwa'wa. — ma honkwa lulj t'oman 
kwato^ap lal lukni a'tci ^alup lal ta ,c tcic lul$: t'oman it'atop lal 
lukn a*tci kocop le*nas li'l yele^ap si tcuwantika t?on penan lea 
ioo a'wa'nuwa ? ma ho^o. — t'a ho^o. — t'a ten t'a ho^o. — t'a ho^o. 
i — matona'wa'nuwa. t'on tfehwan it'ehnan t'on pipin a'ho'i a'ya'ya*- 

(80) people said to one another, "Go ahead see what is happening. 
Someone is staying there with the girl. | Someone has been staying 
there with her for a long time." "All right/' they said. | The boys 
who were fast runners ran out and went. | 

When they came to where the two were staying, "Oh dear! Are 
you staying here?" "Yes," he said. "Now this | will be yours." 
The first one who arrived was given a scalp, and | (85) as another 
came he was given one also, and as another came, "Now this will 
be yours," | he said and was given a scalp. Each one as he came 
was given a scalp. When all had arrived | his scalps were all distri- 
buted. When they were distributed he said to them, "Now | this 
day the enemy's water-filled covering you have taken from him. 
Now into the Corn Priest's country j his roads will enter." Then 
he said to them, "Whose | <90) child are you ?" "Dogwood." "And 
whose child are you?" [ "Eagle." "And now you?" "Turkey." 
"And you?" "Sand Hill Crane." "And you?" "Badger." "And 
you?" | "Frog." "And now you?" "Sun." "And you?" | "Corn." 
"And you ?" "Tobacco." "And you ?" "Antelope." | (95)"Andyou ?" 
"Bear." "And you ?" "Coyote." | "And you ?" "Road runner." "And 
you?" "Mustard." "And you?" | "Yellow-wood." "Is that so? 
When They have taken him in for you, | these two will wash him. 
And now, when this one has taken him in, | and whe.-i these two 
have washed him, and when everything is ready, who of you (loo)will 
take in the message?" "I!" | "And I!" "And I!" "And I!" <i> 
"Very well, you will go. When you have gone a little ways, you will let 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 133 

j^anan lal tcim yam t'ekohanan a*tatcu lal yam a'tsita yam tcawe 
tfon a'yu'ya'kana'wa'. — iskon u'kwai'inan a'wa^a. 

tcim yato itcukoskup iskon halupan iwokwiknan u — 'uh! 
tci'ma*kwe. kwili^ana'na ista'na u — 5 uh! lal ha'iljana'na u — 
5 uh! hawana*we'! a-witenal^ana-na u — 'uh! pawiyacel^a! lal 5 
iskon hiwalan ryu'ya'nan i'hiwahna kwaPika. Pluwahnan kwai- 
'inan yanikto'nan iskon iyantekunacnapka. 

ma lulja yaton*e pawiyaceka. t'on ant'sumehna a*tepin*a. e'te 
rnakwe kwamasa^a ho'i te^a'en'tet'owa ciwan an l^acima peyenal$:*a 
t'owaconan peyen alj'a ^acima ho J i yo'ka. e*te rnakwe otsina 10 
yamte penan'te ko*wi co'li'tekwan'el'a ko'wi t'a-li*tekwanel'a 
ko'wi cemkaiyap rnakwe te*ona t'ekohanan paltopa hon a*tatc 
il*apona wema* a'pila*ciwan*i yam sawanikaka rnakwe jjacima 
po'yan aiyonapka. t'ewuna' we'ana'we'! u — 5 uh! teya! u — 
5 uh! te*ya! — u — 'uh! abiate! u — uh! te'ya! te*ya! is 

le'na teatip iskon ahaiyute t'sana a*wan tsihe'wulaptconap^a. 
tena'up tenrla wo'tihna'wap iskankon tsihe'wi'l^a, ^akrmakwin 
akwan a*wiwa 3 hinan iskon tsihe* rt'inak;a. iskon e'lacto^ yam 
^akwin a*ka. te'tcinan kwanlea i'kokcunan iskon wo'lunan 
hepehanan wo*lihakto*nan tcukina oP Hea'up an hani l£ap rhakto'- 20 

the Raw people know. | Then your daylight fathers, your mothers, 
your children, | you will let know." They started out and went. | 

Just as the sun stood in his doorway, they sat down by an 

ant-hill. "Uu h!" | The first time. The second time 

a little louder, "Uu h!" Then the third time, | 

(5) "Uu h! Hasten!" The fourth time, "Uu h! 

A Navaho has died." Then, | in the village, they knew about it. 
They started out running. As they started running, | the people 
came to meet them. They questioned them. | 

"Now, this day, a Navaho has died. You shall wait anxiously 
for him. | For, though in his life, the enemy was a worthless lot, 
now through the Corn Priest's rain prayers | (io) and seed prayers, 
he has become a rain person. Even though the enemy | called 
himself a man in a shower of arrows, in a shower of war clubs, | with 
bloody head, the enemy reached the end of his life. The ones who 
are our fathers, | Beast Bow Priests, with their claws, tore from the 

enemy his water-filled (covering. Now shout, U uh!' 

Again, ( U uh!' | (15) Again, 'U uh!' Once 

more 'U uh!' Again, again." | 

When they had done thus little Ahaiyute went about carrying 
the scalps | and singing. When he had picked them all up they 
came with the scalps. | They crossed Kakima canyon. There 
they set the scalps down. Then the girl | went to her house. 
When she came there, she dressed in fine clothing. Then she filled 
a bowl with stew | {20 ) and wrapped up some paper bread. She set 
the bowl of stew on her head, took a basket of sweet corn meal 

134 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

nan sa'l rlea'up s*a*tc a*ka. s'a-tci teihc- t'inakwin to'toip cthaiyute 
tfsana sa*l ahnan ^alunan tcukina o'tihna kwa iyas'kocona'man 
o*^asliik:a. toms at* i*yasena tutunap^a. — le'nap kwa teclati. 
irtina^ukwa. le'a*wanikwap iskon e'lactok yam ^eakona teu^a. 

25 le'na teatip iskon a'wan tsihe*wulaptconaka tenejja. iskon 
tsihe'-alahna^a teneka. lal iskon yato piyahap rtfatfona'kwe t'ap 
tsihe'koconaptun'ona a*wi*tet^a. iskon tsihe'-alahna^a. iskons 
a*wulaptcelka. a'witenal^an a*wulapnan tfehwitokwin u'kwato- 
fea, u*kwatop iskon rcuwahnapka. iskon rcuwahnap^atfap pa- 

30 mosona tsi ela^ka. iskon pi'laciwan'i a'wacuwa^a. le'na teatip 
sVwil' a*ka. upotuntekwi a'wili* te'tcip u'kwatojja. yam J£akwin 
a*ka iskons pa lal$:aen*te o*y il* alpi. lal ta ,c tcic tomt rhrwaya*- 
wela'kona a'teckupoka. 

ko*na t'elina* upkwin te'tcinan a*wan otin-lana lal tsiha kocona^a 

35 teni^a. a*witen t'ewap tsihe"kocona*kwe a*wi*^a. tsiha kocona*- 
Ijat'ap otin-lana otip^a. otipkatap iptsicokenapka. le'na teatip 
pumo^a]£ana%a. uhson i'te'tcap pate an otipfea. le'na teatip 
tealan il*on a'tcia otsia^a tik;an pu'a%a. iskon a'tea^a. 

in her hand. Her younger sister set a jar of water on her head | 
and took a bowl in her hand. Thus the two went. They came to 
where the scalps were staying. Little Ahaiyute | took the bowl, 
poured some water into it, picked up some of the sweet corn meal, 
without washing his hands, | he mixed the meal and water* The 
blood was mixed with it. He drank it. "This way one shall not 
suffer from rheumatism. 1 " | Thus he said to them. Then the girl 
had what she had longed for. | 

(25) When they had done this, they carried the scalps about. He 
taught them the songs. [ He taught them the songs for running 
after the scalps. Then, as the sun dropped, the ones who would 
touch the scalp, and | the ones who would wash them, came there. 
Then they ran after the scalps. Then | they went around. Four 
times they went around and went into the plaza. | They went in 
and there they performed the rite of exorcism. After they had done 
this | (30) the scalp chief set up the scalps. Then the bow priest 
talked to them. When they had done this, | he went with them. 
He came with them to the house where they were going into retreat. 
They went in. | He went to his house. Then even though he had 
killed Navaho, he slept with his wife. Meanwhile those who had 
just stood beside him | stayed in retreat. 

Every night he came to where they were staying and taught them 
the songs for the great dance and for washing the scalp. | (35) On the 
fourth day the ones who washed the scalps came. After they had 
washed the scalps | they danced the great dance. After they had 
done the great dance they danced iptsico. When they had done 
this | they danced pumo'ana. When this was at an end they 
danced the war dance. When they had done | this the Ones-Who- 
1 Literally, "fear sickness." 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 135 

tepikwaPik:a. tepikwaPip iskon e^acto^s isa'ka. iskons tca- 
wac§a. wihat'sana kwaPip aktsi^: tealja. lal tfa tfopa kwaPip t'a 40 
aktsi^: teaka. iskon a'tcia tsita aPuli^a. s'a'tc ho'i ya'pi^a. 
sVtc ho 3 i ya^anan hie a*tc ampisa. a'tc kwaPinan isnol a'wa^a. 
a*tci wot'sana late^a. iskon s'a'tci laltej^anan a'tci a'wa'lja. pofea 
lately, t'elap a'tci yam tatcu lesanikwanan ho'nan Uo* pPla*- 
wactV! — hoPo. tfo'n ho' antse'map kwa to* yaiyu'ya'nam'e. 45 
t'on tenin acan*a'. el telikwan'te tealtokwin ye'maknamt'u! 
iskon t'o'n a'papa kakweniye. le'atcianikwap — ma elapa. — 
a'want'ewaka. t'ewap camli a'tci pilaknan iskon PtonapVen s'a'tc 
ikocen aPuka. a'tc ikocen aPunan a'tci ye*ma^a. a*tci itiwa 
latekwin te'tcip a'tci a*pap a'tci poayala'lja. — he'! ho'n a'suw 50 
a'tci t'onc iya ? a'tci kwato! s'a'tci kwato^a. he' hota suw a'tc 
i'ka ! ho'n a'wrtopi ! iskon a'tci hota a'wi'topifca. PtonapVen 
Pyankolonapl^a. uhsona tetcunenan colipi^a. uhsona tetcunenan 
hokamon-pilkwenapka. uhsona tetcunenan tikwa'weletco'fea. le'na 
teatip iskon a'tci ikocna* a*wukna J ka. lal t'a hoktitaca wahta- 55 
wa^a copVwe. s 5 a*tci wopun ahnan s'a'tci pani'^a. 

a'tcia tatcu unatikanan — he* ton a'l$:a ? tse'map tfo'n ho* 
aiyuteneka. iskon PtonapVen tetcunenan yam tsit a'tci lesani- 

Hold-the-High-Places initiated them into the society of strong 
males. Thus they lived. | 

A year passed. After a year the girl was with child. Then | 
(40) she gave birth. She was delivered of a baby, a boy. Then she 
was delivered of another baby; | he also was a boy. Then their 
mother lay in the sand bed. The boys grew up. | When they were 
grown they were very mischievous. Wherever they went | they 
killed birds with stones. Then going a little further off | they killed 
rabbits. One night they said to their father, "Make bows for us." | 
<45> "No ! I worry about you. You are foolish, | You will do something 
wrong. Now, do not, by any means, climb up to the top of the mesa. 
There your elder brothers live." Thus he said to them. "Oh no!" 
They passed the night. Next morning the two arose. After they 
had eaten they | played around outside. As they were playing 
around they climbed up. They | (50> came to Middle-Prayerstick- 
Place. Their two elder brothers were sitting on the housetop. 
"Hey! Younger brothers, | have you come? Go in!" They went 
in. The two went in. "Hey! Grandmother, our younger brothers | 
have come! Give us something to eat." Then their grandmother 
gave them to eat. After they had eaten | they played iyanMolowe. 
When they had finished they played coliwe. When they had 
finished | they played hokamon pilkwaii. When they had finished 
they ran stick races. | (55) When they had done all this, they were 
given playthings. Then also he gave them bags of cougar skin, [ 
and quivers. They wrapped their things up and came down. | 

Their father saw them. "Hey! Did you go even though 1 1 forbade 
it?" When they had finished eating they said to their mother, | 

136 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

kwanan tepica! a'tcia tsita tepic^a. yelete*up si'ana ikocece! 

60 iskon a'tc kwahol tenrl ikocnan — la} rmu! am papa co'yarkrnan 
yam suwe lakuka. lakup a'tcia tsita lana kwai'i^a. yam aktsil^ 
alkwin te^inan — hiya ana! yaiyu'ya'namen-lana! am papa 
lanakwe*na te'tcinan yam tsit ulatenan — a u wana la'la! le*kwanan 
a u wati kapnan we^nan yam suwe an co'le tekwihap i'muna-pila^ap 

65 am papa i'mup an suwe co*yalto*nan yam papa lakup an tsita 
lanakwai'ika. — ya ana'! yaiyu'yanamenl ana. le'kwap an suw 
a'^a. te'tcinan yam tsit ulatenan we'analatikana o — oh! yam 
pap an co'le tekwihap rmuna-pilaplp lesn a'tci ikoceka. a'tcia 
tatcu leskwanan ticomaha' horn tcawa'tci! el telikwan'te tcuwahol 

70 tfon lesn ante'unanrt'u ! 

s'iskon ya'telka. t'ewap camli a'tci i'tonan a'tci kwaPinan ko*- 
witehan hoi tekwanan a'tc ikoceka. a'tc i'pilkweka. iskon a'tci 
a'tsan anhapoka. a'tci anhapop sPana hie t'a lukni a*wi*ka. iskon 
t'at'akw-hekapanakwi ikocep t'a iskon a't'san a"wi*nan. t'op aktsi^ 

75 leskwanan amatcic homa! — hol'o! ho* tatc aiyuterjka. lal t'op 
aktsilj leskwanan ko*m homa! — hol'o! ho 3 tatcu kwa antece- 
manam'^a. lal tfop aktsi^ leskwanan we'nan kwa lu}f yaiyu*ya"- 
na'map — e't kwa a'tc antecemananr^a. hol'o leskwanan. is- 

"Sweep." Their mother swept. When she was finished, "Come, 
let us play." | (60) Then they played all kinds of games. "Sit 
over there!" The elder one spanned his bow. | He shot his 
brother. When he shot him their mother ran out. | She came to 
where her boy was lying. "Hiya'anal You big fool!" The elder 
brother | ran out. He came and pushed his mother aside. "Get 
out of the way!" he said. | He clapped his mouth and shouted. He 
pulled out the arrow from his younger brother. Then he sat up. | 
(65) Then the elder brother sat down, and the younger brother 
spanned his bow and shot his elder brother. Their mother | ran out. 
" Ya' ana ! You big fool !" she said. The younger brother | w T ent out. 
He came and pushed his mother aside and gave a loud shout. 

"Oo h!" | He pulled out the arrow from his elder 

brother and he sat up. Thus the two played. Their | father said, 
"Oh dear! my two children! Do not dare | (70) to do this to anyone 

Then they went to sleep. Next morning, after they had eaten, 
they went outside. | A little way off in the yard, they played. They 
shot at each other. Then | all the children came to where the two 
were playing. As they came up they said, "Come on! These two 
have come." | As they were playing behind the corral the children 
came. One boy | (75) said to them, "Oh try that with me!" "Oh no! 
Our father forbade us." Then another | boy said, "Try me!" "Oh 
no! Our father does not wish it." | Then another boy said, "See 
whether this one does not come alive." | At first they did not want 
to. "No!" they said; J but then, "Well, all right, then. Sit down!" 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 137 

Korrte — ko'ma awo! i*mu! iskon am papa co'yalto'nan aktsil^ona 
lakunan we'anan an co'le tekwihap aktsi^ lipipitikwanan yala- so 
kwai'ika! lal t'a t'opa lal t'a t'opa. iskon a*tci a'wan tcaterjpL 
t'opint etcap liwan ohtcina'kwi t'opa lacik t'a set-rnan. a't'san a*tcia 
kapin'ihap a*tc ana-^a. luk lacil^ we'atcon te'tcip, luwalan ryu'ya*- 
nan yam ele*ticnapka. iskon i'wolopka. sic tcaterjpt. 

iskon a*tc acetun J ona pewo*. t'ewap camli we'atcop luwalan 85 
tenrla t'ehwitokwin hapo^a. yam inasna* t'envla. ta^tcic t'opa 
lacik kwa tehyam^ona te'tcinan ticomaha' kopla*t t'on le'na te^una'- 
wetiha ? — ko'latse'na ho'na'wan tcaterj^a. tfapt hie tV laci^: 
aiyatsa le J na^*a t'om hon aiyn^alna'we. — lal t'opa lacik leskwanan 
wan'an telokati. honkwat rnamilte is luk peyenankwin i*hatia*we. 90 
— ma rnamilte kwac rtekunahna^cukwa. ko*wi t'ewana a*tcia 
tatcu lew i'nakwin-pot'i ihanukwaka. honkwat ton koti lew T una*wap 
hon a'tekwin kwahol a^'a kwa elam*ekana*wap ho 5 n mo*la yatinap 
honkwa lesnat'ap elekan*a. le'kwap. — hito! ama hi'u. pPlaciwan 
a*^a. te'tcika. kwatoka. kwatonan itekunahna'ka. leskwanan 95 
li'l to'na'wan tcawa*tci ko*ti lewulcat'ap hon a'tci ainana*wap kop 
li'lkon lea tejcan'a ? — ma rme. kwa kolehol ho 5 pecukwa. hoi 
tcuhol ainana uhsite rnayona horn haitocnan*e. — ma ak'a ho' 
i*ka. honkwat t'on ansamo t'on a'yalakwai'ip hi*ninaltan*a. — ma 

Then the elder brother spanned his bow. | <80) He shot the boy. He 
shouted and pulled out the arrow. The boy trembled | and died. 
Then another and another. They destroyed all their children. | Only 
one was left. Over at Chipmunk Place an old man came carrying 
a load of wood. | He was going to whip the two children but they 
ran away. The old man came there and called out. In the village | 
they knew about it. They got the bodies and buried them. All 
their children were gone. | 

(85) Then there was talk of killing the two boys. Next day they 
called out from the house-top and all the village | gathered in the 
plaza. All had their weapons. Meanwhile a certain [ old man, one 
who is not respected, came. "Alas ! Why are you going to do this ?" 
"Why, indeed! Our children are all gone. You are always such 
an ugly old man. Therefore we all hate you." Then another old 
man said, | oo) "W r ait, keep quiet a moment! Perhaps it is so. 
Listen to what he has to say." j "Indeed, it is so! Why do you not 
question him ? A short time ago | these boys' father, singlehanded, 
overcame many of the enemy. Perhaps if you injure him | it will 
not be well for us. If he tells us rightly what to do | perhaps it will 
be best to do that." Thus he said. "Hear! hear! Very well, go!" 
The Bow Priest | (95) went. He came there. He entered. When he 
entered he was questioned. He said, j "Your two children have 
done wrong. If we kill them now, what | will happen?" "I don't 
know. I will not say how it will be. W T hen j anyone kills, how he 
shall be repaid is my business." "Therefore I | have come." "Well, 

138 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

100 honkwa'ati. kwa ko'le'a yam yalakwaPitun^ona ho 3 aiyu^a'nam'e. 
1 — honkwat ho'na'wan a'lacina'we lul^ a'yalakwai'ip honkwat 
luka yam tcawa*tci il*i honkwat hon iyamakwin a*yemakurra 
hompic man%akwin hon u*kwaton*a. — ma honkwa'ati. ma a^'a 
torn ho* antekunace'a. — e\ ma imat tton a'halowilonal^a tVna 
s yatinap^a. ma ko^ma t'on itcemanaptfu. el t'on kotilea unapate- 
nanret'u. t'on tatcua^a cilnapt'u. — ko'ma so* a*ne. 

lal pPlaciwan'i te'tcinan kole^ peyekowa a'ho'i yatinep tcuwa- 

tikol penan tatcu sPana tfom animuka. le'na teatip pena* yaiak- 

wai'ip uhsite tfehnan ahaiyute leskwanan si 3 horn tcawe lujfa 

10 ttehnan hoi yam icamalte teatun tekwin hon a*wa*nuwa. leskwanan 

hiwalemaknan a'wa'lja. uhanakwin a'te'tcinan iskon yam aktsi^ 

am papona animunan a u wulo c ka. kwili yalakwin a'te^cinan iskon 

an suwona animunan iskon ukwafinan kal a'wa'^a. co'hiwayala- 

kwin a'winan. iskon yam oyet'ap yam a'lacina" iskon t'inana- 

15 kwatoljanan lewitean ton a'teljan-a. le' tJakwil-p'otfi le* lakwil- 

pot'i le* yala ciwan*i tfowa yanulanawap le* tfowa ciwan an teap- 

kunan yakna lo^o a*tej£ajra. leVwanikwanan itiwalatekwin a*^a. 

aka ko'wi latan t'sana ko'wi petan tfsana ko'wi atfsana yatcunel- 

J ona a*watehyap a^*a anilinaknana'. 

20 le'n inote teati^a. le* sem koni%a. 

perhaps, if you are all destroyed, it will be even." | (ioo) "Is that so ? 
Indeed I do not know how I shall die." | (i) Perhaps, when this is 
over with our parents | and our two children we shall ascend into 
the sky | or else we shall enter below." "Is that so ? Therefore | 
I am questioning you." "Indeed you are lucky | (5) that he told you. 
Very well, you shall cherish him. You shall not treat him unkindly. | 
You shall call him father." "Very well, I am going." | 

The bow priest came back. He told the people what he had said. | 
Then one of them spoke. "Father, come. Let me take you home." 
Thus they did. The discussion | was ended. That night Ahaiyute 
said, "Now, my children, this | (io) night we shall go to where we 
shall always stay." Thus he said | and they arose and went. They 

came to Snow-Hanging. There 

he set down his elder son. They 

circled around and came to Twin Mountain. There j he set down his 
younger boy. Then they came out. They came hither. To Arrow 
Mountain | they came. There he set down his wife and her parents. 
There | us) they went in to live. "Nearby you shall live," (he said.) 
"All the forests and the brush, | all the mountain priests, will be 
dedicated to you. Then all the Corn Priest's children | will be held 
fast." Thus he said to him. He went to Middle-Prayerstick- 
Place. | 

Therefore every little twig, every blade of grass, every little 
pebble that you step on | you will protect. Therefore, they should 
be saved. 

(20) Thus it happened long ago. This short is my tale. 

Eunzpl. Zuni Texts 139 


son a ,c tci sonsti ino'te. Ijakrma hrwalap. t'owa ciwan an e'le 
kwa oyemc il'anvap le* hrwala-palto a*tsawak anipefaia-harJeHpL 
kwa'kina tsawal^ ke*l i'ka. ko'mackona utena* pehan set-rl^a. 
pehan set-i'nan ye*maknan — 'uhkwe*'! la*l luk ahna*we'! — 25 
iya le'kwanan e'lactok elemaknan awe*nakwin te^inan pehan 
ahnan kwaPikanan t'ehwitiwakwin lea-te'tcinan a'up tsawa^: 
kwatonan horn a*tatcu horn a'tsita horn tcawe ko 3 na t'on tfewanan 
a*teaiye? — J^et'sanici. i't'inaka! tfonc a'wiya ? — e* le'kwanan 
rmuka. imup e^acto^ sa*l ahnan wo*p ima-pilakwin te'tcinan 30 
workman wo*la > nnan t'si'lahnan he J l etonan. wolatunan paiya*- 
tunan — si'ana rtoce. kwa tern heko rto'na'ma le'kwap sVtc 
rmunan. s'a'tc rtcrlja. s'a'tc i'to'-tcunenan an tatcu yam ana- 
wo*pun ahnan ce*tihnan rmunan tsawal^ona lesanikwanan kalt 
i'mu hon jJokhce. tsawal^ i'mup a'tc pokhl^a. 35 

a*tc pokti-rmunan lesanikwanan mas pene ho'na'wan tca'le. 
hinik to* kwahol rjena # wal$;a i*ya. — ma i'namifte. lulj to'na'wan 
tca'lona ho* antse'man rya. — ahwito ^atsi^i! — ma kotcimat 
ho* ikwan*a ? — ma rmat lu^ antecema. — ma lesnarJa. ten ofean 
tJon tcuw oyemc il'in tJo'na a^*a aiyutacinal^an'a. le*kwap Uina^a. 40 


Let us begin. Long ago the people were living at Kakima. The 
daughter of the Corn Priest j had no husband. The boys from 
outside villages came to woo her. | A Kwakina boy came first. 
He brought with him a large bundle of clothing. | (25) Bringing his 
bundle he climbed up. "Say, take this in!" | "All right/' she said. 
The girl arose, and went to the hatchway | and reached up for the 
bundle. As she took it to the center of the room and put it down, 
the boy | came in. "My fathers, my mothers, my children, how | 
have you lived these days?" "Happily, sit down! Have you 
come?" "Yes." he said, | (so) and sat down. The girl took a bowl. 
She came to the pot standing in the fireplace, | and dished out 
food, and set it down. She took a basket, placed paper bread in it 
and set it down. She placed seats. | "Come. Let us eat. I have 
not yet eaten," she said. They | sat down and ate. When they 
were finished eating her father | took his sack of tobacco and corn 
husks and sitting down said to the boy, | (35) "Sit over here. Let 
us smoke." The boy sat down and the two smoked. | 

As they sat there smoking he said, "Very well, speak, our child. | 
Perhaps you have come to say something." "Indeed, it is so. 1 1 have 
come thinking of this, your child." "Hear, daughter?" "What, 
indeed, | should I say?" "Well, perhaps she wishes it. Well, so 
be it. If you are a woman | (40) and have a husband, you will be 
respected for it." Thus he said. They sat there. | Late at night her 

140 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

tenala*na tfelap an tsita lesanikwaxian i'pewenaknana'. tenalaka 
ke*si. le*kwap e*lactok elemaknan le*tea kwatonan rpewenan 
kwai'inan tsawa^ona lesanikwanan si*ana kwato^a. heko letea 
al*a. le*anikwap sVtci kwatoka. s*a*tci kwatonan si* wan' kwa 

45 hon ipakwi*cukwa'! — haiyi'. kopleajja? — ma kotcilat tse*na. 
kwa kwahol ho* anteceman'ona ku*wa. — ma a*wuna. honkwat 
akcikan*a kwahol tfo* anteceman*ona. — ma el'a. kwa ku'wa. — 
ma kwako*na tV anteceman*a ? ma i'namitte. hoi tcuwa yam 
teatcinan sam imap ho^antikol i'nakwe tehat*o*up lew i'nakwena- 

50 pot'i to* i'hanukwap tJo* i'nakwe l^acima po*yan aiyo'up i*naj£wan 
t'ewanan yo'*ap hoi i'na^wan t'ewanan i'te'tcap olhaktokwin uh- 
sona ho* antecema akap le*w a*wrnakwa*wan tse'makwin a^'a 
ho*na'wan iyani^inan tecukwai*inaiye. lestikleap ho*na*wan wo*w 
tecukwai*inaiye. lesna te*onaka uhsona ho* antecema. le*anikwap 

55 ma honkwa! kocikat*el*ea. leshot i'nakwenapot'i i'hanukwana*- 
cukwa! ma ko'ma so a*ne le*kwanan tsawa^ a*^a. 

lal t'ewap ta'htcic hampasakwi tsawalj leskwanan ama ta*htcic 
ho* feaki'makwin a*nuwa. t'owa ciwan an e*lona antse*man ho* 
a'nuwa. — ma to* ulati. — iskon yam kwahol rhapopinan pehan 

60 acnan i'seto'nan s*a*^:a. te*tcinan ye'makup e*lactok an tsita 
leskwanan hi'ya*ati' ^atsilj:i. tcuwako t'as i'ya. a u wati sewahnak- 
nana'. kop t'a*wale*a' ? — ma el'a. imatcic el horn il*a*wame- 

mother said, "Make your bed ready. It is late | now." Thus 
she said. The girl arose and entered the back room. She spread her 
bed | and came out and said to the boy, "Come. Go in! I | sleep in 
the back room." Thus she said. They went in. After they went in 
she said, "Wait! | (45) We shall not sleep in one bed." "Haiyi! 
Why?" -Why indeed! j That which I wish is not there." "But 
look! Perhaps | it is with these things, that which you wish." 
"Oh no, it is not there! | "What is it that you wish?" "Indeed, 
this. That someone | should stay alone in the field and when he 
hears the enemy come | <50> there, should fight single-handed against 
many of the enemy, and take an enemy scalp. Then, when the 
enemy's | days are made, and when his days are at an end I shall 
carry out the basket of meal. | That is what I desire. For, because 
of the enemy's thoughts, | our relatives have been destroyed. And 
also our flocks | have been destroyed. That is why I desire this." 
Thus she said. | (55) "Is that so ? Indeed not! I don't want to fight 
single-handed against many of the enemy. | Very well, I shall go." 
The boy went, j 

Again, next day, a Hampasa boy also said, "I shall try. | I shall 
go to Kakima. I shall go thinking of the Corn Priest's daughter." j 
"Very well. Do as you like." He gathered together different things J 
(60) and made a bundle. Carrying it on his back he went. When he 
got there he climbed up. The girl's mother | said, "Listen, my 
daughter. Someone is coming. Shame on you ! You must accept 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 141 

^anUiha. e'lacto^: le'kwap tsawa^ pena* kwato^aka. ce' lal horn 
anahna'we'. — iya** e'lactok le'kwanan awe'nakin a^a. awe*- 
nakwin te'tcip tsawak yam kwampehan piyana-kwatol^ap e'lactok 65 
i'leanan tehwitiwakwin lea*nan a'unan yalupip tsawak cuk cuk 
cuk cuk cuk kwat(%a. kwatonan horn a 'tatcu horn a*tsita 
horn tcawe ko* t'on t'ewanan a*teaiye ? — ^etfsanici. i't'inal^a. 
le'ana'^a. le'ana^ap tsawak i'mup e'lactok sa*l ahnan wo'lunan 
t?si'l ahnan he'l etonan wo'la'unan si'ana kalt i'mu ito"ce. kwa- 70 
tern ho* ito'na 5 ma c . le*kwap sVtc ito'ka. a*tc ito* tcunenan le* 
wo'latup an tatcu yam ana wo*pun ahnan ce'tihnan i*mup sVtc 

a*tci po'klinan antekunahnan lesanikwanan mas pene ho'na'wan 
tca*le. kwa tekwan*te tV i/tun teanre. hinik tfo* kohol ikwe'a. — - 75 
ma i'namiite. luk to'na'wan tca 5 lona*nan ho* tse'mak-t'elakwika- 
}£aniyahnan ak*a i*ya. le'kwap. ahwi*to katsiki. ko'lea jjena'. — 
ma kotcPmat ho* ikwan*a ? — ma imat hx\ antecema'. ma lesnapa. 4 
ten tcuholt'on e'len otsa'nan tse'mak-t'elakwint'ontcuwa aiyulacina- 
pura. — ma honkwa'ati le'kwap. t'ina^a. tenala'na t'elap tsawa^ so 
aleawacap an tatcu leskwanan katsiki. rpewenaknana'. lujj: 
hokama^an i'Jta. le'kwap e'lactok elemaknan le'te kwatonan 
ipewenan kwaPinan tsawakona lesanikwanan sPana kwatoj^a. 

him. I What do you do to them?" "Why, nothing. Perhaps he 
did not wish to marry me." | Thus the girl said. The boy called in, 
"Ce! Here, | pull me in." "All right," the girl said. She went to 
the hatchway. | (65) The boy hung the bundle of clothing over the 
edge. The girl | took it. Carrying it to the middle of the floor she set 
it down and turned around. Cuk-cuk- | cuk-cuk-cuk. The boy came 
in. As he came in, "My fathers, my mothers, | my children, how 
have you lived these days?" "Happily, sit down." | Thus they 
said to him. The boy sat down. The girl took a bowl, dished out 
food. I (70) She took a basket, putpaper bread in it and set it down. 
"Come, sit here. Let us eat. 1 1 have not yet eaten." Thus she said. 
TJ , ■ ■ two ate. When they were finished eating, | she cleared away the 
dishes. Her father took his sack of tobacco and corn husks and 
sitting down, the two | smoked. | 

As they were smoking he questioned him. He said to him, "Very 
well, speak, our | (75) child, you would not have come for nothing. 
I think you have something to say." | "Indeed, it is so. In order 
to take this, your child, for my beloved, | I have come." Thus he 
said. "Hear, my daughter, say something." | "What, indeed, should 
I say?" "Well, perhaps she wishes it. So be it. | For when you 
are a girl and you have some man to be your beloved, you will 
be respected for it." | <80) "Is that so?" Thus she said. There they 
sat. Late at night the boy | pretended to sleep. Her father said, 
"My girl, fix your bed. This man | has come far." Thus he said. 
The girl arose, and entered the back room | and spread the bed and 

142 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

heko* le*t al'e'a. a'tci kwatonan tsawak'ona lesanikwanan si wan. 

85 kwahon ipakwi'cukwa'. — haiyi'. kopla'ti ? kotcilat tse'na. 

kwahol ho* anteceman'ona kwa ktrwa. ma' a'wuna honkwat 

kwahol akci^an'a. kwahol tenrla set-i'ya. — mael'a. kwa kirwa. — 

haiyi'. ma kwakon t'anteceman-a ? ma hoi tcu'wa t'on yam tea- 

tcinan sam* imap ho^antikhol i'nakwe teha'tfo'up le*w i'nakwena- 

90 riot'i rhanukwanan i'nakwe J^acima po'yan aiyo'up rnakwa*wan 

tfewana yo^apa i'nakwan t'ewan rte'tcapa othaktokwi uhson ho* 

antecema c aj^ap a'winakwa'wan tse'makwin aka ho'mvwan ryani- 

^inantJap ho'na'wan wo'we tecukwaPinaiye. lesna te'onal^a ho* 

uhson antecema'. — haiyi'. ticomaha' kotci'. ma honkwa hie 

95 iJon te^aial tse'ma. ma honkwa. yo*se* ho* i'ka. ma ko'ma so 


lalt'ewap kohiwala*wan pautiwa leskwanan ama ho* piki'makwin 

a'nuwa. t'owa ciwan an e*lona ho* antse'man a*nuwa. kwako'na 

ko'lea te'ona^a t'ekohanan ho'mvwan tcawe i'cil^ana a'te'tcila 

ioo le'na te'ona^a ho* a*nuwa luk yam teapkuna* a'wil'i le'kwap tV 

i ulati — ma lesnapa. a'witen t'ewanan ho* a*nuwa. 

lal uhsite t'elinan ma'kaian ahaiyute a't'san a'tci yam hot il'i 

Kakona a'tci rtcirnan — t'ishol sam imap a u wawo*locnajda! lal 

a'tci hota leskwanan yaiyu'ya'nanre a'tci! a'tci teloptna'. 

s ko'wi tenala'ap an suwe leskwanan t'ishol l^aki'ma sam imap 

came out. She said to the boy, "Come, go in. | I sleep in the back 
room." The two entered. She said to the boy, "Wait, | (85) we shall 
not sleep in one bed." "Haiyi! Why?" "Why indeed! (That 
which I desire is not there." "But look. Perhaps | it is there. I have 
brought many things." "Oh no, it is not there." | "Haiyi! Well, 
what is it that you desire?" "Well, that someone | should stay 
alone in his field, and whenever he hears the enemy | oo should 
struggle single-handed against many of the enemy and take an 
enemy's scalp. Then when the enemy's | days are made, and when 
the enemy's days are at an end, I shall carry out the basket of meal. 
This is what I | desire. For, because of the enemy's thoughts, our 
relatives | and our flocks have been destroyed. That is why I | 
desire this." "Haiyi! Oh dear! Alas! Indeed, | (95) you have evil 
thoughts. Indeed, I have come for 9 naught. Very well, I | shall go." 

Next day, at Katcina Village, Pautiwa said, "Let me go to 
Kakima. | I shall go thinking of the daughter of the Corn Priest. 
What | is the reason that our daylight children are shamed in going 
there? | (ioo) That is why I shall go, and these, my children shall 
go with me." Thus he said. | o) "Do as you like." "So be it. In 
four days I shall go." | 

That very night, at Salt Lake, the two little Ahaiyute | who lived 
there with their grandmother, said as they lay down to sleep, "It 
would be nice to stay somewheres alone when the enemy came out 
of hiding." | Their grandmother said, "You two fools ! Keep quiet !' ; 

Bunzd, Zuni Texts 143 

a u wawo*locna^a! — yaiyu'ya'nanve a'tci telo^ana'. s'a'tc al*a. 
a'tcia hota le'kwap. — haiyi! a'tci le'kwanan sVtc al^a. 

lal t'ewap camli sVpilaknan a'tci hota yam kotci sumapo wo'lup 
yam hekusna wo'lup s'ito'nap^a. s'itonape'en s'a'tci hota kwai- 
J inan layocnan al'uka. as'i lawet'ap l^e'laciwuna lawetfap lal la- 10 
^alo lawe kuli lawe lal kwahol tem'la lawe powan i*seto*nari set- 
i*^:a. yam kakwin rnan la'la horn a*tc anaha. sVtc awe'nakwin 
a\fe:a. a*tc awe'nakwin te'tcip lapalaw wo'hanana-kwato^a. kwa- 
to^ap sVtci wo'tihpL sVtci t'ehwitiwakwi wo'tuka. sVtci hota 
kwato^a. a'tci hota kwatop koplealj honre set-i*ya ? ma anakat is 
ton yula peye'a le'kwap. — hahi'to! s'a'tci ikwanijjda^a. a'tci latfsi- 
kwacfea. a'tc lat'sikwacnan a'tci kwai'inan s'a'tci kwabol wo* 
a'latapa i'cema^a. ^a^alit'ap pipit'ap cofeapisot'ap anelawa lal 
iskon kwahol wo'we tenrla a'tc i'cemap a*witeman a'tcian i'latac- 
nap^a. l^atetfap lapaca^a lapaseto'kwin tem'la a'tcian i'latacnan 20 
s'a'tci antehwanap^a. s'atci kwatonan s'a'tci cowac^a. 

a'tci cowacnan wan ho' yam nana sewulan hakathi an suwe 
le'kwanan kwaPi^a. ma'ljaian t'ewankwin tahna kuyalakwin te'tcip 
aikt'atfan a'tcia nana aiya^a. yam nana aiya'kwin te'tcip qa qa qa 

(5) A little later the younger one said, "Indeed, it would be nice to be 
staying alone at Kakima | when the enemy came out of hiding." 
"You two fools, keep quiet and go to sleep!" | their grandmother 
said. "Haiyi!" they said, and they went to sleep. | 

Next morning they arose. Their grandmother dished out field 
rats in corn mush. | They dipped their dried mush in the stew and 
ate it. When they had finished eating their grandmother | (io> went 
out. She went about gathering sticks. Oak twigs, twigs of the first 
flowering shrub, | twigs of the smooth bark bush, willow sticks, 
all different kinds of sticks she made into a bundle. Carrying her 
bundle | she came back. When she came to the house. "There, 
you two, pull me in!" They went to the hatchway. | When they 
came to the hatchway she lowered the bundle of sticks. | They took 
it and set it down in the middle of the floor. Their grandmother | 
(i. f >» came in. When she came in they asked her, "Of what use are 
these things granny brought in?" "Indeed, | did you not talk of 
fighting?" she said. "Hear, hear!" The two worked. They | peeled 
the stinks. When they had peeled them all they went out. They 
called the different feathered creatures: eagle and buzzard and 
cokdpiso and hawk and [ all kinds of birds. They called them and 
they came one by one | (20) and pulled out their feathers for them, 
tail feathers, soft feathers, from their wings and their backs. They 
pulled out their feathers for them, and left them. The two went 
in. They made arrows. | 

When they had made their arrows, "Wait. I will send grand- 
father to take the message." Thus the younger | said and went 
out. He came to the edge of the sand bank east of Salt Lake. | In 

144 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

25 qaqaqa*. tfa tfopa t'at'akwin te'tcip an nana poayaltap. t'a te'tcip 
ahaiyute t'sana te'tcip qa qa qa qa qa c . tPana nana', wan* yucanai! 
t'a t'opa t'at'akwin tcottap t'a an nana te^cip qa qa qa qa qa c . t'a 
t'opa tekwin imyaltopt'a an nana a'nan ti'ana nanai'. wan yucanai! 
t'om ho 5 ampen'ihai! an nana yucanatikaka. yucanatikap an nana 

30 te'tcip kwa* a pi ? kop t'ikwe'ai' ? — ma rnamilte. tV tciche'mvkwin 
a*nuwa. tV te'tcinan a*wan hampoa'kona t'o i'solean alnnra. 
tV al'unan tV kaki'makwin a*nuwa. Uo* ^akrmakwin tahn a*nap 
ma hinik kaki'makwin yula^a te^an'a le'tikwan'a. le 3 tikwap Uos 
iya. — iya c . ma honkwa* ati. le'kwanan an nana s'a'nap ta'htcic 

35 ahaiyuta t'sana yam kakwin rlja. i'yap s J a*tc ikwani^aka. sV- 
tcian inasnan elekap ta'htcic tcichenan pena-haiyaj^a. pena- 
haiya^ap tem'l hajiop s^al a'wap. 

ta'htcic uhsite t'elinan kohiwala*wan pautiwa yam t'eapkumv 
a'wiW kwaPinan s'kal a*k;a. ta'htcic lesakaiate ma *l£aian ahaiyuta 

40 t'sana a'tci hota leskwanan hana' ko'ma'. a*tci yeleka. t'on heci- 
pura. t'on teni tse'map luwaPona tealt itse'man a'teakwin 
a*te*tcip kwa clecukwa. le'kwap am papa yam suwe kem lapi- 
J£anan copon seto*nan t'opa kopkwin latsunan alan uknan tfam- 

a cedar tree their grandfather was sitting. He came to where his 
grandfather was perching. "Qa qa qa qa qa qa!" | (25) He reached 
another tree. There his grandfather sat on top. He came there | and 
as little Ahaiyute came, "Qa qa qa qa qa qa!" "Oh dear, grand- 
father ! Wait ! Keep quiet ! " I Ho perched on the top of still another 
tree. Again, when he came to his grandfather, "Qa qa qa qa qa qa!" 
He stopped at yet another place. His grandchild went to him* "Oh 
dear! grandfather! Keep still a moment! | I want to talk to you!" 
His grandfather kept still. As he stood still his grandson J (30) came 
to him. "What is it? What have you to say?" "Indeed, it is so. 
You will go to the country of the Apache. | When you get there 
_<ynra^ all jihw up dirt. |After you 

have gone around you will go to Kakima. As you go in the direction 
of Kakima | they will say, 'I think we will make war on Kakima.' 
When they say this you | will come back." "All right, all right. 
Is that so?" Thus he said. When his grandmother had gone | 
(35) little Ahaiyute came back to his house. When he came back the 
two worked. | They prepared their weapons. Meanwhile he spread 
the message among the Apaches. W T hen the message | spread they 
all gathered together. They came hither. | 

Meanwhile, that same night, at Katcina Village Pautiwa | came 
out with his children and came hither. At the same time at Salt 
Lake, little Ahaiyute's | (40) grandmother said to them, "Hurry now, 
get ready ! You'd | better hurry for if you dawdle, so that the people 
in the village do not know what is going to happen, | when they get 
there it will not be right." Thus she said. The elder wrapped a 
buckskin about his younger brother. | He set his quiver on his back 

Bunzd, Zuni Texts 145 

^apnan uknan si 1 hi'u le'anikwap tfo* ye*lahana'. kwaPinan ^al 
a*nan kwaPilja. co'yakoskwikwin i*nan ^:al a-wika. ^ehiwakwin 45 
i-nan t'unapaniyup ^atetcikwin moiyatcup ikna aklr kwai'ina^a. 
akli kwaPinap kal a^a. opumpiyakwin i'yap t'ekohatina lo*te%a. 
t'ekohatina lo'tap iskon imyala'ka. 

tJekohatina lo'tap e'lactok pilaknan kwanHeanan teatcinakwin 
a'lja. atiwulapnakwin te'tcip iskon topa^a miyap topalja moteala so 
pi^aiap ateacan al*up. ta'htcic pautiwa i'^a. kwilimakte an 
teapkuna* a-witawelan i'yap. kepta'hnakwi i'ka. i-nan iko'kulja. 
ii — 'uh! e'lacto^k kwa hatianam^a. lai ^al a'ka. wemppakwin 
rnan u — 5 uh! fa e'lacto^ kwa hatianam'^a. lal \&l a*fea. healo 
tepokalan tahnakwi i'nan u — 3 uh! e'lacto^ hatia^a. lal Ifal 55 
a'ka. e'lactok'onan teatcinan paltokwin i'nan. u — 'uh! e'lactofe: 
unati^a^a. unatikap tsam kokci mihe*cokwin*e. e'lactojj les- 
kwanan t'oc i'ya ? — e\ ho 3 i*ya. itcati ho' i'yapte elanve^a 
yato kwai'inan'te ho* i'ya. tel^aial tV antecemaka. homkwatcic 
tV yaiyu'ya'nal^atfap hon itse'mak-tfelakwi teap horn teapkuna* 60 
li'lno tfom ulohna'kona a*teap tfom a'wotsina* kwa yu J mokwe*na- 
wam'e. homan teapkuna 'wajj'a yu^yackwi a'teatunonaka ho* 

and thrust another in his belt. He gave him his shield and gave him 
his war club. | "Now go ahead!" he said to him, "you'd better run." 
He went out | (45) and came this way. He came to Face-in-the- 
Doorway. He came hither. He came to Rock- Slab- Standing. | He 
looked down. At Evil- Smelling- Water, the fires shone out like 
stars. | As the fires shone out, he came this way. He came to Sack- 
of-Flour-Hanging. It was nearly dawn. | As it was near dawn he 
sat up in a high place. | 

As it came near dawn, the girl arose. She dressed herself and 
went to her field. | <so) She came to Stones-Lying-About. On one 
side was the corn field. On the other side the melon patch. | She 
walked about picking squash blossoms. Meanwhile Pautiwa 
came. | With his children spread out on both sides he came. He 

came to Rock- Slab-Corner. He sighed, | "Aa h." The 

girl did not hear. He came closer. He came to Where-the-Animals- 

Crouch. | "Aa h." Again the girl did not hear. He 

came closer. He came to White-Clay- | (55) Mound. "Aa h." 

The girl heard. He came nearer. | He came to the edge of the girl's 

field. "Aa h." The girl | saw him. She saw him a 

handsome youth with embroidered blankets, one over the other. 
The girl | said, "Have you come?" "Yes, I have come. However 
much I have wished to come, | even as the sun rises on evil days 
I have come. You have wished for evil. Perhaps, | <eo) if you had 
been wise, you might have been my beloved. My children | might 
have stayed here in your country. So that your men would not 
have had hard labor | to nourish themselves with my children. 
For that I | come with them. But because you have wished for evil 


146 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

a'wil-i'lja. te^aial tV tse*ma^a. tcukwatfcat elamel^a yatokwai'- 

inan'te ho* i'^a. hatiawa! 
65 o — iwo*loh^a! hanana*we'! 

iskon pautiwa leskwanan so' a*ne. iskon an teapkuna HohJ^a. 


jii'na'kwin te'tcip luwaPona yatela. hinik ho* ant'ewan'a. tern 

ttewan ho' a'nuwa le'kwanan. hiwalakwin te'tcip topint tean 
70 akliye. lemotinan ma^e* kwaPile. ama lo ye'makt'u. lo* antfe- 

wan*a. le'kwanan ye'maknan kwato^a. e'lacto^ hie tewuko'liya 

sam'a ^akweye. pautiwa kwato^a. le'n unati^ap hie tsam kokci. 

lesanikwanan i'mu. jJautiwa i'mup. e'lacto^ hie ya'tsatinan 

i'jiokul^a ko'mackon a*tci kwa peyena'man imo%a. hie tenala'ap 
75 pautiwa leskwanan si'ana ryute'tcinace. hapic t'oc ya*tsana? 

e'lactolj: leskwanan is luk i'pewu. yam com-Khalin e'lacto^: ufca. 

lal jJautiwa hie awiten miha pa'Ppt. iskon pautiwa i'tcu^ip 

e'lactojf yam imo'konate totsipon lani^a. s'a'tc aljga. hie ace* 

tfelap e'lacto^ hie rtfsumanan kwa alna'ma. lal ]5autiwa lesani- 
80 kwanan Jtalt itcu*u t'om i'tfsu ipakut'u. le'kwap. e'laeto^ an kwa- 

tojja, iskon ate ant'ewa^a. t'ewap camli pautiwa pilaknan leskwana 

now indeed even as the sun rises on evil days 1 1 have come to you. 
Listen!" | 

(65) "Oo h!" The enemy come out of hiding 


Then Pautiwa said, "I am going." Then he turned with his 
children, | and went. 

He came to Pinawa. The people of the village were all asleep. 
"I think I shall stay here over night. | And then tomorrow I shall 
go on." Thus he said. When he reached the village, at only one 
place | (70) a fire was burning. The sparks flew out of the chimney. 
"I think I shall climb up here. I shall stay here over night." | Thus 
he said. He climbed up and entered. There a very poor girl | was 
living all alone. Pautiwa entered. When she looked at him she 
saw that he was a handsome youth. | She said to him, "Sit down." 
Pautiwa sat down. The girl was very much ashamed. | She sat 
hanging her head. For a y long time the two sat without speaking. 
After a long time | (75) Pautiwa said, "Come, let us rest, or are 
you ashamed?" | The girl said, "Here, , take this for your bed." 
The girl gave him her ragged blanket. | Pautiwa was wearing four 
embroidered blankets. Then Pautiwa lay down. | Then the girl 
curled up in the spot where she had been sitting. They slept. Very 
late | at night the girl became cold. She could not sleep. Then 
Pautiwa said to her, | <80) "Lie down here. You are cold. Cover 
yourself." Thus he said. The girl went,in with him. | Thus they 
passed the night. The next morning Pautiwa arose. He said, 
"I am going now, my daughter, my mother. May you alway? 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 147 

si> ho* a'ne horn ^atsiki, horn tsita. iJo* ket'sanici t'ewanan teat c u. 
le'kwanan yam t'opa miha pa'i yalukona lea'unan e'lacto^on u^a. 
lal iskon e'lactolj tea^a - — . tsulal^a. tepikwai'ip tcawac^a. 
wihatfsan kwaPip aktsil^ tea^a. lal i't'sumhap t'a t'opa kwaPip aktsij^ 85 
teal^a. am papa e*t sakwipan'te kwa t'una*wanre lal an suwe e*t 
t'una'pan'te kwa sakwiwanve hie mu'^amoire. iskon a'teal^a. 
hie holomac a*nap a'tc ryaiytPyavj^anan hie a*tci ampisa. t'elap 
an suwe ponulocop am papa rtulacop a'tcia tsita leskwanan 
a't'san a'tcia a'tcis al'a. lat am papa leskwanan tsita tcuwap ho'na 90 
tatcu ? — hiya iyo*' horn a't'san atci! i'namilte kwa li'lkonte tVna 
tatcu teanve. li*wan ^aliciankwin tahna hoi kohiwala'wan tV 
tatcu teaiye. — haiyi'. ma ko'ma hon yam tatc acuwa^an'a. 
a*tci le'kwap. hi*ya iyo 1 ' horn a't'san a'tci kocikat?el*ea t'on tewa- 
ko'liya. lu^: t'om papa sakwipan'te kwa t'unawanre ta'htcic t'una- 9a 
]3an*te kwa sakwiwanve. — tenat el*e^an*a a'tci le'kwap kop 
ma le el*e^an*a ? — ma horn papa seto^ana. ma horn seto^anan 
ma e*te kwa copa t'om'e ku*wa ? — ele'te t'elPtan ime. — ma 
honkwa tV tcPmom acap uhsona ho' leap horn papa seto^an'a. 
tenat horn papa ho^antikholi awela*up ho' t'cililiti^ap onakwin 100 
kwatop hon a*nuwa. le*kwap a'tcia tsita cojJa t'om'e tfapnan l 
a'tcian tci'mon ac^a. ya-^ap he* eha a'tci le'kwanan si'ana i'tcu- 

live happily." | Thus he said. He took off one embroidered blanket 
the one he wore on top, and gave it to the girl. | 

Thus the girl lived. She was great with child. After a year she 
gave birth. | (85) When the baby was born it was a boy. Then again 
she was in labor. Another was born. | That also was a boy. The 
elder brother had legs but no eyes. The younger | had eyes but no 
legs. He was round like a ball. There they lived. | After a long time 
the two children began to notice things. They were very active. 
At night | the younger brother rolled around and the older one 
walked around. Their mother said, | oo) "My two little ones, go to 
sleep." The elder brother said," "Mother, who is our | father?" 
"Alas, my two little ones, indeed, your father is not here." | Yonder 
toward the west, at Katcina Village your | father lives. "Haiyi! 
Well, we will go and speak to our father." | Thus they said. "Alas 
my two little ones, that is impossible. You are poor. | (95) Your 
elder brother has legs but no eyes and you have eyes | but no legs." 
"But nevertheless, that will be all right." Thus they said. "But 
how | will it be all right?" "Well, brother will carry me on his 
back. | Is there no empty gourd?" "Yes, indeed. There is one in 
the other room." "Well, | if you can make a rattle for us I shall 
carry that when my brother takes me on his back, j uoo) In case he 
goes off the road to one side I shall rattle on that side | u> and he 
will go back into the road. That way we shall go." Thus he said. 
Their mother took the empty gourd | and made a rattle for them. 
When it was finished. "Oh good!" they said. "Come, | get on my 


148 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

patcu ' am papa le*kwanan i • muka . an suw e tci'mon i • leanan 
i'tcupatcup a*tc i'wiseto'nan s 5 a*tc itulacoka. ho^antikhol hetel- 
5 ulakwin am pap a-nap an suwe t'cililitil^ap am papa rmolaup lesna 
a'tci i'te'tcen ituloco^a. an suwe leskwanan eleptn'a*. s'a'wan- 
t'ewa^a. tfewap camli a*pilaknan itona'pe'en a'tci leskwanan si* 
ho'na tsita son a"ne. tens ka*^i le'hatinan t'on hon ona-elaten*a. — - 
hi'ya 5 iya horn a't'san atci hrno a*ce. ton ^eUsanici a't'u. a'tcia 

10 tsita le'anikwanan. a'tc iW kwaPinan s'a'tci onakwin kwatol£anan 
s'a'tcia tsita ye'makup sVtc a*^:a. 

nomilta'htci am pap on-a'wela^p tfcililitil^ap onakwin kwatop 
lesn a*tc a*ne, hoi a'tci te'tcinan t?a on-a'wehi'up tfa tfopalja t'cili- 
liti^ap s'a'tc a*^a. itiwap sVtci tJsokhnakwi a'tci te'tcip a'tci 

is tepokalan a'tci tfunayatop hejjge't'an ko'macko'na ma #> wi wo ,:> yap 
ham ito*na a*wal"up atci leskwanan an suwe leskwanan he*! 
ko'macko'na nawe ( . — ma ko'ma hoi eletuntekwi i'mu. le*kwap 
an suwe tfunatip piclankwin tahnap ko'witean kume tfankusn elap 
ist hinik ele^an'a'. le'kwanan ma ko'm hanate am papa le'kwap 

20 on suwe le'kon t'cililitil^ap sVtci le'kon awela^a. a'tci te'tcip 
lem coko^a. s'iskon a'tci i'mup. sVtci kwatonan a'tci les- 
kwanan si anra hon i'cemace'. a'tci le*kwanan s'a'tci tena'^a. 
a*tci tena'nan: 

back!" the elder said and sat down. The younger took his rattle, | 
got on his back, and thus, carrying each other they walked about 
the room. Whenever | (5) the elder went against the wall the younger 
shook his rattle, and the elder straightened out. Thus | they prac- 
tised walking around in the room. The younger said, "It will be 
all right." | They went to bed. The next morning they arose. After 
they had eaten the two said, "Now | mother, we are going. Some- 
time, thinking of you, we shall again pass you on your road." | "Alas, 
my two little ones, very well, go. May you go happily." Thus their I 
(io) mother said. She took them out. She set them on their road. | 
Then their mother climbed up and the two went. | 

Sure enough, when the elder brother stepped off the road, the 
younger one shook his rattle and he again went back into the road, j 
Thus they went along. When they had gone a ways, he again 
stepped off the road and again the other | shook his rattle. Thus they 
went. At noon they came to Mouse Place. | (15) Coming over a little 
hill they looked down. In the hollow many antelope were grazing, J 
Some walked about feeding. The younger said. "Hey! | There are 
many antelope." "All right. Where is a good place to sit down ?" 
he said. | The younger brother looked about; towards the north, 
a little ways off, there was a dry log, standing upright. | "I think 
over there will be a good place." Thus he said. "All right, go ahead. " 
the elder said. | <20) The younger shook his rattle on one side anl 
the went off to that side. When they came there | there was a hollow 
tree. There they sat down. The two went into the tree. They said. 
"Now, go on, call them." So they said. They sang. [ They sang: 

Bunzd, Zuni Texts 149 

ma'Vi ma'Vi ma'Vi 

cotsi yalant'apte pa*! 25 

lutcint'apte leponi 

he'cot'apte moljaia 

t'sikwant'apte liyalto 

ma'Vi ma*Vi ma'Vi 

a'tci le'kwap ko'wi hatiaka. toms lacokti* le'napa. wetsita'na am 30 
papa le*kwap 

ma*Vi ma'Vi ma'Vi 

cotsi yalant'apte pVi 

hitcin t'apte leponi 

he'cotfapte mol^aia 35 

tfsikwa t'apte liyalto 

ma'Vi ma*Vi ma'Vi. 

i'hatia^a. rhatianan tcuwakona kokon ikwe'ai'! 

ma Vi ma'Vi ma*Vi 

cotsiyalan tfapte pVi 40 

lutein t'apte leponi 

he'eo t'apte mojjaia 

" Antelope, antelope, antelope, 
(25) Like cream is your skin, 
Like charcoal is your snout, 
Like pinon gum your eyes, 
Like cedar bark your sinew, 
Antelope, antelope, antelope." 

(30) So they said. They heard a little of it. They just wiggled their 
ears, thus, a little bit. | The elder said. 

"Antelope, antelope, antelope, 
Like cream is your skin, 
Like charcoal is your snout, 
(35) Like pinon gum your eye, 
Like cedar bark }^our sinew, 
Antelope, antelope, antelope." 

They heard it. "Someone is saying something!" 

"Antelope, antelope, antelope, 
(4 0) Like cream is your skin, 
Like charcoal is your snout, 
Like pinon gum your eye, 

150 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

tfsikwa tfapte liyatto 
roa'Vi ma^wi ma'Vi. 

45 tcuwakon hon i'napeV. ma i*hatia'wa. le'tikwanan a*pila^:a. 
a'pilakup fas a'tci tena'^a. 

ma*Vi ma'Vi ma'*wi 
cotsi yalan tfapte jJa'i 
lutein tfapte leponi 
50 he'eo t'apte mokaia 

t'sikwa t'apte Kyalto 
maVi ma'Vi ma'Vi. 

he*! tcuwakon hon rnapeai! le^ikwanan tfumr'up lana-kwai'ina. 

kwaPinan a'wa'p. a*te J tcinan iskon Kumat'an toco'a^anap^a. 
55 yatcuclenap^a. ma'V otsi Ian an as*in kume ya'tci^atea kwatoka 

an suwe yat'ept. yatfenan hanat hom ansat c u le^wap. am pap 

ansatu^a. hacina yat'e le'kwap ticoma el t?o* yaknahnanrt'u! 

ho J kwaPit'u. an suwe le'kwanan foms rionol-kwaPifea. kwai'inan 

an kisan yaliyarto*nan yupakwii^a^a. ma'V rt'sumacas ace^a. 
eo acip yam papa lesanikwanan s*hanat kwai'i s'yam papa kwaiM^a. 

kwai*ip sVtci leskwa^a. si koplea hon t'sikwahana ? — anra isthoi 

Like cedar bark your sinew. 
Antelope, antelope, antelope." 

(45) "Someone is insulting us! Now listen!" Thus they said. They 
got up. | As they got up the two sang again: 

"Antelope, antelope, antelope, 
Like cream is your skin, 
Like charcoal is your snout. 
(50) Like pinon gum your eye, 
Like cedar bark your sinew. 
Antelope, antelope." 

"Indeed, someone is insulting us!" They said. They rushed out, 
They went there. They came up, and butted against the dead tree | 
(55 ) they kicked it. A large buck antelope thrust his foot into a knot- 
hole. | The younger brother grabbed it. As he grabbed it, "Hurry! 
Help me!" he said. The elder brother | helped him. "Hold fast !" he 
said. "Oh dear! Don't let him go! | Let me go out!" the younger 
brother said. He just rolled out. | He lay down on his neck and 
strangled him. The antelope struggled for breath and died. | 

(60) As he was dying he said to his elder brother, "All right, come 
out!" The elder brother came out. | They said, "Now how are we 
going to skin him?" "Now let's see. | Somewhere, as we came by, 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 151 

hon rpltea hecotV^a. am*a yam nana tecu^ace! — ko'm hanat 
i-tcupatcu. am papa le*kwanan i'mup s*a*tc a'pt. a*tci te*tcip 
s'a'tci i'mufea. si* anra ho'n nana tecuce* le*kwanan sVtc tena^a: 

amah ma^a^i. amah ma'ma'si. 65 

tu'wisisi tu'wisisi 


haiyi'. \o\ peye'a. — anra teya! 

amah ma^a^i. amah ma'ma'si 

tu'wisisi tu'wisisi 70 


lol peye^! — anra te'ya! 

amah ma'ma'si amah ma^a'si 

tu'wisisi tu'wisisi 

becinactece'. 75 

lol jfeye'a! a'tc i'wiseto'nan a'tc a'pL s'a'tc a*tc hecotfakwi yatop 
le" timuci tacana halupa yalto^a. yaltop sVtc ah^a. a'tc ahnan 

were some ruins. Let's go and look there for our grandfather." "AH 
right. Go ahead. | Get on my back." The elder brother said and 
sat down. They went. They got there | and sat down. "Now let 
us seek our grandfather." They sang: 

(65) "amah ma' ma' si, amah ma'ma'si 

t'u'wisisi t' u'wisisi 


"Haiyi ! Hear ! Someone is speaking !" "Let's do it again !" 

amah ma' ma' si amah ma' ma' si 

t'u* wisisi tu'wisisi 
(70) beninactece. 

"Hear! Someone is speaking!" "Let's do it again!" 

amah ma' ma' si amah ma' ma' si 
t'u'wisisi t'u'wisisi 
(75) beninactece. 

"Hear ! Someone is speaking !" He put his brother on his back and 
the two went. They crossed over the ruin, | There was a long 

1 Navaho for stone knife. ( ?) 

152 Publications, American Ethnological Sockty Vol. kv 

s'a'tc a'^a. a*tci na'l alkwin te'tcinan yam papa yatep s'a'tc 

so ele a*tc tsikwahnan ya'Kan^hap li'wan t'ewankwin tahnan 
kokokwin*e i'yap ta'htcic li'wan su'nhakwin tahna a'tcia tatcu 
pautiwa i*^a. i'yap kokokwhre i'nan am pap'ona yam optsinaka 
yaktohap make* lipopotip at c u'at c u! le'kwapta an suw'ona yakto- 
hap ta maj^e 1 lipopotip at'utfut'ut'ut'u ! a'tcia tatcu i'nan lesani- 

85 kwanan el i'yo. a'tcia ko 3 alenam*en tewulac alol^a! luknio tewu- 
ko'liya! le'kwap — ha kwac to 3 yaiyu^ya'nanre. imatcic luknio 
tewuko'liona^'a luknia ho* el ho* acaniyahkia. — haiyi'. ma honkwa' 
ati yam ko'lea tse^an'ona a'tcian te*u. — ma hol'o. kwa ho* 

' lesnucukwa. ten ho* a'tcian aloj^an*a c . le'kwanan kwelele a'tcian 

90 alol^aka. 

a'tcian aklunan holtekwin a'nap ta'htcic atcia tatcu leskwanan 
si* horn tcawa'tci luka li'l yam aina'koa ton t'em'la iton*a. kwa 
ko'wi tsana ton etcucukwa al^'a a'witen tewaj^anate kwa ton cPna 
pilacukwa. ton tenrla itona. li'wanem t'om Jjalica kutsupiya- 

95 kwin ton a'nuwa ton te'tcinan ton hiwalakwin kwatonan a*wa 
kakwemos' inkwin to* a'nuwa. iskon ton te*tcip kwa ton ye*ma- 
^anakna 3 map t'a ton a* wan pekwin inkwin a'nuwa ta iskon kwa 
ton ye'mal^anakna'map ta ton pPlaciwan inkwin a'nuwa ta iskon 

thunder knife lying on an ant hill. They picked it up from where 
it was lying. They took it | and went. They came to where the 
deer was lying. The elder brother held it | and they skinned it. 

(80) Just as they were about to finish skinning it, from the east 
the Black God came. Meanwhile, from the west their father, 
Pautiwa, came. As he approached the Black God came, and struck 
the elder brother with his torch. | The sparks dropped down. 
"Atu !" he said. Then he struck the younger brother | and again the 
sparks fell. "Atututututu ! " Their father came and said to him, 
(85) "Poor things, don't hurt them. Be kind and light a fire for them 
These poor things." he said. "Have you no sense ? Indeed, they 
are poor. Therefore, I was going to make them well." "Haiyi! 
Is that so ? | Do whatever you wish to them." "Oh no. 1 1 won't do 
anything. However, I will make a fire for them." Thus he said. 
Kwelele | oo) made a fire for them. 

After he had made a fire for them, he went off somewheres. Mean- 
while their father said, | "Now, my two children, all of this which 
you have killed you shall eat. | Not even the smallest scrap shall you 
leave behind, so that for four days your flesh | may not get flabby. 
After you have eaten it all, yonder to the west, to Where-the- 
Tassel-Hangs, ] <95) you shall go. When you get there you will enter 
the village, | and go to the house of the village chief. When you 
get there they will not let you come up. | Then you will go to the 
house of their pekwin. There also | they will not let you come up. 
Then you will go to the house of their bow priest. There also, | four 

nunzei, zjum lexis ion 

a*witenafe:an hoi t?on itehpaniyup ta an suw inkwin t'on a"imwa. 
t'a iskon tfon te'tcip t'a a'witenakanhol t'on itehpaniyup ten hoi li'la 10 
le'hatina t'on kwaton'a. iskon t'on rmup tenat li'lkon ko'lea tetfuna- 1 
kan*a. le* a*tci anikwanan yam kakwin a^a. tenat ko'lea 
tet'una^an'a. li'lkon a'witen t'ewap t'on ankohan*a. tVn anko- 
hanan tfo'na t'apna^an*a. tVna t'apna^an'tihap kwa t'on a'Vacu- 
wa'cukwa. hiwal a'moson i'tenan'a. i'tenl^atea hoi tcuwa tewuko'- 5 
li'ya tVn a u wa*koa t'on acuwapn'a. t'on acuwap tfon il' a'n'ihap 
t'on a'nuwa, t'on te'tcinan iskon ko'lea t'on ante'unapkona t'on 
yatinan iskon le* yam a'lacina'we a*wan kwahol lean t'on yainceman 
t'o'nan hapop tfo'na hon ona-elatemvwa. a'tcia le*anikwanan 
a'tcia tatcu sVj^a. 10 

yam kakwin a*nap sVtci cP akli^a. a'tci ci'aklinan s'a'tc ito'k;a. 
kowekwin'te tsuwekwin'te sawekwhrte kwa ko*wi ^em t'sanapte 
a*tc etcunanr^a a'tci t'enrl ito'nan a*tc elemaknan. s'a'tc a'lta. 
sVtci mu'kwena'kwin te^ci^a. a'tci te'tcip yayotrwe. yato- 
kwaPinan'te camli am papa leskwanan sP hop a*wan ^akwemosi 15 
l^akweye ? s'a'tc a'ka. s'a'tc ^akwemosi an ^akwin a'tci te'tcika. 
sVtci itiyulal^a. itiyula'up a'tci ankohanan tcuwamp lukn 
a't'san a'tci ? hie antcimoa le'anaknan a'tci itehpanika. t?a a'tci 

times they will throw you down. Then you shall go to his younger 
brother's house. | uoo) When you get there, again four times, they 
will throw you down. Then, wherever | (D you think, 'Let it be 
here,' there you shall enter. There you shall stay. Then there they 
will see what will happen." | Thus he said to the two and went to his 
house. | "There they shall see what will happen. After four years 
they will find you. | When they find you they will take you. When 
they are going to take you, you must not talk to them. | (5) All of 
their village chiefs will come. When they are all finished you will 
speak to some poor man | who finds you. When you speak to him, 
if he wants you to go with him, [ you will go. When you get there, 
then you will tell them what they have done to you. Then you | 
will ask for clothing for all of your old ones. | When they have 
gathered it together for you, then we shall pass you on your roads." 
Thus he said to them. | (io> Then their father went. 

When he had gone to his house they roasted the meat. When they 
had roasted the meat they ate. | They ate even the intestines and the 
stomach and the bones. Not even a little scrap of skin | did they 
leave. When they had eaten everything they arose and went. | They 
came to the country of the Hopis. When they got there they were 
dancing Yaya. Just as the sun | (15) rose early in the morning the 
elder brother said, "Where does their house chief | live?" They 
went there. They came to the house of the house chief. | When they 
got there they stood beside the ladder. As they stood there the 
people found them. — "Who are these | two children? They are 
very dirty," they said. They threw them down. But they | kept 

154 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

ihemotiljanan kwili^ana*na a'tc itiyula'up t'a a'tc itehpaniyup 

20 t'a ha'i^ana'na a'tc ihemoti^anan t'a a'tc itiyulalja t'a a*tc ye'makup 
elehol a'tc t'una ye'makup tcuwatikol umo^ap lea kwaPinan a'tcia 
Rahman t'a a'tc itehpani^ap tfa a'tci ihemotipma. a*witenaj£ana'na 
a'tci itehrianiup am papa leskwanan si hon a*ce a*wan pekwiu 
inkwin a'tc a'^a. 

25 a'tci te J tcip a*tci ankohanan tcuwantij£ap lukn a'tfsan a'tci ? hie 
antcimoa. hokamp a*tc i'ya ? — ■ ma rme. tcapotc a'tci le'tikwap. 
a'tci ye'ma^a elehol a'tci ye'makup a'tci itehjianiyup. a'tci pilak- 
nan t'a kwili^ana'n a'tci ye'ma^'a elehol a*tci tuna-ye'makup tcu- 
watikol hepi^a l^ap le-i*nan a'tcia kahinan a'tci ulatena rianikajja. 

30 fa a'tci poalemaknan a'tci i*wiseto*nan a'tc ihemoti^anan ha- 
'i^anan a'tc i'tcupatcunan a'tc ehhol tJuna-ye'makup t'a a'tci 
itehpaniup am papa leskwanan si kotci. le'wi. an suwe leskwanan 
wan amate s'a'tci ihemoti^anan s'a'tci a'witena{£ana*n yemaknan 
elehol a'tc itiwaljap a'tci an letsilohnaknan. a'tci itepaniyup 

35 sPana le'wi. a'tci le'kwanan sVtci pi'laciwan an ^akwin sVtc 

pi'laciwan an Jjakwin a'tci te*tcinan a'tci ye'ma^a. a'tci 
ye'makup t'a a'tci iteh riani'ka. fa a*tc pilaknan kwilij£ana*n 
a*tc ye'ma^a. a'tci ye'maknan elehol a'tci ye'makup t?a a*tci 

on trying to come up. A second time they stood beside the ladder, 
and again they threw them down. | (20) Then again, the third time 
they tried. Again they stood beside the ladder. Again they climbed 
up. | When they almost looked over the top someone came out 
carrying a bowl of soapy water | and threw it over them. Again 
they threw them down. And again they tried to come up. Again 
the fourth time | they threw them down. The elder brother said, 
"Now let us go to the house of the pekwin. | They went. | 

(25)When they got there the people saw them. "Who are these 
two children? They are very | dirty. Whence have they come?" 
"I don't know. They are bad children." Thus they said. | The two 
boys climbed up. When they had almost reached the top they 
threw them down. They got up | and again the second time they 
climbed up. As they looked over the edge | someone came carrying 
a bowl of urine and threw it over them. They pushed them down. | 
(30) Again they sat up, and, helping one another, they tried again. | 
The third time they climbed up. As they were nearly at the top, 
again they | threw them down. The elder brother said, "Ouch! 
That's enough!" The younger said, | "Wait! once more." They 
tried again. The fourth time they climbed up. | When they got to 
the middle of the ladder, they took the ladder from under them. 
The two fell down. | (35) "Come on, that's enough." they said. They 
went to the house of the bow priest. | 

They came to the house of the bow priest. When they got there 
they climbed up. | As they climbed up the people threw them down. 

Bunzd, Zuni Texts 155 

itehpaniyup iJa a'tci ihemoti^anan a'tci leskwanan ahiat ho^o 40 
ye'makce. atci leskwanan a'tci ye'ma^a. a'tci ye'makup a'tci 
itehpaniyup a'tci pilaknan sPana an suwe an ^akwin. a'tc a*^a. 
ppla'ciwani an suw'ona ^akwin a'tci te'tcinan tfa a'tci ye'mapL 
a'tci ye'makup t'a a'tci ankohanan tJa a'tci itehpaniyup a'tci 
ihemoti^anan t'a a'tci ye'maka. t'a a'tci itehpani'^a t'a a'tci 45 
itehpaniyup t'a tern a'tci ihemoth£anan. elehol a'tci t'una-ye'makup 
tJa a'tci itehrjani'nan a'tci umo^aliljap. a'tci pilaknan an suwe 
leskwanan siya c . ama alnate am papa lesanikwanan ma kotci 
kwa ho* yaiyu°aniktam'e. — ma e'te alnate a'tci le'kwanan a'tci 
ye'maknan e'lehot a'tci itiwa^ap a'tci itehpani'^a. a'tci pilaknan 50 
si kotci le*wi a'tci leskwanan s'a'tci tJewankwin tahn a'pL 

sVtc hiwala pattokwi te'tcip a'tci te'tcip t'okokwa*wan J^akwen'e 
s'a'tc kwatol^a. iskon a'tci kwatonan s'a'tc imo'ka. 

iskon kwa J^a'ki litam'e. lesnate olo'i^anana yalakwaPi^a. 
kwa j^a — ki litam'e. hie tfewana pinapa kwa ^a — l£i upinam'e. 55 
telakwai'i^a. telakwai'ip tfoweyena^a. iskon kwa tern a *t'owa hoi* - 
ya'^ana'wam'e. anaka ana'ap uhsite tehtsinana teloceti^a. 
telakwaPip t'a t'oweyena'^a. uhsona tomt tekuan i'pacteka. tomt 
tekuan i'pacteknan krwo'arjlja. is^ankon kwa ^a — tt.i litam'e. 

They got up and the second time I they climbed up. They had 
almost reached the top and again ] uo) they threw them down. 
Again they tried. They said "Once more| let us climb up." Thus 
they said. They climbed up. As they climbed up | they threw them 
down. They got up. "Come on to the younger brother's house." 
They went | to the house of the younger brother bow priest. When 
they got there again they climbed up. | As they climbed up, they 
found them again. And again threw them down. | (45) They tried 
again. They climbed up, and again they threw them down. | After 
they had thrown them down they tried yet again. When they 
had nearly reached the top, | again they threw them down. They 
threw soapy water on them. Again they got up. The younger 
brother | said, "All right, let's try once more." The elder brother 
said, "Oh dear! | I have no stomach for it!" "But yes, once more." 
Thus they said and | <so> climbed up. W r hen they were about half 
way up they threw them down. They got up. | "Oh dear! That's 
enough," they said. ^ They went towards the east. J 

They came to the~edge ot the village. There they entered the 
chicken coops. | They went in and stayed there. 

Then there it never rained. Thus the whole summer passed. 
(55) It never rained. Every day the wind blew. It never snowed. 
Spring came. In the spring they planted. Then their corn never 
came to maturity. | It was frozen. After their corn was frozen, 
during that winter, there was famine. | When spring came, again 
they planted. Then the flowers came to bud. | When the ilowers had 
just come to bud they were burnt by the sun. For a long time it 

156 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

6o olo'i^anan yalakwaPika. lal tehtsinana kwa upinanre kwa ^a — 
l£i krnanve. iskon a*ho J a*wocemanan yace. awoceman yacep 
ko*na yato'we ele* Mean tim-paniie. a'tci a't'sana utc ankoha- 
^anan a'tci an tcukoclena kwatell^ana a'tc utce. iskon telakwaPip 
t'oweyena^a uhsona cea* kwaPinan krwo'arjka. kwa ^:a — ki 

65 litanre. olo'i^anan tena' iskon hiwalona a*woceman yacentma 
ko'na yato*we ele* pani'le iskon a't'san ate utcon a'tci an suwe 
leskwanan he papai' ist ho'na antcukwaclena kwatetj^akona 
i'lean tin-a*ne* ke'si le'i'yantikwanan a*tc utcap wetsim tena- 
la'ap t?a t'orja Mean timpaniyup hehu hapa! uhson ahpina kwa- 

70 tel^akona. lal iskon a*tci-penan koahtcic leyena'we. iskankon 
kwa litanre. olo'il^anan yalakwaPika kwa ka — Jp krnanve hie 
pPna te'tci. 

tfewanako'n a'ciwan'i a*pPlaciwan*i pekwin a'komosona til^a*- 
mosi kwahol ak*a a'ho* a*te*ona iceltema haponaiye. a'peye. 

75 tcuwaiap tse'makwin ak'a kwa litanre' ? ko*mackon ho 5 na*wan 
tcawe ho'na*wan masi'we ho'na'wan a*ho J i honan as'iwe a'ya- 
lakwaPile le'ana^a. i'yantehkunacna'ka. ko* t'elina'we yato'w 
i'yantehkunacna'ka. ta'htcic tcuwa lacik kwa t'ehyanPona a'ho J 
aiyu^alna'w'ona kwaPinan heyekan a*^a. a*t'san a'tci utcukwin 

so te'tcinan tfunakwatop a'tci pc^ule. a'tci cPnaya'naiye. a*tci 
unati^a^a. iskon kwa heyena'men ilohkaka. s'a'Jja. 

never rained. | (60) The summer passed and again in winter it did 
not snow. There were never | any clouds. Then the people were 
starving to death. As they died of starvation | each day they came 
bringing down the corpses. They found the two children inside. | 
They spat on them. Then when spring came, | they planted. When 
the young leaves came out they were burnt by the sun. It never | 
(65) rained, throughout the whole summer. Then all the village 
was starving to death. | Every day they took down the dead. The 
two children were there inside. The younger brother | said, "Look, 
brother, the one who spat on us all the time | now they are carrying 
him down." Thus they said to one another. They stayed in there. 
A little later | they came down carrying another. "Good for that 
ghost. That is the one | (70) who urinated on us." Thus the two 
talked together. "Let them do what they can." For a long time | 
it had not rained. The summer passed. There were never any 
clouds, only | wind. | 

Each day the priests and the bow priests and the pekwin 
and the Komosona and the society | chiefs and all those who had 
any office met together all the time. They talked. | (75) "Because 
of whose thoughts does it never rain ? Many of our | children, our 
backs, our people, our hands, | are perishing" they said. Thus they 
questioned one another. Every night and every day | they questioned 
one another. Meanwhile a certain old man, who was not valuable, 
whom the people | hated, went out to defecate. He came to where 
the two children were staying inside. | (80) He looked in. There they 

Hunzel, Z/wnt Texts 157 

aciwan haponakwi a*ciwan haponakwin te^inan kwatofea. 
kwatonan leskwanan horn a*tatcu ko'na tfon t'ewanan a*teaiye. 
le'kwap. kwa tcuhol peyenam'^a. tophnVon i'mu le'kwaka. lal 
ham'e lestikwanan koptcic hil^ lacil^ lewul^an rya ? tewu'anhve. 85 
lacik leskwanan tcuwaiap tse'makwinal^'a le'na hon yu'teclati? 
lestikwanan ma torn tse > makwina^ , a ho'na'wan tcawe yalakwai'i. 
tfapte hie ten tV lacil^ aiyatsa. lesna te'ona^a tfom hon aiyu^alna*- 
we. lal laci^ leskwanan ticomaha' a*tatcu. kocikatfel'ea lenhol 
ho 5 tcuwa tewako'liap a*wa tse'makwinak'a teacukwa. a'wi'tse^a. 90 
lal lestikwanan tse'mempa hon i'tse'ma. le*antikwap lal leskwanan 
ma ilte. ko*wit?ewana a*t?san a*tc li*l i'^a le'kwap hie tcuwetcam 
anapeka. lal t'opa leskwanan ticomaha telol^ati lulj aiyu'hatia- 
pna'we. imat kwahol lujt peyen'iha. tcuwatikol le'kwap hana' 
ko'ma peye. t'opa le'kwap leskwanan ticomaha' ma i*namilte 95 
epact ko*wi tfewana ho'na^wan haitonlana te'tcipi. li'l a't'san a*tc 
i'^a. le* hiwalan tenrla a*tc al'ul^a epact kwa t'on a'tci ye'ma^ana*- 
wanrel^a. lukniakon tcimte yaton'e ho* a'tci unati^alja. a'tci 
ci'naya'naiye. homkwat lukniakon tse'makwin ak*a le'na hon 
yr^teclati. kwac a'tci acuwatina^ukwa ? le'kwap. ticomaha' 100 
hrto. i'namilte. le'tikwanan ama hi^u ^akwemosi le'anal^ap l 
elemaknan ma ama ho* a*ne le*kwanan s'a'^a. 

were sitting inside. They were full-fleshed. | He saw them. He 
turned around without defecating and went back. 

When he came to where the priests were meeting, he entered. | 
As he entered he said, "My fathers, how have you lived these many 
days ?" | No one spoke to him. Then one of them said, "Sit down !" 
Then | (85) others said, "What has this old man come for? He is 
of no use." | The old man said, "Because of whose thoughts do we 
suffer thus ?" | They said, "Why, it is because of your thoughts that 
our children perish. | You are just an ugly old man. Therefore we 
hate you." | Then the old man said, "Alas my fathers, indeed not! 
For indeed | oo) I am but a poor old man. It cannot be because, of 
my thoughts. Now think about it." Then they said, "Indeed, we are 
thinking about it all the time and worrying." Thus they said. Then 
he said "Yes indeed! A short time ago two children came here." 
Thus he said. "Every one | insulted them." Then another said, 
"Alas! Keep quiet! Listen to him! | He has something to say." 
Thus someone said. | (95) "Go ahead now, speak!" he said. Then 
he said, "Alas! Indeed it is so ! | Verily, a short time ago, when the 
time of our great ceremony came, two children came here. [ Through 
the whole village they went about. Indeed you did not let them 
come up. | This very day I saw them. They | are full-fleshed. 
Perhaps it is because of their thoughts that we | (ioo) suffer thus. 
Do you not wish to speak to the two ?" he said. "Alas, | <n indeed 
it is so!" they said. "Very well, go!" they said to the house chief. | 
He arose. "Very well. I am going." he said. He went. | 

158 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

a*tc utcukwin lo'te^ap an suwe leskwanan papai'. ist a*wan 
^akwemos i'yai'. el t'o acuwanret c u'. lekwap. ^akwemosi te'tch^a 
5 leskwanan ticomaha' horn tcaw atci kop t'on t'ewanan teaiye ? 
kwa a'tci penamka. atci kwaPi to'n ho' cemeai! kwa a*tc acu- 
wanre. ticomaha kopla't kwa t'on peyena'ma horn a*tc acuwa. 
tVn ho* il'a'n'iha. le'kwap kwa a'tc acuwam'e. kowemal^anhol 
penap kwa a*tc acuwa'mep ya'tsatinan s^'ka. te'tcinan kwa horn 

10 a'tc acuwam'e^a. a'tci ci'naya'naiye lekwap. lestikwanan ama 
hr'u pekwin'e. pekwin elemaknan a\ka. ko'witeanhol i'yap a'tc 
unati^anan ist a'wan pekwin i'ya. eltci to' acuwanret'u. — elapa 
lekwap pekwin te'tcinan ticomaha horn tcaw a'tci kop tfon t'ewanan 
teaiye ? kwa a'tci penamka. a'tci kwai'i t'on ho* ceme'a. kwa a*tc 

15 acuwam'ep. isl^ankon pena'ka. a'witena^anhol pienap kwa a'tc 
acuwa'nrap ya'tsatinan t'as a*^a. te'tcip hop a'tc a'^a le'tikwap 
isthok 11 a'tc ime. kwa horn a*tc acuwam'e. a'tci ci'na ya*naiye. 
ticomaha' ama j>i'laciwin'i hr'u. le'tikwap pPlaciwan'i a'j^a. 
te'tcip t'Vtc kwa acuwam'e^a. iskon a'tci anikin'te a'tci t'ewus 

20 amjJeye^a. ticomaha horn tcaw a'tci a'tc ho'na ankohati! le*kwap 
kwa atci pena'map ya'tsatinan t'as a*^a. te'tcinan kwa horn a'tc 

He approached the place where the | two were staying inside. 
The younger brother said, "Brother! There their | house chief 
comes. Now don't you speak to him!" Thus they spoke to one 
another. The house chief came there. | (5) He said, "Alas, my two 
children, how have you lived these many days?" | They did not 
speak. "Come out! I have come for you." They did not speak to 
him. | "Alas, why do you not speak? Speak to me! | I want you 
to go with me." Thus he said, but they did not speak to him. 
Several times | he spoke to them but they did not answer. Then 
he became ashamed and went. When he came back he said, [ 
(10) "They did not speak to me. They are full-fleshed," he said' 
Then they said, "All right, j you go, pekwin." P'ekwin arose and 
went. When he had gone a little way | they saw him. "There their 
pekwin comes. Now don't you speak to him." "Indeed not!" ] 
Thus he said. The jJekwin came there. "Alas my two children, 
how have you lived these many days ?" | They did not speak to him. 
"Come out, I have come for you." They | us) did not talk to him. 
He spoke to them several times. After he had spoken to them the 
fourth time and they | did not talk to him, he became ashamed and 
he too went. He came back. "Where did they go?" they said. 
"They are staying there. They would not speak to me. They are 
full-fleshed." | "Alas! Now bow priest, you go." Thus they said. 
Bow priest went. | When he got there they did not talk to him. He 
greeted them. | <20) He pleaded with them. "Alas, my two children, 
have pity on us." So he said. | They did not speak to him. Then 
he became ashamed and he, too, went. He came there. | "They did 
not talk to me." he said. Then they said, "Alas, younger brother' 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 159 

acuwam'e|a le'kwap lestikwanan ticomaha an suwe le'ani^ap 
pplaciwan an suw a\^a. te^cip a'tci lesiyanikwanan ist pi'laciwan* 
an suw i'yai'. el acuwanret'u. i'nan leskwanan ticomaha hon 
tcaw a'tci ko 1 t'on t'ewanan teaiye ? kotcilea te'ona^a kwa ton 25 
peyena^a ? a'tc horn acuwa'! to'n ho* ceme'a. kal a'tci kwaPi. 
kwa a'tci penanr^a. el a'tc ho^a'wa t'sumena'ma. le'kwap kwa 
a'tci penanrika. is^ankon a*tci anlimocelja. iskon i'natifcianan 
ya'tsatinan sVi^a. te'tcip haiyi' hop a'tc a*l^a le'tikwap ma 
a'tc ime. kwa a'tci peyena'ma. iskon lestikwanan ticomaha'. 30 
ma imat ilt a*tc peyena'ma. ma kop hie t'a hon a'tci alewuna'wa. 
ticomaha' anra hVu imat t'om a*tc acuwa^a. le'anakap lacuj 
elemaknan sVlpL te'tcil^a. an suwe leskwanan ist laci^ i*yai' 
ho'n acuwa*kona t'os penuwa! le*kwap ko'wi tenala'ap i*k:a ^e'si. 
ticomaha' tcawa'tci a'tci kwaPi J^e'si. atcia le^nikwap a'tci 35 
kwaPi^a. a'tci kwaiMp lacijj i'lnup. lacik i'mup t'opafan am 
pap i • tcupatcup t?opa^an an suwe i • tcupatcup a • tcia woJ£apa 
i'seto'nan sV^a. 

a't^tci^a u'kwato^a. ukwatonan horn a'tatcu horn a'tsita horn 
tcawe ko'na t'on tJewanan a'teaiye ? — ^etfsanici ho'na'wan a'tatcu. 40 
t'onc a*wia ? rt'inapl. s'i't'inapt. iskon a'ciwan'i lestikwanan si' 
ho'na'wan tcawa'tci lulja yaton'e ho'na tfon a-wona-elatefea. 
lu^a yaton'e t?o'na hon yantehkunahna'wa. koko le'a te^onalpi 

they said. | The younger brother bow priest went. When he came 
there the two boys said to one another, "There | the younger 
brother bow priest comes. Now don't you talk to him!" When he 
came he said. "Alas, my | (25) two children, how have you lived 
these many days ? What is the reason | that you do not speak ? 
Talk to me. I have come for you. Come out here." | They did not 
speak. "Do not try us." he said, | but they did not speak. Many 
times he pleaded with them, but he could do nothing. | Then he 
became ashamed and went. He came back. "Haiyi! Where have 
they gone ?" they said. "Oh ! | 00 they are staying there ! They will 
not speak!" Then they said, "Alas, but perhaps they cannot speak. 
Well, what shall we do with them now? | Alas! Please, you go. 
Perhaps they will talk to you." they said. The old man | arose 
and went. He got there. Younger brother said, "There an old man 
is coming, | the one w r ho spoke to us. You will talk to him." After 
a little while he came. Now, | (35) "Alas! my two children, come 
out now!" Thus he said to them. They | came out. When they 
came out the old man sat down. When he sat down the elder 
brother climbed up on one side | and the younger brother on the 
other side. Carrying them side by side | on his back he went. | 

They got there and went in. They went in. "My fathers, my 
mothers, my | (40) children, how have you lived these many days ?" 
"Happily, our fathers. | Have you come? Be seated." They sat 
down. Then the priests said, "Now, | our two children, this day you 

160 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

hon le* yu'teclati. tcuwaiyakona tse'makwina^'a. uhsona ho'na 

45 t'on a'y^ya^ana'wa. — e\ i'namifte. ko*wi tfewana epac li'l 
tVna*wan haiton-lana te'tcipa hon i'^a. tVna*wan hecotfa'koa 
hon itiyulerja epac ho'na tfon kwa ye'makana'wanrejja. epac ho J na 
t'on itecpani'lel^anap^a. kwa ko*wi nom*e tfsana yaknan^te 
la\k u lehol yato-kwaPilenankwi te'tcina kwa ko'wi nom'e tfsana 

50 aiyaknan'te ho'na t'on koti-alewunapka. tfo*o ^akwemos'i tfo*o 
pekwhre tfo*o pi'laciwan'i t'o'o an suwe le* luwalan tcawil'hrte 
kwa ko*wi ho 5 antcimoapte ton aiyaknapan'te epac ho'na tfon 
koti-alewunapka. lesna te'onaka ho'n a'tatcu ho'nan i'katinan 
kwa t'on a*wona-elatena*wanve. 

55 le a*tci ikwap ticomaha ho'na'wan tcawa*tci. e*e rnamirte lesna 
lu^no te'unapka. lacik kwa tfehyam'ona le'kwal^a. e* rnamirte 
ace*' t'on tfeninacnapl^a. le'iyantikwanan kwac ho'na t'on yanko- 
haticukwa. leVtcianaj^ap ma t'on ulati. ho'na tatc a*wan pila*we 
takun-ikwrwe molimori-ikwi'we e'nrwe wewe tfcito'we supiatona*- 

60 we u^ahai'ya*we lapa'we lacowa'we mumkwatona*we as*iko- 
wopo^a ^epasikwrwe weleakwi*we ljetfoma'we mihe'we kwahol 
ko'lea hon a'tatc a'leatun'ona tfon hapo^ana*wap lesna tepura. 
— hi'to i'namilte. 

iskon kwahol hariokan hapellja. kokwa'wan tenrl kwanlea* 

have passed us on our road. | This day we shall question you. For 
what reason | do we suffer thus ? Because of whose thoughts ? That | 
(45) you will let us know." "Yes, indeed it is so. Verily, a short 
time ago, | when the time of your great ceremony came, we came 
here. At all your houses | we stood beside the ladder. Verily you 
did not let us come up. Verily | you threw us down. Even though 
you hold in your hands every little bug | even though you hold in 
your hands every little bug. even those at the place where the sun 
comes up. (50) nevertheless you have treated us unkindly. You, 
house chief, you | riekwin, you bow priest, you younger brother! 
Although all the village people are your children | even though you 
hold in your hands every dirty person, verily you | have treated us 
unkindly. Therefore our fathers became angry. Therefore they 
have not passed your roads." j 

(55)Thus they said. "Alas, our two children. Yes, indeed it is so. 
That | is what they did." Thus said the old man who was not 
valuable. "Yes, indeed it is so. | You have made things very hard 
for yourselves." Thus they said. "You would not take pity onus." [ 
Thus the two said. "All right, now, do as you wish. Our fathers' 
dance kilts, | embroidered sashes, fringed sashes, women's belts, 
foxskins, yarn, cedarberry necklaces, | (60) downy feathers, parrot 
tailfeathers, parrot breastfeathers, owl feathers, arm bands, | bow- 
bracelets, anklets, dance moccasins, embroidered blankets. | all 
the things that our fathers wear, you will gather together. Thus it 
shall be." I "Hear! Indeed it is so!" I 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 161 

tenrl hajJop a*tci leskwal^a. si* t'ehwitokwi kwili tean tfo J wo'^a- es 
poa*nan animunan isjion ho'na t'on animyartona*wa a*tci le'kwap 
tehwitokwin kwan a'pani'l^a. iskon kwili tean wo"^:aj)oa*^a. 
piclankwin tahnan am papa animyalto'^a. ma^aiakwin tahna an 
suwona animyalto'^a. animyaltoknan s'a'wa'ka. yam Jjiwitsikwi. 

iskon t'elikwitip lo* 5 lipot'il$:a. ko'wi tenala'ap liton rl^a. liton 70 
i'yap a*tcia tatcu leskwanan si 5 yam tcaw a'tci ani'te'tcuna'we. 
wilolo'atifca. wilolo'atinan leshol tean am papon ipakwi^a. lehol 
a*tc i't'ehwa lani^a. am papa rt'unapka. ta'htcic an suwe rsakwip- 
k:a. an suwe yam sakwi* a-was'e'a. an suwe leskwanan papai'! ho J 
isakwip^ai'. — ma t'a ho* i't'unap^ai'. a'tci le'kwap kwi — son! 75 
a'tci t'una yalakwaPi^a. a'tcia tatc i*nan ti'comaha' horn tcaw 
atci hai kwac t'on yaiyu'ya'nanre le J kwanan a'tci animyarto'l^a. 
a*tci animyalto'nan ate iant'ehwanan si 5 istfa*na yam tca'w a*tci 
anrte J tcuna*we. iskon kwilikanan wilolo'atinan holomac rt'ehwa. 
am papa kr'opa! tfunatinan an suwe hai' a u wana seko i*t'unapk;ai'! 80 
— ma tfa so* i'sakwipkai! a'tci le'kwap kwi's'on a'tcia t'ekwitika. 
atcia tatc i*nan ti'comaha 7 horn tcaw a*tci hai kwac tfo* yaiyu*- 
ya'nam'e. kwac t'on yam tewuko^Pona t'on aiyu'ya'nam'e ? el t'o J 
yacuwamet'u. leskwanan a'tci animyalto'^a. iskon t'ehwanan si* 

Then they gathered many things together. They gathered all 
the clothing of the katcinas. | The two said, "Now in the plaza 
you will put them down in two piles | and you will set us down on 
top of them." Thus they said. | They brought down the clothing 
into the plaza. There they piled it up in two places. | At the north 
they set down the elder brother. At the south | they set down the 
younger brother. After they had put them down they went to 
their kivas. | 

(70) Then at dusk the sky became overcast. After a little while 
the rain came. When the rain | came the boys' father said, "Now, 
test your two children." | There was a flash of lightning. The 
lightning hurled the elder brother a little ways off. | The two fell 
down a little ways apart. The elder brother had eyes and his younger 
brother had legs. | The younger brother felt of his legs. The younger 
brother said, "Brother! I | (75) have got legs!" "Well! And I have 
got eyes!" Thus they said. It became pitch black. | Their sight 
was gone. Then their father came. "Alas, my two children, j have 
you no sense?" he said. He put them back. | When he had put 
them back he went a little ways off from them. "Now test your 
two children a little harder." j There was a second flash of lightning. 
They were thrown far apart. | (80) The elder brother blinked. He 
could see. "Brother! Say! I have got eyes!" | "Well! and I have 
legs again!" Thus they said. It got pitch black. Again it was dark 
for them. Their father came. "Alas my two children ! Have you 
no sense ? Do you not know that you are poor ones ? Now, don't 
you | talk to each other!" Thus he said. He put them back. Then 


162 Publications, American Ethnological Society V i. .a v 

85 yam tcaw a'tcia t'suma^a i'te'tcuna'we. le'kwap wilolo>atinan. 
a*tci ipakuka. sis holomac i'tfehw a*tci lani£a ; kr'opa! am papa 
t'unatika. t'a an suwe yam sakwi. a'was*e'a suwe hai a u wana ( . 
seko rt'una^ai! — P a P a i! a u wana seko i'sakwip^ai! iskon kwi's'on! 
tekwiti^ai! iskon a'tcia tatc i'nan. a*tci ampeyelja. he' horn 

90 tcaw a*tci hai kwac t'on yaiyu'ya'nanve lalj alnate ton anrteM^ci- 
]£an'a. holon yam tewukoHi'ona t'on aiyu'ya'nan kwa t?on yacu- 
wa'cukwa. le> a'tci anikwanan si* hie tsuma^a t'on a'tci ani'- 
te'tcunawa. kr'orja towowowowo tatatatata hi — hie holomac 
a'tci ipakwife;a. ko'macko'n a'tc i't'ehw ale. am papa lo^ojSa 

95 t'unatina. t'oms t'unawal'u. ta ,c tcic an suwe t'oms yam sakwi' 
leawale. t'oms imuye. t'oms kokwayayutcinaiye. ta c tcic t'a a'tci 
peyena^ma. a'tcia tatcu leskwanan si* hanate le*kwap kokw 
a*wi'^a. kokw a'wi'nan kwahol rcematipL — luk; hom'a — lu^ 
hom'a — el*a lu^ hom'a. tem'la yam kwahol woticna. ta ,c tcic iskon 
ioo hehe'a ha'tacuku ko'yemci ya'ana na # wico upo'yona koko'kei koko 
i tem'la tto'weyenaplja. tcu'we ku'we no*we omatfsapa J^awawula 
tem'la t'oweyena*wap yele^ap s^'wa'p. 

ta ,c tcic a'tcia tatcu s'a'j^a. am papa alkwin te'tcinan si* horn 

tca'le pilaku kwa peyenanrpL an tatcu leskwanan hanat pilaku 

5 koplat kwa tV pena'ma. lal an teazle leskwanan mac ho penap 

he went off a little ways. "Now | (85) test your children severely." 
he said. There was a flash of lightning. | It struck the two children. 
They fell down far apart. The elder brother blinked. He | saw' 
And again the younger brother felt of his legs. "Brother, say, 
I have eyes again!" "Brother, say, I have legs again!" Then it 
became pitch black. | It was dark. Then their father came. He 
spoke to them, "My | <90) two children, have you no sense? Now 
this is the last time that they will test you ! | Whether or not you 
find out anything, poor ones, and do not talk together." | Thu> 
he said to them "Now you will test them even more severely! "* 
Flash ! To-wo-wo-wo-wo-wo-wo ! Ta-ta-ta-ta-ta-ta ! h-li-h-ii-li-li. 
They were thrown far apart. They lay far apart. The elder brother 
blinked | (95) He could see. He just looked around. Meanwhile the 
younger brother just felt his legs | like this. He just rubbed them. 
They just rejoiced, but they | did not speak. Their father saici. 
"Hurry up!" he said. The katcinas | came. The katcinas cam-? 
and scrambled for their things. "This is mine!" "This | is mine' 
"No! It's mine!" They all took away their things. Meanwhile 
(ioo) Hehe'a, Hatacuku, Koyemci, Ya'ana, Nawico, Upo'yon 
Kokokci, the katcinas | (D all planted; corn, squash, beans, sv. i 
flowers, wild grasses, J all things they planted. When they we:* 
finished they went. | 

Then their father went there. He reached the place where tr- 
elder brother was lying. "Now, my | child, get up." He did n - 
speak. His father said, "Hurry ! Get up ! | (5) Why don't you speak 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 163 

kwa koleVcukwa el*a t'ora a'tatcu sVwa'ka. iskon an aktsijj 
pilakup ma*kaiakwin tahn il*a*ka. an suw alkwin te'tcinan si' horn 
teazle pilaku. le'kwap kwa penanren yam tatcu t'unan'te tcunaiye. 
hanat pilaku koplat kwa tV pena'ma ? — mac ho' penap kwa ko- 
leVcukwa ? — el'apa t'oms a'tatc a'wa'^a. 10 

le'kwap ciwu.... lito jiikwai'ika. iito pikwaPip t'om J£a*tuli 
walolo'a. t'oms taka weana'^a. atcia tatcu lesanikwanan. si* 
horn tcaw a*tci luno a*ce. yam a*tatc haponakwi t'on te'tcinan kole'a 
hot teatun'ona t?on a'wampeye'en t'on i'yap son a*wa*nuwa. 1H- 
kon*te t'o'n ho 5 aincokyakan*a. a*tcia le^nikwap sVtc a\^a. 15 

a-tci te^cika. a'tci te'tcip a*tci unati^anakap a'tci t'op ho'i. am 
papa t'unapa an suwe sakwipa tcimuw a'tci tewuko'liya^a. a'tci 
leskwanan: horn a'tatcu horn tcawe ko* t'on la*^atil^anapka ? a'tci 
le > kwap ket'sanici ho'na'wan tcaw a*tci t'on i'ya ? a'tci i*mu. 
a'tcia le^nikap ho*lo kwa hon rmu'eukwa. hon hecipL iskon 20 
a'tci leskwanan si* horn a'tatcu lu^a t'ehnan'e kona t'on antece- 
manapkona tVna \v\ a'wona-elatenapka. el a'natuntekwi kotilea 
t'on a*team*et c u. akap lewi t'on hiwalan tcawil'apa. hoi tcuwa 
tewuko'liapte tVna'wan tcawe. lulja t'elinan'e horn a'tatcu tfo'na'- 
wan tfowaconan tenrl it'sumanapkona tVna'wa. imat t?on a*halo- 25 

Then his child said, "If I speak, | nothing will happen?" "No. 
Your fathers have gone." Then his boy j got up. He went with 
him towards the south. They came to where the younger brother 
was lying. "Now my | child, get up." he said. He did not speak. 
He just looked into his father's eyes. | "Hurry! Get up! Why 
don't you speak?" "Well, if I speak, will nothing | uo> happen?" 
"No indeed! Your fathers have gone." | 

So he said. Ciwu ! ! The rain passed over. When 

the rain passed puddles | were shining all over, and from them 
the frogs cried out. Their father said to them, "Now. | my children, 
go ahead ! When you get to where your fathers are meeting, | you 
will speak to them of how things shall be. Then when you come 
back we shall go. | <i5) I shall wait for you here." Thus he said 
to them. They went. 

They came there. As they came they looked at the two boys. 
They were different people. | The elder had eyes and the younger 
had legs. But a short time before they had been poor. They | 
said, "My fathers, my children, how have you passed this time?" 
they J said. "Happily, our children. Have you come? Sit down." | 
(20) Thus they said to them. "No, we cannot stay. We are in a 
hurry!" Then | they said, "Now, my fathers, this night even those 
for whom you have wished | here have passed you on your roads. 
From now on you | will not do wrong to anyone, because all the 
people of the village are your children. Even those | who are poor 
are your children. This night my fathers | (25) have planted all 
kinds of seeds for you. Indeed it is fortunate for you | that this man 


164 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vy XV 

wilonafea luk ho'n utc a u wa^a. lesna te'onap, lufea tfon itce mana -- 
wa. luka t'on tatc iha'wa. e*t lu%& tewukolia'ka'eii'te lufe a tf owa 
ciwan'i tel^an*a. le'wi. son a*ne. t'on ^et'sanici a'teat'u. — lesnapa 
lesnatik t'on a't c u. 

30 le'tikwap tcuwatikol leskwanan sPana tatcu t'om ho animu- 
j£a. lacik uho*i il'intin-a'ka. s^'wan pikwemos'i yo'lfa. 

le*na teatip iskon a'tfsan a'tci yam tatcu pautiw inkwin a*tci 
te'tcip. — keci. — e* le'kwap s'a'wa^a. kolwala'kwi a'te'tcip 
t'ewap pautiwan a'wokana*we a*tci a u watenapka. a'tcia lun temla 

35 kocona^a. iskon a*tcia kwanleapka. a'tcia tatcu kole^ kwan- 
leapona keptciyalapa kewula*we ket'oma'we weleakwi'we tcito'we 
pilan-tsinal-yala takun-ikwi'we e'ni'we utcuniana Ijempasikwrwe 
taku'we sato'we lapapoa'we we'we mihe'we. a'tcia kwantea ya- 
l$:a. a'tci teajta — . 

40 a'witen t'ewap a'tc a'ka yam Ijakwi. a'tci te^tcinan a'tci kwa- 
tol^a. a'tcia tsita yu'acon acen^ha. a'tci leskwanan ho'na tsita 
kop tV t'ewanan teaiye. — hiyayo! ma kwa horn tcaw a'tci lehol 
i*name%a. — elete hon uhsona. — hiya ma el'a. am papa sakwi- 
pan'te kwa tfuna'wanre^a ta* c tcic an suwe tfunapan'te kwa sawi- 

45 wam'e^a le'kwanan a'tcia tsita ko'^a. konap an suwe ana hanat 
is yam a^'a i'set a'^a unapt, an suwe le'kwap ele'te tsita epac 

found us in our house. Therefore you shall love him. | He shall be 
your father. Even though he has been poor, he shall be your chief | 
priest. This is all. Now we are going. May you live happily." 
"Even so | may you go." | 

(30) When they had said this, someone said, "Come father, let me 
take you home." | He went with the old man whom everyone had 
hated. He became their house chief. | 

Thus it was. Then the two children came to where their father, 
Pautiwa, was staying. | "Ready?" "Yes." ,They said. They went. 
They came to Katcina Village. | Next day Pautiwa's sisters washed 
their hair. They bathed their whole bodies. | (35) Then they dressed 
them the way their father was dressed, | with fringed buckskin 
leggins, dance moccasins, quill anklets, yarn, | and embroidered 
kilt, an embroidered sash, a woman's belt, a white shirt, bow 
bracelet, | beads, earrings, parrot feathers, foxskin embroidered 
blankets. Thus they dressed them. | Then they stayed there. | 

(40) After four days they went to their house. When they got 
there they entered. | Their mother was dying of loneliness. They 
said to her, "Our mother, | how have you lived these many days V 
"Alas, poor things, you are not my children! | They were not like 
this!" "Indeed we are!" "Alas, no. The elder had legs | but no eyes 
and the younger had eyes but no legs," | (45) she said. Their mother 
cried. Then the younger said, "Hurry up! | Show her that with 
which you carried me." Thus the younger said. "Yes, indeed, 
mother ! Is it not true | that we went to speak to our father ? And 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 165 

hon yam tatcu acuwa^an a*^a lHa lu^a hon i*set-a '^a. t'a luk t?o* 
tcPmon ackoa le*kwanan yam tsit a*wutsip an tsita hiya eha an 
tsita le'kwanans ko'ka. le*na teatip a't'san a'tci yam Ijakwin i'ka. 
le'n ino'te teatifca. le* — sem koni'ka! 50 


Hawikuh luwala'ka ciwani kwil e'lactofe: il'i. kapkwe'na uhson 
ulohnan hie tso'ya kwahot tenvl utea* po't'iye. Hawiku an ciwan 
an e^actolj: a*tc laltemaka a'tc ulohnan t'unap hie tso*ya kwahol 
tern*! utearia. ka'jj^i ana hon yalacokat'u a*tci le'kwanan wan hon 55 
tfewap hon i'to'wacnan kwili t'ewana camli hon yalaco^an'a a'tci 
le*kwanan tfewap camli a'tc i'fcrwacka. yatoniW a*tc i'to'wac^a. 
su'nhap a*tc i'to'wenan s'atc ant'sumehn ant'ewaljLa. t!ewap a'tci 
camli pilaknan a'tc i'to'l^a. a'tc i'to'n tcunenan a'tc rkocoka 
a'tc i'wateka a*tci kwanlea i'kokcuka. tem'l a'tci yele^anan a'tci eo 
yam hanela* pehawacka. a'tci yam kakwen kwaPiijja. a'tci yam 
^akwen kwai'inan tewunat atci yam ulohnan tso'ya una^e'n- 
ankwin s'a'tc a*ka. a*tc a'ka. . . . 

a*tci te't'eika a'tci te'tcip kwahot tem'la utea tso'ya ulohnaiye. 
omaUsapa kokwa'nan t'o*co*we pi'l^aia'we ha'pitsulia'we utea 65 
po'tfPkona a'tci t?un-al*uka la'l a'tci ye*ma^a. tosehma ^anakwi 

is not this that which we used on our backs ? And is not this | the 
rattle which you made for us?' 5 Thus he said and gave them to 
his mother. "Oh yes, indeed!" His | mother said and cried. Thus 
it was that the two children came to their house. | 
(50) This happened long ago. This short is my tale. | 


The people were living at Hawikuh. A priest had two daughters. 
That country at Caliente | was very beautiful. It was full of all 
kinds of flowers. The Hawikuh priest's j girls saw it from far off. 
They looked at the country. It was beautiful, | (55) full of all kinds 
of flowers. "Sometime, let us go there to visit," they said. "Wait, 
I tomorrow we will cook, and then, in two days, in the morning, we 
shall visit." Thus they | said. Next morning the two girls cooked. 
All day long they cooked. | In the evening, after they had eaten, 
they passed the night in anticipation. Next morning they | arose 
and ate. After they had finished eating they bathed, j (60) They 
washed their hair. They dressed themselves in fine clothing. When 
they were all ready they | bundled up their provisions and left the 
house. I Leaving their own house, at last they went to the beautiful 
country wiiich they had always seen. | They went along. | 

They got there. When they got there it was a beautiful country. | 
(65) There were sunflowers, the seeds of the katcinas, watercress, 

166 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

a'tci te^cika. isKon itiwap a*tc i*to*^a. tern a*tc rt'ow-poapa 
iskonte toseluna l£ana eto'wa ^akona a*tcinaiya acuwal^a. kop 
t'on lonol leye J a ? lu^a atci le'anikwapa ma hon t'ewana' luka 

70 ulohna panrnan utea pot'iye laitema^a t'ewana hon ulohnan 
unaiye. ulohna tso'yap ak*a hon yalacokan i'ka. yam ko'na 
antecemakoa ulohonan tso^a'kona hon yam tse'makwin ko'kcun 
almya. a*tc eto'wa le'anikwapa ko'ma hanat a*tc hecin i*to. 
t'on tenala*^apa kwa elecukwa. a*tcian le^nikwapa haiyi kop 

75 la*ti ? kwap kole'a^a kwa elecukwa ? a'tci le^wapa ma ten kwa 
elecukwa. atcia le'anikwapa ma ko'ma son a*ne. a'tci le*kwanan 
sVtci elemakupa el ton ten'i^ananrtfu. hanat'apte yam J^akwin 
t'on heci^an'a. li'hio t'ewana al'un'ona tern ton lal teapte ryapa 
kwas t'on yam ^akwin a*cukwa. a'tcia le'anikwajia tcuwap li'hio 

so tewana al*u*ya ? ewactolj a'tci le'kwapa ^ana'kwe tsan*a libio 
tewana al'^ya. lu^on ton a u wanapa kwa elecukwa. ewactojj 
a*tcia eto'wa a'tcia le'anikwaka. ko'ma si'ana a*tci le'kwanan 
sVtc elema^a. s'a'tci yam ^akwin a'lja. 

tomt ko'w a*tc a'napa lolo tena^a. tena'up a*tc anhatia^a. ^awu 

85 toe hatia'wa ? tcuwap tene'a ? ciwan an e'lacto^i yam pwu 
le'anikwap ma ho* hatia'wa. el'u hekwic tso^a ten*e*a. an |awu 

the roundleaf water plant, | They went about looking at all the 
flowers. Then they climbed up. They came to Water-Reed-Spring. | 
There they ate their dinner. As they sat eating | a turtle that lived 
in Water-Reed- Spring spoke to them. "What | are you doing 
there ?" he said to them. "Well, every day | (70) we have seen from 
far off this low country full of flowers. Every day we have seen this 
country. | It is a beautiful country and therefore we have come to 
visit. | Now we do that for which we have always wished. We go 
about delighting our spirits in this beautiful country." | Thus they 
said to the turtle. "Very well, go ahead. Hurry up and eat. | 
If you delay it will not be good." Thus he said to them. "Is that 
so ? | (75) Why ? For what reason will it not be right ?" Thus they 
said. "Well, it just won't he right," he said to them. "Very well, 
we are going now," they said. | They arose. "Now don't delay. 
But hurry up and go quickly to your own house. | If you are stil 
here when the one who always goes about here comes, | you wiL 
never again go to your own house." Thus he said to them. "Who 
(80) always goes around here?" the girls said. "Little Kanakwe 
always goes about here. If he finds you it will not be well." | Thus 
the turtle said to the two girls. "Very well. Come!" they said. | 
They arose. They went to their own house. | 

When they had gone but a little way, hark, there was singing. 
They listened to the singing. "Sister, | (85) do you hear? Who is 
singing?" the priest's daughter | said to her elder sister. "Yes, 
I hear. How nice. How well he sings," the elder sister | said. "And 
perhaps you will be light-headed and accept him." Thus the younger 

Bunzd, Zuni Texts 167 

le J kwapatfa he'kwana homkwat tV ansewahan'iha an harri le* yam 
^aw anikwapa a'tci lalhol i*wo*len a'J^a. tekwan'te sVtci elateka. 
a'tci elatepa a'tci yal'ujiipa rya. ^ana'kwe miha ko'kci yatonan 
leakwin leaye. tene'n iya. s'a'tci elateka. kec tV i'ya a'tci le'- 90 
anikwap e* le'kwa^a. a'tc unati^apa tsam ko'kci aiyutacina. 
sVtcia aiyalal^a hokan t'on iya ? a'tcia le J anikwap ma ist tose- 
lunaljana hon imo^ka. — kop t'on leyen al'u'ya ? kana'kwe 
tsawa^i ewactol^: a*tcia le^nikwap hon yalacon-al'u'ya. a'tci le'- 
kwap hop ton hrwaPona ? a'tcia le'anikwapa hon hawikuh hiwal- 95 
*ona ha*tci. t'ewana* hon yam ^akwin yalan lu^a ulohnan panrnan 
ulohnan tso'ya t'ewana' hon u*nan aj$;*a hon hie lo'temalja tfuna- 
^aniyahnan al^'a hon i'ka. is toseluna pinan itiwap hon i'tow'en 
hatci son yam l^akwin ane e^actol^ a'tci le*kwapa ulati ana horn 
kakwin a*wa*ce. ^ana'kwe tsawaljd ewactok a'tcia le'anikwapa 100 
homkwat hie hon iteh'o a'napa kwa elecukwa. ho*n a'lacina'we ho*n 1 
o'kana'wa. kwa elecukwa. hon tcuwatikol sanra t'om il' a'napa 
t'a tcuwatikoh hon yam ljakwin a'nap ajj'* elekan'a. e'lacto^ 
atci le'kwapa ma tcuwantikol yu'anikton horn t'on il* a-nuwa ? 
^ana'kwe tsawat le*kwap ma tcuwaiatikol ho'n akciha ? e^actojf 5 
a'tci le'kwapa s*an j^awona akcihl^a. ma Uo^o t'o tej£an*a les'ap 
tfom han'i yam a'lacina' yatinejjan'a. yam ^akwin a'^a. tfomt a'- 

one | said to her elder sister. Then they went along quarreling. 
Suddenly he caught up with them. | As he caught up with them 
they turned around. "He is coming!" Kana'kwe was wearing a 
beautiful embroidered blanket on his shoulder. | oo) He carried a 
turtle-shell rattle and came singing. He caught up with them. 
"Have you come ?" they | said to him. "Yes," he said. They looked 
at him. He was a handsome youth of pleasing presence. | He 
questioned them. "Where have you come from ?" he said to them. | 
"We were staying over there at Water-Reed-Spring." "What 
are you doing around here?" Kanakwe | youth said to the two 
girls. "We were just visiting around," they | (95) said. "Which is 
your village?" he said to them. "We are from Hawikuh, | aren't 
we ? Every day, as we sit on the top of our house, we have seen this 
low country. | Every day we have seen this beautiful country. | 
Therefore we have come because we wanted to see it from nearby. 
At noon we ate our dinner at Water-Reed- Spring, | didn't we ? Now 
we are going to our home." Thus the girls said. "No, rather 
(ioo) let us go to my house." Kana'kwe youth said to the two girls. 
(i) "Well, perhaps if we would both go, it would not be right. Our 
parents | would lose both of us and that would not be right. Now if 
one of us go with you alone, | and one of us go to our own house, it 
will be all right." Thus the girls j said to him. "Now, which one of 
you would like to go with me ?" | (5) Kana'kwe youth said. "Well, 
you choose one of us." the girls | said. He chose the elder sister. 
"Well, it shall be you. So | your sister will tell her parents." She 

168 Publications, American Ethnological Society VoL XV 

witen t'ewapa torn ho* ikwalt il*-i"yan*a Ijana'kwe e'lacto^ona 
le^nikwaka. hop ma ttv'o ^akweye ? e'lactojj le'kwapa 1H lo*te 

10 ye*makupa ho 5 ^akweye ^ana*kwe elacto^ona le'anikwanan iskon 
s'i'woptsihka. an hairi yam kakwin a*ne. an jjaw'ona lehol kana*- 
kwakwin l^ana*kwe yam ulohnakwin s'il'-a'lja. 

ta'htcic an hanu yam Hawikukwin sam'a te'tcilja. yam ^akwin 
sanva te'tcip su*nhap an tatcu ciwanvi yam e*le aiyala^a. hop 

15 kawut'ap tV sam i'ya ? an tatcu le^nikwap ma tcic tcuwakona 
yam kakwin il* a^a e'lactok; le'kwap hop luwaPona ? an tatcu 
le'kwap ma i'rne hie t'opholi ya*na J ka tsawalp mihe*wc te'tci 
ya'na^a. kwa hie tene* rtcune*na*ma e'lactok le'kwa^a. s'an 
tatc anawa^a. kwa hinik le*wi hon a*hoM hiwala' ulapn'ona kwa 

20 hotikol hiwaPona teatun*ona teanre. hinik kama'|a a'teona. 
kana*kwe. hinik lukona tel£an*a. a*tcinaiya tatcu le'kwap ma 
hinik uhsona lesina'jka elacto^ le'kwap hana*ha' anakatcic ana 
t'on a*l^a. ele lattemakatfapte t'on ulohnan t'una^e^a. ka^ip 
il* rna peyel^a ? atcinaiya tatcu yam e D le le'anutap ma a^witen 

2stfewana yam il* rtun'ona peye^a. lesi tfewapa atcinaiya 1H hon 

aincokyatun'ona a*tci peyeka. e'lacto^ yam tatcu le'anikwap an 

tatcu kwa hie hot yu^et'satinanren'te mahomkwahati le'kwaka. 

ta* c tcic sVlactoJ^ona iHnt'in-te'tcil^a. i^ama^ajkiakwi kana*kwe 

went to her house. "After just | four days I shall bring you back." 
Kanakwe | said to the girl. "Well, where do you live?" said the 
girl. "Right nearby. | (io) As soon as we climb up, there ismy house." 
Thus Kana*kwe said to the girl. Then | they separated. The 
younger sister went to her house and the elder went off with 
Kana*kwe | to Kana*kwe Place, his country. 

Meanwhile the younger sister came alone to her home in Ha- 
wikuh. | When she came home alone in the evening her father, the 
priest, questioned his daughter. "Where ] do) is your sister, that 
you have come alone?" her father said. "Oh, well, someone | took 
her to his house," the girl said. "Where is his village ?" her father | 
said. "I don't know. He was an entirely different kind of youth. 
He was dressed in nothing but embroidered blankets | and he never 
stopped singing." Thus the girl said. Now her | father guessed who 
it was. "I do not think it can be anyone from any of these villages 
round about. | (20) I think he must be from Kamap, one of the | 
Jianavkwe. I think that is who it is." Thus her father said. "Yes, j 
I think that is the one," the girl said. "Oh dear, alas, ] that you 
went! It would have been better had you seen the country from 
far off. When | did he say that he would bring her back?" Thus 
their father said to his daughter. | (25) "He spoke of bringing her 
back in four days. He said that on that day we | should wait for 
them here," the girl said to her father. Then their | father felt very 
unhappy. "Is that so?" he said. | 

Meanwhile he came there with the girl. He came to Kamaka, the 
home of the Kana'kwe, | with the girl whom he had stolen. There 

R/i/zm^u/, frntvii FFo&tst 169 

yam a'teakwin e'lactoljona hanlinan s'iH-te^ci^a. ta*htcic an 
a*papa ^amvkwe tfojJa telPtan upap yam e^acto^ hanhkoa yam 30 
^akwin s'iH-kwatofca. s'an tsita a'tcinaiya ankohaj^alja. tlonc rya ? 
a*tci ^alem pikwai'i ljana*kw a*wan tsita le'kwap tfojia teli'tokwin 
s^'tci i*wil*i pikwe'nan sl'mu le'anikwa^a. s^'tfina^a. t'onc 
a'wi'ya ? le'ana'lja ainlje'wowo'lja kwa rhahinam* a^e*wowo*we 
^ana*kwe. e'lacto^ i'mup. s'an wo*la*ti'^a. na'le ciwe he* K*an'a 35 
heko'kciwe. l^ana'kw a'wan tsita s'wo'latup e'lacto^ s'i'to'ka. 
rto*n tcunenan elahkwa e'laetofc: le'kwap el rtowena-we le 3 - 

le'a'na^ap e'lacto^ elemaknan lesnol he'yalan imiyalto'up 
a'wan tsita s'elema^a. s^lemaknan le* wo^latu^a. le** wo'latunan 40 
tfopa teli'tokwin yam tcaw upkwin kana*w upkwin pikwe'nan 
s'tepiclja. uhson elekanan s'a'wan wo'la* pikwe'ika. wo*la* 
pikwe'^ap e'lactol^ ilintin-te'tcikoa elemaknan yam tsit ansatu^a. 
sVtci i'sat a'w'ito'^al^a. s'i'towenap^a. i'tcrna tetcunap le* sVtci 
wo'latulja. ta^tcic kamvkwe ito*nape 5 en lesnol t'as tenena'we. 45 
t'ewana*kona tenena'we. kwa hie pi'Ki telo^amvwanre. kwac 
l$;a*^i telo^ana-wam-e. s'u'kwe'i^a. e'lactok te^ciko uhsite 
t'elinan tcimmvkwe u'kwe^a l^e'si. lehol alahoankwin tahna alaho 
pttul-ulapmvkwi u'kwe'ika. l^atul-ulapna teala ten*a yam kapinhoH 
tea'wa^a tophrt Uelinan a'wulol^a. 50 

his I (30) elder brothers, the Kamvkwe, were staying in the other 
room. He entered his house with the girl whom he had stolen. | His 
mother was surprised to see him. "Have you come? | Come in 
here!" the mother of the Kamvkwe said. | Together they went 
through into the other room. "Sit down!" she said to them. "Be 
seated! Have you | come?" they said. They spoke politely to her. 
They were not disrespectful, they spoke politely, | (35) theKana-kwe 
men. The girl sat down. She brought food to her, venison, and 
blue paper bread. | It was good bread. The mother of the Kanakwe 
set out food and the girl ate. | When she had finished eating, the 
girl said, "Thank you." "Eat well," | she said to her. 

Then the girl arose and sat down over on the bench beside the 
wall. I (40) Their mother arose. She took up the dishes. When she had 
taken up the dishes | she went into the other room where her children 
were staying in, where the Kanakwe were staying in. | She swept. 
When she had finished that, she took food in to them. | As she 
took the food into the other room, the girl, the one whom he had 
brought there, arose and helped her mother. They helped one 
another to feed the men. They ate. After they had finished eating 
they two I (45) of them took away the things. Then as soon as they 
had finished eating, the Kana*kwe began to sing again. | They sing 
all the time. They just never keep quiet. | They never keep quiet. 
They went out. When the girl came there, that same | night they 
went out for the first time. Far off to the south, to the south I 

170 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

tfa ,c tcic e'lactok i'Hnti'n-te^cikoa yu'tetcina te'tciente ka'Jp 
a'wi'tuntekwi t'ehnan t'eira l^ana*kwa*wan tsitakwin a*tci yain- 
cokya tuna-t'ewa. tern ka'ki a'wi'yap a'tc a'wrto'pinan i'to*- 
napkatap le' atci yelete'unan amaka^'a a'tci yaincoky inre. 

55 e'lacto^ ula te^ikona s'ale^ hrnina an tsita yam ^atsiki we*- 
wik^oka s'hinik et lo'tikana'we. lesa^aiaye l^e'si. le'anikwap ta* c - 
tcic s*a*wrya lot tenena*wap s*a*tc hatialja. a*tc hatia'nan tcu- 
kwahtci sVwiya a'tci le'kwanan sVtci j^acetinan s 3 a*tci woia*- 
wac^a. ta'htcic s'tenena'we. s'a'wiya. s'u'kwatolja ke'si. s'ya- 

60 to^an luptsinan ^eatoye tcims a'tci les'aka wo'la* pikwe'il^aka 

tcims lesakaia i'to'napljate'a i'to'n-tetcunap le* a'tci wo'latunan 

a*tc a*wan tepicnan a'tci pikwe'nan an tsita s'ampewe^a sP katsilp. 

hons ryu'te'tcinanapce an tsita le'anikwap a'tci kow rtcuj^a. 

tomt hie ko'wi a'tc alap s'yato-kwai'ika. yato-kwai'ip s^'tci 

65 pilaknan kwan Heyelja. e*lactoki s'an il'i te'tcikona pikwe'i^a. 
^ec ton pilalja ? le'anikwap ma son pilak:a e'lactok le'kwap ma 
ko'mas hanat ho'n a'tci a*wi*to*ka, pina'kwe tsawa^ le*kwap 
tfas a'tcia ciw* a'wrto'ka^a. rto'na tetcunap a'tci el iixrna a*tc 
i'tVn tcunap kana'kwe tsawalj pikwenan l^ec tfon i'to'ka ? a'tcia 

encircling ocean, they went. Because they were raw people even 
along the shore of the ocean [ (50) in one night they walked about. | 

Meanwhile the girl, whom he had brought with him, although 
she was weary from travel, | waited all night long until they should 
come, she and the mother of the Kanavkwe. They | stayed awake 
all night in order to give them to eat as soon as they came. | They 
were waiting to sleep after they had given them to eat. |(55) The 
girl who had come to her husband's house was terribly sleepy. The 
mother encouraged her daughter. | "I think they are near now. It 
is about time now," she said to her. | Then "They are coming now." 
They heard them singing. As they heard them, "Now at last | they 
are coming," they said. They hurried to dish the food. | Then, 
"They are singing. Now they are coming!" They came in. "Now | 
(60) the yellow dawn has risen all around." They said this and they 
took the food in to them. | "Now this is the time that they eat 
again." When they had finished eating the two women took the 
dishes away | and swept for them. Then they went into the other 
room. The mother made her bed, "Come daughter, | let us rest," 
her mother said to her. The two lay down for a little while. | 

After they had slept for just a short time, the sun rose. At 
sunrise they | (65) arose. They dressed themselves. The girl went 
in to the one who had brought her there. | "Did you just get up ?" 
he said t^ her. "Yes, we got up," the girl said. | "All right, then. 
Hurry u> and give us something to eat." Thus the Kana'kwe 
youth said. | Then again the two women gave them meat to eat. 
After they had finished eating the two | ate well. After they had 
finished eating the Kana-kwe youth came out. "Have you eaten ?" | 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 171 

le'anikwap son i'to'ka le*kwap ko'mas lal hon kwai'ice tsawajj; 70 
lekwap s J atc i'wil'i kwai'ip yam kwahol t'eapkuna* upkwin e J lac- 
to^ona il'i panrka. 

panryup ko'macko*na a*wa t'atekwr lanan nawet'ap halikut'ap 
ma^wit'ap cr'ho'htfap po'kat'ap o'kciko ko't'ci lesna u*pe ko'mac 
kona. e'lacto^ona il'i kwatopa horn tcawe ko*na t'on t'ewanan 75 
a'teaiye ? leVwanikwap na*we tenrla e^actol^ona acuwaplja. 
l£e't'sanici ho'na'wan tsita. t?oc i'lja ? nawe e'lactokona le'antikwap 
kana'kwe tsawa^ yam o'ye lesanikwal$:a lrl luknia tV a*wona- 
elate^a. lukno horn tcawe li'l a'teakwin lul^a yaton lit t'o* kwatopa. 
luknia t'o a'wan il'i tekan'a. tsawak e^acto^ona le*anikwanan so 
ko'lehol a'wan eletun*ona s'anhetocjca. lukno horn tca'we o'kcik 
a'teona J$;e*la lukno rwihtohk;ana*wapa luknia tV e'letokna 
a'wayupatcikan'a lukno po*fe:a a'teona rwihtohl^ana'wapa eletokna 
t'o 3 a'wayupatcikan'a. lukno horn tfeapkuna'we a*lan a'teona hie 
acew* olo'i^atipa a't'sanan hrnin lukno i't'eapkul^ena'wapa 85 
eletokna tfo luknia a*wa*yupatci^an'a ^ana*kwe tsawak yam 
o*ye le'anikwanan ko'lehol teatun*ona anhe'tocnan a*tc elepLnan 
s*a*tc rwil'i kwaPil^a. 

tfa* c tcic e'lactol^ona an a'lacina' aincokya. imati lak u hol l^ama^a 
^ana'kwa'wan ulohnan u'la inre. a'witen t'ewap yam kakwin 90 

(70) he said to them. "Yes, we have eaten," they said. "Very well. 
Now let us go out," the youth | said. The two went out together. 
He went down with the girl to where his children were staying in. | 

Going down, they had many large corrals, for deer and mountain 
goat and | antelope and elk ( ?), jack rabbit, cottontail, field mice, 
all these were in the corral. | (75) There were many of them. He 
went in with the girl. "My children, how have you | lived these 
many days?" Thus she said to them. All the deer spoke to the 
girl. | "Happily, our mother. Have you come ?" | Thus the deer said 
to the girl. | The Kanakwe youth said to his wife, "Now here you 
have passed them on their road. | Here, where these, my children, 
live, this day you have come in to them. | (80) With these you shall 
live." Thus the youth said to the girl. | He told her to do all that 
would be good for them. "These are my children, the cottontails. | 
They will be the first to propagate, and then you will look after 
them carefully. | And these are the jack rabbits. When they 
propagate you will look after them carefully. | And these are my 
children, the large game. | (85) In midsummer they likewise will 
bring forth their young. | And these also you will look after care- 
fully." Thus Kanakwe youth said to his | wife. He instructed her 
in every thing that she should do. When they had settled that | they 
went out together. | 

Meanwhile the girl's parents were waiting for her. "Now indeed 
she is staying far off at Kamap, | oo> the country of the Kana'kwe 
in the house of her husband. In four days | she will come to her 

172 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

te'teiira an hairi le^wa^a. a'witen t'ewap e'lactoJ^; an a'lacina* 
ainco^yapap kwa te'tcina'map a'wan tatcu leskwa^a kwa hinik 
a'witen t'ewap yam iHtun'ona penanrl^a. hinik a'witen t'epi- 
kwaPip yam il'itun'ona hinik peye^ka. an tatcu yam o'ye yam 
95 tcawe le'anikwap e'lactok an a'lacina* kwa rliiet'satinanv^a. 

ta''tcic lesnol e'lactok teaka. a'witen t'epikwe'nan kana'kwe 

a*wil*i teaka. anhetocnaplca tekwin te'tcip il* a'koa kana'kwe 

e'lactoljona lesanikwaka si 5 luka yaton horn tca'le tV i'watenan 

tV i'koconan is yam kwahol leapona tV le* rleacan'a. is t'om tsita 

100 kwahol lea a'wukoa kwahol a'tcim'ona tV i'leyen*a. lu^a yaton'e 

i amate t'o' yam tcawe a'wacuwaplna kwaton*a. tern t'ewani tcim 

t'ekohatip t'os yelekan'a. t'om ulohnakwin t'oms so* il' a*nuwa, 

le'anikwapa e'lactok rwateka. hrn tenrla eletokna rkoconan 

kwanlea i*ko*kcun*a. rko'kcunan amate uhsona yatonan na* a*wa- 

5 yupatcrka. 

tfewap tcim t'ekohatip alnas a'wacuwa^an kwatojca. kwatop 
naw a'wan mo'sona yam tsita ciwan an e J lacto^ona aiyala'ka t'om 
il'-ikoa kople'a t'om anhetoclja ke'si? naw a'wan mo'sona e*lac- 
to^ona le'anikwap ma ko'wi tela'ap ho*na a-wona'wil^ona ho'n- 
10 a'wan yato^a tat'cu yam tfelacinakwin ye'lana kwai'i^ap horn 
ulohnakwin horn yam il'-a'tun'ona horn anhetocfca. cokya tV 

house," her sister had said. For four days the girl's parents | waited for 
her, but she did not come. Their father said, "I do not think | he 
said he would bring her in four days. I think | he said he would 
bring her in four years," Thus her father said to his wife and | (95) 
his children. The girl's parents became sad. | 

Meanwhile the girl was staying over there. For four years | she 
stayed with the Kana'kwe. When the time came of which he had 
told her, the Kana'kwe man, who had brought her, | said to the girl 
"Now this day, my child, you will wash your hair | and you will 
bathe. Then you will take off the clothing that you are wearing, | 
(ioo) and you will dress yourself in something new, which your 
mother will give you. This day | <n you will go in to speak to your 
children for the last time and tomorrow, just | at daybreak, 
you will get ready, and I will take you to your country." | Thus 
he said to her. The girl washed her hair. She bathed her 
whole body carefully | and dressed herself in fine clothing. After she 
was dressed nicely, that day she looked after her deer for the last 
time. | 

Next day, just at daybreak, she went in to talk to them for the 
last time. When she came in | the chief of the deer questioned his 
mother, the priest's daughter. | "What did he tell you to do now. 
the one with whom you live ?" Thus the chief of the deer | said to 
the girl. "Well, after a little while when the one who holds our 
roads, our | (io)sun father, comes out standing to his sacred place, j 
he will take me to my country. He told me while waiting | to get 

JRii'w.'!?*/, !Z<wni Texts 173 

yeleptrra horn le^nikwapa ho 3 tse^ap kwap ho' ye'le^aira ? 
kwa kwahol horn yelekaptun'ona kwa yu'he^tanre. e'lactolj 
le'kwap ma le'hapa kwa t'om hie yu'he'to mo'la kwa t'om atina*- 
cukwa. tomt t'om at'suman t'om atine'a. ma u*kwatfcati kwa to* 15 
anawana'ma. ho'na t'o a*wan tehaktco'tun'ona uh'sona et peye- 
nairte kwa hie t'om mo'la atinena'ma. naw a*wan mo'sona e*lacto^- 
ona le'antikwap ma honkwahat'i si* ko'ma hanate kople'a te- 
pin*a ? e'lacto^ le'kwap ma ho'na tV temla a*wantehaktcon*a 
naw a*wan mo'sona e'lactokona le > anikwap e'lactok nawe tenrla 20 
a*wantehaktco*l^a ^:e*si a*wan uya't'ap a*wan hepikat'ap a*wan 
su*we tenrla uhsona rhapokanan pehan acnan yam kopan Hat'su- 
^a. tcims yam ^akwin a'tun'ona pene yanijdka. ke't'sanici yam 
ulohnakwin tfo J oneal ehkupa el kwa tcuw imetcanre ko*wi t'sana- 
kwin'te tV oneal ehkuka. tehkwan yalapte hon oneal a^amvwa 25 
nawe e'lactokona le'antikwapa sVlactok na wo'pan kwaiMka. 

yam ula* inkwin kwatoka. an o'yemci lesanikwaka kec tV yam 
ulohnakwin a*n*ona yam tcawe kec tfo yatine^a ? le'anikwap ma 
so* yatine^a le'kwap ma honkwahati. si'ana ko'ma hon a*ce 
kana'kwe tsawa^i e'lactokona le^nikwap e'lactok rpa'ulja. an 30 
o*ts an tsita kwahol utena* an rhapo^a'koa pehan ah^a. i*hakto*ka. 
an oyenrci yehkufea. an ryaluka. s'a'tci kwai'ilja. a*tci kwai*inan 

ready. Thus he said to me. But I thought, 'What should I get 
ready?' j I have nothing to get ready. It is not clear." Thus the 
girl I said, "Yes, that is so. Of course it is not clear. He would not 
tell you straight. | (15) He is just testing you. And indeed, you | 
have not guessed it. You will set aside a portion of each of us. That 
is what he was saying | to you, but he did not tell you plainly." 
Thus the chief of the deer | said to the girl. "Well, is that so ? Very 
well, hurry, what shall I do?" | Thus the girl said. "Well, from 
each one of us, you will set aside a portion." | (20) Thus the chief of 
the deer said to the girl. From all the deer | she set aside a portion 
now, their hair, and their urine, and their | dung. All this she 
gathered together and tied in a bundle and thrust into her belt. | 
Then she greeted them telling them that they were to go to their 
home. "May you go happily. | You will lead the way to your country. 
None will be left behind not even the little one. | (25) You will lead 
the way and perhaps we shall make our roads go behind." | Thus 
the deer said to the girl. The girl came out of the place where the 
deer stayed. | 

She entered her husband's house. Her husband said to her, 
"Have you | just told your children that you are going to your own 
country?" he said. "Yes, | I told them," she said. "Is that so? 
Very well then, come. Let us go!" | (30) Kanakwe youth said. to 
the girl. The girl put on her shawl, | took up the bundle of clothing 
that her husband's mother had given her and put it on her head. I 
Her husband went ahead and she followed him. They went out | 

174 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol, XV 

^alt s'a'tc a'lja hawikuhkwi. e'lactofe: yalap kana'kwe tenen 

35 ta**tcic e'lacto^: yu'te'tci^a. kana'kwe holomac alitecnan 
hanat ana hecikana'. hapic kec t'o 5 yu'te'tci^a ? le'anikwap sic 
ho* yu'te'tci^a e'lactok le'kwap hanat ulat ana hecipt. tern Horn 
ulohnakwin holomace le'kwanan kana'kwe e'lacto^ona anhemo*- 
tcoka. tens kwa sic el'anre e'lactok le'kwap tcims kana'kwe 

40 rlohkeka. e'lacto^ona aniktonan wan'ani ko'ma ko*wi hon yu > - 
te'tcinace le'kwanan a*tc i'mu^a. lal a*tci elemaknan a'n'ihap 
kwas el'anre e'lactok le'kwap ko'ma wan ho* is tfatfakwin a'ne 
tsawak le'kwanan t'atfakwin i'tulapnan yam ^apin ho'i tea'wajk'a 
yam anikwanan ak*a yam t'eapkuna*we coh'wita yanteliahna ho'i 

45 ya v^ajca. na'le yo'^a. e'lacto^ poakwin na*le i'tulapl^a sP tcim 
hons anuwa na*le le*kwanan e'lacto^on an i'poaVpa e^actoki 
na*le imiyalto^a. l^ec tV e'l imiyaito'^a 1 na*le le'kwap ma so 
ele imiyalto'ka. e'lacto^ le'kwap si* ko'ma hon ye'lahan*a na'le 
le*kwap iya e'lacto^ le*kwap sVtci lanakwai'i^a. 

so s'a'tc a'^a a'tci hiwala lo'tekanan si 3 wan lHkon'te ho 5 imo*^an*a 
tsawak le'kwaka. t?o* ^e'l a*nuwa. yam ^akwin tV a*nuwa. t'om 
tatcu ciwan'i yam pi'laciwan'i atinepa horn aincokya a*ciwan*i 
tenrta teli^inan ye'lete'una'wa tsawak le'kwap sVlactok: ke'l 
a*|j:a. tcim itiwap yam ^akwin te'tci^a. 

and came this way. They came to Hawikuh. The girl was behind. 
Kana'kwe | went ahead singing, | 

(35) Then the girl became tired. Kana'kwe left her far behind. | 
"Hurry up! Be quick! Or are you already tired?" he said to her. 
"I am very | tired now," the girl said. "Hurry, you had better be 
quick! Your | country is still far off," said Kana'kwe. He spoke 
sharply to the girl. | "But I don't feel well," the girl said. Then 
Kana'kwe | (40) came back to her. He met the girl. "Very well then, 
wait. Let us rest a little," | he said. They sat down. Then they got 
up. As they were about to go, [ "I'm not well" the girl said. "Very 
well, wait while I go to that tree," | the youth said. He went behind 
the tree. Because he was a raw person. | and had knowledge, 
imitating his child, red deer, | (45) he made himself into that kind 
of being. He became a deer. The deer came around to where the 
girl was sitting. "All right, now | we shall go," the deer said. He 
knelt down for the girl and the girl | mounted on the back of the deer. 
"Are you well mounted?" the deer said. "Yes, I | am well mount- 
ed," the girl said. "Very well then, now we shall run," the deer 
said. "All right," the girl said. Then the two started to run. I 

(50) So they went. When they came near the village, * Now 
wait, I shall stay right here for a while," | the youth said. "You will 
go first. You will go to your house. Your | father, the priest will 
tell his bow priest and while they are waiting for me, all the 
priests | will prepare prayersticks." Thus the youth said. The 
girl | went first. Just at noon she reached her house. I 

.DwrftceZ, Evuivl Tv&te 175 

ta* c tcic a*tci lak u elemakate^n ^ama*ka naw u*kwe*ka. s'atci 55 
tapantin-a*ka. ta* c tcic kana'kwe iskon*te a'teo* 1 ^ t§lahkoha- 
l£ana*we. sVwan t'atekwin t'es*am*ap toms lukndkon &*koyeka. 

ta ,c tcic e'lactoj^ona a'lacina* aciwan'i luknokon telikhian rkwani- 
kamvwap e'lactok tcims ikwalt a*ka. tsawak; inkwin te'tci^a. 
^ec*i le'anikwap ke'si. — ma so' i*ya le'kwap kops telina % kops eo 
t'om a*lacina* ? kops le* i'tse'ma % — ma ele^an'a ko'na tV tse*- 
man^na rtse'ma hon aincokya yelel£ana*wa horn le'ana'ka. — 
ma homkwa'hati elahkwa tsawak le'kwap l$:ec leshap hon a*nuwa 
e'lactok le'kwaka. wan* i'yu'te'tcinaha tV i'yu'te'tcinahljat'ap 
son a'nuwa tsawak le'kwap ko*w a*tc imo*%a. s'tenala^ap sP tcim 65 
son a*ce tsawa^ le*kwap tcims a'tci elemaknan sVtc a'lp, e'lacto^ 
yeh'kup tsawal^ tenen yalap sVtc a\ka. 

atci te'tcip Hawikuh hiwaPona a'tcian hatianan tet'una kwe'lip 
sVtci luwalakwin itiyuhi. otsona tenen itiyuhip hiwalan tenrla 
i*^acetinan u'kwe'ilejca. a*tci antehteonapka. a*tci kwatotunte'a 70 
ho'i o'kona hrwala*naye. kwa sic leshol ho* unatinakanre ho 5 i 
po't'ikwin. sVtci it"iyula*na sVtci ye'maka. sVtci kwato^a : ko'na 
t'on tfewanan a'teaiye s'atci le^kwaka. ^e't'sanici ho'mvwan 
tcawa'tci ]&ec ton iya atcia le^nikwap s'rtfina^a a*tcia le'anikwap 
s*a*tc i'mu|a. s'atcia wo'la'tifca. sVtc i'to'^a. i*to*na'we a*tc 75 

(55) Meanwhile yonder where the two had come from, at Kamaija, 
the deer started out. | They followed after them. Then all the 
Kanakwe who stayed there discovered it. | Their corral was empty. 
So then these cried. | 

Meanwhile the girl's elders, the priests, worked on prayersticks. 
Then the girl went back. She came to where the youth was staying. 
(60) "Ready ?" he said. "They are ready." "Very well, I am coming," 
he said. "What did they say, [ your old people ? What do they think 
of it?" "Well, it will be all right. Just as you think | they also 
think. | 'While we are waiting, we shall prepare them.' So they 
said to me." | "Is that so? Thank you," the youth said. "Then 
we shall go now," | the girl said. "Wait, rest awhile. After you are 
rested | (65) we shall go." the youth said. They sat down for a little 
while. Then after a short time, "Well now, | let us go," the youth 
said. They arose and went. The girl | went ahead. The youth 
followed her singing. So they went. | 

They came to Hawikuh. The people heard them. They looked 
out. | The two came close to the village. When the man came close 
to the village singing, all the people | (70) rushed out, and watched 
them. | The people were standing along the narrow lane where they 
were to go in. So many were the people that one could not see them 
all. | It was full of people, where they came up to the house. They 
climbed up and went in. "How | have you lived these many days ?" 
they said, "Happily, our | two children. Have you come?" they 
said to them. "Be seated," they said to them. | (75) They sat down. 

176 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

i'to'ir tcunap le* wo'la'tihnan s'antekunahna'ka. a*wan pi'la- 
ciwan si* luka yatonan ho'na*wan tcawatci 1H ho'nat'on a*wona- 
elate^a. koko'na le'a tel£an'a ? pi'laciwan*i le'kwap ma rnamifte, 
kwa ho' ant'ewana^a^'a tVna ho* a*wona-elatena'ma. lukate 

so yatoire hon a*wona # wil*ona ho'na*wan yatol^a tatcu yam t'ela- 
cinakwi rmuna kwatokatuntekwin ko*w ant'ehwetcikwin tomt 
telhpnan Heanan hoi yam a'teakwan ho 5 onealan kwai'ikan*a. 
le'na te^an * a horn a • tatcu . kana *kwe a * ciwan • i le'a * wanikwap 
ma' honkwa'hati ho'na'wan tca'le honkwi'lt lesna te^aira le'a*- 

85 wanikwap le'hap hot ka'^i itiwan*a yu'he'totip t'owa ciwan an 
tca'we ho'na'wan pLcima t'owaconan ho'nawant'eapkunan kwahol 
tem'la aniktcia^a ho'na'wan antecemana telrip'na* ya*'ap le'na 
tekana. kwa le'na t'owa ciwan an ulohnakwin ant'ewana i*na c . 
kwa ho'na'wan haitocnan team*ekan*a a^'ap hon t'op a'ho'i hon 

90 a'wat'an'i. hon ho' hawil'uwil'apa. iskon Ijana'kwe a'ciwan le'- 
a'wanikwap ma' honkwa'hati. si' ko'ma hanate a*ciwan*i le'ti- 
kwanan t'owa'kwa*w an'ote ya'tinenapka. hana' t'on yam tca'le 
kocona'wa le'a'wanikwap t'owa'kwe a*wol$:a kana'kwe koconapj^a. 
si' le'na tepiira ak'a l^aki hoi itiwanan yu'he'totip lukni awan 

95 ljacima t'owaconan t'eapkunan kwahol tem'la aniktciaka anteceman 
teli^'nan ya*'ap hoi o'takak'a a'te'tcina le'na lukni a'wan haitoc- 

They set down food for them. They ate. | When they had finished 
eating they cleared away the dishes and then they questioned them. 
Their bow | priest: "Now this day, our two children, here you have 
passed us on our road. | What shall be done?" the bow priest said. 
"Indeed it is so. | I have not come to you to stay over night. This 
very | <8o> day, when he who holds our road, our Sun Father, | is 
about to go in to sit down at his sacred place, | taking your prayer- 
sticks, I shall make my road go forth to the place where we stay. 
Thus it shall be, my fathers." Thus Kanakwe said to the priests. 
"Is that so, our child?" "Indeed, so" it shall be," | (85) he said to 
them. "So be it." "Whenever you find the Middle, and the corn 
priest's | children desire us to bless them with o ur waters, our seeds, 
our offspring, J whatever we possess, they shall make prayersticks 
'for us. Thus f it shall be. We shall never stay overnight in the 
country of the corn priest. | That shall not be our custom. Becau se 
we are other people, we [ (9_o> are dangerous. W e are greedy people ." 
This is what Kana'kwe said to the priest. |'TsTEatso? Very well, 
hurry," the priest said. | They told those who belonged to the Corn 
clan, "Hurry! You shall wash your child." | they said to them. 
The Corn clan women washed Kanakwe. | "Now thus it shall be, 
so that whenever the Middle is revealed ! (95) and we desire these 
people to bless us with, their waters, their seeds, their 
offspring, everything that they possess, | we shall make prayer- 
sticks for them to dance. When they come here, this shall be their 
custom." | Thus the priests said. Therefore now, whenever 

Bunzpl, 7jwni Texts 177 

nan tel^an'a. a*ciwan*i le J tikwa kowaka laljt'apa li*t Jjana'kwe 
o'taj^al^'a awryap imalte a*ciwan*i co'kya lawapt'siclena*we. 
lestiklea imacte t'owakwe kana'kwe wo*kocowena*we. 

iskon tcims a'ciwan'i yam telil^rnan yelete'unapkoa l^ana'kwe io< 
telikinan lea'nap^a. telikinan ilea-nan kwai'inlyahnan yam o/ye 1 
lesanikwa^a si* lu^a yat'o'ne hos oneal kwaiMkan*a jje*si hom tsita 
horn tca^e. tenas' lilkonte t'ekohanan tfowa ciwan an tca*we 
hoi tcuwa tewuko'li'apte a'n'ana yam tse'mak-tfelakwitm^ona 
t'o' antse^an'a tsawak le'kwanan yam atatcu a'ciwan'i tenria 5 
at'sumel^anan s'iskon kwaPika. kwaPinan s'a^a. ta'htcic e'lactok 
s*yam kakwin i'k:a. lesnols a'tea^a. 

a tsawak hoi ankoha^anaplja. e^acto^ona. lesna e'lacto^ 
kwai'ilel^a. hie kwa elanre te'ona a'tsawalri co'li^aka. icaltemhol 
haponaiye. kwatikol imats leskwa^a a'm ana he J ko a'imwa. ho 3 10 
anipelan*a. tekwan a'wansewahan'a. tens hie ho 5 han'ila tsawa^ 
le'kwap tomt an hanre a'^eyamo'aiyenaplja. ta*htcic tsawak kwa 
tomt hoi ho* jJeyena'ma le^wanan kwai'inans s'a'lja. 

e'lactok ^akwin tVtcika lol ye'maka tunu'at'ip hiya ati* tcuwap 
i'ya? le'anakap s'ishol kwato^a. cuk cuk cuk cuk kwatop yeli- is 
t'elakupt. t'oc i'ya ? le'ana%ap ho* i-ya. ko> t'on t'ewanan a'teaiye 
le'kwap ^e'tJsanici it'inaka. le'ana'^ap s 5 rmuka. tsawa^i wo'lunak- 
nana' a'wan tatcu yam e*le le'ana'kap e > lactok kacetinan wcrla*- 

Kanakwe | come here to dance, always the priests cut prayersticks 
for them while they are waiting, | and also the Corn clan always 
wash the Kanak*we. I 

(too) Then the priest gave Kanakwe the prayersticks which they 
had prepared. | (i) He took the prayersticks and as he was about to go 
out | he said to his wife, "Now this day I shall make my road go 
forth. My mother, | my child, doubtless sometime hereafter, you 
shall think to take as your beloved one of the corn priest's daylight 
children, | even some poor man." | (5) Thus the youth said. He con- 
soled his fathers, the priests. | Then he went out and went away. 
Now the girl [ came to her house. That is the way they lived. 

The youths there discovered the girl. Thus the girl | came out. 
Then some boys who were no good met together all the time in 
order to gamble. | <io) It seems one of them said, "I think I shall go, 
I | shall woo her. Perhaps she will accept me for indeed I like her". | 
Thus the youth said, but his companions just made fun of him. Then 
the youth said, | "I am not just talking!" he said and went there. | 

Ho came to the girl's house. Hark! The youth climbed up. He 
stamped on the roof. "Oh dear! Someone | us) is coming!" She 
said. So then he went in. Cuk-cuk-cuk-cuk-cuk-cuk. He came in| 
and stood on the floor. "Have you come ?" they said. "Yes. I have 
come. How have you ] lived these days?" he said. "Happily, be 
seated," they said to him. So he sat down. "You should dish out 
food for the youth," | their father said to his daughter. The girl got 


178 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

tuka. rto'wenawe. tsawa^ i'ton i'mup. i*to*n tcunenan elahkwa 

20 le'kwap el rto*wena*we le*kwap tsawak lesnol poa'^a. a-wan 
tatcu aiyala^a. honkwat tV kohol ikwe'a ? le^nikwap ma i'nam- 
ilte torn tca'PonVna tse'raak-telakwipi^'a ho' i*ya le*kwap ma 
lul^ ulati le'kwap ko'tcimat ho* ikwan*a ? hito katsi^i kolehot 
pen*e an tatcu le'kwap ma kop ho* ikwan'a ? e'lactok le'kwap 

25 lesnol t'ina'^a. ko'wi tenalana t'inan an tatcu leskwa^a ^atsiki 
jtewunaknana' le'kwap e'lactolj kwatonan teli'tan i*pewe^a. ele- 
pinan kwai'inan sPana kwatoce tsawakona le'anikwap sVtci 
kwatol^a. a'tci kwatop a*tcia yantehwa pewi'^a. wan le'na hon 
antfewana. tern t'ewan yatonan horn t'eapkuna #0* a*tecujcan*a. 

30 hoi tcuwa ko'wi t'sanan'te torn anyetsa^ajap to 5 ainanan lol ton 
a*wi*yap tcim son rtse^ak-t'elakwi^aira e'lactok le'kwap wans 
atci yant'ehwa tcual*e antfewal^a. 

tfewap tcim tfekohatip e'lacto^ pila'^a. s'i'to'wacfea. i'tow 
eleptnan tsawakona o'kwi^a^a. sP yu'tso'ya'u. ho'na a'wona- 

35 wil'ona kwai'hva ^e*si. tsawakona le'anikwap tsawa^ halicotinan 
rmuna pilaknan rkwan-Heye^a. sVtci i'toka. a*tc i'to'n tcunenan 
tsawakona a u watepi. lun tenrla kocoka. kusap kwanlea ko*kci 
kwan leye^a. tsut?o"^a e'nin ko*kc a^'a tsutto'^a. ya^anan s'an 

up hurriedly | and set down food for him. "Eat!" The youth sat 
down to eat. When he had finished eating he said, "Thank you." 
(20) "Eat well," she said. The youth sat there. Their | father 
questioned him. "Perhaps you have something to say?" he said 
to him. "Indeed it is so. | In order to take your child as my beloved 
I have come." he said. "Well, | it is up to her." he said. "Indeed 
what should I say?" "Well, my girl. | say something," her father 
said. "What shall I say?" the girl said. | (25) Thus they sat. After 
sitting a little while her father said, | "My girl, make up the bed."" 
The girl entered the other room and spread the bed. | When it was 
ready, she came out. "Come, let us go in," she said to the youth 
They | went in together. When they came in there their beds were 
spread with space between. "Wait. Thus we| shall sleep tonight- 
Then tomorrow you shall go to seek my children. | <30) If any one of 
them, even a very little one, reveals himself to you, and you kill him 
then when you | come with him, then I shall be your beloved." 
Thus the girl said, and for a while | they lay down with the space 
between them. They passed the night .| 

Next day, just at daybreak, the girl arose. She prepared food. 
When the food | was ready she awakened the youth. "Come! Open 
your eyes! He who holds our roads | (35) is coming out now." Thus 
she said to the youth. The youth suddenly | sat up. He dressed 
himself and the two ate together. When they finished eating 
she washed the youth's hair. She bathed his whole body, and when 
he was dry, | she dressed him in fine clothing. She dressed his 
and tied it with a fine red belt. When she was finished | she wrapf 


Bunzel, Zuhi Texts 179 

hane'lan peha^a. copon uka. si* t'os a*nuwa. tenas hokairtikol 
yam tse'manankwin t'os a'nuwa. tsawakona le'anikwap tsawajj; 40 
kwai'inan le'nem imat su'nhakwin tahna s'apL yatoniH hohio 
nawe a'teatun'ona lestena'koa al'uka. kwahol nat'sik t'sanapte 
rio^ahol t'apte o'kcikhol t'apte kwa hoi u'nam'e. sMtiwap s'imat 
hoi ^anakwin te'tcinan s'rtoka. Hon tcunenan hahwa* ana 
homkwic lat-al'u antciana wan ho* ko*wi ryu'te^cinat'u. les- 45 
nan ana so* a*mrwa yam J^akwi. le J kwanan yam i'tokatean tehilan 
Ian rtcul^a. yatoniH allja ^e*si. su'nhan'ihap tcims o'kwika. 
o'kwinan yam co*pona rsefarnan a*ka kesi. 

Hawikuhkwi ta^tcic e'lactok aincokya^a. sirnhap kwa kwahol 
na'hol o'kcikhoi t'sanapte kwa ainananren te'tcika. ko'na t'on so 
su*nhakanap^a le'kwap Jtetteanici ^ec t'on a*wiya ? tsawakona 
le'anapls kwa he'ko kwahol ainana'man te'tcika. te'tcip sVlactolj 
wo'la'tu^a. s'i'to'wena'we tsawakona le^na^ap i*to*n i'mu^a. 
yatonil* ale'en'te yam hanela terj*ka 3 en*te t'a-s elt o'ceman- 
ace^a. kwa sic rton rhalu^ana'map e'lactok tse'map holno yaton &$ 
il*i nawe a'tecun yelac^a. le'hatina e'lacto^: tse'map honkwek u 
yatoniH ale J en*te s^'ceman acen'iyah^a. rto*n tcunap e'lactojf 
tsawakona s'aiyala^a. kwac t?o 3 onahj^anam^a ? le'anikwap ma 

up provisions for him. She gave him a quiver with arrows. "So 
now you will go. Wherever | (40) your thoughts lead you, you will 
go." Thus she said to the youth. Then the youth | went out. It 
seems he went towards the west. All day long wherever | he thought 
there might be deer he wandered about. Not even a little fawn j 
or a jack rabbit or a cottontail did he see. At noon it seems | he came 
to some spring. So he ate. When he finished eating. "Oh dear! j 
(45) How difficult is this hunting. Let me rest for a little while. 
Then | I shall go back to my house." he said. Then he lay down in 
the shade where he had been eating. | All day long he slept thus. 
Towards evening he awoke. J He awoke and put his quiver on his 
back and now went back. 

Meanwhile at Hawikuh the girl was waiting for him. In the 
evening | (50 ) he came without having killed a single deer or even 
a little cottontail. "How have you | come to evening? 1 " he said. 
"Happily. Have you all come?" 2 | she said to the youth. "No, 
without having killed anything I have come." When he came the 
girl I set down food for him. "Eat!" she said to the youth. He sat 
down to eat. | Although he had slept all day and had eaten all his 
provisions still he was dying of hunger. | (55) "How greedily he is 
eating," the girl thought, | "He must have been running after deer 
all day!" so the girl thought. However, | even though he had been 
sleeping all day he was dying of hunger. When he had finished 
eating the g irl | questioned the youth. "What luck have you had ?" 

1 Literally, "how have you caused it to be evening?" 

2 She addresses him in the plural. 


180 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol, XV 

el*a kwa ho* hot ko*wi t'sanapte hot l^apin a'ho'i a'wunanrel^a. 

60 le'kwap ma^onkwahat'i e'lactok le J kwanan e'h le'na ho 3 al'u^a. 
kec ho* kwahol t'oman kwantea Heacan*a ? tsawak le*kwap ma hol*o 
eles tV kwanleapa tsawakona leVnakap ma'honkwahati ko'ma so* 
a*ne. ^et'sanici t'on t'ewanan a*t'eat c u tsawak le*kwanan kwai'inan 
t'as yam co'lrkwe hapona'kwin te^cip he — hie uwen i'ya. kops 

65 le'atV te J upa hanat'ana ho'na yatine'. an hanre le'antikwap s'rmu- 
^a. hanat an*a ho'no yatine' kec tV itahka ? kec tV ciwan an 
ta*la^i ? le'antikwanan an hanre tomt ak'a yanroaiyapap poa'ka. 
tsawa^i mo'kwa* ko'kci kutci* ko'kci utcun ko'kci kec t'om ten 
ansewa^a ? t'ewuna 5 t'o kwantea ko'kci an hanre le'antikwap ma 

70 ei'a kwa hot na'hol tomt hot teanant'apte u'na'nrel^a le 5 kwap 
kop ma la t'o 5 a*wan kwantea teapa an hanre le'antikwap ma tens 
kwas horn a'waiyohnanrljia le*kwap lesna^i an hanre le'tikwap 
ma imati t'ewunat horn lesana'^a tsawak; le*kwap ana ko*ma ta ,c tcic 
he J ko anuwa tcuwetc'ame co*we*kwe le^ikwaka. lesna hot ha'- 

75 im'ona atsawalj anipelna te'tcillta ke'lakwin ko*lea t'opa teVkoa 
lesnatfetci te'unap^a kwa tcuwatikot elete'unam'l^a. 

ta* c htcic tuwalan ma'kaiakwin tahna manika tcuwa tsawa^i 
hie tewuko'lPa kwa kwahol rieana^a kwa ilanre. an hotat'ap 
tern t'a lestik rna hie a'tci tewuko'lPa. luwaPon a'wan hie atci 

she said to him. | "None. I did not see a single raw person, not 
even a little one," | (60) he said. "Is that so ?" the girl said. "Yes. 
That is the way I went around. | And now shall I take off all your 
nice clothing?" the youth said. "Oh no! (It is all right for you to 
wear it," she said to the youth. "Is that so ? Very well, | I am going 
now. May you always live happily," the youth said. He went out | 
and came again to where his gambling companions were gathered 
together. "Hey! Here the mighty one comes ! Well, what | (65) have 
you done! Hurry up! tell us!" Thus his companions said to him. 
He sat down. | "Hurry up! Tell us! Did you get married? Are 
you the priest's | son-in-law now?" they said to him. His com- 
panions just made fun of him. The boy sat there. | He had fine 
moccasins and fine white trousers and a fine shirt. "So then | she 
accepted you ? And so now you have fine clothing," his companions 
said to him. "Well, | <70) no. I didn't see even the tracks of a deer," 
he said. | "Well, then how is it that you still wear their clothing?" 
his companions said to him. "Well, | she didn't take it away from 
me," he said. "So that's how it is ?" his companions said. | "Well, 
it seems that's how they treated me," the youth said. "Well then, | 
I think I shall go." Thus every one of the gamblers said. And in 
that way three | (75) of the youths came to woo her. And to all of 
them she did j just as she had done to the first. | Not one of them 
did well. | 

Meanwhile, below, on the south side of the village, a certain boy | 
who was very poor had nothing with which to clothe himself. And 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 181 

u'ho*! yam kakwe^koa tepicnan a*tcia am potcipope'a ak*a tsawak so 
ampotcipo tfsaira le'cina. lukon co'lipanan a'tsawalj: a-peyep 
yanhatia*nan yam hot inkwin pani'nan lesanikwa^a hota le'ani- 
kwap kwa*pi an hota le J kwap ciwan an e'le anipehiakan'ona 
atsawak kwahol aleye'a a*tsawak co'lipanan le'tikwe^. hanat- 
'ana hecina hon rkrce lesnan ho* a'nuwa ampotcipo ts*ana i*yo 85 
le'kweka. s*an hota hiyaha ryo horn nan*a hon tewuko'li'a mac 
t'om ansewahan'a. honkwat t'a at'sa luwaPona t'om ankohakanan 
torn ainana*wa. an hota le'anikwap ma el'e lesnapte ho* a'nuwa 
t'a honkwat a*wa kwahol lea*nan'te kwa a*wa ansewahna'map 
t?apt hon tcuwa kwahol lea ko'kcipiira ampotcipo tfsana le*kwanan 90 
hecina toms i'to*nan koti lewu^a. yam tepiwenre tfsana lihalin 
t?san*a rpVunan yam letsilon'kona toms i'yaltopan kwaPi^a. s'a^a. 
ciwan an ^akwin te'tci^a. tomt hos lanitelan kwato^a. la 
lololo piyah-kwatoka. ko'na t'on t'ewanan ateaiye? ^etJsanici. 
le'anakap sl'mu^a. ampo*tcipotlsana s'rto'l^ana^a. lesnol poaye. 95 
sVwan tatcu aiyalaka. honkwat tV kohol ikwe'a ? le'anikwa 
le'anikwap ma inamilte t'om tca*lona*nan ho* tse'mak-tfelakwi- 
l£al£*a ho' rya ampotcipo t'sana le'kwap ma lulj ulati horn tca'le 
kotcimat ho* ikwan*a a*wan tatcu le'kwap kotcimat ho* ikwan*a ? 100 

his grandmother | also was in the same condition. They were very 
poor. The people of the village all | (80) despised them. When they 
swept their houses they threw their sweepings on them. Therefore 
the boy | was called Little-Dirt-Pile. Now this one heard the 
youths talking in the gambling house. ! He came down to his 
grandmother's and said to her, "Grandmother!" | he said. "What 
is it?" his grandmother said. "To all the boys who go to woo the 
priest's daughter, | they give away clothing. So the boys at the 
gambling place say. Hurry. | (85) let us eat quickly! So then I 
shall go," poor Little-Dirt-Pile | said to his grandmother. 
"Alas, my poor grandchild. We are poor. | Will she accept you ? 
Maybe she will be ashamed. Then, when the people of the village 
find out about it | they will beat you," his grandmother said to him. 
"Well even if that is so. I shall go. | Perhaps I shall get some 
clothing from them. For even if she does not accept us, | (90) she 
way give us fine clothing." Thus Little-Dirt-Pile said. | He hurried 
u [ ' and just bolted his food. He wrapped himself in his little ragged 
wildcat skin | and just scrambled up the ladder and went out. | 
He went there. 

He came to the priest's house. He just tumbled in. | Just 
rattling the rungs of the ladder he fell in. "How have you lived 
these many days ?" "Happily," | (95) they said to him. He sat down, 
Little-Dirt-Pile. They gave him something to eat. So he was 
sitting. I Then their father questioned him. "Perhaps you have 
something to say ?" he said to him. | "Yes indeed, it is so. In order 
to take your child to be my beloved | I have come." Little-Dirt- 

182 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol, \ y 

1 ho* antecema e'lacto^ le'kwap luhapa tcimi l^e*si. yalakweika 
ke*si. s'imat ho* ciwan an talak tekan*a. ampotcipo t'sana le J - 
hatina tse'ma poa'^a. sVlactok lehol kwatonan rpeweka. kwai- 
'inan si' ana hon kwatoce e J lactol£ le'kwap ampotcijjo t'sana ele- 
5 maknan toms e'lactok an yucikwin yalukwato^a. kwatonan 
s'a*tc i'mulja. wan le*na hon ant'ewanan tern t'ewan yaton to 
latakajra. tV halowilin hoi tV onahkap tcim son rtse'mak- 
t'elakwiljan'a e^lactol^ le'kwap s 3 a*tc ant'ewa^a. 

t'ewap tcim t'ekohatip e'lactok pilaknan i'to'wac^a. ele^ap tern 

10 he'kwat al'e ampotcipo t'sana. kwa hoi yam ant'ewan J ona aiyu 3 - 
ya'nanve al*a. e*lactok o'kwi^aka. ampo'tcipo t'sana halicotinan 
pilakup s^'to'^a^a. rto'plp a u w*ateka. lun tenrla Kocona mo'kwa* 
ko*kci yuluka. kutcin ko*kci yu'luka. kem utcmre yu'lulja. 
kwahol tenrla lea*rya*kanan e'nin ko*kca^*a tsutVl^a. copon 

15 ko*kcu*ka. si tenas holte'kwin yam tse'manankwin t'os t?un-al*u- 
Jjan'a honkwatt'o halowilin. hoi tV onahkap tcimi son rwil'un*a. 
e'lactok tsawakona le'anikwap tsawa^ kwai'inan su'nhakwin 
tah'n hoi s'rwa'hilja s'imat hoi naweateanakwin te'tcinanl^awaia- 
i'wo'pihan lo'o i*wo*pihan na*w a'teanan rmunan tfewusu penan 

20 kwai'i^aka. 

lulja yaton "e | ho J n a*wonawil*ona jho'na'wan yato^a tatcu | yam 
t'elacinakwi ye'lana kwai'i^a^a | hon a*wona-elate^atea | 1H 

Pile said. "Well, it is up to her. My child, (ioo) what shall I say?" 
their father said. "Indeed, what should I say? [ <n I wish it," the 
girl said. "Now at last! Now it's all over! | It seems that I shall be 
the priest's son-in-law!" so Little- Dirt-Pile | was thinking as he sat 
there. The girl went into the other room and spread the beds and 
came out. | "Come, let us go in!" the girl said. Little-Dirt-Pile | 
(5) got up and smiling to himself he followed the girl in. When they 
came in | they sat down. "Now thus we shall pass the night. Then 
tomorrow you | shall go hunting. If you are lucky and kill some- 
thing, then we shall stay together always," | the girl said. So they 
passed the night. | 

Next morning, just at daybreak, the girl arose and prepared food. 
When it was ready he was still | (io> asleep, Little-Dirt-Pile. He 
lay sleeping without knowing where he had passed the night. | The 
girl awakened him. Little-Dirt-Pile | sat up suddenly. She gave 
him something to eat. After he had eaten she washed his hair. She 
bathed his whole body, and put fine moccasins | on his feet. She 
put on him fine trousers. She put on him a buckskin shirt. | After 
she had dressed him in all kinds of fine clothing, she dressed lii» 
hair and tied it with a fine red belt. | (is) She gave him a fine quiver 
of arrows. "Now, anywhere where your thoughts take you you shall 
go about hunting. | Perhaps you may be lucky. If you find anything, 
then we shall marry," | the girl said to the youth. The youth went 
out. I He crossed over to the west. When he came to a plat- 

Bnnzd, Zuni Texts 183 

tVna ho* a'wona-elateka. | ^apin a*ho 3 i | tfowa kohan an cPnan'e | 
halawotinan'e | lo*o oneawe | lrl tVna ho* a'lea^pa | yam anik'- 
wanan ak*a halawotinan'e kro | onean Heana | luka yatarre [ horn 25 
a*tatcu I horn a'tsita | hoi ko*wi t'ecokta t'sana | lat'sana | horn t'o J 
aiye'tsal^apina'wapa j t'o^a'wan cPnan a^*a | tVna*wan kah- 
kwina^'a | yam yir'yackwi teatun'on^al^a | li'l tVna ho* hala- 
wotinan a'iea'u | 

leVwanikwanan J^apin a'ho'i halawo'tinan a'leanan tcims ele- 30 
maknan a'teana ten a'l^a. hoi nawe a'welate^a. fonaiya* ten*a 
a'wan t'cupalon a*^a. wo*h'aiyakwin loteljanan sic otsilana 
hie saiya tacana akcihnan laku^a. tapnhrte itehka. s*iskon hoi 
na*l ainaka ke*si. ampotcipo t'sana t'sikwahnan an Ijem ak*a 
cipalan acnan yam ainaka te'an an lo'o wo*tunan tcims cipalan 35 
rseto'nan a'k:a j^e'si. 

Hav/ikuhkwi tcim itiwap na set-i'lja l$:e'si. na> set i'yap co'we*- 
kwe ankoha^anapka he* ampotcipo t'sana na set-rya l^esi. hehe 
ya'atu s'imat ciwan an e'lona iH^an'a. co*we*kwe le'tikwanan 
i*ka. a*t?anitip a'wan tekwana'koa na'set-i'yap ha — s okan 40 
^akwin itiyula'^a. na-seto-ye*makup tu*n lol ye*makup hiya^ati 

where there were deer tracks | he took out prayer meal, he took out 
shell, and sitting down by the deer tracks (20) he began to pray. 

"This day | he who holds our roads, | our Sun Father, | has come 
out standing to his sacred place. | Now that he has passed us on 
our roads | here I have passed you on your road. | Divine Ones, J 
the flesh of the white corn, | prayer meal, | shell, corn pollen, | here I 
offer to you. | With your (25) supernatural wisdom you will take 
the prayer meal, the shell, | the corn pollen. | This day, | my fathers,) 
my mothers, | in some little hollow, | in some little thicket, | you 
will reveal yourselves to me. | With your flesh, | with your waters 
of life, I I shall nourish myself. In order that this may be, | here 
I offer you prayer meal." | 

(30) Thus he said and offered prayer meal to the raw persons. 
Then I he got up and followed the tracks. Somewhere he overtook 
the deer. Among the trees he stalked them. He approached where 
they were standing and picked out a large buck | with long 
antlers. He shot it. At the first shot it fell. So right there | he 
killed the deer, Little-Dirt-Pile. He skinned it, and with the skin | 
(35) wrapped up the meat. Then where he had killed it he put down 
turquoise for it. Then he put the bundle of meat | on his back 
and went. | 

Now, just at noon, he came to Hawikuh with the deer on his back. 
As he came with the deer on his back the gamblers | saw him. 
"Hey! Here comes Little- Dirt-Pile with a deer on his back ! Hey! | 
For shame! And now it seems he will marry the priest's daughter." 
Thus the gamblers said. | <40) He came. They became very angry. 
He passed by their yard with the deer on his back and came close 

184 Publications. American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

tcttwap i'ya % letikwap tirn lonol a*ne tekwante ist hoi awe'nan 
na'le piyana kwatolta. e*lactok oke^a tsawa^ona na-set-i'yan'ona 
ankohapura yam a^eia pulahin yatol^anan ^awaian wo'tihnan 

45 Isapin a'ho'i a'wan oneal kwatokaka. tcims na*le yat'eka. tfehwiti- 
wakwin l£eckw a*]ja ta* c tcic an han*i tehwhViwa na'l an pewup 
iskon atci na'le tcua'unan atci miha yanu^a. a*tci takirl^a ta ,c tcic 
atcia tatcu anate pon* aclja. utea'^a. na*le ampokli^a^a. uhsona 
ele^ap tcims ansamo l^awaiatihnan na'lan kawaianapka. 

50 tcims tsawa^ona an iHtun'ona tcims i'to'kal^a. i'to'n tcunap 
tcims an tatc ante'kunaka hohio ko'lea lat al*u'koa ante'kunap 
peyeka kesi. ko'lehol yam na'l aina*koa peyep elahkwa ho*na*wan 
tca'le honkwa t'om tse^makwina^a lew a*nap horn hecotfakwi 
^apin a'ho^ oneal kwatona a*tepura. a*wan tatcu le'kwap tcims 

55 iskon ampotcipo t'sana hiyawohicna s'i'tahka. ta ,c tcic co*we*kwe 
haponan a*tsawak a*pus J ona peya'ka at'anitip ciwan an e'Pona 
yil'unan tcims iskon rtehyaka. 
le'n ino'te teatifea. 

to the woman's | house. Carrying his deer he climbed up. He 
stamped as he climbed up. "Oh dear! | Who is coming?" they 
said. "Listen, there he goes stamping!" Then unexpectedly through 
the hatchway j he dropped the deer. The girl was grinding. Then 
she saw the youth who came carrying the deer on his back. | She 
jumped across the grinding bin, took up corn meal | (45) and made 
the road come in for the raw persons. Then she took hold of the 
deer, | and carried it in her arms to the center of the room. Mean- 
while, her sister had spread a bed for the deer in the center of the 
room. | Then the two laid the deer down and spread an embroidered 
blanket over him. They put on him a necklace of beads. Meanwhile 
their father made a cigarette of native tobacco. He placed the 
blossom on it, and blew the smoke over the deer. When that | was 
finished all of them took corn meal and sprinkled corn meal on 
the deer. | 

^ (50) And now she gave food to the youth, the one whom she wa> 
going to marry. When he had finished eating | his father questioner, 
him. He asked him where he had been hunting. | He told them now 
Then he told them how he had killed the deer. "Thank you, our 
child. And now, at last, because of your thoughts, it has come t 
this, that into my house | the roads of the raw people will be coming 
Thus their father said. And then | (55) indeed Little-Dirt-Pile w; 
honorably married. Meanwhile the gamblers | who were alwa \ 
joking at the place where they gathered, had a great time talkii . 
about it. He who had married the priest's daughter | now becar 
valuable. ] 

This happened long ago. 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 185 


^akrma luwalap ciwani awiten e*l il*i. a*wan hairi kwa hie 60 
^a'^i kwahol itonhol ikwani^ana'ma kwa l^a'lp t'apnintholtfapte 
Kowi'tfapt'holi okna'map an a*^awu t'ewana* ko'nhol a*sam*a 
te'tci oknan rtcwacnan yam hani lesantikwalja t'aptat itciaira 
le'kwanan'te tfapninthol t'apte ko'wiholt'apte okna^ana tat'eat 
okna itcianan tfomt hoi heyehonr hoi t'apte acnel^anan kwa hie tfo> 65 
kohol leaka oka te^nre. tatfeat okna itcianan i*to*wacna itcianan 
wapa'anan rleanan teatcinakwin panrnan tatcuya an*sato iala'ti- 
na]£an*a. iyo c ho'na'wan tatcu a*tci ho'mvwan otsinakwin a'tci 
iyo c tewanako'na sanra te'tci lala yu^makwe^. kop ma hie leal^a 
to' ho*i tekan'iha an a*kawu yam han*i le'antikwap yantse'manan 70 
o'lactok koyeka. kop ma* la t'o J koyeka koyena'nren ko'lehol t'om 
hon anhctocenaw^na tV yam kwahol rto*tun 3 ona tV i'kwaninan 
il*ap kop ma t'om hon antikwe*nan le'tikwanan an a*kawu yam 
hani anapena*wap e'lacto^: koya jJo'a'fca. elemaknan kwaiMnan 
we*sa^aia kwa paMwame lot hoi ma'kaiakwin tahna panrj^a. tcim 75 
hoi ma'kaiakwin tahna paniyup liton i'l^a. hie ace* liton r^a liton 
ryaptes a*ne. s'imat hoi t'anaiya'kwin te 5 tcinan sic kwanlea temla 
kinan tatan s'imiyulanan s'koya-po'ulap ta* c tcic li'wanhol alaho- 
ankwin tahna hoi ^atul-ulapna tealan uwanami a'tsawa^ plkwen- 
'ona a u wanap^a. lesnoi tfat'an po'ulap ankohakanan uwanam'i so 


(60) They were living at Kakima. The priest had four daughters. 
The youngest sister | never helped with the cooking nor did any 
work. Never once, even for a little while, | did she grind. Her elder 
sisters alone were always | grinding and cooking. They said to their 
youngest sister, "Even though you say you don't feel like working, | 
just once, for a little while, grind. Or else, [ (65) if you don't feel like 
grinding, just make some pancakes. | You are a good-for-nothing 
</irl. Or if you don't feel like cooking, | take a hoe and go down to 
■ ■ r t old and help father with the hoeing. | Our poor father and our 
poor brothers, | alas every day they labor alone at hoeing. For 
what purpose ] <70) are you alive?" the elder sisters said to their 
youngest sister. Then the girl felt sorry for herself | and cried. 
"Well why are you crying? If you stopped crying and did what | 
we told you, if you got to work on the cooking, | then what could 
we have to say to you ?" So the elder sisters said. | They scolded 
their younger sister and the girl sat there crying. Then she got up 
and went out. | (75) She was barefoot and wore no blanket. She went 
down towards the south. As | she went down to the south the rain 
came. It began to rain very hard. | But even though it was raining 
she went along. Then somewhere, she came to some woods. Her 
clothes were wet through. | So she sat down against a tree and cried. 

186 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol; ^V 

tsawa}p po*ulakwin te*tcinan toe tV poulaiye? le*anikwap irl ho* 
po'ulaiye e*lactol£ le*kwap kop tV leye*a tsawalj le*kwap ma 1 el*a 
horn a'ljawu horn anapenap^atap ak # * ho* kwai'inan ^alema pani'ka. 

85 kwa yam ^akwin ikwalt a'naptl^a yam ho' kakwan kwaiMnan kwa 
ten tcu horn le*na a u wanan yam kakwin iW a'tunon a^*a ho* yam 
Ijakwan il^atinan ho* kwai*ika. le' e*lacto^ ikwap ma ko*ma horn 
^akwin hon a*ce. tsawak le*kwap hop t'om kakweye ? e*lactoj£ 
le*kwap ma is 1H lo'te horn kakweye. tsawalj le*kwap ko*ma itt hon 

90 lal t'om ^akwin hon a*ce. e'lactok le*kwap s*a*tci i'wil'i lal hoi 
makaiakwin tahna s*a*tc a*ne. kop ana le*a hon hecina a*nuwa? 
honkwat horn papa tecukan i'yan'a. e*lactok le*kwap ma*imat 
torn ho 3 i*seto*un*a. tsawa^ le*kwanan i'munan e*lactol?;ona s*i*seto*- 
nan si* t'o* rhapisl^ajra el t'o' telikwan*te t'unatina*mana tern 

95 lja'^i si* tcim t'unati ho* le*kwap tcims t'o* t'unathra. tsawal^ e'lac- 
to^ona le'anikwap s*e*lactok tsawaj^onan i'tcupatcup yam telil^i- 
mvwak*a tsawal^ e*lacto^ona seto si* keato'ka. 

yam telikimv lacowa*wal$:a pi'na^acnan uhsona pi 3 na^*a 

t'sum ak*a atci i*keato*nan lehol alahoankwin tahna hoi J^atul- 

100 ulapna tealakwin uwananri tsawaju ^aki'ma ciwan an e*l*ona 

i set-a*ne. ta ,c tcic e'lactolj hapisnap holomacko'na s*iHn-tinan 
yaton kwaton'ihap holomaceko'na yam l^apin ho'i teawa^a. 
e'lactoj^ona s*il*i te'tcinan s'a*tc' rmunan si* tcim t'unati hons 

Meanwhile, | the Uwananri youth, who lived yonder towards the 
south on the shore of the encircling ocean, | <80) found her. They 
surprised her there sitting under the tree. The Uwananri | youth 
came to where she was sitting. "Are you sitting here?" he said 
to her. "Yes, I | am sitting here," the girl said. "What are you 
doing?" the youth said. "Nothing. ] My sisters scolded me. There- 
fore I came out and came down this way. | (85) I won't go back 
again to my house. I left my house, | hoping that perhaps someone 
would find me this way who would take me with him to his house. 
Therefore when I | got angry at my house, I left it," So the girl 
said. " Very well, | let us go to my house," the youth said. "Where 
do you live ?" the girl | said. "Well, my house is near by," the youth 
said. "Very well, indeed let us | (90) go there to your house," the 
girl said. So they went together. Yonder | towards the south they 
went. "How can we go faster? | Perhaps my brothers will come to 
look for me," the girl said. "Well, perhaps 1 1 might put you on my 
back," the youth said. He sat down and took the girl on his back. J 
"Now close your eyes. Be sure not to open your eyes until | (95) I 
say 'Now open your eyes.' Only then you may open your eyes." 
So the youth | said to the girl. The girl got on the youth's back. By 
means of his prayersticks | the youth rose carrying the girl. | 

With his prayersticks and his downy feathers he made a wind 
and with the strength of that wind | they rose. Yonder to the south 
to the shore of the encircling ocean, | (ioo) the Uwananri youth 

Bunzeh Zuni Texts 187 

lo'te^a^a. tsawal^ e'lactokona le'anikwap e'lactok: tfunatip hol- 
omacko'na ulohnakwin te'tcilca ke'si. lolhos sVtci i'wokap a'wa*- 5 
ka. tepo^alan a*tci t'unayatop lak u hol k;atul-ulap tealan ^akwe'we 
kohana. uwanam a*wan kokwe*we kohana t'inap lalhos sVtci 
rwoljap a*wa*ne. sVtci l£akwe t'inan i*tiyula*nan si* wan* \v\- 
koirte t'o' imoj£an*a wan ho 5 lje'la kwatot'u. ho' ite'kunana tern 
antecemana'wap tcim hon kwaton*a. tsawalj le'kwanan kwatoka. 10 

yam a'mosona yanikil^a ko'na ton su*nha^anapka ? leVwan- 
ikwap ^et'sanici hon su*nha^anaplca ho'na'wan suwe. kop lea hie 
tfo' teni^aka? pikamacko'na son tenrl a*wryat'ap t'o 3 sanra 
yaluye. le'ana^ap ma* ten hie teni'ka. ho* ^;akrma*kwe ciwan an 
e 3 Pona ho 1 il*-rya ist horn aincokya el-uiap ak*a tfo'na ho* yan- 15 
te c kunakan*a kwa to 5 kople'at'ap elekan*a ? tsawak le'kwap tcu- 
kwatci ten hon anawanap^a. ko'lehol te'onaka hie tV ten'Pka. 
kwa el*a teacukwa hon le'tikwaka. ma* ukwat'eat honkwa t'o* 
ciwan an e'Pona il* i*ya ma 5 imat t'o' il*i kwatonan t'omte lesnapte 
ko ko'na le'at'ap ele]£an*a. an tatcona le*wi ^apin a*ho'i kwahol 20 
wo'we a*lataj5a an a-pi'la'ciwan'i uhsona a*tekwin te'tci hon 
iteclanapte ma t?a tenat t'os il* i'fea. ma el*e t'os il'i kwatonan lot 
kwatonan ko'lehol te'utun'ona tatciman*te to* tekwanan'te 

went carrying the daughter of the Kakima priest. | (i) Meanwhile 
the girl had her eyes closed. He took her with him far off. | Because he 
was a raw person, just before sunset to a far off place he came 
with the girl. So they sat down. "Now open your eyes. Now we 
are near," the youth said to the girl. The girl opened her eyes. 
(5) She had come to a distant country now. So they went along side 
by side. | They came up a hill and looked over it. Far off on the 
shore of the ocean were white houses. | The white houses of the 
Uwananri were standing there. So they went | there side by side. 
They came close to where the houses stood. "Now wait, | you will 
stay here a little while. Let me go in first. I will ask them. Then, | 
do) if they are willing, we shall go in," the youth said and 
entered. | 

He greeted his chiefs. "How have you come to evening?" he 
said to them. "Happily have we come to evening, our younger 
brother. Why have you delayed so long? We all came long ago. 
You alone j are behind," they said to him. "Yes, indeed it has been 
long. The Kakima priest's | (i5)daughterlhave brought. She is waiting 
for me outside. Therefore I came in to ask of you | whether it 
is all right," so the youth said. | "Now indeed it is as we have 
guessed, you were late for some reason. | It could not be for 
nothing. So we said. Now indeed it has happened that you | come 
bringing the priest's daughter. Well, if you bring her in perhaps | 
(20) somehow or other it may be all right. Of all her father's raw 
people, all | the winged creatures, her bow priests are the only 
ones I we fear. Well, it can't be helped. You have brought her. 

188 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

anhctocap al^a lol kwatonan tihkwahna te'mra. an a'mosona 

25 le'antikwap ma honkwa'ati tsawafe e^actokona il'i te'tci'kona 
le*kwanan tcims kwaiM^a. 

kwaPinan el-ulakwin panrnan si tcim son ye'makmra. tV 
kwatonan t'o* yanikhra : ho'na a'tatcu ho'n a'tsita ko*na t'on t'ewa- 
nan a*teaiye t'o le'kwanan tV t'unatip t'ehwitiwap^oa onea}an 

30 a*nap isnokon t'o 3 a'nuwa. lak u tV ho J na*wan t'eckwikwin t'o* 
te*tcinan iskon tV t'ekohanan cemanan t'o 3 yalupnan ma'^aiakwin 
tahna ho J na*wan a*wo^ana # t'inan a*nan tfewankwin tahna t'ina- 
palta paiyan tesanran t'o 5 rmunan tsawa^ tekwanan'te e'lactol^ona 
le^ anhe'tocap ma honkwa'ati ten*at ho* lesna te 3 un*a. e'lactok 

35 le*kwap tcims a*tci i*wil*i ye*maka. a*tci ye*maknan e'lactok 
t'unatip lesnot teaP itiwa awan le'tsilona kwafinap le 5 kon hos 
s'atci iwil'i a'ka. a*tci letsilon kwai'inakwin a'tci te'tcinan 
s'atci kwatoka. 

ko'na t'on t'ewanan a*teaiye horn a*tatcu horn a'tsita ? e^acto^ 

io le'kwap ketfsanici t'onc a*wi'a ? i't'inaka. le'ani^ap e'lactok ko J - 
lehol an he'tocna^koa oneala ten*a yatoka a'wan t'eckwikwin 
te'tcil^a. plwaia*t'ihnan a'wan t'eckwan kawaia*nan yalupnan 
ma^aiakwin tahna uwanam'i a'wo'J^a t'ina'koa a'ka. t'ewankwin 
tahna lempaiyan tesanvakwin te'tcinan iskon i'muka. i'mup 

45 uwanam'i a'wo'lja hiwalemaknan iman*te an wo'latuna'we. sVlac- 

Well, all right, bring her in. When you go | to bring her in you 
will tell her beforehand outside, everything that she should do, 
so that when she comes in she may act gently." So the chiefs 
(25) said to him. "Is that so?" said the boy who had brought the 
girl there with him, | then he went out. | 

He went out and came down to where the girl was standing. 
"Now we shall go up. When you | go in you will greet them, 'My 
fathers, my mothers, how have you | lived these days?' you will 
say. Then you will look down the center of the room where the road 
of meal | (30) goes. You will go along that. When you reach our 
altar, | there you will ask for life. Then you will turn around to the 
south | and go to where our women are sitting. | Then you will sit 
down in the vacant seat at the eastern end." So the boy instructed 
the girl outside. | "Is that so? Then I shall do that," the girl | 
(35) said. Then together they went up. After they had gone up 
the girl | looked around. There in the center of the roof where their 
ladder came out, there they | went together. When they came to 
where the ladder came out | they went in. | 

"How have you been these days, my fathers, my mothers?" the 
girl | (40) said. "Happily. Have you come? Be seated." they said. J 
Then, in accordance with what she had been told, the girl crossed 
the room along the road of meal. | She came to their altar. She 
took up prayer meal and sprinkled prayer meal on their altar. Then 
she turned around I and went to the south to where the Uwanam'i 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 189 

to£ rto'^a. rton-tcunenan elahkwa le'kwap el itowena*we le'- 

le* wolatilcap a*wan a*mosona uwananvi atsawa^ s'lestikwe'ka 
si' ho*na*wan tca'le luka t'elinan"e li'l ho'na tV a'wona-elate'ka. 
luka t'elinarre yam ko'lea a'ho' a'te'ona t'om son isnokonak'a so 
ho* acna'wa. uwanam'i a*mosona le^ikwap ma honkwa'ati e'lactok 
le*kwap si'ko'ma hanate a'woka le'ana'l^a. a'wo'j^a rkacetinan 
teli*tokwin u'kwatonan mo'tseni^a sa'l ahnan u'man toknan s'an 
irmopinapka. an u*mo^anan s > a u watenap^a. lun tenrla koconap- 
ka. kuskiinan kwa mihatsinanve yato^anan molimop-ikwin 55 
ikunan si* le'natestV ho'i te^ana le'anaknant'ehwrtiwa an paiyan 
a*uknan iskon animuknan t'ewusukanapka. an t'ewus a'jJeyel^a. 
uhsona ele^anan si* ya'tel^a. 

t'ewap canvli i'to*nan si J hons u'kwai J in*a ke'si le'anikap ta ,c tcic 
eMacto^ona a'lacina* t'ehnan ten'a tecunap^a. hrwala t'envla eo 
pi'laciwan'i ite'kunacun-al'uka. kwahol tcuhol unam'e an tatcu 
ciwan'i anela'wa cemap ciwanan anela'wa i'yap ite'kuna'ka. ma 
inamilte luka ya*ton*e li'l tfo'na'wan hecot'akwin tVna ho* a*wona- 
elateJta. i'mat kwahol pena te'onal^a horn t'on anteeemanap^a. 
uhson horn t'on yu J ya'kana*wap uhs' tse'makunan ho* tfewanan 65 
te^an'a. anela'wa le'kwap ma i'namilte tecukwa yatonan horn 

women were sitting. At the east | she came to a vacant seat and 
thrro she sat down. After she sat down, | (45) the Uwanam'i women 
;i i .1 nd set down food for her right where she sat. The girl | ate. 
After she had finished eating she said, "Thank you." "Eat well," | 
they said to her. 

They removed the dishes and then their chiefs, the Uwanam'i 
youths said, | "Now, our child, this night, here you have passed us 
on our roads. | (so) This night into a person just like ourselves | we 
shall make you." So the Uwanam'i chiefs said. "Is that so ?" the 
girl I said. "Very well, go ahead," she said to the women. The 
women hurried | into the inner room. They took a mixing bowl ; they 
pounded yucca root | and mixed soap suds for her. When the suds 
rose they washed her hair. They bathed her whole body. | (55) They 
drifd her, and put over her shoulder a plain white robe. They tied 
a tasseled belt] about her waist. "Now this is the kind of person 
you will be," they said to her. A seat was placed for her in the 
center of the room | and there she was made to sit down. They 
prayed for her and taught her their prayers. When this was all 
finished they went to sleep. | 

Next morning, early, after they had eaten, they said to her, 
"Now we shall go out." Meanwhile | (60) the girl's parents had been 
searching for her all night. Through the whole village the | bow 
priest went about enquiring for her. No one had seen her. Her 
father, j the priest, called Hawk. Hawk came to the priest. He 
questioned him. | "Now indeed it is true. This day here in your 

190 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

tca'le e'lactojd tcim itiwapa li'l yam kakwan ikatinan kwai'ika. 
t'omt ton hoi i'kna we'sa^aia kwa pa^wam'e kwaPinan imat 
holtekwin a*^:a. pi'laciwan'i t'elinan ten*a tecuka. le*wi luwala 

70 tenrla tecuka kwahol yu'he'toti na'man antfewako ak*a tV ho*na'- 
wan tecinra. ciwan*i anela*wa le'anikwap ma honkwat holi a u waira. 
le*kwanan anela*wa ciwan an ^akwan kwaPika. itulohlta tcimna'- 
kwe krte'koa a'^a imtel^anan kwili^ana'na we*tsi lete'koa t'a tern 
ilulohka. haMkamvna tfa tern lalejja'koa tfa tern itulo'h&a. sic 

75 itiwanPhap alnat sic prtul-orlapna teala ten*a sVnap ta ,c tcic 
uwananri a'woka yam teazle il'apa yam l^akwan s'u'kwe^a. hie 
awe'hiya he'hr kwai'inan e^acto^ hie itiwutcu awe'luya sVwi*- 
keatoka. a*wi*^eatoka tea'koa anela'wa manikakoa a*ne. kwa 
e'lacto^ona u'nam'e. pikwe'ika. l^al^rmakwin crwan an l^akwin 

so i*yap ciwan*i aiyala^a. si* kople'a t'os ulohnan un-al*uka. 
ciwan'i anela'wa le'anikwap ma rnamilte lew* ulohnan lana ho* 
Uun-al*u^a. kwahol t'om tca'le acena'nra. e*te lesnapte kwa yu'he*- 
tanre. hinik hie tcuhol anikwa t'om tcaTona holtekwin il'-a*ka. 
a*ma tV horn a'suw'ona kwalaci to 1 yatinet c u. luknokon kwahol 

85 a u wanakwa anikwa anela'wa ciwan'i le*anikwap ma* honkwa'ati 
ten*at ko'natV peyen'ona ho 5 yatinen*atfa luknokon ite^tcumvwa 

house I have passed you on your road. Surely, because you have 
something to say you have summoned me. | (65) If you let me know 
that, thinking of that I shall always | live." So Hawk said. "Yes 
indeed it is so. Yesterday my | child, a maiden, became angry; 
and just at noon went out from her house here. | It looked as if she had 
gone out for just a little while, for she was barefoot and wore no 
robe. But it seems | she has gone off somewhere. All night long 
the bow priest has searched for her. All over the whole village [ 
(70) he has searched. Nowheres did he get news of her, all night long. 
Therefore you | will search for her for us." So the priest said to 
Hawk. "Well, perhaps somewhere I shall find her." | So he said, 
and Hawk came out of the priest's house. He circled around. At 
first | he went nearby. He came back to his starting place and a 
second time he circled around, a little farther out. | And a third 
time he circled around still farther out. Just | (75) before noon he 
went for the last time, going along the shore of the encircling ocean. 
Just then | the Uwanam'i women came out from their house with 
their child. | They came out of a wall of cloud. With the girl in the 
center they rose on the clouds. | As they rose above, Hawk went 
along below. | He did not see the girl. He passed through the 
clouds and came back to Kakima to the house of the priest. | 
(80) Then the priest asked him, "What have you seen in the world as 
you went about ?" | So the priest said to Hawk. "Yes indeed it is so. 
Over the whole great world I | have gone around about looking. 
Indeed your child has not died. Nevertheless, | she was not visible. 
I think someone that has supernatural power has taken your child 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 191 

honkwat tens hot horn tca'le yatakwe'il^a. ciwairi le'kwap so* a*ne. 
^e*tsanici yaton kokci t?on su*nha^anapt c u. anela'wa le'kwanan 
kwai'inans s'yam kakwin a'nap su*nhap lakhot uwananri yam 
a'teawan e'lacto^ona tas il'ap irkwato^a. kwilijtana'na hoi uwan- 90 
am'i a'wan pikwan tas e'lacto^ ant'ewap an tatcu tse'ma'wa^ca 
kwa sic alna'man lesnate t'ekohatip yam tsawa^ lesanikwaka 
aktsiki yutso'ya'u. s'prlaku. a*ma hanat t'a hi* yam a*nana ko- 
kwa*kwina pikwenikwin t'a lu'u. ciwan'i yam tsawa^ le'anikwap 
an tsawak prlaknan kwa rtona'man yam ^akwan kwaiMnan hot 95 
imat yal*an kokwakwina l^akwenikwin tsawalj sVka. hot a*ka .... 
itiwap ko'ko a*kwina ltakwenikwin tsawa^ te'tcinan horn a*nana 
ko'na ton t'ewanan a'teaiye ? leVwanikwap ^et'sanici ho'na*wan 
nana, t'oc rya? le'antikwap — ma ho* i*ya. — kwato ko*ma. 
leantikwap koKwakwina tsawa^ona yam ^akwin ikap irkwa- 100 
tonan ante c kunanap^a . si J lu^a y aton 1 e ho J na ■ wan nana li • 1 1 
ho'na t'o 5 a'wona-elatejta. imat kwahot pena te'onak'a ho J na tV 
a'wona-elateka. kokwa*kwina tsawakona leantikwap ma* inamilte 
kwili t'ewana yaton*e horn okana'we imat kwahot kole^k'a r- 
wi^ati^anan yam l^akwan t'omt konhot ikna kwaPinan imat 5 
holtekwin a*J$;a lesna te'onaj^'a ho^a'wan t'on tecunaptunon 
ak*a tVna hon a*wana u wanan a^*a t'o'na ho* yatine^can rya. 

away somewheres. | Speak to my younger brothers the crows. 
They | (85) know how to find anything," Hawk said to the priest. 
"Very well, is that so ? | Just as you have said I shall tell them. And 
they also will try. | Perhaps somewhere my child has perished/' 

Happily after a good day may 
and went out. He went to his 

the priest said. "I am going now. 
you come to evening," Hawk said 
house. In the evening, yonder where the Uwananri | <90) were living, 
they took the girl in with them again. For the second time | there 
at the house of the Uwananri the girl stayed over night. Her father 
never slept because of much thought. | So it was that at daybreak 
he said to his son, | "My boy, awake! Get up! Let us try again. 
Now go to the house of your grandfathers, | the black gods. Now 
go along," the priest said to his son. | (95) The youth arose, and 
without eating left his house. Somewheres | in the mountains the 
boy went to where the black gods had their house. He went along. | 
At noon he came to where the black gods had their house. "My 
grandfathers, | how have you lived these days?" he said to them. 
"Happily, our | grandchild. Have you come?" they said to him. 
"Yes I have come." "Very well, come in," | <ioo) they said to him. 
The black crows took the youth into their house. <i> They questioned 
him. "Now this day, our grandchild, here | you have passed us on 
our roads. Surely because you have something to say you | have 
passed us on our roads." So the black gods said to the youth. "Yes, 
indeed it is so. | Two days ago, it seems, my sister got angry at 
something | <5) and went out from her house. It looked as though she 

192 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

tsawak kokwa-kwin leVwanikwap ma'honkwa'ati. ma* hon 
rte^cuna'wa. honkwat tem hoi teap hon a u wana*wa. tsawa^ona 

10 le'anikap si* ko'ma hanate lrlkon*te hon u'kwe*nan ta* ( tcic t'o yam 
kakwint'os a*nuwa. ko'kwakwina tsawa^ona le^ntikwanan iskon'te 
yam J^akwan u'kwe'ika. yam hie ko'wi ho'i te'ona tenvla u'kwe*nan 
homo awa^kwe^koa yal'a tem'la ko*kwa*kwin e'lactokona tecunajj- 
alca s'rwi'atitca. 

m ta ,c tcic tsawak yam ljakwin te'tcip an tatcu aiyala^a. kops le'a 
tfom anhetocnappt ? an tatcu le'kwap ma s J a*wa'ka. t'omt li*t 
tVna ho* rtse'mak'-rko'kcunal^a tVna li*l ho* yat'inetun'ona horn 
anhe'tocnan yam a*teawan*te irkwe^nan s^'wa^a. tsawak yam 
tatcu le'anikwap ma honkwa'ati ma ko'ma ilt hon tse'mak-rko'k- 

20 cun*a a*wan tatcu yam tcawe le'na le'a^wanikwap ta ,c tcic hoi 
^atul-trlapna tealan uwanam awan kakwan e'lactok inre. lak u ol 
sic a'witen telit'an hie awe'luya te'tci uwanam awan kakweye. 
hacina konhol uwanam a'wan yanhakunan cipololon po't'an e'lac- 
tokona ikolo'yan u*kwe*ika. s^'sam^a awchiya* a*wi'l^eato^ap 

25 awe'hiya* a*wikeatoJ£anankwin kwalaci a'te'tcinan rnatinanve 
hinik lukno uwananri e*lacto^ona hanhnapka le*tikwan koko 
a'kwina tem t'a anawanapka. koko akw'ina ten hie pikwe*na e*t ten 
tetse'map anikwa kwahol ko*wi t'sanapte ^a^amackona hoi tcuwa 

had gone out for a little while. But it seems | she has gone off 
somewheres. Because of this, that you may be the one to look for 
her for us we have picked you. Therefore I have come to tell you 
of it," | the youth said to the black gods. "Well, is that so ? Well, 
we | shall try. Perhaps if she is still living somewheres we shall 
find her," <io) they said to the youth. "Very well then, come along. 
We shall start out from here. Meanwhile you will | go to your 
home," the black gods said to the youth. Then | they went out from 
their house. Every one of their people went out. [ Everywhere in the 
canyons and on all the mountains black gods searched for the girl. 
They scattered. | 

(15) Meanwhile the youth came to his house and his father asked 
him, "What | did they tell you to do ?" his father said. "Well, they 
went. | They told me to come here to tell you to make your mind 
easy. | They started out from the place where they stay and went," 
the boy | said to his father. "Is that so ? Very well then let us make 
our minds easy," | (20) their father said to his children. Meanwhile | 
at the shore of the encircling ocean in the house of the Uwananri 
the girl was staying. There | even to the fourth inner room the 
house of the Uwananri was nothing but clouds. | It was packed 
tight with the breath of the Uwananri, full of thick mist | and there 
they hid the girl as they came out. And so only the clouds rose. 
Now the ravens came to where the clouds were rising. | (25) Where the 
clouds were rising the crows came. "I think without doubt | that 
these Uwananri have stolen the girl." So | the black gods said. And 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 193 

kwahol itehkoa t'opinthol tcu'let'apte hoi hacina al'e lestenapte 
a u wan*a a'ho 5 a'te'onak'a a*wan a u wana^alja a'wal'u'ya. 30 

no*milta*tci e't anawana'wapte kwas e'lacto^ona il*ap u'kwcna*- 
nva uwanam'i e'lacto^ sic a'sam'a te'tci u'kwaPip ko'kwa'kwina 
awe'hrya. kwai'inankwin a'te'tcinan t'oms awe'hrya kwaPilena'- 
koa le'nap u'kwateman'te kwa hoi e'lactol^ona una'wam'e. e't 
awe'hiya e't a'ho'i hie li'lkona hon a'ho 1 a'te^na lesna a'ho^i 35 
lesnapa ho'mvwan alacina* yace'kona lukno^on titowena'we 
luknokon uwanam'i kapin aho'i a*wiyo*ka a'laci luka a'peye'a. 
ak*a e'lactol^ona hanlinapl^a. t'oms aweluya'w alj:*a le'na yam 
kwahol utcun tso'ya yulunan hi'nina awe'hiya'w ak:*a rlrmahnan 
yam pi'nan al<;*a te'tci a*ho' a*te 5 onak*a awe'luya* u'kwaPip la*l 40 
tema'ka a'wunap pitfsemi ti'le J^apal^ana^ana hi'nina i'yetci^a 
he*in kwaPina hie lo'tema^a a'wunajia tomt li'^aian'e hi'nina 
a'ho*i ak;*a a'waiyutciana. hoi tcuhol hie hiyawohicna yam 
tewusu il'teman'a ho'i te'onan ulohnakwin an teatcinakwin Kto- 
pin*a. le'na yam aiyutciana aho* a'te'onak'a ciwan an tcawe 45 
a'tean'te kwa i'witcemamvwa'man ak'a wan a*watfsuman*a. a*wan 
han'ona yanikolowena'we. ukwat ko'tilea ryunap a'te^aen'te kwa 
yam ko'lea han*i anape*nan holtekwin an hakenapkoa kwa lesna 
i'tse^anam'en yam han*i anajjenape'en'te aiyu*aconan ^a*- 

now they had guessed it. The black gods surpassed every one. For 
indeed | they are wise. Anything that anyone has dropped, 
even if it is a small thing lost long ago, [ even one single grain of 
corn, lying in a tiny crevice, even so | (30) they are the ones to go and 
find it for them. | 

And indeed so it happened. But although they guessed it the 
Uwanam'i did not take the girl out with them, | the Uwanam'i girls 
alone went out. The black gods | went about. They came to where the 
clouds were rising. Thus they went back and forth among the rising 
clouds I but nowhere did they see the girl. But | (as) the clouds are 
people, just as we here are people. That sort of people they are. | 
They are our ancestors, the ones who have died. These are the 
rain. | These become Uwanam'i, raw people. That is what the old 
men say. | Therefore they stole the girl. They are just clouds, there- 
fore, ; when they put on their beautiful garments, they are just 
like * he clouds. Therefore they just impersonate clouds | (40) with 
theii 'reath, but they are people. And so when | the clouds come 
out far off, I when we see them they look like wads of cotton wool 
spread out, all of different sizes. | But when Ave see a wall of cloud 
rising close by, then it is like smoke. | For these people are wise. 
Whoever sincerely | believes his prayers in all the country and 
especially upon his field, it will rain. | (45) For thus are these people 
wise. Therefore even though these were the children of the priest, 
they did not love one another, and so they tried them for a while. 
They hid their sister from them. Even though they used to see her 

194 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

50 ^amackona a*wan hairi kwaPika tekwin hoi kwa i'towena'wanre 
a'ho'i ak*a e*t a*wan koko a*kwina te*cunan*te e*t uwanam'i 
a'tsawak e'lacto^ona hanlinapkoa anawana'we. lesnan'te kwa 
a u wana*wanre. 

su'nhap s*ikwalt yam Jtakwin a*winan si* ^ec hon tenrla a'wi'^a ? 

55 kokwa'kwin*a le^ikwanan ma son tenvla a'wi'ka. kwac hoi yu J - 
he'to'nan yo*nam*ka ? koko akwhva le'tikwanan i*yantekun- 
acna*we kwa hoi tcuwatikol yam unanre'koa a'pcye'a. kwa tfa 
e't hoi acena'nra tenat imat hoi acekat'ap hoi tcuwa i'l^olowe- 
^atfapte t'omt hoi tetcin al*uwakat'ap hon a u wanawarjka. hoi 

eo ko'wi hoi an sanre t'san holi an kwahol leanhol ko'wi ts'anapte 
hoi al*ap aj£' hon a u wana*war)ka. kwa e't hoi acena^a. le*wi 
ulohnan lana tem'la hon ulohnan u'napa a*wal*ul$:a. ten e*t hon 
a'te'tcijta teen'te uwanam'i kakwenan'te ten et imol£an*a. hanat 
ko'ma run tcuwatikol yatinece el i'tse^enanrt'u an a'lacina'we 

65 ten tenapte ko'lehol yu'he'tothra. koko a*kwin*a le'tikwanan an 
alacina'w'ona yatinan kwai'i^a. 

l^akrma luwalakwin koko kwhra i'nan e'lactok o'ko* an kakwin 
te'tcip e'lacto^; o^o* an tatcu kokokwin aiyala^a. si horn tca'le 
koko'na le'a ? tcimte yaton'e tfon ulohna u'napa a'wal'uka. 

70 kwac kolehol yu^e'tonan yo'nanvka ? kwa kolehol yi^he'tonan 
teanvap kwa t'a al£'ol kole 5 am*e£an'a. ciwani koko Kwhva le*- 

doing wrong | they should not have scolded their sister. They should 
not have thought of ordering her away. | Now, even though they 
have scolded their sister, now they yearn for her. | <50) Even though 
their sister had been gone for a long time, still they did not eat, | 
because they are human beings. But although the black crows were 
searching for her, the Uwanam'i | youths who had stolen the girl 
guessed it. And so it was that | they did not find her. | 

In the evening they came back to their house. "Have we all 
come now ?" | (55) the black gods said. "Yes, now w r e have all come." 
"Did she not | become visible somewheres?" the black gods said. 
They asked one another. | They told that none of them had seen 
her. | "But she cannot have died. Because, if she had died some 
place, even if someone had hidden her, | there would have been 
some odor around and we should have found her. Or | (60) there 
would have been some little scrap of bone, or some little scrap of 
her clothing | lying somewheres, and we should have found that. 
So she has not died yet. Over all | the great world we have gone 
about looking. Perhaps | at that place that we came to, even at the 
house of the Uwanam'i she may be staying." | "Very well, one of you 
go ahead and tell them. Tell her parents not to worry. | (65) For 
eventually she will appear." So the black gods said. [ They went 
out to tell her parents. 

The black gods came to Kakima village. They reached the house 
of the ones who had lost their girl. | Then the father of the lost gir} 

Bunzd, Zuni Texts 195 

anikwap ma rnamirte luka yaton*e le'wi ulohnan lana tenvla hon 
unapa a*wal*uka. kwaholt'om tca'le acena'nra. kwa hoi kowitfapte 
an at'e wo^yanre. kwa hoi kowit'apte an sanre ts^napt'holi kwa hoi 
al*anre. kwa hoi suskhol kwa hoi we'ma hoi t'om tca'Pona ela 75 
leantin-al'ukoa teanre. ten e*t li'wanem alahoankwin tahna j£a'- 
tul-ulapna tealan uwananri atsawak ^akwenian ten e*t imo^an'a 
t'omte lesnapte kokona le'a ton a u wana*wa. iskon i*mun ak'a kwa 
^a'^i litonan i*nanren*te icaltema lo'pot'iye. kokokwin*a an e'lactok 
o'koa le'anikwap ti'comaha* ma hinik rnamilte lesna tekan*a. ma 80 
al^a Irl horn tca'le kwaiMkatekwin lito rpalto'ka. t'ewana'kona 
hacinakona rjoijhrte kwa hokantikol a'wi"telakwina 3 ma. ciwan'i 
le'kwan kokona lea'ap ilt elekan'a le'kwap ma is cunte^a an 
paiyatamu kakwen'ona lukniakon t'on yatine'na'wap luknokon 
to^a'wan tecuna*wa. koko kwina an e'lactok o'koa le'anikwap s:» 
ma hinik rnamilte lesnat'ap eleJ^an'a. le'kwa ma lesna te|£an'a. 
ten*at le'kon t'on a*j>enuwa. hos a*ne. tfelinan ko'kci t'on a'want'e- 
wat c u leVwanikwanan koko kwin'a kwai'inam s'yam kakwin a*nap 
ta -< tcic tse'mawalra kwas t'a ya'tema'man ant'ewa^a. 

tcimhol t'ekohati a*wan tatcti yam tsawalj t'as lesanikwa^a 90 
aktsiki temc tfo al*a ? hana yu'tso'ya'nan t'a hi. hanat paiyatam 

asked the black gods, "Now my child, | how was it this day when 
you went about looking over the world? | (70) Did she nowheres 
become visible to you ? For even if she did not appear to you, | 
twilling will happen to you because of it," the priest said to the 
bl.i * k irods. ! "Yes indeed it is so. This day over the whole wide world 
we I have gone about looking for her. Your child has not died. For 
not even a little | drop of her blood is lying on the ground. For not 
even a little fragment of bone | (75) is lying any place. No coyote or 
other wild beast | is dragging about the body of your child. Prob- 
ably yonder to the south | on the shore of the encircling ocean in the 
house of the Uwananri youths she may be staying |. So it is that 
somehow you may find her there. Because she is staying there | the 
rain never comes, although the sky is always full of clouds." So the 
bl;i<k god I (80) said to the one who had lost his daughter. "Alas, 
I t 1 j nk indeed it must be so. | That is why, just when my child went 
cm, ? from here, the rain ended. Every day, | although the sky 
is full of clouds, nowhere does the rain come to earth." So the 
priest I said. "Perhaps somehow it may be all right," he said. "Well,| 
if you tell those who live at Cunte^a, Paiyatamu, they | (85) will 
look for her for you." So the black god said to the one who had lost 
his daughter, j "Well, I think indeed it is true that that way will be 
best," he said. "Well, so let it be. | So you will talk to them over 
there. Now I am going. May you all pass a good night." | So 
the black god said to them, and went out again to his house. | 
And again, because of great thought, he passed the night without 
sleeping. | 


196 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

kakwenikwan yatine'ce t'a ikina tecuna*wa. an elactol^ o'koa yam 
tsawak le'anikwap tsawak pilaknan i*kwani'leyenan t'as i'yo kwa 
i'to'na'man cunte^aiakwin a*ka. isko te'tcinan ko'na t'on t'ewanan 

95 a*teaiye tsawak le'kwan-kwato. ke'tsanici rt'inal^a. t'onc a*wia ? 

le'anikwap tsawak rmuka. paiyatam a*wan mosona aiyala^a. 

si* luk: yaton. ho'na tV lrl a*wona-elateka. i'mat kwahol pena 

te'onak* a li* 1 ho'na to* a • wona-elateka . paiyatamu a * wan 

mosona tsawak'ona le'anikwap ma rnamilte li*l kaki'ma hon 

100 hrwalaye. laktfap ha'i t'ewan horn okana* yaPona yam hecot'an*an 

i tfomt ton hoi lestena kwai'inan kwa hokanhol i'na^ap 1H ho'n 

a'wan anela'wa tecuka rnatikap t'a 1H tecukwa yaton koljwa*- 

kwhra yam hie ko*wi kakwen'ona tenvla tecunapka. tern ta 

a'wan i'natika. e't kwa ta hot acena'ma le'tikwapte kwahol 

5 yu 5 he*tanre a^*a t'a t'ona hon a'wanawanan ak'a tfa ho J tfo^o 

yatinekan i'ya. tsawak le'kwap ma honkwa'ati tenat hon i'te'tcu- 

na*wa. honkwat ilt hon hoi a"wana # wa. hompic kwa ten* hon 

a u wana*wanven t'a lal tVna hon yatinena'wa. tenat yam tV 

^akwin te*tcinan le'nate yam tV a^lacina' yatinen*a. cuntekara 

io tsawalpna leanal^ap ma honkwa'ati. — e* le'na tekan*a. t'on tse*- 
map iko'kcuira. honkwat t'on a'halowil'ap hoi yu^e'tothra. 
paiyatanvu a*wa mo'sona tsawaj^ona le'anikwap ma honkwa* 

90) Just at daybreak, their father again said to his son, | "My 
boy, are you still asleep ? Come, wake up ! Now go again to the 
house of Paiyatamu | and tell them that they should look for your 
sister." So the one who had lost his daughter | said to his son. The 
boy arose and dressed himself and again, poor thing, | without 
eating went to Cunte^aia. When he came there he said, "How have 
you | (95) lived these days?" the boy said. "Come in. Happily, be 
seated. Have you come?" | they said to him. The boy sat down. 
The chief of Paiyatamu asked him, | "Now this day here you have 
passed us on our road. Surely because you have something to say | 
you have passed us on our road." So the chief of the Paiyatamu | 
said to the boy. "Yes indeed it is so. Here at Kakima we | (ioo) are 
living. Three days ago my youngest sister went out from her house ; | 
it seemed but for a little while. But she never arrived at any place. | 
Hawk has looked for her for us and he failed to find her. And again 
yesterday the black gods, | every one of them, went to look for her, 
and they also | failed to find her. 'But probably she has not died,' 
they said. | (5) But nevertheless she has not appeared. Therefore 
we have been thinking of you . And so I | have come to tell you about 
it." So the youth said. "Well, is that so. Well then, we shall try. | 
Perhaps indeed we may find her or else, if we | do not find her, we 
shall tell you over there. So now, when you | reach your house, 
you will tell this to your parents." So the Cuntejcaia | <io) people 
said to the youth. "Well is that so ?" "Yes. So be it. Make your 
mind | easy. Perhaps if you are lucky somewhere she may appear." | 

Bunzel, Z/uni Texts 197 

ati ko'ma so* a'ne. yaVton ko'kci t'on su'nhakanapt'u. le'kwanan 
kwai'inan s*kart a'ka. 

yam kakwin i*nan la^ol cunte^aia ko'lehol an hetocna^oa is 
yam tatcut'ap yam a'wokana* yat'ine ma honkwa* ati hon tse'ma- 
i*ko*kcunaplta. honkwat i'namilte hoi yu'he'totinan lacik yam 
tcawe le'anikwap ta* c tcic cuntekaia paiyatamu a*wa mo'sona 
si* hana 5 ko'ma teat'u kesi. tcuwati ko'na ho'na'wan t'eapkuna 
tfowa ciwan an tcaTona tecu^ap el'ekarra % paiyatanru a*wa 20 
mosona le'kwap ma ak*a ho 5 na*wan to mo'si'ye kole'a tV penap 
isnoko tekan'a. le'anaptp ma imat ak'ap luk pulaka luptsina 
lulj: mo'siye lukon tekan'a le^wanan yam cohkonan luptsina 
ahnan yam teckwan ye'lanan yam cohkonan pu 5 ap pu*laj£a lupt- 
sina kwai'inan a*wan onealan a'na pulaka rmunan lesnol cope*- 25 
akan pou'ap si luka yaton'e horn tca'le li*l ^aki'ma t'owa ciwan 
an tca'le o'koa li'wanan holalaho katul-ulapna tealan hoi uwanam'i 
^akwenan i*me le'anakan'ona to' tecukan'a paiyatamu pulaka 
le'anikwap lahi^a. a-witenakan rtulohnan skwai'ika. ta'tciman*- 
tes lehol uwanam'i a 'wan kakwin a'ka. 30 

ta* c tcic uwanam'i ewactok yam hanlinapkoa e^acto^ona ilapa 
tfas u'kwe'i^a. hacina ko'ma lo'lipotipLp pulaka ulohnan tem'la 
a'witena^an i'tulohka. kwa hoi e'lacto^ona u*nam*en ikwalt i*^a. 

So the chief of the Paiyatamu said to the youth. "Well, is that so ? [ 
Very well, now I am going. After a good day may you come to 
evening," he said | and left. He came this way. 

(15) When he came to his home what they had told him over at 
Cuntekaia | he told his father and his sisters. "Well, is that so ? We 
have made our minds | easy. Perhaps it is indeed true that some- 
where she may turn up." So the old man | said to his children. 
Meanwhile at Cuntekaia, the chief of the Paiyatamu said, | "Very 
well now, come on. Let it be now. Which one of our children | 
(20) had better look for the Corn Priest's child?" the chief of the 
Paiyatamu | said. "Well, since you are our chief, it shall be just 
as you say," | they said. "Well, it seems, since this yellow butterfly j 
is t lie chief, it should be he." he said. He took his yellow flute | and 
st Ins: beside his altar blew upon his flute. A yellow butterfly | 
<2.> c, r out (of the flute). The butterfly alighted on their corn- 
meal road and there | sat fluttering his wings. "Now this day, my 
child, the Kakima Corn Priest's | lost child stays yonder on the 
shore of the south encircling ocean, in the house of the Uwanam'i, | 
so they say. You will look for her." So Paiyatamu said to 
the butterfly. I He flew off. Four times he went around and then 
went out. Straightway | <30) there to the house of the Uwanam'i 
he went. 

Meanwhile the Uwanam'i girls again went out with the girl whom 
they had stolen. | The sky was packed tight with clouds. The 
butterfly encircled the whole world | four times, but nowhere did 
he see the girl. So he came back. | 

198 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

yam ^akwin cuntekaiakwin i'yap iskon aiyalatinapip kwa 

35 ko'lehol yu'hetam'ona pu'laka jJenap ma ko'ma wan e'lacto^ 
o J ko an a lacina'ona ya'tinena'wa. tern t?a tfewa ya'tonan hon 
i*t'etcuna*wa. paiyatam awan mosona le*kwap a'wan suwe e'lactok 
<ykoana a'lacina'ona yatine*kan a^a. kakrmakwin i'nan ciwan 
an kakwan paiyatamu kwatonan ko'na tfon fewanan a*teaiye horn 

40 a*tatcu horn a'tsita le'a'wanikwap lfe'tfsanici ho } na*wan tca'le. 
tfoc i'ya? i'ttna^a. lea*na^ap s'i'mu^a. s 5 an e'lactok o'koa s^te'- 
kunaka. ma lu^a tetinan li*l t'o ho'na a*wona-elate*ka. ko- 
ko'na le*a tVmvwan t'eapkunan homo ulohnan u*na-al*ul£a. ko*- 
lehol peyekoa uhsona ho'na tk) J a*yu J ya"kap uhsona aiyu'ya'na 

45 hon t'ewanan a a te|£an*a. le'kwap ma* rnamilte kwa ko^ehol hoi 
yr^he'ton' team'apte tern t'a tfewanan ya'ton. hon i'te'tcuna'wa. 
paiyatamu a'wan mosona ko'lehol peyekoa an e'lactok o*koa 
a'tinapap ma honkwa'ati lesna hon tse'makwi* ko'kcumvwa. ci*- 
wan*i le'kwap e* le*na te^ana. hos a*ne tsawal?: le'kwanan kwai'- 

50 inans yam cuntekaiakwin a*nap fas tomti leste'na e'lactoj^ona 

a'lacina* antfsuniehna a*wantfewaka s'yu'aco-ten'antiha kwa 

Ica'ki el hoi i'towena*wam*e kwa ^a*J£i el hoi ya'tema'nra yu'aco- 


t'ewap t'as paiyatamu a'tsawak yam pulalja itohpanahna iyama- 

55 kwin ulohn iPona kwai'ijfana^a hie ta^tciman^te jJulu^a itoh- 
panahna lehol iyamakwin tahna wans hie ye*mal$;a. ta'^ic lak u - 

When he came to his house at Cunte^aia, there they questioned 
him. | (35) The butterfly told them how she had nowhere appeared. 
"Very well, then, | let us tell the parents of the lost girl. Again, 
tomorrow, we | shall try," Paiyatamu chief said. Their younger 
brother | went to tell the parents of the lost girl. When he came to 
Kakima, | Paiyatamu entered the house of the priest. "How have 
you lived these days, my | <40) fathers, my mothers?" he said to 
them. "Happily, our child. | Have you come? Be seated," they 
said to him. He sat down. Then the one who had lost his daughter | 
questioned him. "Now this night here you have passed us on our 
road. | In what fashion has your child gone about looking over the 
world? | Whatever he has told you, that you will let us know. 
Remembering that | (45) we shall always live." So he said. "Yes, 
indeed it is so. Even though | she did not appear anywheres, yet 
again tomorrow we shall try." j What Paiyatamu chief had said | 
he told the one who had lost his daughter. | "Well, is that so ? Thus 
we shall make our minds easy," | the priest | said. "Yes, so be it. 
Now I am going, " the youth said and left | <50) and went to Cuntekaia. 
And eagerly hoping for just this the girl's | parents passed the night. 
They were worn out with loneliness. | They could not eat well and 
they never slept because of their loneliness. | 

And again next day the Paiyatamu youths brought out their 
many coloured butterfly, I (55) he who holds the world above. And 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 199 

hot uwanam'i e^acto^ona il*apa t'as u'kwai'L sic awe*hiya 
he'in kwai'inan itiwutcu-kwai'i. tern kwa holomac a'wrkeatona*- 
man pulaka {$:e*la lak u lehol hie a'po'yakwin rtiyula'up tcim yalu 
kvli po't'il^ap laljantapte pulaka tuna-pani'na e^lactok'ona u'naj^a. eo 
hie kohol an u^ahaiyan lacow'ona hie kohol awe*luya*wanan 
koskwap u*nan e*ha! ma lak u t'o 5 rnatinanre tekarra. pulaka 
le'kwanan tcims panrl^a. sic ace hecina pulaka pani^a. yam 
ul^ahaiyan u'na^a tekwin rmuluktana pani'^anan e'lactok^ona 
yakto^a. ciwan an e 3 le tV lrl utce. le'anikwanan yakto'hap 65 
ta* c tcic cuntekaiya pulaka hie ko'homacko'na ukwe'i^a. hie 
tco^ikitin i'keatol^a. e'lactokona s'yatfenap^a. s'il'ajja pani'k:a. 
s'an kakwin ikwalt il*apa a*wi'ka. 
le'na ino*te teati^a. 

THE BOX BOAT (7). 70 

sona #< tci scrnsti ino*te rmvtsa'lja luwalap t'owa ciwan an tsawafe 
hie cocli. yam kwanlea tenrla tosonan yam takuwet'ap yam satowe 
yam awekliwe sic tfonri yo'ka. an tatcu anape'ye iteh-kwaPil^a^a. 
si* tfa tenat tfo* kwa yaiyu'ya'nanre kwa t'om tse'makwin ajj*a 
ho* tewuko'lianre^ana le'anikwanan tenat hoi le'wi hrwala* ya*tci 75 
hoi tcu ele le'kwan tV al*un*a le 3 anikwanan ^apnan iteh-kwai^a. 

straightway the many coloured butterfly | went up far into the 
world above. Meanwhile, yonder, | the Uwanam'i again went out 
with the girl, a great wall of clouds | rising, and she was standing in 
the center. They did not rise very high. | The butterfly had first 
gone up and stood against the dome of the sky. Then afterwards | 
(60) the sky filled with clouds. The butterfly was there ahead of 
them and looking down he saw the girl. | Just the tip of the downy 
feather in her hair peeked out between the clouds. | He saw it 
"Aha! There's no doubt that now you are there!" the butterfly 
said. Then he descended. The butterfly descended very rapidly. 
Stretching out his wings above where he saw the downy feather, 
he descended, | (65) and struck the girl. "Priest's daughter, you are 
in here !" he said to her, and struck her. | Meanwhile from CunteJ^aia 
many butterflies came forth. | They flew up in a swarm. They seized 
the girl and took her down with them. | They brought her back to 
her house. | 

This happened long ago. | 


Long ago in ancient times the people were living at Matsa^a. The 
chief priest's son | was a great gambler. He lost all his clothing and 
his beads and his earrings | and his fields. He lost everything. His 
father scolded him. He threw him out. | "It can't be helped. You 

200 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

isnol al*u*ya. sirnhap ikwal rnan nnrlojf hepokanan antfewac- 
leka t'ewap an a*wo^ana*we holtikol yalaconan kwai'ip yam 
kakwen kwatonan kPl ahnan kwai'inan t'ewankwin tahn a'ka 

o ^apteala ten*a polapot'i a'naiye. pola kum lana elakwin te s tcinan 
apt'si^a. apUsinan ko'kcunan rtcu'nan yamanan hrnina kume 
tfsimvnan aptfsi^a. apt'sinan he*pj%a. he*plinan lepkoskwiw aclta 
tepkoskwi* eleljanan ya'tciljatean t'am'e koskunan ye*maknan 
yam ]£akwin kwatonan hanela hanlil^a. hepalan acnan tcukin- 

6 a'paia acnan kwai'ika. yam kum alkwin te^cinan t'opal^a lenr- 
koskuh^a . kwato^a . 

kwatonan lenrkoskul^a. ljaptealan al*ap inalilitikaka ponol 
a*^a. ponol a*nan l^awionan t'sopa kwatoka. kwatonans l^aial a^a. 
hoi te'tcip yato-kwai'ip yam aVan t'am'e koskwihnan i'ton a*ne. 

o a* — ne. itiwap t'a i*to. t'a su*nhap t'a rto. lesnahol a*ne lesnol 
l£aial a'ne a — a*ne lakhol akw rlohnakwin te'tcip an hanelan 
t'en*aiye ke'si. leskwanan helu hapa! tcimi so' o'ceman acen'a. 
le*kwan a*ne. trcomaha' mahonkwa lol tcuhol i*mo^an*a ? ama ho 5 
we'atcot'u le'kwanan yam a'an tfam'e koskwihnan t'una-kwaPinan 

3 we'atcoka. oh — le'kwap ta* c tcic neVe'kwe tsawak ^atsi^ana'- 

have no sense! Because of your doings | (75) I will not be poor," 
he said to him. "It can't be helped. Now you will go about in all the 
village branches | to whomever you choose." Thus he said to him. 
He whipped him and threw him out. | 

So he wandered about there. Every evening he came back and 
slept in the dirt ovens. | His sisters went out visiting somewhere. | 
Then he went into his house, took an ax and went out towards the 
east. | (ho) Along the bank of the river was a row of cottonwoods. 
He came to a large cottonwood log standing upright | and cut it. 
After he cut it he smoothed it. He lay down and measured off his 
height on the log. | There he cut it. After he had cut it he hollowed 
it out. After he had hollowed it out he made a wooden cover. | When 
the wooden cover was ready he plugged the knot-holes with sticks. 
Then he went up | and entered his house. He stole provisions. He 
made a package of paper bread and a bundle of sweet cornmeal. 
(85) Then he left. He came to where his log was lying. On one side 
he took off the wooden cover. He entered. | 

And after he had entered he put on the cover. It was lying on 
the bank of the river. He shook it and it rolled over. | It rolled over 
into the river and dropped in with a splash. After it had dropped 
in, it floated away. | At sunrise he had come somewhere. Then 
he took out the wooden plug from the hole and went along eating. | 
(90) So he was going along. And at noon again he ate. And in the 
evening again he ate. That is the way he is going. So | he was 
floating along. So he was going along. He came to a winding 
canyon and now his provisions | were all used up. He said, "Now 
I've done it. Now I am going to starve to death." | So he said as he 

E'wivzxl, Zvuibi Tvjote 201 

koa hoi al'u'ya hatia'nan he — tcuwapi I le'kwap t'a kwil*i- 
kana'na we'atcoka. oh — le'kwap ^aptealakwi lanal^we'na 
pani^a^a l^awionkwin te'tcip ho — le'kwap is ho* ^ u ' te lilbna i*tul- 
apka. ko*wi tanhol i'nan oh — le'kwap he* m ^ llha 5 tcuhol tV 
utce 5 le*kwanan ^awrna'kwin rpulahina Kw ^t9^anan kum'e ya- 100 
t'enan kaiyahka. ^aiyahnan leskw^ 11 ^ 11 tcuwatci tV tekan*a ? i 
le*anikwap ho*o ho* utce le^aniky^an ishol a'l ahnan lemkoskwin 
yaktoha le'anikwap a'l ahna* 1 y&ktonap yaltih^a. yaltihap tsawalj 
kwaiMka. tsawak kwai'ip l<?§anikwak;a ti'comaha' horn tca'le 
holtci tV a'ne ? le'anikwa.p lehol su'nhakwin tahna ho' a*ne. hom 5 
hanela t'en'anon^ak'a ho* we J atco J ya le^nikwap si J ana ko'ma hom 
ljakwi le'anikwanans s'il'-a'^a. 

lu'kanakwi il'i te*tcika a'tci kwato^a a*tci kwatop ho'i potfiye. 
t'opa^an a*wotsi t'inayalto a*nap t'opakan a'woka tfinayalto a*nap 
a'tci kwatonan hom a'tatcu hom a*tsita hom tcawe ko'na t'on 10 
tfewanan a'teaiye ? — ket'sanici ho'na'wan tca'le t'oc rya ? i't'ina^a. 
rmu le'anakap rmuka. neVe'kwe leskwanan hanate ho* tca*l 
a u wa^a. iskon a*wo^a ^apat'unap^a ^ayusutip an u'mo^ana^a. 
a u watena'ka tun tenrla kocona'ka. koco*naknan kusap mi'to'l^a. 

went along. "Alas, maybe someone is living around here. Perhaps 
I | might call out," he said. He took out the wooden plug from the 
hole and looked out. | (95) He called out. "O-o-o-o-o-h!" he said. 
Meanwhile Newekwe youth was walking around by a waterfall. | 
He heard him. "Hey ! who is that ?" he said. Then again the second 
time | he called out. "O-o-o-o-o-h!" he said. He came running 
down the river bank. | He came to the river. "O-o-o-o-o-h!" he 
said. There he came around from behind the high bank. | After 
he had gone a little way, "O-o-o-o-o-h!" "Hey! Perhaps someone | 
(ioo) is inside," he said. He jumped into the river and seized the 
log, | (i) and took it out of the water. As he took it out of the water 
he said, "Whoever may you be?" | he said to him. "Why, I. I 
am inside," he said. "Pick up a stone somewheres and strike the 
wooden cover," | he said to him. He picked up a stone, struck it, 
and it opened. When it opened the youth | came out. As the youth 
came out he said to him, "Oh dear! my child, | (5) which way are 
you eoing?" he said to him. "Yonder to the west I am going. 
But my provisions are all used up, so I called out," he said to him. 
"Very well, come, | let us go to my house," he said to him. and took 
him with him. 

He came with him to Ash-Spring. They entered there. When 
they came in it was full of people. | On one side the men were 
sitting on the ledge and on the other side the women were sitting 
along the ledge. | (io) As they came in he said, "My fathers, my 
mothers, my children, how have you | lived these days ?" "Happily, 
our child. Have you come? Be seated." | "Sit down," he said to 
him. He sat down. Newekwe said, "Hurry > I | have found a 

202 Publications, American Ethnological Society VoL XV 

is rtoljana'ka. i'toJ^at'ap lesana'lta si* ho*na _ wan tca*le luka yatoire 
ho'na'wan hecot'akwi tfo* oneal i'kaka. kwako'tci kole'al te'ona^'a 
tV holkon a*ne ? le J analfap ma rnamilte la^ u hol itiwana ho* teaj^a. 
ho 5 tosona-t'erj'lja ho* tosona-tfen*ap horn a'lacina* horn ^apnan 
horn iteh-kwai^a^a. lehol l^aliciankwin tahna ho* oneal a'ka^a. 

20 horn hanela terj'ka. horn hanelan t'en*an ho* ak*a we'atcop horn 
lu^ a u waka. le'kwap hayi ho J na*wan tca*le kwa la'^ima tV 
a*cukwa le*anaknan uhsite t'eHnan otapka tfehna-t'ewal^a tfewap 
canrli pu'ana^a. 

iskon ant'ewaka. awitenakan ant'ewap cam'li mi'to'^a mi'to'knan 

25 cesatopnan ps ula takupnan sato* pikaiapnan sato*pnan tfsiwulap- 
cel^anapnan t'una'konan t'sinaknan a u wati*kona tfsinaknan tfanin 
uknaknan pilan IPan pilaknan an onea mu'lonan uknaknan okcik 
we-takuknan si* si 3 ho'na^wan tca*le ho'na'wan rcoyalanan alj'a 
tV a-nuwa. leana^ap mahonkwahati ko > ma so* a*ne. horn a*tatcu 

30 horn a'tsita t'on l^et'sanici t'ewanan a*teat c u le*kwanan elemakup 
a u wakona il-a*ka. an lelonalkwin te'tcinan lelonan kwatop anal- 
tunan iteh -^aiaka ^aian a*ne. 

child!" Then the women put on water. When it was just getting 
lukewarm they made soap suds. | They washed his hair. They 
bathed his whole body. When they had bathed him they dried him 
and did up his hair in a top-knot. | (15) Then he was given to eat. 
After he had eaten they said to him, "Now, our child, this 
day | to our house you have made your road come. Because of 
something wrong | you were going away somewheres?" they said 
to him. "Yes, indeed it is so. Yonder at Itiwana I lived. | I lost 
all that I had. After I had lost everything my parents | whipped 
me | and threw me out. Over to the west I made my road go. | (20> 
I used up all my provisions. When my provisions were all used 
up I called out | and this one found me." So he said. "Haiyi! Our 
child. This very day you | may not go," they said to him. That 
same night they made him dance. They stayed up all night. Next | 
morning he was initiated. | 

So he stayed there over night. Four times he stayed over night. 
Then in the morning they did his hair in a top-knot. After his hair 
was done I (25) they tied cornhusks over his ears. They put many 
strings of beads with earrings hanging from them close around his 
neck. They put earrings in his ears. | They painted concentric 
circles around his eyes and around his mouth. | They gave him a 
wand. They put on him a blue breech-cloth. They gave him a ball 
of cornpollen | and hung a rabbit's skin around his neck. "Now, 
our, child, with our good wishes ( ?) | you shall go," they said to him. 
"Is that so ? Very well then, I am going now. My fathers, | (30) my 
mothers, may you always live happily," he said. He arose. | The 
one who had found him went with him. He came to where his box 
was lying. He entered the box | and the other closed it for him. 
Then he threw it into the river. It floated along. | 

2?wtvw$, ZZwtvi tFcastd 203 

hol te'tcip itiwap yam acowan altinan t'una-kwai'ip itiwap 
i'to*nan lesna a*ne. hol te'tcip su'nhap ito'nan ljaian a*ne. a'witen 
yato'we a*witen t'ehna'we ^aian a*ne hol te'tcip yatokwai'ika. 35 
s^'^a.... luwala'kwin lo'tekanan leskwanan ana ho* tcuwehol 
tecut c u le'kwanan tena^a. 

ti ta pu*na ti ta pirna 

kucaile paiyat y anru 

he he he he hai hai hai hai hai 40 

le^waka ta* c tcic ko'witean ewactol^ ate ehe koco^e'a. lali^an 
tsipolo ewactok: a*tci yam fthe' koco'ye'a kutelap i'tulapnan 
tfa tenaka* 

ti ta pu*na tita pirna 

kucaile paiyat y anru 45 

he he he he hai hai hai hai hai 

le'kwap ewactol^ ate hatiawa' hayi ha tcirwap we'atco'ya ? 
hapic tene'aci ? a*tci le*kwap ko'wi tean kum i*nan t'a tenaka. 

At noon he had come somewhere. He opened his window and 
looked out. It was noon. | He ate. So he was going along. In the 
evening he had come somewhere and again he ate, floating along. 
For four | (35) days and four nights he floated along. When he had 
come somewhere the sun rose. | So he went. He was approaching 
a village. "Now let me | look for someone," he said. He sang: | 

Tita puna Tita puna | Ti^a Bina northwest 

Kucaile Paiyatamu | 

(40) He he, he he, hai, hai, hai hai, hai! 1 | 

So he said. Now a little ways off, two girls were washing dresses. 
And a little farther on, | two Mexican girls were washing their old 
rags. As he went around the high bank | again he sang: | 

Tita puna Tita puna | 

(45) Kucaile Paiyatamu j 

He he, he he, hai hai, hai hai, hai! | 

So he said. The girls heard him. "Hayaha! Who is calling out ? | 
Or is he singing?" they said. As the log came a little nearer he 
sang again, j 

1 The song is said to be in the Keresan language. 

204 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

tita pirna tita pu'na 
so kucaile paiyat y anru, 

he he he he hai hai hai hai hai 

le'kwap tsipolo a'tc hatianan a*tc i'ka ewactol^ a'tci kunreya- 
t'enan a*tc kaiyahl^a. konant hoi a*tci kaiyahap tsipolo ewacto^ 
a'tc i*fea. a*tc inan kwa*pi ? le'kwap ma luk kunre holon tene*a 
~>r> hompic koye*a hompic we'atco^a a*tci le'kwap tsipolo ewacto^: 
a*tci leskwanan mac el'ea ? ma el*ea ama tena'u hapic kone hapic 
we'atco ewactok le'kwap tena^a: 

tita pu*na tita pu'na 
kucaile paiyat y amu 
60 he he he he hai hai hai hai hai 

le 5 kwap hiya hito le'kwaka. 

le'kwap iskon i'cemal^anapka. a'ho* ewactok a'tci topakeatip 
tsipolo ewactok a'tci topakeatip iyanacna^a. t'oms i^anacna^a. 
toms tepoalaniktela. awana kalitcic ho^a. hon ^aiyah^a. — el'a 
05 ho*na le'tikwanan sic a'yu'te'tcika. i'kwilimakte ryu'tetci^anapka. 
ryu^e'tcipinan ewacto^ a*tci leskwanan hiya ana horn seto'u. 
hon ryalicna rseto'na a'wanuwa. tena tcuhol tfsumetun'ona* te*- 

Tita puna Tita puna | 

(50) Kucaile Paiyatamu | 

He, he, he he, hai hai, hai hai hai! | 

The two Mexican girls heard him and came. The girls seized the log | 
and took it out of the water. They could hardly lift it out of the 
water. Then the two Mexican girls | came. "What is it?" they 
said to them. "Why, this log is singing | (55) or else it is crying, or 
else calling out," they said, The Mexican girls | said, "Is that 
right ?" "Yes, that's right. Now go ahead, sing, or else cry, or else j 
call out," the girls said. He sang: | 

Tita puna Tita puna | 

Kucaile Paiyatamu j 

(60) He he, he he, hai hai, hai hai hai! | 

So he said. "Now listen to that!" they said. | 

Then they quarreled about it. The two Indian girls were on one 
side | and the two Mexican girls were on the other side, and they 
pulled at the log. | They almost fell over backwards. "Get out of 
the way! It belongs to us! We took it out of the water!" "No, | 
(65) it's ours !" they said. So they got very tired. On both sides they 
made each other tired. | When they all got tired the two girls said, 
"Oh dear, put it on my back. J Let us take turns carrying it and go 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 205 

tci^ap an te^arra a'tci le*kwap si* ko'ma i'namitte le*tikwanan 
ewactok a'tci rsetcrka. notekla s'a'tc seto'ye. ko'w a*tc a'^ap 
tsipolo ewactok a*tc i'seto'^a. tomt ko*w a'tc a'^ap a'tc i'seto'hap 70 
yam acowan torn koskwihnan t'una-kwai'ip tsipolo ewactok a'tci 
hie a'tc ekcrkci. a*tc e'lomomona lal a'ho'i ta ,c tci a'tci ci'kanaiye. 
kwa ate hie hot ko*kcam*e lesn a'wu'nan t'am koskunan i'seto'hap 
inahhke'a. kwa holomac set-a*nam*fe:a. etcetpatil^a. etcelpatip 
a'up tsipolo elacto^ i'seto J up yucana tcupatciya kwa yu'ktanre 75 

a'tci yam kakwin seto-te'tcinan a'tcia tatcu kwai'inan kop 
leak* ? holjan t'on kum'e set-i*ya ? a'tcia le J anikwap holon tene J a 
hompic koye*a hompic we^tco'ya. makwac ama tena'u tatJcat 
kone tatfeat we*atco hapic kop t'i'kwe'a ? tenaka. so 

tita pu*na tita pirna 

kucaile paiyat y am'u 

he he he he hai hai hai hai hai 

le'kwap he hi'to. hie tso*ya peye'a. hoi iana te'tcip hon afc'a 

hewicna'wa. le*tikwanan yam tekwanan elulanan u'kwatonan 85 
itowenap^a. i*towena*wap a'tfsan a'te^na u'kwai'inan i'kocna 

And whoever is the strongest | and gets it there, it will belong to 
her," So they said. "Very well, that is true," they said. | The two 
Indian girls put it on their backs. They were carrying it upside 
down. After they had gone along a little ways, | (70) the two 
Mexican girls put it on their backs. After they had gone just a little 
ways they took it from their backs. | He took the plug out of his 
window and looked out. The Mexican girls | were beautiful girls. 
They were white as snow. And the Indian girls were dark. | They 
were not very pretty. After he had looked at them he put the plug 
back in the hole. When they took him on their back | he shook 
himself so they did not carry him very far. Their arms got numb. 
When they got numb | (75) they put him down and the Mexican 
girls carried him. He stayed quietly against their backs. It was 
not heavy | and they went carrying it. | 

When they reached their house their father came out. "What's 
that for? Where did you get that log you are carrying?" he said 
to them. "Well, either it sings, | or else cries, or else calls out. Now 
go on and sing, or else, | <so> cry, or else call out, or else what is it 
you have to say ?" He sang: | 

Tita puna Tita puna | 

Kucaile Paiyatamu | 

He he, he he, hai hai, hai hai hai! | 

So he said. "Now listen to that! He talks nicely! When our feast 
comes J (85) we'll make money with it," they said. They set it up 
in their yard, and went in. j They ate. While they were eating the 

206 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol* XV 

a'wulacop yato^an pLma'wa{£ a a kume kusnan o'jjol^a. o'kop 
a*t?sana unulaptcona*wap tsawa^ el-ule. t'siwulapcehiajia no*tekl 
el-irle. no^ekl el-ulap a't'san u'kwatonan lestikwanan tcuwakon 
90 utce kumana. — mac el'ea le'kwap el'ea tfsiwulapnajJa pilan IPana 
kutciye. t'a okcik we-takuye. le*tikwap kakwen J on i'^acetinan 
trkwaPi^a. u'kwaPinan un-ulaptconapka. o'konan tet'unan kwatop 
aiyulacina. he — hrto le'tikwanan hana ki'l aha. le'kwap a*wan 
tatcu kwatonan kPl lea kwai*ika. o*konan kwato^anan ho^antikol 
95 as'elup le — kwi. kum i'cokwilka. tsawal^ kwaPi^a. ti* hai t'oc 
utcuka ? le^ana^ap e* le'kwap il*ap u*kwato^a. 

iskon tsawa^on i'to'^anapka. si* ho'na'wan tca'le luknianan 

to* tse'mak-tfelakwi^an'a. le'anal^ap iskon tsawajj; rtahl^a. tsipolo 

ewactoj^on a'tcia yil'u^a. lesna teaiye. holomac t'ewap kwahol 

ioo i*ya*se i*to*nan kwas alimana'ma. kwa alimana*men t'elap ewactok 

] a*tc alap makaiakwin tahna a'hoMte luwala*kwin a*l^a. te'tcip 


kwatonan hom a'tatcu horn a'tsita horn tcawe ko'na t'on t'ewa- 

nan a*teaiye ? — ^et'sanici i't'inalja. le J ana^ap rmup s'an wo'lati^a. 

s na'le cilea'we hewe a'wo*latiJ£ap i*to*^a. eletokn rtovnan s'an- 

i?ewa^:a. tJewap canrli pilaknan sV^a. tsipolo ^akwenikwi te'tcip 

children came out and were playing | around. In the heat of the sun 
the dry log cracked. When it cracked | the children ran around 
looking in. ''There's a young man standing inside! He is striped 
all over! He is standing upside down!" | While he was standing 
there upside down the children went inside and said, "Someone | 
(90) is inside that log!" "Is that true?" they said. "Yes, he is 
striped all over and is wearing a woven blue breech-cloth | and a 
rabbit skin around his neck," they said. The people in the house 
rushed | out. As they came out they stood around looking in. They 
looked through the crack. | He looked respectable. "Now look at 
that!" they said. "Go on, get an ax!" they said. Their | father went 
in and came out with an ax. He put it in the crack and somehow | 
(95) pried it open on one side. Crack! The log split in two and the 
young man came out. | "Well, were you inside ?" they said to him. 
"Yes" he said. He went in with them. 

They gave the youth something to eat. "Now, our child, these | 
will be your loved ones," they said to him. So the youth married 
them. | He lived with the two Mexican girls. Thus they lived. 
For a long time | <ioo) they ate some kind of hot stews. He did not 
like them. And because he did not like their food, at night, when 
the two girls | <u were asleep, he went to the south to the Indian 
village. When he got there he went in. | 

He went in and said, "My fathers, my mothers, my children, 
how | have you lived these days?" "Happily, be seated," they 
said to him. He sat down. They set down foodfor him. | <5) Venison 
stew and paper bread they set down for him. He ate. After he 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 207 

an a*woy a'tci leskwanan hokam tfo* i'ya. eha ho* kwaPiljan a*lja. 
le* a'tci anikwap lesnahol teaiye. 

lesna eletco'ya t'elap tsipolo ewacto^: a'tci rpisatifea. a*tc 
utcul^a. t'opa telPtokwi utcuknan hacin an latsin kwai'i^ap t'elap 10 
iyam acowakwin yam t'anin ehvnan kwai'inan a*l£a. a'ho'ite 
hiwalakwin te'tcinan kwatonan horn atatcu horn a'tsita horn 
tcawe ko'na t'on t'ewanan a'teaiye ? j^e't'sanici le'ani^ap i'mup 
i'to'kana'ka. iton tcunap le* wo'la'tikap leskwalja si* horn a'tatcu 
horn a'tsita hom tca'we lu^a t'eiinan tVn ho' tet'unakan*a le'- 15 
kwanan kwai'i^a. 

yeliahvnan t'ewankwin t'una yeliala'nan si J hom a'tatcu lul^a 
t'ehnan'e J£al hom t'on ona-elatena*wa. le'kwanan yam t'ani'n 
tahkanan ha — hai hai hai hai le'kwap ne'we'kw' awitelka. 
mikayut'ap mo'tealat'ap melu'natap mo'laknanat'ap mo'tcikwat'ap 20 
kwahot kaiyu tenrla wo'pon a'witel^a. tenrla a*wi*ap tsawak 
yehkup crtin-kwatoka. ho we — ho we — ho we lal hanre 
lestikwanan ho we — otin-kwatoka. oti'-a'wulohka — imtepinan 
i't'ina^a. kwahol ^aiyu* yam wo'jionap a'wi'kona wo'tunapka. 
wo'tunan sVwa^a. tsawak ant'ewa^a. canrli tcim t'ekohatip 25 
kwaiMnan s*a*ka. yam utcukwi te*tcinan aconan kwato^a. kwa- 
tonan utcap lesna tsipolo a'tci i'to'l^e'a. kwa V^'P i'to'mVma. 

had eaten pleasantly | he stayed there over night. Next morning 
early, he arose and went. He came to the Mexican house. | His two 
wives said to him, "Where have you been?" "Nowhere, I just 
went out," I he said to them. That is the way he lived. 

So he went back and forth. One night the Mexican girls were 
annoyed. They | <io> locked him up. They put him in the back room 
and bolted the door tight. At night | he stood his wand in the upper 
hatchway and went out. He came to the Indian | village and went 
in. "My fathers, my mothers, my | children, how have you lived 
these days ?" "Happily" they said to him. He sat down. | They gave 
him to eat. When he had finished eating they put the things away 
and he said, "Now, my fathers, | (is) my mothers, my children, this 
night I shall show you wonders," he said. He went out. | 

He stood on the housetop, facing the east. "Now my fathers, this 
night J here you will pass me on my road," he said. He stretched 
out his wand. | "Ha-a-a-a! Hai! hai! hai! hai!" he said. Then all 
the Newekwe came. | (20) They came bringing roasting ears and 
squash and sweet melons and watermelons, and peaches, | and all 
kinds of wild greens. When all had come the youth | went first 
and they went in dancing. "Howe! howe! howe!" they said. And 
then others | said, "Howe! howe! howe!" They went in to dance. 
They went around dancing. Coming back | they sat down. They 
put down all the vegetables which they had brought with them. | 
(25) Then they went out leaving them there. The youth stayed there 
over night. Early next morning, just at daybreak, | he went out and 

20? Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

yatonkwatop t'elikwitip kwaiMnan t'as a*ne. te'tcip i'to'ljana- 
|fat?ap kwaiMnan yam atatc rcemapt'as a'wryapt'as o'tin-kwatoka. 

mo lesnahol elute a'teaiye. 

ankohal^a. ankohanan ainana^antiha. su*nhap kwaPinan a*^a. 
a'ho'ite luwala'kwin te^tci^a. te'tcip i'to'^ana'^a. i*to*n-tcunap 
leskwanan si* hom a'tatcu horn tcawetfewa yaton* ho 3 yalakwai'hra. 
lu^a t'ehnan yam ulohnakwi ho* oneal a*kan*a le'kwap ma 3 imat 

35 hon akc-a'nuwa. ma hon wo*sl-a*wa'nuwa le'tikwap iskon luwale- 

ma|a. an aiacina*we ^akwen-ulan temla u'kwaPinan s'ljal 

a'wa'ka. t'ewap canrli tsipolo a'te'tcip hiwaPona lestikwanan 

hofomacko tekwi a'wa^a. holon t'elinate kwa yt^he'tarrre. 

l^at a*wa*ka — . hrpinakwin a*wi*nan tsawak leskwanan si* hom 

40 a'lacina'we wan yulal^ati. le*a*wanikwap an a'lacina* i't'inal^ap 
tsawa^ kwatok:a. hom atatcu hom a'tsita ko'na t'on t'ewanan 
a'teaiye ? — ket'sanici. it'inapi. kec tV iya ? — ho* iya ke*si. 
yam o*ye yam tcawe ho' a'wil" iya. — ma homkwa^ti ma' el'e. 
ho} yam ulohnakwi tfo 5 te'tcina t'o* yam a'lacina*we antekunahna 

45 holon yaiy^ya'nakanuwan yam kole'a pena* po*tca pe'ye'kona 
kwa uh'son aiyu'ya'nanre. torn hecot'an utshva. tV iskon te}£an*a. 
toman akwanak'a t'oman tfewusu penanak'a an t'eapkunan ciwuna- 

went. He came to the place where they had locked him up and 
went in through the hatchway. | Then he was inside, and the two 
Mexican girls gave him something to eat, but he never ate. | When 
the sun set, at dusk, he went out and again went there. When he 
came there they gave him something to eat | and he went out and 
he called his fathers. Again they came and they came in to dance. | 
(30) Thus they lived joyfully. 

Then they found him out. When they found it out they were 
going to kill him. In the evening he left and went there. | He came 
to the Indian village. When he got there they gave him to eat. 
After he had finished eating | he said, "Now, my fathers, my children 
tomorrow I shall be gone. | This night, to my own country I shall 
make my road go." So he said. "But perhaps | (35) we may go 
together." "Why, we shall all go along," they said to him. 
Then they arose, | his parents, his whole household came out. | 
They came hither. Next morning the Mexicans came there. The 
people of the village said, | "They went off somewheres far away. 
Perhaps during the night, we cannot tell." 

They came hither. When they came to Ash-Spring the youth 
said, "Now, my | (40) parents, let us wait here," he said to them. 
His parents sat down. | The youth entered. "My fathers, my 
mothers, how have you | lived these days?" "Happily, be seated. 
Have you come?" "Yes, I have come now. | With my wife, my 
children, I have come." "Well, is that so? Well, that is good, j 
When you reach your own country, you will ask your parents | (45) 
whether they have enough sense. Whether all the bad words 
which they have said to you, | they no longer know. Then he will give 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 209 

Ibarra. le'a'napip. ma honkwa so* a*ne. tfon ^etfsanici tfewanan 
a*teat c u le'kwanan kwai^a. kwaPip s^al a*wa'ka. 

ma'tsa^akwin a'wi'lja. ko*wi teanhol yam a'tacina* tinanan so 
wanani tomt t'inat'u ko*wi tenala'ap ho J i*yan*a. le*kwanan sVJt^a. 
yam^akwinte'tcilta. ye'maknankwatol^a. kwatonan horn alacina*- 
we ko > t?on t'ewanan a'teaiye* — Jje'tsanici. i'mu leVnal^ap les- 
kwal^a kwa ho* rmucukwa. ho 5 hecik;a le'kwap ma ko'mas pene 
an tatcu le'aniplp ma i*namitte. horn t'o > itehkwaPil^anan hot 55 
le* luwala'we a'tfapana tse'mak-tfelakwi ho* teatunona horn tV 
anhetocna horn to 5 yaknah^atapte yam hecot'akwi ho* ikwalt i\k:a. 
kwa ho* sanva teanre. horn a*woy a'tci a'tcia a*tacina*we ho* a'wil' 
rya. holon yam pena po'tca peye'kona lehol lesnun'a holikol 
hecot'an'e hom t'ankohatipa hon isko*n a*tepura. t'a holotap 60 
h;rlo le'anikwap raa' honkwa'ati le' hanate an tepicna'we le'kwap 
topa ^akwan an tepicna^ap kwaPinan yam a*woy a'wil' i'fea. 
u'kwatonan awe'nan hrtet'sina'ko okunan u'kwatolja. tcuhol 
a'wacuwa^an i'y a P alu'u^anan pu'anan lesnahot a*teaiye. ko'wihol 
tfewap ti^an la'ka. 65 

le'n ino'te teatikon ak'a le* ne'ti^an tana. 

le* sem kon'i^a. 

you his house and there you will stay. | By means of your medicine, 
by means of your prayers, his children will increase." | So they said 
to him. "Well, is that so ? Now I am going. Happily may you al- 
ways | live," he said and went out. He came out and came this way. | 
(so) They came to Ma'tsa^a. When they were a little ways off he 
told his parents to sit down. | "Wait, stay here. After a little while 
I shall come," he said to them and went. | He came to his house. He 
climbed up and went in. He came in and said, "My parents, | how 
have you lived these days?" "Happily, sit down," they said to 
him. | He said, "No, I cannot stay, I am in a hurry," he said to them. 
"Very well, speak," [ (55) his father said to him. "Indeed it is so. 
You threw me out. | You ordered me to go and live with my loved 
ones in any town where I could find them. | Even though you let 
mr ?o from you, I have come back again to my house, | but I am 
iii > i j< me. I have brought with me my two wives and their parents. | 
Perhaps if you take back all the bad words which you said to me, 
then in whichever ] (eo> house you may let me have, there I shall live. 
Or otherwise, | if you say no, it shall be no." Thus he said to them. 
"Well, is that so ? Hurry up, sweep for him," he said, j They swept 
the other house and he went out and brought his wives back with 
him. | As they entered the doorway they put a mark of ashes before 
the doorway. They went in. Whoever | came in to talk to them 
was caught and initiated. So they lived. After a short | (65) time 
they had a large society. 

This is the way it happened long ago. Therefore the Newe*kwe 
have a large society. | So short is my tale. | 


210 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 


HanMpirj^a hiwala^a. hie tehtfsinan Ko'kci t'ewaua^ona u*- 

70 pinapa. tfewana* a*tsawal£ okcik lata^al^ a'walu^a. ta* c tcic ciwan 
an tsawalj: kwa ^a — ki kwaPikwanve a*witen ok:an a'wil'i leshol 
antikweka taptat o'keik lata^ana^aira Uewana* a'ts'awa]^ o'keik 
iatal^aj^ a'walu'ya. tfewana* o'keik wo*j5una a*wrtela. ciwan an 
ewactok yam papa le'antikwap ma e*te kwa kwahol ho' leak 

75 il'anre. le'na* teht'sinan a'tfanap kwahol ho'n tcuwa lea ya*naj£an*a 
al£ hon tcuwa kwa it'sumana'ma hohio hon tcuwa lat-al'un*a 
tsawal^ le'kwaj^a. an a'wo^a ma imat hon tJoman tepiwem'e 
ki^ana*wa. u'hsona tfo* uptca*wacnan tV lata^an'a e'wactok; 
yam papa le*antikwa ma* hana' ko'ma tsawalj le^wap a'wo^a 

so s'an tepiwem'e Jppinap^a. s'uhsona kiyap s'uptca'wac^a. ta ,c tcic 
an a'wol^a s*an hanelan-acna'wap t'as upinatela tewana*kona 
tfehna* yatowe upina*witela tsawak ant'sumeh ant'ewaka. 

t'ewap tcim tfekohatip pilaknan s'kwanileyaka. yam uptca*wac- 
kon s^yuli'^a. yulinan s*an a'wo^a apilaknan s'an i'to'we ele- 

85 Jtana tsawalj iyo s'i'to'pi. kwa hot al'ukwanre ol£ ikna po'ule. 
te 5 tc ho 5 i tea > kona. s'rto'n tcunenan an a'wo|a an hanelan pe- 
hana*wap tsawa^yam tepiwem t'sana yrkwahma'nan yam hanelan 
i'seto'nan kwaPi^a ike'si. 


The people were living at Hanlipinka. It was a good winter. All 
the time | (70) it snowed. And every day the boys went rabbit 
hunting. But the priest's ] son never went out at all. He had four 
sisters. These | said to him, "Now why don't you go to hunt 
rabbits ? Every day the boys | go out hunting rabbits. Every day 
they come bringing rabbits." Thus the priest's | daughters said to 
their brother. "Well, but I have nothing to wear. | (75) The winter 
is dangerous this way. Someone must give us clothing | so that we 
may not feel cold. Then we can go around hunting somewhere." | 
Thus the boy said to his women folks. "Well, then we will tan a 
wildcat skin for you. | That you will make into boots. Then you 
will hunt." Thus the girls | said to their brother. "Well, all right, 
hurry up!" the boy said. The women | (80) soaked the wildcat skin 
for him. When it was wet he made boots. Meanwhile | his women 
folks prepared provisions for him. Then again it snowed, every day | 
and at night. During the days it snowed intermittently. That 
night the boy passed anxiously waiting. | 

Next day, just at daybreak, he arose and dressed. | He drew on 
the boots that he had made. After he had put them on the women 
arose and prepared food for him. | (85) Poor boy, he ate. He never 
went out but sat inside like a woman. | Only thus had he lived. 
When he was finished eating the women wrapped up his provisions, | 

Bunzd, Zuni Texts 211 

kwai'inan lalhok u piclankwin tahna o*kcik lata'kwe awan 
onaten'a sV^a. tsawalji ocikwin t'unaye*makna u''lale wetok a-- oo 
ne tsawa^: kw* al*ukwam*e hie anrina tcimna'kwe kwaPi. lesnos 
a'ka — . s'hol a*tsawal£ okcik tata*kwe a'teana* paltokwin tte*- 
tcinan isnakonhol lecoko'kona o'keik a'tecu al*uya kes iyo kw*ap- 
ikwanve tsawalji. hoi imat lem cokon alkwin te'tcip lesnol okceik 
a*teanan kwatonap t'una-kwatop lo*te o'keik a* ho'ktin kcos- 95 
kwap tsawak; halicotinan s J as kwatoka as-kwatonan anahkwvai- 
ikanan le-elaiye. kwa ko^ehol ainatuno'na yu'he'tanrep yram 
tepiwem t'san ak*a o*kcil£ pehanan s'yatcucleka. o'keik he'tc'alirna- 
cap okcik acip les pehanan rleanan t'a lem cokon al'an t'una-kwattop 
t?a fop utcap as-kwatol^a holomactean utcap wans a'le teculka. 101 
konanthol hecot'apkatean a'le a u wanan le-r^a. le-rnan lem cokoona 1 
s'ainaka t'omt hoi fowa'ana. ta* c tcic t'opakan yatona'koa tcuiwa 
tsawa^ okcik lata^aka al'un'ona anhatia*nan sMnkwin a*ka. ttem 
hie tsawak okcik u'tcana lem cokona a*l ak'a aina as-kwatomap 
tsawa^ona yelPawela'nan kop tV leye'a suwe le'anikwap tssa- 5 
wak tfunatip elaiye. tsawak he*mokona ko'macko*na okcik seto**ye 
ma ho* \r\ okcik ana-kwail^aen t'a t?op u*tcap a^ ho* as-kwatelijpte 

the boy put his little wildcat skin over his shoulders, put his pro- 
visions I on his back, and now he went out. 

He went out and went to the north along the trail of the rab bit 
hunters. | <90) The boy crept along in snow-drifts as deep as Ms 
knees. [ The boy never went out, he was weak and now for the first 
time he goes out. That is how | he went. Somewhere he reached the 
end of the tracks of the rabbit hunters. | So there he went about 
looking for rabbits in all the hollow trees, the poor | boy who never 
went out. Now it seems somewhere he came to a hollow tree lying 
down and there were a rabbit's <95) tracks going in. He looked in. 
Nearby was the tail of a rabbit, showing at the entrance. Eagerly 
the boy put his hand in. He put his hand in and pulled the rabbit 
out. I There he stands holding it and doesn't know how to kill 
it ! I He wrapped up the rabbit in his little wildcat skin, and stam- 
ped on it. He made a mess of the rabbit. | When the rabbit was 
dead he wrapped it up the same way and took it. Then again he 
looked into the hollow tree lying on the ground, | aoo) and again 
there was another inside. He thrust his hand in. It was further in. 
So wait, he went to look for a stone. | d) So with great trouble he 
brought a stone from some ruins. He brought it and hit the hollow 
tree. | He just hit against the wood. Meanwhile, on the other side 
of the hill, some | boy who was going around hunting rabbits, heard 
him, and went to where he was. Just | as the boy had killed the 
rabbit with a stone where he was inside the hollow tree and reached 
his hand in, | (5) the other youth came and stood beside him. 
"What are you doing, younger brother?" he said to him. | The boy 
looked up. There he is standing. The boy who was skillful was 


212 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

holomac utcap al£ ho' isno a'le tecu^a is sunhakwin tahna 
tepofealan ko'nanthol ho* a'le a u wanan le-rnan alj ho* HI e't lem- 

10 cokona ainepte ko'tci lo'o tsawak amin'ona le*kwap ama la*la 
tfoman ho* utci c tu tsawal^ okcik seti'kona le'kwanan a'l aiyonan 
lemcokona ainaka. konanthol ate lemcokona kuhmokanan s'a*tc 
ana-kwai^a okciko koplea tfo* ^e*la yam anakwai'i^a'koa tV 
ainaka. kopleap hie t'omt hatcipon*e tsawa^ le'kwap ma* 

is yam luk tepi'wenre t'san aj£ ho 5 pehan acnan ho* yatcucle^a 
tsawak amin'ona le'kwap kwa lesna lu^ni a* wan haitocnan 
teanre horn irna le'na to' ainan*a le'kwanan okcik sakwikoa 
yatfenan no'tekla piya*nan lacoktikoa yaktocap s'okcik acep 
tci'kwati! le'na lu^nia a'wan haitocnan hie iyo tV yam lje*la 

20 anakwai'i^a'koa tV jiotca antewn^a le'anikwap kwa tern Ua 
kolehot ho* okciko aina^ana^an'ona horn tatcu anhe'tocnam'^a. 
tsawa^ le'kwap ma le'na honkwat hoi t'a tV onahkananan horns 
tV u'naj^a. — lesnol ho* s'ainan'a tsawa^ amin'ona le'anikwanan 
— Irwanem. su'nhakwin tahna t'anaiya*kwin hie elanaiye lekon 

25 tV a't'u tsawa^ al'ulan'ona le'kwanan hapictfom ho* okcik patci*- 
t c u? tewu'tca so* onah^a. ko'tci hie a*yukti t'om ho* jJatci c nan 
tern tfa lol ho' onahl^an'a hekwatcic ho' elana tenapi tsawak 

carrying many rabbits on his back. | "Well, I made one rabbit run 
out of here, and now there is another inside, so I reached my hand 
in, | but he was too far inside. Therefore I looked for this stone and 
over there to the west | on the hill I finally found this stone and 
brought it, and even now | (io> I am killing him here in this hollow 
tree. But it's awfully hard," said the boy, the stupid one. "Well, get 
out of the way | and let me get him out for you," said the boy who 
was carrying the rabbits. He took the stone from him | and struck the 
hollow tree. Finally they broke the hollow tree. They | made him 
come out, the rabbit. "Now how did you kill the one that you 
brought out first ? | How is it that it's all in a mess ?" the boy said. 
"Well, | (15) I wrapped it up in my little wildcat skin and stamped 
on it," | the stupid boy said. "That is not their custom. | Now 
watch me. This is the way you should kill them," he said. He held 
the rabbit by the legs | with his head hanging down and struck 
him behind the ears. The rabbit died. | "Now that is their custom. 
Alas, poor thing, the one you first | (20) brought out! You have 
done wrong to him," he said to him. "Never before | did my father 
instruct me how rabbits should be killed," | said the boy. "Well, 
you will do it this way, if perhaps you again have good luck. | Now 
you have seen me." "That is the way I shall kill them," the stupid 
boy said to him. | "Over this way to the west among the trees 
there are many of them. | (25) Now you go over there," said the boy, 
the one who was a great hunter. Or else, let me divide my rabbits 
with you, | for I have great good luck. They are terribly heavy, 
so I will divide them with you, | and then perhaps I shall have 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 213 

le'kwanan an a*wokana*wona antse'man sekwat okcik ak*a hanta- 
klrca. — tV yam kakwin te'tcinan to* penuwa tV yam a'wokana*- 
we yatinenan horn tV antepen*a suwe okcik patci%a. t'a luk'ona 30 
horn okcik lata ani^aka tV le'kwanan yam a'wokana* yatinen'a 
tsawalj le'kwanan an a*wokana*wona okcik a^*a hantakKcnan 
iskon a*tci rwo'ptsi^a. 

su'nhakwin tahna tsawak kwa t'ehwa t'enapanr'ona a*nap tfehwa 
t'enajtona e*t anhetoc^a tomt tV rtsiko'liyal^ajra kalem tV ikwalt 35 
kwai'inan lil tV yam teanakwin rnan yu'camlitapte tfo's a*nuwa. 
lHnol al'unte ace* su*nhap kwa kokcam'e. holomac hon l^akweniye. 
elanat t'as ujftnan rya l^esi le'kwap t'as iya c hie le* u^ajla la*na. 
ma tenat isnol ko*wi ho* al'tura lesa^atip hon tV ko'na anijjeyen- 
5 ona camlitapte hos yam ^akwin a*nuwa tsawak amin'ona le'kwanan 40 
lamok u su'nhakwin tahnas a*ne. hekwat upinaiye sic' upi 3 a^'a 
tekwitco tcimhol t'anaiyakwin kwatonan kwa tern lal holnol 
topintholt'apte okcik ainana'man nomilta'tci s'alun-kaceti^a 
tomt tonhol ikna halicotinan hehe ya'ana ho^antcimat ho' i'^a 
ho^antcimat ho* anuwa ho^antcimat horn Jjakwe honkwa li'wan 45 
hompic liwan hompic e*t lekon*te ho* t'un-elaiye le'kwa ko*macko* na 
tse'ma. tse'map sic ho^anamaceko'na a*nuwa Ua e*t we'atco ha- 

good luck again. For indeed, I know where there are many," the 
boy said. He was thinking about his sisters, so he was generous to 
hi m with his rabbits. | "When you reach your house you will talk 
to t hem. You will tell your sisters, | oo) you will talk to them about 
me. My younger brother divided his rabbits with me. He taught 
me I how to hunt rabbits,' you will say. You will tell your sisters." 
So the boy | said. Because of his sisters he was generous with his 
rabbits. Then they | separated. | 

The boy who did not know the places went to the west. | (35) The 
one who knew the places had told him to go there. "You will just 
go around the outside. Then you will come back here | to where 
you started out. Then when you come to your own tracks, even 
though you think it is early, you will go back. | For to be out here 
late in the evening is not good, for we live far off. | And moreover 
there is more snow coming now." So he said. And indeed again it 
comes, great flakes of snow. | "All right then, I will just go around 
a little while. When the time comes as you told me, | <40) even though 
it is early. I shall go back to my house.' 1 So the stupid boy said, | 
and went far off to the west. And now indeed it was snowing. | The 
air was dark withsnow. Then right away he entered the wooded 
place, I without having killed a single rabbit anywheres. Finally 
he lost his way. | He was just going like one who is crazy. "Oh dear, 
oh dear ! Now which way did I come ? | (45) Now which way shall I go ? 
Which way is my house ? Perhaps this way, | or else this way. But 
perhaps this way that I am facing," he said. He was greatly 
worried. He worried which way he should go. And so he called out 

214 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol, XV 

cina upinan rkrtfap kwa tcuhot anhatianam'e tern e*t hc^inairte 
we'atcojta hacina urjinan potfan ak*a kwa teha'tanve kwa tcuhol 

50 anhatia*nanre lesnol s'isnokonhol ko*wi ts'ana al'mrte su'nhap 
isnokon ho'ina^owa tenrlas yam l^akwin a'weletco^atap ta* c tcic 
a'lun-kacetin'ona isnakon te'tci al"u*ya ^csi. kwas yam ^akwin 
a'na^a sic t'elikwitip tcims upinalta rt'ehwa^ap kwahot tcuhol 
teananre tJanaiya tenvla uVwolipap kwa sic hokanhot i #> kowa an 

oo yu'he'tanre e*t hie tcim yam kakwin i*na yam tcimna'kwe o'keik 
teana' t'atfana lulj teana elairte kwa sic ho^anhol yam i^kona 
kwa sic an yu'he'totina'ma. lehapa t?a lesnol al'un'on ho! ts J awafe 
t'aphoh" icalte'ma po'uli te*tci ho'i tea'koa tcimna'kwe telipalto- 
kwin kwai'inan s'a'lun ^aceti*. 

60 ta* c tcic an a*wokana*we s'aincokyan rnati hinik antfewan'iha. — 
ten lat al'unan i'teni^ap hot ko'lea yanikwanahna o*tsi antfewanan'a 
a*wan tatcu an tsit'onat'ap an awo^ana'wona le'a'wanikwap 
ana* ko'ma el hon rtse^ananrce homkwat ilte hoi ant'ewa hom- 
pic em*a ona^anan ayuktap ak*a lol wetok rya an tsita an a*wo- 

65 ^ana* le'tikwanan yam tse'makwi* ko'kcuna a'peyep homkwatcic 
hoi yam alun-kacetco'yan'on aj^a kwa rna'ma lesnates tfelikwitip 
mas imat lolo antfewan*a. 

But the air was packed full of snow so no one heard him. Even though 
there were still people there, | he called out, but because the 
air was packed full of snow the sound would not carry. No one | 
(50) heard him, although some of them were right there, hunting 
a little ways off. In the evening | the people who had been there 
all went back home. Meanwhile | the one who had lost his way 
werit around always in the same place. | He did not go to his 
home. When it was quite dark the snow cleared, but there were 
no | tracks. The trees were all covered with fresh snow. Which way 
he had come | (55) he could not see. Indeed, although he was by the 
tree where on first coming from home he had seen the rabbit | 
tracks, on coming out from his home, even though he was standing 
right there, which way he had come | he could not tell. So it was, 
the boy who had never gone around this way before, | but had 
always stayed quietly at home, the one who had lived like that now 
the first time had gone out into the wilds | and lost his way. 

(60) Meanwhile his sisters gave up waiting for him. "I think he 
will stay out over night. | Because if a man goes hunting and is 
delayed by something he should know how to take care of himself, 
over night." | Thus his father said to his mother and his sisters. | 
"Well, all right, let's not worry about it. Perhaps it is true. He is 
staying somewheres over night. | Or else he had very good luck and 
he is coming slowly because his catch is heavy." Thus his mother 
and sisters | (65) said. They cheered up talking about it. However | 
the one who had lost his way did not come. When it became dark 
this way, | "Well, perhaps I shall stay out over night." 

Bunzd, Zuni Texts 215 

le*kwanan su'nhakwin tahnhoi lalhok u s'a'^a. akwin panrna- 
kwin tunayala'nan hinik liKap elepwra le'kwanan s'akwekwin 
kwatoka. kwatonan s'isnol ele tecun tuna'walup lesnol ^awe-pani*- 70 
ljatean ku'loctap lekonhol s 5 a*l$:a tsawajp kuloctan tuna*-kwatop 
tfekusnuli kwa t'ej^rnanre e*ha honkwa liltfap elekaira le^wanan le* 
yam okcik rsetohnan kwatoka ^e'si. ku'loctekwin kwatonan yam 
okcik powan a > unan lesnos i*mu^a. jJoa^a. ticomaha' kocikatela. 
kwa akli'wanre an't'ewana^ukwa le'kwanan ama ho* akluira rte'- 75 
tcit c u le'kwanan isnokoirte ku'towowona'kona lakwimo yam- 
tconan as*usunan acka ya*l£anan kwaPinan la' hapok tfsikwacnan 
ahitsikanan s^'muka. s'i'munans asusuka — poaye ah — konant- 
hol ma*l^e* acl^a s'akluka ele aklikap luhapa homkwatc heko acerra 
ho 1 lehati^a kocikat le'nhol akli la*na antfewanan ho'acenacukwa. 80 

tsawalj: le*kwanan le's yuptcacnan s 5 u*ptca rkuskal^a wekwi* 
ikus^anan s^kwal yu'ptcenan tcims i'tow i'tse'makunan kwa tfa 
yam okcik la'kowa kwatikol i'tonanren mu'le te'tci rtowen poa- 
pilap ta ,c tcic lal i'yanra piclankwin tahna tcuwa hapa e'le j^akona 
tfelaps ryaiyu'ya'Janan yam ^akwen kwaPi^a. e'lacto^i kwaPip 85 
tsawakon* akl ankohanan ljeatap ah kop isthd telina le'kwanan 
hap e'laclok ikwalt kwatonan yam mo'kwatihnan i'mokwel^a 

So he said and went towards the west. He came down an arroyo 
and looked | over the edge. "I think it will be all right in here," he 
said. He entered the arroyo. | <70> He entered and looked around 
seeking a good place. There where the water had come down | was 
a little clay hollow. He went there, the boy. He looked into the 
clay hollow. It was dry | inside. It was not wet. "Good! I think 
here will be all right," he said, | and went in now carrying all his 
rabbits. As he entered the cave he | laid down his bundle of rabbits 
in the entrance and sat down that way. There he was sitting. "Oh 
dear! this is imposible! | (75) One can't stay over night without a 
fire!" he said. "Let me try and make a fire," | he said. Then right 
there in the clay walls he broke off a root, | and made a fire drill. 
When it was finished he went out and gathered sticks. He took off 
the bark | and shredded it. He sat down. He sat there bending over 
drilling. Finally | the bark glowed. He made a fire. When it was 
burning nicely he said, "How fine! 'Now maybe I am going to die,'| 
(80)1 thought. But not so. Here I will stay like this over night with 
a big fire and I won't die." | 

So the boy said. Then he pulled off his boots and dried his 
boots. I Then he dried his feet and put his boots on again. Now 
he thought about eating. He had not yet | eaten any of the rab- 
bits he had killed. He ate only one piece of bread as he sat | 
by the fire. Meanwhile, above towards the north, some ghost girl 
who lived there | (85) and who came to life at night, came out 
from her house. As the girl came out | the light from the boy's 
fire rose. "What has happened over there?" she said. | The ghost 

216 Publications, American Ethnological Society Voh XV 

Jje'si. ko*homaceko'na u^alapte i'owa mok-wa- ko*koi yam pito- 
yalun ahnan i*pa*unan kwai^^a ke'si. kwaiMnan tsawajjona akK- 
90 kwin s*a*netfu'nayalup la^ol manika tsawa^ona aklap lalhok" s*a*l£a 
hap e*lacto^i tsawaljon aklan iy am * a tuniy alanan tsawaj^on 
acuwa'lja. tfoc inve ? tcuwapi ? holnaptfo* pani'ka ? tsawa^ona le*ani- 
kwap li'wane*ma ma^aiakwin tahna ele isnokon ho* kwato^a 
tsawa^ le*kwanan ti'comaha* tcuwapt'on la*]£ o^a lonol al'u*ya ma 
95 imatek tfon tcuwa o^an'te yam t'ehwa tenapi ak'a t?on tcu al'u*ya 
tsawal^ le*hatina tse*man yam aklan po&-pilap kwato ke'si. e*lac- 
to^i toms akololotin kwato. 

rt'elakunan tsawakon* aklikwin te'tcinan t^awa^on ani^i^a 

horn tatcu horn tca*le ko*nat'o* su'nhapj$:a ? hap e*lactok tsawa^ona 

ioo le*anikwap l£e€sanici horn tsita horn tca*le tcuwako*na t'o' t' e ^& n " a ? 

l hoKkona hiwalanan t'o* te'ona to^an-a tnn.wn.V hap e'lactc^k le*- 
anikwap li*l tealtan hon a'teaiye hap e*lactol£ le*kwap ti'comaha* 
haiyi le*tean loc t?on a'teap ho* a*lun-kacetinan li*l ho* we*atconan 
al'uka lesnates t'elikwitip ljalem ho* kwatonan li'l ho* tunap lrl 
elet'u lestenap li'l ho* kutelan kwatonan e*t ho* kwa* akliwam'e 

s an'tJewa tse*man ho* poa*^a. ho* akhi i*tse*makunan isnol lakwimo 
ho* a'wantehahp a'kusnap ak ho* asusunan acnan ho* asusu^a^a 

girl went back into her house. She took her moccasins and 
put them on | now. Although there was deep snow lying outside, 
she put on her fine native moccasins, | and taking a white robe and 
wrapping herself in it, she went out now. She went out and went 
towards the boy's fire. | <90) She looked over the edge. There, way 
below, was the boy's fire. She went there. | The ghost girl was 
above the boy's fire and stood looking over the edge. | She spoke to 
the boy. "Are you staying here? Who are you? Where did you 
go down?" she said to the boy. | "Oh somewhere over there to the 
south is where I entered," | the boy said. "Alas, what kind of 
woman are you that you go about here at this time of night ? | 
(95) It seems, even though you are a woman, you know your way 
around. You are someone that you go around thus." | So the boy 
thought, as he sat thinking by his fire. Now she is coming in. The 
girl | enters in falling rocks. 

She touched the bottom of the arroyo, and came to the boy's 
fire. She greeted the boy. | "My father, my child, how have 
you come to evening?" Thus the ghost girl said to the boy. 
(ioo) "Happily, my mother, my child. Whoever may you be? 
(i) Of which one of the villages are you a native?" the boy said to 
the ghost girl. | "Here above on the mesa, we live," the ghost girl 
said. "Alas, | is that so ? Do you live right here ? And here I lost 
my way and went about calling! [ Then when it got dark I came 
in here. I looked in and thought here | (5) would be all right so I 
came into this clay hollow. So then I | sat thinking how I should 
pass the night with no fire. Then I thought about making a fire. 

Bunzd, Zuni Texts 217 

ho* ma^e 1 kwaPiljanan ho 3 aklunan wan so* u*ptca* rkuskijja ho* 
tenrla i"kusfca*en tcims aJg/a i*to* poa-pilap horn tV a u weatcopi. 
ho 3 teclati^a tsawak hap e*le le*anikwap ma lil t'om ahonan 10 
^eatap al$:*a ho' kwatonan ho* penap ko*ma lu*u. imat tcuhol 
antfewat'o* il'i yemakt'u horn le*anakap al^a ho* rmokwenan kal 
ho* tfom cemakan paniyu le*kwan hap e*lactok yose^e^a. kwa tcu- 
hol ko anikwananrapte tsawaj^onan aklin una 4 halicotinan sanra 
te*tci cema rtse^akunan a^*a cemap. tcuwap ma tsawakona is 
ceman hapura ? sam'a kakweye kwa yam tihkwahna ho*i team*on 
afc'a tsawa^ona aklin unan sam'a te*tci yam cema i*tse*maku- 
ko*ak a cemaka. 

paninante horn ha'kapap a^'a t'om ho* rnatinanre yam plkwin 
t'om ho* il* a*nuwa hap e*lactol£ tsawa^ona le*anikwap tsawa^ 20 
irnap u*lalapte towa mo'kwapa ma rmat lol lo'te tewunat tV 
towa mokwap tsawalj le'hatinan tse*mana'ma ma ko'ma wan 
i'to* tern t'o* i'tokat'ap tcim hon a'nuwa imat lol hrte to* ^akweye. 
tsawa^: hap e'lactol^ona le*anikwap wan a'tci i'wolel^a. hap e'lactolj: 
kwa i'tonanran tsawakona il* a'n*ihap ta* c tcic tsawalj jJenan 25 
tern to* i'to^atap honkwat tcim hon a*nuwa. hompic kwa hon 
a'cukwa. ho* ya*t*sana tsawak le*kwap kop ma 5 le*a*ana uhsi 
peyenMha t'a hon ko*macko*n hoi luwalan lanaphoh tomt ko'wihol 

I broke off roots right here | and tested them so see if they were dry 
and made a fire drill and drilled for fire. | When the fuel glowed I 
made a fire. While I was waiting I dried my boots. I | dried myself 
all over and then as I was sitting here by the fire eating, }^ou called 
1 mo. ! (io) I was frightened," the boy said to the ghost girl. "Well, 
I saw the red glow of your fire | rising so I went in and told them. 
'Very well, go. Whoever | is passing the night there you will bring 
up with you,' they said to me. So I put on my moccasins | and 
came down here to call you ." Thus the ghost girl said. She deceived 
him. Nobody | had said anything to her. But when she saw the 
boy's fire she became crazy and all alone | <is> decided to come for 
him. Therefore she came for him. Who indeed | would send her to 
call the boy? She lived all alone. She was not a decent person. | 
Therefore when she saw the boy's fire she decided all alone to come 
for him, j and therefore came for him. 

As she came down she said, "They told me not to fail | (20 ) to 
bring you with me to our house." Thus the girl said. The boy | 
looked at her. Although there was snow on the ground she was 
wearing white moccasins. "Well it seems it is close by since you | 
are wearing white moccasins," the boy thought. Thinking this, 
"Very well, first ] eat, and after you have eaten we shall go. It 
must be close by that you live," the boy said to the ghost girl. 
Then they argued about it. The ghost girl | (25) wanted to take the 
boy away without eating, but the boy said, | "After you have eaten, 
then perhaps we shall go. Or else I won't go at all. 1 1 am ashamed," 

218 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

tean* hon kakweniye e'lactok le*kwanan kwa sic ampikwe*nam*e 

30 tsawaljona il' a'n^hap ta ,c tcic tsawa^ kwa a*na' antecemananre. 
imact hoi e J lacto^ona rto'l^an'iha. 

ma ko'ma i'to* tern t?o J rtokatap tcim hon a*nuwa tat'cat kwa to* 
rto'nanrap kwa ho* akc a*cukwa tsawak le'kwap hap e'lactok 
imat imact hoi tsawa^ona il* a*niyahnan ma ko*ma okcik a^*a les- 

35 hap tcim ho* i'to'ira e J lactok le'kwap topinte ho* aj^an'a tsawa^ 
le'kwap ma hol'o kwili yam tap ho'ma'n tV aj£*a tcim hon rwiH 
i*to"n*a e'lactolj le'kwap tsawak e*t yam okciJ£ itcema^a t^¥°l 
tenala'ap tsawak elemaknan tcims yam okcik powan citci'atrfea 
kwili okcik aiyutteana a*tci a*tci akcihnan a*tci a^'aka l^e'si. 

40 a*tc akwa a*tci at'ihnan tsawa^ yam hanelan ahnan kwili mir- 
yatinan ahnan t'a ^ap ah'nan iskon okcick a*tcia yaltonan muyati 
wo'tunan si ko'ma l^alt i'mu hon rtoce tsawak le'kwanan 
em' aklu^a t'ekohati hap e'lactok yant'ekwhra poaye. tsawalj 
e'lactol^ona itonhaka ma ko'ma ho 1 i*to*tu le'hatinan is yam 

45 okci^ ak'a^oat'ap mu'yatinan homan wo*lpo J up tcim ho* i*to*n*a 
e^actok le^wap kwa tfa a^ol hapa te'ona tsawak anawanam'en tcic 
ko^lehol haitocap lesnate ante'u^a tse J map lesna yacekoa a*- 
wito^ana^a tomt kwahol wolpo^ap ahap i*towena*wapte imat 

the boy said. "Well why do you want to talk like this ? | There are 
not many of us. It is not a big village, only a few | houses where we 
live." So the girl said. She could not pursuade him. | (30) She 
wanted to take the boy away with her but the boy did not want to 
go. | He really wanted to have the girl eat. | 

"Very well, eat. Then after you have eaten we shall go. Or else, 
if you | do not eat, I will not go along." So the boys aid. The ghost 
girl [ really wanted to take the boy away with her. "Very well, roast 
the rabbits. | (35) I will eat that," the girl said. "Shall I roast one ?" 
the boy | said. "Oh no, two. You will roast one for yourself and 
one for me. We shall eat together," | the girl said. But the boy 
wanted to keep his rabbits. | After a long time the boy got up. He 
untied his bundle of rabbits. | He picked out two, the two smallest 
among them. He roasted them now. | 

(40) When they were done he took them from the fire. The boy 
took his lunch. He took out two | loaves of bread and laid them 
down on a flat piece of wood. Then he laid down the two rabbits 
with the bread. He put them down. "Very well, sit here. Let 
us eat," the boy said. | He made a large fire. It became light. 
The ghost girl was sitting in the shadow. The boy | told the girl to 
eat. "Very well, let me eat," she thought. "This your | (45) rabbit 
which you have roasted and your corn bread, throw into the fire for 
me. Then I shall eat." | the girl said. And even then the boy 
did not guess that she was a ghost. | Whatever she asked, just so he 
did for her. He might have thought this is the way the dead are fed. 
Whenever one puts anything into the fire when it burns the ghosts 

Bunzd, Zuni Texts 219 

kwa hie tsawalj uhsonhoi tse'manam'en an okcik attrnan an mu'- 
yati atfu. ^eci tsawa^ le'kwapa tcims ho* i*ton*a e'lactok le'kwanan 50 
icelte'ma tekwinakwin tuna-poaye kwa aJ£ol hapa te'ona tsawa^ 
anawanam'en tsawalj sanra i*to*-poap ta*'tcic tsawak okcil£ wol- 
poa'koa sVt'capip yant'ekwnra poanan teamtfea^e'a ti'comaha' 
imat hie tcuwa tfo^o aiyutcian*a tewuna* ist ho* wolpoa'koa imat 
a't'capipa imat uhsona t'oc itowe'ya tsawak hap e'lacto^ona le'hatin 55 
antse'man poan*te kwa t'a hie les'anikwana'ma. 

tsawak i'to'n tcunenan yam i'tokate'an le* yam hanela* a'unan 
sVlactolj les'anikwaka temc t'o i*to*wye'a e'lactokona le'anikwap 
tern ho* ito*wye'a hie t'a to* at'u homan t'o* enra wolpoaka. hap 
e'lactok le'kwap tsawak lesnol poapilap okcik wotpoa'koa tern* I 00 
a*t'capi tcims teamtfeaka tcunap kec tfo 5 i*to*ntcuneka ? tsawa^ 
le'kwap ma so* i'to'n-tcuneka si'ana tcimi horn ^akwi hap e'lactok 
tsawakona le'anikwap ele lilkon'te horn okcik wo'til^ajra. tsawak 
le'kwap hol'o hokanhol kwahol wenre i*nan t'oman i*to*n*a e'lactoj^; 
tsawakona le'anikwap kocikat'el'ea a'kliye wenra* a*wo*se kwa G5 
le'na aklikwinhol wenra* rcukwa tsawa^ le'kwap ko*na hekwat 
akli t'ewanuwaho'li aklalip hokanhol wem* rnan t'oman i*to*n'a 
e'lacto^ le'kwap e'te kwa ho* yam okcik wo'punan a*cukwa ho' 
ya'tfsana tsawa^ le*kwap ma ulat' i'seto'u ta horn kakwin t'o' 

eat it, but it seems ( the boy never thought of that. He scorched 
the poor rabbit for her | (so) and he scorched the poor bread. "Is 
that all?" the boy said. "Now I shall eat," the girl said. | All the 
time she was sitting with her face in the shadow. But even then the 
boy did not guess that she was a ghost. | The boy sat eating alone. 
Meanwhile when the rabbit which the boy had put in the fire 
burned, she sat shading her face and smacked her lips. "Oh dear! 
Indeed it seems that you are someone wise. Now it seems that which 
I put in the fire | (55) is burning. Indeed, is that what you are 
eating ?" Thus the boy thought about the ghost girl. | He sat there 
thinking about it but he didn't say anything to her. | 

When the boy finished eating he put down what was left of his 
lunch where he had been eating. [ He said to the girl, "Are you still 
eating ?" The girl said, | "Yes I am still eating. It's too much ! You 
put too much in the fire for me," the ghost <eo) girl said. So the boy 
sat by the fire. When the rabbit which he had put into the fire 
was all [ burned up, then she stopped smacking her lips. "Now have 
you finished eating?" the boy | said. "Yes now I have finished 
eating. Come on now to my house," the ghost girl | said to the boy. 
"Is it all right if I leave my rabbits right here?" the boy | said. 
"No, if some wild beasts come they will eat your rabbits," the girl | 
(65) said to the boy. "Of course not! There is a fire. The fierce 
wild I beasts would not come where there is a fire like this," the 
boy said. "Oh yes! Of course | the fire won't last like this all night. 
When the fire goes out the wild beasts will come from somewheres 

220 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

70 seto-te'tcip hoi t'oman tcuhoi rto-mvwapholi e'lacto^ tsawakona 
le*anikwap tcims tsawak yam okcik i'seto'up e'lacto^: yehkup 
tsawal^ yam okcik rseto'nan ryalup sVtci kwai'il^a akwe'a. e'lac- 
tok yam kwato^atea'kona tsawakona s'il'ikwaiM^a. 

s'yam kakwin il* a*ne. a*tci tepo^alan tcim tunayatop iskoirte 

7. r > an l^akwen jJo'aye homkwa sam'a l^akweye ho* al'un-l^acetinan 
ho* we'atcon al'ul^a hinik e*t horn t'on anhatianap^a tsawak le'- 
hatina tse^an s'an kakwin a*tc i'tiyu'la'up an acowa'kona ahona 
kwai'ilenajja a*tc a'koa s^'tc rtiyula^ka. s'a'tci kwatoMyahnan 
hap e^actolj tsawakona lesanikwaka kwatonan t?o* horn a'lacina*- 

80 *ona tfo* yanikhra hap* e*lacto^ tsawakona le'anikwap sVtci 
kwato^a. a'tci kwatop kwa tcuhoi utcanre lesnapte tsawak tcimte 
kwatonan vanilla horn a'tatcu hom atsita ko'na t'on tfewana* 
a'teaiye le*kwapa ket'sanici tone a*wia i't'inaka il*i kwaton'ona 
hap e^acto^ yaman'te ansewa^a^a kwa tcuhoi u'tcanre sanra 

8:> kakweye yaman'te i*mun haitoca kwa sic telokatil^ana > m*ap 
tsawa^ yam okcik i'setohnan letsilo kwatonan'te t?am yala*nan 
yam okcik-jjowan rjiya'nan t'ekohanakwi yatop hap e'lacto^: kwa 
sic ihahinanre ^ewoVo'kwi sM't'inaka le'kwaye'nap tsawa^ lesnol 

and eat your rabbits, "| the girl said. "But I can't go carrying my 
rabbits. I | am ashamed," the boy said. "Oh, you'd better put 
them on your back, and if you bring them to my house | <70) no one 
there will eat them for you," the girl said to the boy. | So then the 
boy put his rabbits on his back. The girl went first. | The boy 
followed her carrying his rabbits. They came out of the arroyo. 
The girl | took the boy out at the place where she had gone in. | 
She took him to her house. Just as they looked over the top of 
the hilJ there | (75) her house was standing. "So you live alone? 
Oh dear! Right here I lost my way. | I went around shouting. I 
think you must have heard me," so the boy | thought to himself. 
They came close to her house. From the windows the red firelight | 
shone out. Then the one who was going there came close. As they 
were about to enter | the ghost girl said to the boy, "When you 
enter you | <80) will greet my parents." So the ghost girl said to the 
boy. They | entered. When they entered there was no one inside. 
But even so, as soon as | he came in, the boy greeted them. "My 
fathers, my mothers, how have you | lived these days?" he said. 
"Happily. Have you come ? Be seated." The one who had brought 
him, | the ghost girl, herself answered his greeting. There was 
no one there. Alone | (85) she was living. She herself bade him 
be seated. She did not keep quiet. | The boy took his rabbits from 
his back and on the rung of the ladder just where it entered | hung 
his bundle of rabbits. He stepped out into the firelight. The ghost 
girl | was excessively polite. "Be seated," she said again. He sat 
down. I 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 221 

i'munan lesnol tunawuloco* ti'comaha' hai loc t'on a'teaiye do 
holtcimat ma t'om a'lacimvt'ap Uo* sam inre le'hatina tsawajt 
tse'man poayattap ta'tcic hap e'lactok kwa sic tsawa^ona an- 
hitia'na'ma lesnol an yalketce'ye'nap an*a el lesnena'ma ho' 
yu > te > tcil^a tsawat le'kwap ko'm ana so* i'pewet'u le'kwanana 5 
elemaknan yam pewi wo'tihnan akhkana'koa pewu^a. pewunan 95 
sPana ko'ma hon ryu 5 tet?cinace ko*macko*na tV al'uka hap e'lacto^ 
tsawa^ona le'anikwanan les u'ptcac^a lc u'ptcacnan akli^ana'koa 
s J an a'kuskan wotapila*nan s'il* itcu^a. s'a'tc alka. 

imatcic ka*Jp t?as alaphol t'as ujjinan rka yam yu'te'tciko'a^'a 
tsawak t'esakaian alan'te uprnaknan u*-rwo*li§ap yam te*pi 100 
wenrc t'sana anahnan aman'te i'yaltonan yam ya > te > tciko > a^*a 1 
alaniVwa ta #< tcic se'kwat upinatfewa. tcim t'ekohatip o'kwijja o'kwip 
yam kakwan kwato'koa aiyu'ya'na o'kwip kwa hoi Kakwanre 
tfunatip ^a^amackon hoi hecot'anan yalakwePkoa tfomt a^apo 1 - 
ulapnan tcu'ale. an hapa sawe ke*si ko'na wo*lap hapa sawe an 5 
sakwi'koa wo'lap he* — yalakwei^a tcimi ke*si! hai lenhoc tfo* hoM 
honkwatcik hie hiyawolucna t'ekohananan tkr'o ho'i ho* le'hati^a 
le*kwanan yam l^isPkona le* hap a* sawe wo'tunan yam sakwPkona 
hapa sawe wo'tunan s'rmuna-pilaknan yam uptca u'lalan wo*- 
lohnan hecina yu'ptcenan yam okci^ letsilona powan piya'koa 10 

(90) He sat looking around. "Alas, is it here that you are living ? | 
But wherever are your parents that you stay here alone?" so the 
boy thought to himself, j as he sat on the ledge by the wall thinking. 
Meanwhile the girl was getting very impatient with the boy. | She 
loaned against him. "Oh now, don't do that! I'm | tired," the boy 
said. "All right, I will fix the beds," she said. | (95) She got up and 
took her bedding. She spread a bed by the fireplace. When it was 
spread out | she said, "All right, come now, let us rest. You have 
w;i Hcod about a great deal." So the ghost girl | said to the boy. She 
dn -\ nff his boots. After she drew them off | she put them down 
by the fire to dry them. Then she lay down with him. They slept. | 

And now it seems that sometime while they were asleep again the 
snow came. And because the boy was so tired | (ioo) when it snowed 
the snow covered him over, even as he was lying there on the bare 
gr< "ind I (i) He picked up his little wildcat skin in his sleep and drew 
it r him, and because he was so tired | he slept soundly all night. 
An ■!■ it snowed all night. Just at daybreak he awoke. As he 
woke up j he remembered having gone into a house, but when he 
awoke there was no house. | He looked around for a long time. There 
were just walls fallen into ruin and | (5) piles of rock all around. And 
still lying there were the bones of the ghost. Just as she had lain 
down were the ghost bones. | They lay beside his legs. "Hey! Now 
indeed I am destroyed ! Are you this sort of a person ? I Indeed I 
thought you were a decent daylight person, so I thought," | he 
s aid. He took the ghost bones from around his neck and from 

222 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

kwa hoi letsilon piyanre tfomt a'J^ajJoan alulaye tfomt homkwa 
hap e'lactok a*ni t'elap te'tci kakwen ko'kci tfekohatip t'omt 
a^apo'ulapnaiye t'omt homkwa Uelap te J tci hap e'lacto^ ho*i Ko'kci 
t'ekohatip yam tciralairte yam ho'i ko'kci i'tcuwaka tean'te 

15 homkwa an sakapoal^a honkwa les hoH. 

tsawak iskonhol yam okcik rseto'nan a^apoan kwai*inan tun- 
elap tcim yatokwaPip e*ha- honkwa liwanem yatokwai'i ma hinik 
yatokwaPinankwin ho* t'un-a*nuwa. hinik li'wankona horn kakwe- 
lpkra tsawalj al'un-kacet^kona le'kwanan t'ewankwin tahn hoi 

20 a*nap ta^tcic hap e'lactok imat kohol alewu. kwa sic hoi tekwin 
atun'ona an yu 5 he*tam*ep s'iskonthol yam antfewa^a te'anthol 
i*tulaptcon*te t'as su*nhap t'elikwitip t'as hap e^actok tcims t'a 
ryaiyu'ya'kanan fas tapana i*^a. 

inkwin te^cinan koplea ana horn tV etci-kwaPilja hap e'lactok 

25 tsawalc'ona le^nikwap ma e't ho* yam kakwin a'n'iha tsawa^ le*- 
kwap ma ulat lal hon a*ce yam jdakwi t'a tenat hon rtse^ak- 
t'elakwi* teaiye ^:e*si. hap e'lactok tsawa^ona le*anikwap kwa e't 
tsawak antecemana'ma t'as sewahkanan t'as yam ikakwin il*-a*nap 
ta* c tcic tsawa^ kwa yam kakwin rna^an tfas su'nhap tsawa^ona 

30 a'wo'ptmvwe i'tse'me'a. honkwat ho'mvwan otsina hoi ace^a 
tewuna' kwa i'na'ma le^ikwanan an a'wov^ana'we kwa r^etsa- 

between his legs he took the bones and sat up. He unearthed his 
boots from under the snow | uo) and quickly pulled them on. He 
looked for the bundle of rabbits which he had hung on the ladder, f 
but they were not on a ladder but just lying on a pile of rock. "I 
suppose | this is the ghost girl's, only at night it is a fine house. By 
day it is only | a pile of rocks. And I suppose it is only at night the 
ghost girl is a good looking person. | By day, though she lies down 
as a good looking person, where she lay | (is) there is only a pile of 
her bones. I think she is that kind of a person." | 

Then the boy took his rabbits on his back. He left the pile of rock 
and stood looking about. | Just then the sun rose. "Oh yes ! I think 
on this side | the sun is rising. Well, I think I shall go facing the 
rising sun. I think in that direction | my house may be." So the boy 
who had lost his way said. He went towards the east. | (20) But 
meanwhile the ghost girl had done something to him. He could not 
tell which was the way | to go. And he just went in a circle around 
the place where he had spent the night. | Then again in the evening 
at twilight, the ghost girl | came to life. Again she followed him. | 

When she came to where he was she said, "Oh dear! Why did 
you go off and leave me ?" So the ghost girl ! (25) said to the boy. 
"Well, but I was going home," the boy said. | "Well, rather let us 
go to our house. It can't be helped for we | are married now," the 
ghost girl said to the boy. But | the boy did not want it. Again she 
made him consent and again she took him to her house. | Meanwhile 
the boy did not come to his house. Again in the evening the boy's | 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 223 

namen yam pPlaciwani cemanap^a. pPlaciwan'i a*wan ^akwin 
i*^a. horn a'tsi'ta horn tcawe ko'na ton su'nakanapka. le*kwap 
ket'sanici rtfina^a le'anal^ap pPlaciwan rmup ewactol^ luwale- 
maknan wo'latuna si* i'to*na*we le'anakap pi'laciwan i'munan 35 
rto*^;a i*to*n tcunenan s'i'tehkunal^a mas a*peye imat kwahol pena 
te'onaka horn tfon cemapka. pPlaciwani le'kwap ma rnamilte ho*- 
na*wan otsina tecukwa camli okcik latal^an a*nan kwa i'na'man 
ant'ewa'en t'a luka yatonan hon aincokyapap kwa rna'man 
sirnhap t'as lesnate t'elikwitip ak*a tV ho'na'wan itehkunan*a 40 
le'wi ho'na'wan tcawe a*tsawa^ okcik latal^aka le*w ulohnan lana 
woh'aiya-pot'iye honkwat hot tcuwa tomt hoi teanant'apte holi 
tat'cat hoi tcuwa laltema^a t'apte holi tatfcati elatap hoi tcuwa hie 
acuwaka'en lol ho'na yatinep uhson hon aiyu'ya'na a'want'ewan*a. 

tsawak'ona a*wol$:ana*we pi'laciwani le'antikwap ma honkahati 45 
tenhol yu'he*tothva c kwa yalakwe^tun teanre pPlaciwan'i 
le'kwanan. kwaPinan sVe'atcon itulap^a. hiwaPona rhatianan 
tetunakweMlep we^tcoye^ tecukwa camli ciwan an tsawa^ 
iceltema pVulikoa trkcik lata^a*en kwa rna^an ant'ewa'en t'a 
luk yaton kwa rna'man su'nhap aincokya rnatinan a}£ horn iteh- so 
kunan ha^apap aj£ ho* li'lno tVn ho 5 yantehkunacan al'u. honkwat 
hoi ton tcuwa una^a^en tfon yatinep uhsona aiyu'ya'na a*want'ewa- 

(30) sisters were worried. "Maybe our brother has died somewhere ? 
I Even now he does not come," they said. His sisters were not 
happy. ] They summoned their bow priest. The bow priest came 
to their house, | "My mothers, my children, how have you come to 
evening?" he said, | "Happily, be seated," they said to him. The 
bow priest sat down. The girls arose. | (35) They set down food. 
"Now eat," they said to him. The bow priest sat down | and ate. 
When he had finished eating he questioned them. "Now speak. 
Surely because you have something to say | you have summoned 
me," the bow priest said. "Indeed it is so. [ Yesterday morning 
our brother went out to hunt rabbits. He did not come | all night. 
And again this day we have awaited him. And | (40) in the evening 
;;he did not come. Now again it is getting dark, therefore you will 
make inquiries for us. | All of our children, the young men, have 
gone out hunting rabbits. Over the whole country | they have 
spread out. Perhaps somewhere one of them has just seen his 
tracks. ! or else perhaps someone has seen him from far off. Or else 
perhaps someone [ has spoken to him. If he tells us this and if we 
know it then we shall pass the night." | 

(45) Thus the boy's sisters said to the bow^ priest. "Well, is that 
so ? I Somehow you will hear of him. He has not been destroyed," 
the bow priest | said. He went out and went about calling out. 
All the village heard him. | They looked out. He is calling out; 
"Yesterday morning the priest's son, | the one who always stays 
at home, went out to hunt rabbits. He did not come last night. 

224 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol, XV 

nantiyahnan al^ horn itehkunan hake'na'we. le ? kwan pPlaeiwan'i 
hiwalan we'atco rtulapap a'tsawak tcuw etcame an a'woljcana'wona 

55 antse'man tcuw etcame tsawa^ona tecu peye'a. 

ta ,c tcic hap an kakwan kwilikan'a'nap ant'ewan'iha hap e'lacto^ 
t'as yam kakwin tsawakona il*i te*tcip tsawak tunap e*t te*n 
ljakweye ti'coma e*t ten kakwen'e kopiclea tV ho'i imat honkwat 
Uo* aiyutcian'a tewuna' tV t'ekohatip yam to* l^akwen'e yalakwe*- 

60 lel^e'a tsawak le'hatina hap e 5 lactol£ona antse'mam t'as an kakwin 
kwilik;ana*na a*tci te'tcinan tV kwatonan horn tfo* a*lacina*wona 
tV yanikhva le^anikwap ma le'hapa ho* aiyu'ya'na tsawa^ le'kwap 
a'tci kwatonan ko*na t'on su*nha}£anap^a tsawa^: le'kwap ta ,c tcic 
hap e'le yaman*te t'as ansewac^e'a. rt'inalpi le'kwap tsawak t'as 

65 yam o*kcik rsetohnan tfas yam piya*nan letsilo kwatonan t'am- 
yala*nan t'as piya*nan rmup lesnol atci t'as imo^a. tomt ko*wi 
tenala'ap tfas hap e'lacto^ i'peweka. t'as ate ah^a. 

tcim tfekohatip tsawak pilakup kwas tfa ^akwam'e. t'oms t'a 
Jjakwen tea'koa a'Jcapow'ulapnan tsawa^ pilaknan yam o'kcik 

70 jjowan i*seto*nan yam ant'ewalja tean kwai'inan t'ewankwin 
tahna t'as a*J$:a. fas imat hap e*lactok tsawakona kohol alewup t'as 

And again | (50) this day he has not come. In the evening they 
waited for him. But now they have given up. Therefore they have 
had me inquire about him. | Therefore I go about asking all of you. 
Perhaps | somewheres one of you has seen him. If you tell them 
that, when they know it they will be able to pass the night. | There- 
fore they have bid me inquire." So the bow priest said | as he went 
about the village calling out. Everyone of the young men desired 
his sisters | (55) and so everyone was talking about looking for 
the boy. | 

Meanwhile at the ghost's house he was about to stay overnight 
for the second time. The ghost girl | again came to her house with 
the boy. When the boy looked there, now indeed | there was a house. 
"Oh dear! Indeed, now there is a house! What kind of a person 
are you ? It seems | you are wise since at daybreak you destroyed 
your house. | (60) So the boy thought. He desired the ghost girl, so 
again | for the second time they went to her house. "When you enter 
you will greet my parents," | she said to him. "Yes, indeed. I know," 
the boy said. | When they went in he said, "How have you come to 
evening?" the boy said. Then | the ghost girl herself again 
replied to him, "Be seated," she said. Again the boy | (65) took his 
rabbits from his back and hung them where the ladder came in on 
the rung of the ladder. | Then he sat down. Thus again the two 
sat together. After a little | while again the ghost girl spread the 
bed and the two slept. | 

When, just at daybreak, the boy arose, again there was no house. 
Again there were just | rocks piled around where a house had once 
stood. The boy arose. He put his bundle of rabbits | ao) on his 

Dunztl, Zwtti Texts 225 

yam ant'ewal^a tean kwa t'ehwananren ko'wi teakoa lo'te^oa tfas 
al'u'ya ka/kamackona yam o*kcik la'koa po*wa seto* al'u'ya. yam 
a'wo^ana'we antse^an kwa topinthol o'kcik rto'na'ma hie hoi 
tcuwa ha 3 i yato*we yam o*kcik setoye. 75 

ta* *tcic iyam ' ulohnakwin kal^al ewactok i * y u J y a *nan yam 
k:awu kapil e'lactok atinenap^a. mani^ ulohnan ciwan an tsawa^ 
o*kcik latakanan al'un-kacetika. hap e'lactok a u wanan yam kakwin 
il" a^en yam l^akwan hap e'lactol^ tsawakona il'i ka^ona et yam 
ulohnakwin tsawak a'n'ihapte hap e'lactok imat kohol alewup so 
a^*a kwa sic an ^akwan tfehwana'ma. ^a^ali ewactok yam kawu 
le'antikwap ko'ma ho 1 tap^an a*ne le'kwanan l^a^al e*lactok ryam 
ulohnan kwai'ika. 

kwai*inan lu^ ulohnanankwin jJikwe'ifea. pani'^a. tsawalj: al'unan 
makaiakwin tahna ko'wihol te'an naVe wo*h*aiyap a'wankoha- 85 
^aka. ka^al elacto^i wan ho J ke'la na'le yat'et c u le*kwanan pani'^a. 
na*le yat'e^a. ainanan t'omt iskon'te tciwa'unan tcims i*^eato*^a. 
wans rpitsuliaka tsawak t'at'an po-ulan'te piljal e^acto^ pani'^a. 
t'atfan inriyalto'nam loc to* inre ? ^akal e'lacto^ tsawakona le*- 
anikwap 1H ho* inre tsawak le'kwap kople'ap kwa tV yam ljakwin »o 
a'na^a ? e'lactok tsawakona le'anikwap ma kwa ho* yam ^akwin 

back and started out from the place where he had spent the night. | 
Again he went towards the east, but it seems that again the ghost 
orirl had done something to the boy | so that he could not get away 
ti the place where he had spent the night, and again he went 
about close to the place where he had been. | For a long time he 
went around carrying on his back the bundle of rabbits which he 
had killed. | He was thoughtful for his sisters and so he did not eat 
even a single rabbit. Now | (70) for three days he had been carrying 
his rabbits around somewheres. | 

Meanwhile in the world above the Eagle Girls learned of it. | Eagle 
Girl told her elder sister. "In the world below the priest's son | 
lost his way when he went out to hunt rabbits. The ghost girl found 
him and took him to her house. | And now the boy is living with 
the ghost girl at her house. But | (80) although the boy wants to go to 
his own home, it seems the ghost girl has done something to him | so 
that he cannot get away from her house." So Eagle Girl, said to 
their elder sister. | "Very well, I shall go and get him," she said. | 
Eagle Girl started out from the upper world. | 

She started out and passed through into this world. She came 
down. I (85) A little distance to the south of where the boy was 
wandering around were a herd of deer grazing. She saw them, 
Eagle Girl: "Wait. Let me first get a deer, " she said and descended 
She seized a deer. She killed it and laid it down right there. Then 
she flew up. | First she went around in circles. Then just where the 
boy was sitting under a tree Eagle Girl came down. | She sat on 
the top of the tree. "Are you sitting here ?" Eagle Girl said to the 


226 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

tenapame kwili t'ewanapte camli ho* yam ^akwan upinan pot'i 
ho' kwai'ika. holomacekona ho* i'fea. kwa ho' yam uhohnakwin 
t'enapanre. tsawa^ le'kwap ma al^* ho* pani'yu. kwa le'nate hap 

95 e'lactok to* iW kakwap kwa elecukwa ho* le'kwan a^ ho* t'om 
tapkan paniyu. 

J^akal e^acto^; tsawa^ona le'anikwap mahonkwa'ati kop ma ho* 

ikwaira ? ma imat tV ko'na peye'ona torn Jjakwin ho J a'nuwa. 

ko'tcimatle'a yam ho J ulohnakwin a'nuwa kwa ho 5 t'enapame tsa- 

100 wal$; le'kwap ma ko'm hanat ye'maku. li'l tfatfan to* ye'makup torn 

i ho 5 isetorra. l^a^al e'lactoj le'kwanan tsawak ljacetinan yam 

o'kcik powan seto'kona seto'te t'at'an'e jfcran yemakup le'ana 

uhsi rsetoha. lu yam il'alekoan hi* uhsi o'kcik wo'tuce. l^a^al 

e'lacto^ tsawa^ona le'anikwap tsawa^ o'kcik i'setohnan yam 

5 ant'ewaclekatekwin lanakwai'i^a. yam il*aleko an sa^apoakwin 

te'tcinan li'lja o*kciko horn anilikoa ko*wi tfehnan a'najJa yam 

anikwananaj^'a t'o i'yaiyu'ya ^anan luka tV o*kcik aj£*a i^e'n 

i'telianan ket'sanici tV t'ewanan teat'u. hosVne tsawak le'kwanan 

yam hapa saikapoan kwai'inan tcims kaljal e'lactojt inkwin lana- 

10 kwaPi^a. te'tcip k:aj$;al e*lactok tsawa^ona aiyalaka kop to* 
ikwanan an wo"tufe:a ? ^a^al e^acto^ tsawa^ona le'anikwap li'la 

boy. | (90) "Yes, here I am sitting," the boy said. "Why don't you 
go to your own home?" | the girl said to the boy. "Well I do not 
know the way to my home. [ Two days ago, in the morning, when 
the air was full of snow, | I started out from my home. I have 
come far. I do not know the May to my country," | the boy said. 
"Well, that is why I have come down. | (95) For you to live thus 
with the ghost girl is not right. So I said and therefore I have come 
down to get you." | 

So Eagle Girl said to the boy. "Well, is that so ? What indeed 
should I | say ? Yes it seems that just as you say I shall go with you 
to your house because, alas, | how shall I go to my own country? 
I do not know the way," the boy | (ioo) said. "Very well, climb up 
quickly. When you climb this tree | <n I shall put you on my back," 
Eagle Girl said. The boy quickly | with his bundle of rabbits which 
he had been carrying still on his back, shinnied up the tree. "Good- 
ness ! | Take those things off ! Go on back to where you slept with 
that one and leave those rabbits there !" Eagle | Girl said to the boy. 
The boy put down his bundle of rabbits | (5) and ran off with them 
to where he had passed the night. He came to the bundle of bones 
of the one he had slept with. | "Here are these rabbits. You who 
used to protect me sometime during the night, with your | super- 
natural power, when you come to life, then with these rabbits | 
adding to your heart, happily may you always live. Now I am 
going," the boy said. | He left the pile of ghost bones. Then he ran 
off to where Eagle Girl was waiting. | (io)When he came there Eagle 
Girl questioned the boy. "What did you ! say when you put them 

Bunzd, Zuni Texts 227 

o'kciko horn anil'ikoa ko'wi t'elinan a'napa yam anikwanan a^'a 
ryaiyu*ya*kanan luk o*kcik a^*a t'o* i^e'n-i'telianan ^e*tsanici tto* 
t'ewanan teat'u ho* le*kwanan ho* a u wo*tu^a. tsawa^ le'kwap 
honkwic ten tV pikwe*na kwa yaiyu*yananve kaljal e'lacto^ 
le'kwan hana ye'maku. \r\ t'atfap tsawak t'at'akwi ye'maknan 15 
t'amyatcin kwai*inan rmiyaltoup J^a^al e*lactok tsawakon rse- 
to^a. rseto*nans set-i'ljeatoka. 

yam pani'nan na*l aina^atekwin seto-te*tcinan sMskon wan* il 
i'mu^a. si* wan'it'o* lil ho 5 na*l ainako ale. le^nikwap tcims tsa- 
wak i'to*kii. ka^al e'lactol^ yam anikwanana^ra aklul^a. ma^e* 20 
yo*ap tsawak na*le ci*le lesnahnan aklp%a. akkwap hecin i*to*^a 
i'ton tcunap is yam i'ton etcukoa lal at'u. rnatinanvet'om hap e*le 
ho'na tapan i*nan li't i*nan rtowak*a ko'wi tene^ap ak'a elholhon 
hom kakwin hon te*tcnra kakal e*lactol£ tsawa^ona le*anikwap 
tsawak yam i'to'w etcukoa yam oyan wo'lpo*up si* kalt ye*la*u 25 
J£a^al e*lactols: le*kwap tsawak elemakup ^akal e*lactok rpoa*up 
tcims tsawak i'tcupatcu. 

si* el tV t'unatinanrt'u t'o* i'hapis^an'a tern fea'^i horn ljakwin 
hon te*tcinan si' ho* lekwap tcims t'o* t'unatin'a kakal e'lacto^: 
tsawa^ona le*anikwap set-i'keato^a. s*a*tc i'pitsulian ye'ma^a. 30 
s'tojJ nlohnakwin atci pikwei^a. kwac tenri so* hapisna yu*- 

down ?" Eagle Girl said to the boy. "Here are these rabbits. | You 
who used to protect me, when sometime during the night, with 
your supernatural power, | you come to lif e, with these rabbits you 
will add to your heart. Happily may you | always live.' This is 
what I said as I put them down for her." So the boy said. I 
(15) "Well, you certainly beat all for stupidity!" said Eagle Girl.| 
"Well hurry up, climb up, here is the tree." The boy climbed the 
tree. | He sat up in the crotch of the tree. Eagle Girl put the boy on 
her back. Then she rose with him on her back. 

She came with him to the place where she had first descended 
and killed the deer. There she stopped for a while. | (20 "Now wait, 
eat here. Here lies the deer which I have killed," she said to him. 
Then the boy | ate. Eagle Girl, because she had supernatural 
power, made a fire. | When it became embers the boy took off a little 
piece of deer meat and roasted it. When it was done he ate quickly. | 
When he was finished eating (she said), "Here, put in the fire what 
is left of your food. No doubt, if your ghost girl | follows us and 
comes here, she will be delayed here eating it, and we will have 
time I (25) to reach my house," Eagle Girl said to the boy. | So he 
put what was left of his food into the fire for his wife. "Now stand 
over here,' ; Eagje Girl said. The boy arose. Eagle Girl bent down | 
and the boy climbed on her back. | 

"Now don't you open your eyes! You must keep your eyes 
closed until | oo) we reach my house. When I say, Now, only then 
you will open them," Eagle Girl | said to the boy. She flew up with 


228 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

te'tcika tsawak le*kwap warrani sVt hon te'tci ^aljal e'lacto^ 
tsawakona le'analgap sVtc a*^a. 

35 ^akali yam kakwin tsawakona seto-te'tcip ta ,c tcic an a'wo'tsina* 
^akali a'tsawaki lata 5 i'wo*h*aiya*kat?ap a*tc i*wil*i te'tcinan a'tci 
kwatoka. a*wan nana sanra po'ulap tsawakona il'i kwatonan yam 
t'ehwitiwa IPakwa a*paiyana inran tsawakona seto invryalto'nan 
ha c atu si* tcimt'unati tsawakona le^nikwap tsawak tfunatip holo- 

40 maces ko'n hos rka tomthol tsawal$: t'unawulocuka. lesnol kakali- 
lacik poaiye. t'onc i'ya ? s'atc i'mu le'a'tcianikwap tsawak pice- 
tinan t'unatip lesnol poaiye. hon rya tatcu ko*na tV t'ewanan 
teaiye ? tsawak l^akali iVanikwap ho'nawan teazle holti^ap tfo 
te'ona le'kwap manik ulohnanan ho* te'ona. ho* ciwan an tsawak. 

45 ho 5 yam ulohnana o'keik lata^a^a ho* kwai*inan ho* al'un-^acetika. 
horn luk a u wanan horn il'i ycmal^a tsawak le'kwap ma ko'mas 
a*tc rmul^a le'anikwap s^'muka tsawal^i. 

e^actol^ le an kakal utcun yu'lihap tsawak e'lactokona u'nap kwa 
kakali teanre hie le'na ho'i ho'i kcrkci. telPtokwin kwatonan na'le 

so ciwe wo'lea kwai'inan tsawakonan wo*la*up si* rto. le'na ta ,c tcic 
lil hon a'teaiye e'lactolj le'kwap tsawak rmunan s'rto'ka. i'ton 
tcunenan elahkwa le'kwap el rtowena'we iVanal^ap e'lactok 
le* wo'la*tunan tsawakona ampatc rmup lesnos s'atci i'wil'i poap 

him on her back. They rose in circles. (They passed through into the 
other world. "Isn't it time now? I am tired of keeping my eyes 
closed," [ the boy said. "Wait, we are almost there," Eagle Girl | 
said to the boy. They went on. j 

(35) She came to Eagle's house with him on her back. Meanwhile 
her brothers, | Eagle youths, had scattered to hunt. When they got 
there together they | went in. Their grandfather was sitting alone 
inside. She came in with the boy. | In the center of the room stood a 
stool of turquoise, and with the boy on her back she sat down on it. | 
"Oh dear! Now open your eyes," she said to the boy. The boy 
opened his eyes. | (40) "To some far place I have come now!" The 
boy just looked around him. There the Eagle | old man was sitting. 
"Have you come? Sit down," he said to them. The boy | looked 
at him quickly. There he was sitting. "Yes we have come, father. 
How have you | lived these days ?" the boy said to the eagle. "Our 
child, whence do you | come ?" he said. "I am an inhabitant of the 
lower world. I am the priest's son. | (45) I started out from my 
home to hunt rabbits and lost my way. | This one found me and 
brought me up here," the boy said. "Very well, | sit down, both of 
you," he said. He sat down, the boy. | 

The girl drew off her eagle garment and the boy saw the girl. | 
She was not an eagle. She was a person like himself, a beautiful 
girl. She went into the inner room | <50) and came out carrying 
venison stew. She set it down for the boy. "Now eat. This is the 
way | we live here," the girl said. The boy sat down and ate. | When 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 229 

an a'wotsina latakak 1 a*wal*ukoa tcimmvkwe a'wan papa laci 
i'l^a ke*si. 55 

na J set-i'ya lol teha'to^a. s'ist hoi kwatoka. tsawak unap na* 
setoye. ko*na t'on su'nhal^anapka le'awanikwap ^e't'sanici kec t'on 
awia ? le'aniptp stmup. i'mup s'a'wan okana elemaknan les 
setohka. setohnan tehwitiwa a'up lesnos a'wi'tela. tcuetcunre 
kakal a'tsawak na J setopa a*wi*telnan tcuwet'canre yanil^ina te'tci 60 
irkwatela. tenrl a'wi'tela. 

tsawak ime s'a'wan mo'sona hie a'wan papa laci yam okana 
antehkunaka koplea teonaka lul^a tV ili ye*maka ? yam ulohnan 
o'kei^ latal^aka lu^ kwaiMnan luk al'un-kacetinan hap e'lactol^ 
lu^ il'i kakwap ho* tse'map kwa eletunon lestenanre ho* Ink 65 
antse* menan a^:*ap lul$:a t'apnak a'lja. ten ho J panrl^a e^actok yam 
papa le'anikwap ma honkwa ati ma ele hon latal£ ak*a i*wo*h'aiapip 
ishol kwa tV al'upin a'naniyahna'en to* t'ewuacona tV imoke'a 
t'aptas t'on rtse^mak-tfelakwi lol t'on imapa elekan'a kwas torn 
hon antse^ana'man homo! lata^aka hon a'wal'mra tsawak yam 70 
o^ana leanikwap tsa-wa^ sMmat itaha. s'atc rwiHtun'onan okan 
a*wotsina*we a'peye'a. lesnos tsawal^ ^a^ali kakwenan s'rme. 

he finished eating he said, "Thank you." "Eat well," they said to 
him. The girl | removed the dishes and sat down beside the boy. 
Thus as they sat there together, | her brothers who had been out 
hunting returned. | First of all her eldest brother | (55) came now. 

He came carrying a deer on his back. Hark! they heard him. 
Then he came in. The boy saw him. He was carrying a deer on 
his back. | "How have you come to evening?" he said to them. 
"Happily. Have you come?" | they said. He sat down. When he 
sat down their sister arose, and took the deer from his back. | She 
took it and laid it down in the center of the room. Thus they came 
one by one. And every single one of the eagle youths | <60) came 
carrying a deer on his back. And every one of them greeted them 
as he came in. | They all came. | 

The boy was still there. Then their chief, the eldest of their 
brothers, | questioned his sister. "For what reason have you brought 
this one up here ?" "In his country | he started out to hunt rabbits. 
He lost his way and was living with the ghost girl. < (65) I thought 
that perhaps this might not be right. I | was thoughtful for him. 
Therefore I went to get him. So I went down." So the girl | said 
to her brother. "Well, is that so ? Well, all right. When we all go 
out to hunt I sometimes, when you do not wish to go out it is lonely 
for you to stay here by yourself. | But now, if you take this one to 
be your beloved, he will stay with you and it will be all right. | 
(70) Then we shall not have to worry about you, as we go about 
hunting." So the young man said to his sister. And now the boy 
married there. The brothers told their sister that they should live 
together. | Thus the youth stayed at the house of the eagles. | 

230 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

lesnates tenalana tfelap sVlactok leskwaka. si'ana hon i'yu*- 
te^cinace le'kwanan a'tci topa teli'tokwin pikwe^inan na'le uyapa 

75 lutsina a*tc ipewunan s 5 a*tci i*tcunan tsawalj: ko'homackcrna 
sam'a te*tci peya tcual'e. ticomaha holomaceko'na ho* i'ka l^e'si. 
ma ta terrati kotcimat le'a ka'^i yam ulohnakwin ho' ikwatt 
a'nuwa ? e*t ten*at fea^i ho* yam ulohnakwin a*na tse'manan*te 
kotci'mat le'a' ho* a*nuwa. ma ta ten'ati tsawa^ le'kwanan holo- 

80 macekona tse'man kwa ama'map s'an o*yo aiyala^a kople'a tV 
tse'man kwa tV ama'ma ? kohomacekona tenalana t'om ho 5 aiyu*- 
hatianap kwa tV ama'ma. e^lactok tsawakona le J anikwap ma el*a 
kopma le'a hoc tse'manakarra ? tsawa^ le*kwanan s'iskon hoi 
tsawak itaha. 

85 t'ewap tcimhol t'ekohatip kakali a*pilaknan cipipin rtowenapka 
ta ,c tcic a*wan talak cikusna i'tonan lesnos a*tci i'wiW inve. tcimhol 
itiwap kakali a'tsawak latakak'a rwo'h'aiya'koa na' seto*pa a*wi- 
telap tsawak a*waiyutcian*a lesnot t'ewana' a'waluka. ta* c tcic iJe- 
wana* a'tci rwiH imap hie t'ewuacona. e'lactolj an awotsina* 

90 tenrla hapop lesa'wanikwaka e*t hon t'ewana i*wiW imap elhol 
lestena ho'nan ton anrtse'map hie t'ewuacona ak* ho* tse'mana 
honkwat lu^ a*ni hon utcun*e acna'wap honkwat hon holnol 
i'wil'i al'up ele^an*a e*lacto^ le'kwap ma teli'tan ho'na'wan t'opa 
utcun yetcina piyule. honkwat lu^ ulu'an'a rte'tcap lu^ uhsona 

And so late at night the girl said. "Come, let us rest," | she said. 
They went through into the inner room. | (75) She spread out a soft 
deer pelt. They lay down. The boy | lay there a long time talking 
much to himself. "Alas, now I have come far off. | But it can't be 
helped. It seems there is no way that I can ever go back to my own 
country. Indeed, although I pine to go back to my own country | 
it seems there is no way that I can go. Well, it can't be helped," the 
boy said. | (80) Thinking how far he had come he could not sleep. 
Then his wife questioned him. "Why are you | worried, that you do 
not sleep ? For a long time I have been listening to you | and you 
do not sleep," the girl said to the boy. "Oh no! | What have I to 
worry about ?" the boy said. And so | the boy married there. | 

(85) Next morning, just at daybreak, the eagles arose. They ate raw 
meat. | Meanwhile their brother-in-law ate dried meat. Thus 
the two stayed there together. Just | at noon the eagle youths 
who had gone out in different directions to hunt came back one 
by one with deer on their backs. | The boy marvelled. Thus they 
went out every day. Meanwhile | every day, the two stayed at home 
together. It was very lonely. When her brothers | (90) were all 
gathered together, the girl said to them, "You think that it is all 
right for us to stay home alone every day. | But it is very lonely. 
Therefore I have been thinking | that perhaps we should make a 
feather garment for him. Then perhaps, | if he goes around with us, 
it will be all right." So the girl said. "Well, in the inner room one of 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 231 

yulup rnamitte hoino t'on rwiH al*up ele^aira. a*wan mo'sona 95 
le*kwap s'a'n uhsona utcun ahnap i'te'tcap tsawakona hie rte'tci. 
e*ha honkwa ele^an'a. tenat tfewanan t'ons i*wiW t'un-al'uljaira. 
le'anakap tsawak ant'sumehna antfewaka. 

tfewap tcim t'ekohatip rfcrnan e'lactokona a*wotsinan latakajja 
i"wo*h*aiya^ap ta^tcic a'tc sara* yetcipnan ta* c tcic yam oyenrc 100 
an utcun ahnan si 5 yulu. yam oyenrci le'anikwap tsawak Japtli 1 
utcun yuluka. yam t'ehwitihwa si* li'akwa apaiyan iman tsawa- 
kona animaltan tsawakona e'lacto^ yam u'tcun piyahnan yulunan 
tsawakona lesanikwaka. si 5 tV lahip tenat t'om ho* anhiwo'a^an*a. 
itulocona awitenakana ho J rtulohnan hons kwai'in*a. e^acto^ 5 
yam o'yenvci le'anikwap tsawak lahika ke*si. ta'tcic an o*ye tsa- 
wakona anluwo'a^an sVtc rtuloco'ya. awitena^an a*tci rtulohap 
tsawak anikwap si 5 hons kwai'nra. e'lactolj le'kwap awe*nakwin 
a'tci hrninakanan e^acto^ yam o*yenrci anluwo'atinan ihikPte 
kwai'i^a. s J a*tci rjceato^a. lesnol e'lacto^: yam o'yemci anhiwo- 10 
'al£ap s'a*tci i'wil'i i*l^eato*^a. sVtci i'pitsulian a*ne. 

yam oyenrci lesanikwaka la — k u na'we wo"h*aiye ttoc a'wunaye % 
yam o*yem*ci le'anikwap e — ho* a*wunaye. tsawa^ le*kwap 
kwati^ap tfcr'o yat'en/a an o*ye le'anikwap lak u ma'l^aiakwin tahna 
jJo^nan ho* yat?en*a. tsawajj: le*kwap ho*lo homkwat kwa tfo* tern 15 

our I extra shirts is hanging up. Perhaps he might try that one on 
to see if it fits. Then if he | (95) puts that on. surely it will be all right 
for you to go around together." So their chief | said. They got 
the shirt for him. He tried it on and it just fitted the boy. | "Oh yes ! 
I think it will be all right. Now indeed, every day, you will go 
around hunting with us." | So they said to him. The boy passed 
the night in anticipation. | 

Next day, just at daybreak, they ate and the girl's brothers started 
to hunt. I (too) Then the two were left alone. Then she took her hus- 
band's I (i) shirt. "Now put it on, "she said to her husband. The boy) 
put on the eagle garment and now in the center of the room where the 
turquoise seat stood | she made the boy sit down. The girl took 
down her garment and put it on | and said to the boy, "Now you 
will fly. I will go around blowing you | (5) and after we have gone 
around inside four times we shall go out," the girl | said to her 
husband. Now the boy flew around. Meanwhile his wife | blew the 
boy. So they went around four times. When they had gone around 
thus, the I boy knew how to fly. "Now we'll go out," the girl said. | 
When they came under the hatchway, she blew her husband up- 
wards and together | they went out. | (io) So they flew up. Thus the 
girl blew her husband | and they went up together. They went 
around in circles. | 

She said to her husband, "There a herd of deer are grazing. Do 
you see them?" [ she said to her husband. "Yes I see them," the 
boy said. | "Which one will you take ?" his wife said to him. "That 

232 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

anikwanre. t'sana tJo J yatfip elepwra. isKon'te t'o* yat'e peyenona 
na'le tana poan an cowalan mvtsik teakoa sic ele lana tcuale 
uhsona kwa hie hoi tsumanre. uhsona tV yat'ip elejptira. an 
o'ye leanikwap ma ko J ma ilte uhsona ho* yat'ip elel^an'a. tsawajf 

20 le'kwap sa'tci pani'^a. 

na'we wo'lraiyakwin a'tci imuluktana panr^a^a an o'ye tap- 
nin*te yam na*le yat'ip tsawak yam a'^a^a. t'esanran lanil^a. 
kwac tV yam yat'enanrka ? e'lactofe: tsawa^ona le'anikwap ma 
el*a tsawak le'kwap ta* c tcic ho 3 yam yat'e^a. e'lactofe lehol ikwa- 

25 nan na'le yakna poaye. na 5 le acep e'lactok yam na'le i'seto'up 
s*a*tci i*^eato*nan sVtc a*^a. 

a*tcia a*wo*tsina* tenrla hapokatekwin yal'u a'tci na'le seto- 
te'tcinan ko'na t'on su'nha^anapka ? le*kwap ^et'sanici. ^ec ton 
a*wi*a ? i't'ina^a. le'anakap sVtc i'mul^a. sVtcinaya aiyulatina^ap 

30 kopsle'a ton al*uka ? kec ho'mvwan suwe ele le'anakap ma sVt 
ele lesnan'te lujt yam na'le a'^aka. tfesanran lu^: lanip na*le ana'- 
^a. an oye le'kwap t'omt ^akali a'tsawal^ a*cikw%a ten ten'apte 
lul^ yanikwatin*a. ko*na hon latenaw'ona luk laten'a. a'tsawalj 
le'tikwap lesnol fas a*want'ewaka. 

35 tfewap camli fas ci kapina i'to*nan t?as iwo*h*aiya^a. a*tci 
t'as yalu i'yutcunan a*witenakan yam ^akwan i*tulohnan kwai'inan 

one standing towards the south | <is) I shall take," the boy said. 
"Oh no! Perhaps you don't yet | know enough. You had better 
take a little one. Standing behind the large deer that you said you 
would take | is a fawn. That is large enough. That one that is 
lying down | is not very strong. It would be all right for you to take 
that one," his | wife said to him. "Very well, that is true. I had 
better take that one." So the boy | <20) said. They descended. | 

They spread their winges above where the deer were grazing, 
and slowly descended. His wife | seized her deer the first time. The 
boy let his get away. He dropped down in an empty place. | "Didn't 

you get yours?" the girl said to the boy. "Oh ] no," the boy said. 
"Well, I got mine," the girl said. | (25) She was sitting clutching 

the deer. The deer died. The girl set the deer on her back. | The 

two flew up and went away. | 

Carrying the deer they came last to where their brothers had all 

come together. | "How have you come to evening?" they said. 

"Happily. Have you | just come? Be seated," they said to them. 

They sat down. Then they questioned them. | (30) "How did you 

go around? Is our brother all right now?" they said to her. "Well, 

yes, | he's all right, but he let his deer get away from him. He fell 

into an empty place and the deer ran off," | his wife said. Then 

the eagle youths just laughed. "Well, after a while | he will learn. 

He will kill them the way we kill them," the eagle youths | said. 

And so again they passed the night. | 

(35) Again next morning, early, they ate raw meat and scattered. 

Again the two I put on their garments last of all and flew around 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 233 

s'a'tci nawe a'tecu^an a*fca. hoi yalakwin a*tci te'tcip lenhol 
iyama'koa a'tc rpitsulia mani^a nawe wo'h'aiyan si* tcim son 
itehho nawe a'lanan a*wiyat?en"a an oye le*kwap ma hana ko'ma 
tsawa^ le'kwap s^'tci pani'^a. sVtci itehho nawe a*wiya€eka, 40 
JpsPkoa a'tci a'wiyatJenan lesnol sVtci a'yaknan poa'ka yacep 
a'tci tots'ipowacnan a*wi*seto'nan sVtci a*^:a. tcim itiwap yam 
kakwin sVtci nawe a-seto-te^tcinan lesnol tsawak yanikwatip 
tfewana* a'tci i*wil*i lat-al*uka. 

sic tsawak yanikwatinan t'ewana • sanr a tean* te latal • uka . i o 
s'yam kakwin a*nan rtse'makunan yam oye lesanikwaka. ana 
ho* sam* la*J£ al*ukan*a. tsawa^ yam o*ye le'anikwap ma tVo a*t c u 
lesna hon i*wil*-al*up ele tV sic anikwa. yam oyenrc le'anikwa 
tsawak kal^al utcun yu'hxnan s'kwaPip ta ,c tcic an oye s'anawaka. 
honkwat kolehol tV tse'ma a^*a kwa tV horn it* a'na'nra an oye so 
lehati-rtse'makunan yam utcun piyahnan yu'lunan s'tapan 
kwai'i^a. nomilta ,c tci il*i^a tekwin lehos a*nap s'an oye a*lahka. 
tcimhol elaten^hap luka ulohnanankwin a*pikwe*lenankwin 
pikwe'il^a ^e'si. 

tsawap pikwe'inan t'una-jianrnan yam ulohnan yam hecot'a 55 
unati^a^a. eha ma hinik ist horn luwaPona tej£an*a hinik horn 
a'lacina* ist a*te^an'a. tsawak le'kwanan luka ulohnakwin s^mu- 

four times inside the house and then went out. | They went looking 
for deer. They arrived some place in the mountains | and went around 
in circles far above. Below the deer were grazing. "Now we | shall 
both take large deer," his wife said. "Very well, come on," | (40) the 
boy said. They descended. They both seized deer, j They seized 
them by the throat and so they sat clutching them. When they 
died I they tied the feet together and put them on their backs. So 
they went away. Just at noon | they reached their house, both 
carrying deer on their backs. So the youth learned, | and every day 
they went hunting together. | 

(45) Then, when the youth had learned everything he went hunting 
every day, even alone. | Then he thought again of going to his own 
home and he said to his wife, | "I think today I will hunt alone," 
So the boy said to his wife. "Well, all right, go. | When we go 
together this way you do well. Now you know how." So she said 
to her husband. | The youth drew on his eagle garment and went 
out. Meanwhile his wife had guessed it. | <so) "Perhaps you do not 
go with me because you are thinking of something else," his wife 
thought to herself. She took down her eagle garment, put it on, and 
followed him. | And so indeed he went off from the place where he 
had lived with her, and his wife went after him. | Just as she was 
about to catch up with him he passed through the place that leads 
into this world | now. 

(55) The boy had come through. He looked down and saw the 
houses of his own country. | "Ah yes, I think these are my people. 

234 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vo^ X ^ 

lukta'hna pikwe*i^anans paniyu. ta,- f t>oi*> a>x± ^j^ tv/wKwatci 
honkwa* tfo* le'na tse'man t?o* sanra al*u peyejta. le'kwanan tenat 

60 holon ho* J^ahaiya^anuwan t'om ho* elateira ta'tcat homjttc ho* 
anten*ij£anuwan kwa t'om ho* elatena'nren t'o* yam kakwin te*tcip 
les'i ho*na*wan utcun s*yalakwai*hra. ace konhol t'om ho* itcema- 
Ija. t'o* le'nahot yam ulohnakwin t'o' a*natse*manan horn t'o* atine- 
Ijat'ap tihkwahna t'a t'om ho* iW panryuanan^a. e'lacto^ le*- 

65 kwan'te t'apan pani'yu. 

tsawalj itiwanakanan yam oye s'anhatia'ka. teiriniknatip 
ak*a tsawak iyamakwin tfunatip an o*ye t'apan pani'yu. ma t'a te- 
nati ten'at honkwat horn t'o* elatenan horn t'o* tihkwahna antse*- 
manan horn t'o* ikwalt il'i ycmakun'a. tat'cat tfo* uwe tse*man horn 

70 t'o* elatenan horn t'o* utcuhap ma tcim so* yalakwe**inakwin hos 
]3ani'yun*a. tsawak le'kwan'tes pani*up he*kwat hie an crye 
lesnatik tenamatin panriyu. 

ke*sis i*t'e!akutun*ona ko*w etcikwin s*elateka. elatenan kwa 
ko'macko'na acuwena*man tatcimantes utcuwan yat'eka. wan*an*i 

75 kople'ap horn t?o* kotcilealewu ? tsawak le*kwap kotci tse*na kwa 
to' yaiyu'ya'nanvc. le*anikwanan tern kwa aweklikwin i't'ela- 
kuna*man utcun ulihap tsawak liwankon*te li'wulin tim-pani*^a. 

I think there my | parents may be." So the boy said. He stretched 
his wings above this w r orld. | He passed through the entrance and 
came down. Meanwhile his wife said, "Now indeed! 1 1 thought you 
were thinking of this when you spoke of going alone," she said. 
"I wonder | (60) whether I shall catch up with you if I hurry. Other- 
wise, if I | delay and do not catch up with you before you reach 
your house | our garment will be destroyed. I have loved you 
deeply. | If you had told me that you were thinking of going back 
to your own country, | then I would have brought you down 
properly." As she said this, the girl | u>5) followed him down. [ 

When the boy had come about half way he heard his wife. He 
became aware of her presence | and looked up. His wife was 
following him down. "Well, it can't be helped. | Now perhaps if 
you catch up with me and still think kindly towards me, | you will 
take me back up with you. Or if you think bitterly, | ao> when you 
catch up with me you will take off my garment and then I shall 
fall to my destruction." | So the boy thought as he descended. 
And indeed his wife | was rushing down after him in the same 

Now, when he had just a little ways to go to reach the ground, she 
caught up with him. As she caught up with him | she did not talk 
to him at all but immediately grabbed his feather garment. "Wait ! | 
(75) Why are you doing this dreadful thing to me?" the boy said. 
"Why indeed! | You know nothing!" she said to him. When he had 
not yet come down to earth | she pulled the feather garment from 
him, and the boy fell down turning over as he fell. I He fell down 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 235 

laninan s'ace^a. s'acenan tcims yam hap e'lacto^ il'i ^akwe^ate- 
kwin tcims a*lja. 

le'na ino'te teatri^a. 80 


ma'tsa'ka hiwala'^a ciwan an tsawaki hie coclij^a. iyankolo- 
waka. yam a'lacina* a*wa kr'o taku*we sato*we ehe'we l^elutsina*- 
we kwahol tenrl utena*we tosana t'erjka. an tatcu Ipikwemos'i 85 
anapeka. holtekwin an a*)^aka. kwa tV yaiyu'ya'nanre. torn 
tse^akwinak'a horn utena*we horn lo^o yalakwe'kat'ap kwa ho* 
tfom il'i ^akwecukwa. eles to y holtekwin a'nuwa. hot yam tse*- 
manankwin tV a'nuwa. ma*tsa*ka kakwemos*i yam tsawak le*- 
anikwaka. an tsawa^ koye^a. famsakaian kwaPika. lehol lata^an 90 
a'ka. t'ewankwin tahna a^a. ^anulapnan ye*maka. lal a*l$;a. 

hakwin ona telakwikwin te'tcika. iskon te'tcika. iskon aince 
imo'^a. tsawak inkwin te^i^ia. aince ankoha^anan tsawa^ 
ana'n'iyah^a. aince peka. kopla't tV ana'n'iha ? le'anikwaka. 
tsawak yutci'atika. kwas lakunanrka. kalem a*ne aince tsawa^'ona 95 
le'anikwalta. ticomaha'. tcuwap tV'o ? tsawaki le'kwa^a. ma 
ho^o. kwa torn kohol alewucukwa. aince le'kwalja. tsawa^ 
teclanici ainc inkwin a*^a. ainc an jioakwin te*tcip hop t?o* a*ne. 

and died. When he was dead he went to where he had lived with 

1 " girl. | 

This happened long ago. 1 


They were living atMa'tsa^a. A priest's son was a great gambler. 
He played hidden-ball game. | His parents' beads, necklaces, 
earrings, women's dresses, fine buckskins |, (85) all kinds of clothing, 
he lost. His father, the chief priest, | scolded him. He made him go 
off somewheres. "You have no sense. | Because of your doing, my 
possessions, my beads, are all wasted. I | will not have you live in 
this house. All right now, you will go off somewhere. Wherever 
you wish | you may go." So the Ma'tsaka chief priest said to his son. | 
ow) His son cried, and naked, he went out. He went off somewheres 
to hunt. | He went towards the east. He climbed up at Water-All- 
Around. There he went. | 

He came to where Black-Paint-Road descends. There he came. 
There a bear | was staying. The young man came to where she was 
sitting. When he saw the bear, the young man | was about to 
run away. Bear spoke. "Why are you going to run away?" she 
said to him. | (95) The young man was startled. He did not strike 
at her. "Come hither," Bear said to the young man. | "Alas, who 
are you?" the young man said. "Why I. I will not do anything 

1 Comment of informant: "He had all this bad luck becauce of what he 
did to the rabbit/' 

236 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

aince le^wa^a. ho* lata^an a*ne tsawak le*kwa^a. wan'i ko*ma 
100 aince le'kwaka. sunhakwin tahna aince t'atfan i'tulap^a. ttepalo- 

1 kwin kwatoka. ainc e^acto^i le* yutcuh^a. yam utcu*we iskont 
a*uka. le'nates hie ho'i yo*ka. hie ciw e*lactoki mokwa* ko'kci 
yatonan ko'kci eha t'sinapa yatonan'e acen e'nin ikwiye. e*lactok 
elema^a. tsutoye. taku pi^aiapa takuye. le* satow tacana. kwas 

5 rhalunanre ho*i ko'kci. e*lactok tsawal^ inkwin rlta. tsawak 
e'lactok unati^alja. ticomaha' tcuwatc imat t'o 'o le*hatina tsawak 
i'tse'makuka. ace* konhol tsawa^ ya'tsatika. ainc e'lacto^: tsa- 
wak'ona s*acuwaka. Uoc hie imacte yam a*nankwin a'n'iha ? le*- 
anikwaka. kople*a tsawak le'kwa^a. elan a'na'ma. ana horn 
10 kakwin a'ce e'lactok le'kwaka. hop ma t'om l^akweye? tsawal^ 
le'kwa^a. tsawak le*kwap is lo'te horn ptkweye. e'lacto^: le 5 kwaka. 
mac ho* akcap elekan'a ? tsawak le'kwap ma leharia e*lactok 
le'kwa^a tan tekwic ho* ya'tsawil'i tsawak le'kwalta. ulat tan el 
leskwana'ma. homa sama ^akweniye. le'kwaka. kop ma le*a hon 
is a'nuwa ? ma ten ele^an'a le'kwalta. ma wan'i le'kwanan ikwali 
yam ainc utcun yulu^a. yulunan tsawal^ona i'setoka. si* tfo* 
i'hapis^ana'. le^nikwa^a. le*anikwanan set-a'ka. 

to you," Bear said. The young man | went reluctantly to where the 
bear was. He came to where Bear was crouching. "Where are you 
going?" | Bear said. "I am going hunting," the young man said. 
"Well, wait." ] <ioo) Bear said. Bear went around behind a tree 
towards the west. | d) She went into a place where she was hidden. 
Bear girl took off her clothing and laid down her garment there. | 
Then she became this kind of a person. She was just like a Zuni 
girl. She had on fine moccasins, | and a fine embroidered dress and 
a robe over her shoulder and a green belt around her waist. The 
girl | stood up. Her hair was done up in a queue and she had a 
double strand of beads around her neck. She had earrings this 
long. | (5) She was beautifully dressed and was a pretty girl. She 
came to where the youth was waiting. The youth | looked at the 
girl. "Alas, who may you be?" the youth. | He turned it over in 
his thoughts. Then the youth was very bashful. Bear girl | spoke to 
the young man. "And are you really going now to the place where 
you planned to go?" | she said to him. "Why?" the young man 
said. "Oh don't go! Let us | <io> go to my house," the girl said. 
"Well, where do you live?" the young man | said. So the young 
man said. "Right near here is my house," the girl said. | "Well, 
will it be all right for me to go along?" the young man said. "Oh 
yes indeed," the girl | said. "But I am always so bashful," the 
young man said. "Well, better not | say that. My house stands 
alone," she said. "Well, which way shall we | (15) go?" the young 
man said. "Why, that will be all right," the girl said. "Wait a 
moment," she said. She put on again | her bear garment. After she 
had put it on she took the young man on her back. "Now | close 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 237 

lehok u cipapolimakwi yam a'tatcu wema* ^akwenikwi set-a'ka. 
cipapolimakwi seto-te^cika. yam kakwi lo'te^anan tsawak'ona 
si 3 tfunati le'anikwap tsawak t'unatika. holomaceko'na te'tcika. 
kwa ulohnan tenapanve. ti*comaha' ma tfa lo'te tV le'kwaka. 
ta tenati hotomaceko'na so" i'ka. tsawal^ le^waka. elactolj yam 
ainc utcun ynlih^a. kwas e'le ihahmanre tsawaj^ona il'i te'tci^a. 
yam l^akwen il*i ye'ma^a. atci kwatoka. a*tci yaniki^a. horn 
a'tatcu ko'na t'on tfewanan a'teaiye ? le'anikwaka. ^et'sanici 
ho'mvwan tca J le t'onc i*ya ? i'tfinaka. pilem a'tc yato. a'tcia 
le'ana'ka. a'tci yato'lsia. a*tc i-mu^a. tsawa^ rmupa e'lactolp 
elemaka. lehol teli'to'kwin kwatoka. heti'ana wo'lul^a. wo'lea- 
kwai'ika. wo'la'uka. t'a lehol kwatoka. wo'lea wo'lu^a. wo'lea 
kwaPinan wtrla'uka. si 5 hon i"to*ce le'anikwaka. tsawa^ona. 
a -to i'wil* i'to'ka. a*tci tcunenan e'lactok le* wo'latuka. tcims 
tsawak yam a'tatcu wema'we hoktitacana yunawiko aince tonaci. 
j^alutsi wema' a'ciwan'i elkwa tcuhol imetcanrel^ana wema* a*ci- 
wani ona'ya'naka ti^ana upe. a'wan teckwin'e tsawak tunak;a 
ti'comaha'. hai loc to* le'na a'teaiye. tsawak le'hatina tse'man 

an a'tatcu yam tca'le antehkunanap^a hop to* lufea tap^a ? 
le^nikwa^a. ma la*k u itiwan*a ma'tsa'ka le'anakanan luljan 

your eyes," she said to him. So she said to him and went carrying 
him on her back. | 

Far off to Cipapolima to the house of her fathers, the Beast Gods, 
she carried him. | She arrived at Cipapolima with him on her back. 
As they came near to the house | she said to the boy, | (20) "Now 
open your eyes," and the young man opened his eyes. "How far 
have I come? | I do not know this country. Alas, I thought you 
said it was near. | Well, it can't be helped, far off I have come," 
the young man said. The girl | took off her bear garment. She 
was beautifully dressed. So she came there with the young man. j 
She climbed up with him to her house. They went in. They greeted 
those inside. "My | (25) fathers, how have you lived these days?" 
they said to them. "Happily, | our child, have you come? Be 
seated. Come over here," they said to them. | The two crossed over. 
They sat down. After the young man sat down, the girl | arose. 
She went into the inner room. She put some blue paper bread in 
her basket, | and came out carrying it. She set it down and then 
again she went in. She dished out some stew and came out carrying 
the stew | <so) and put it down. "Now let us eat," she said to him. 
So the young man | and the girl ate together. After they had 
finished eating, the girl put the things away. Then | the young man 
was in retreat with his fathers, the Beast Gods — Mountain Lion, 
Wolf, Bear, Badger, | Gopher, the Beast Priests; none were missing. 
The Beast Priests, | the Life Giving Society Priests, were in. 
The young man saw their altar. | (35) "Alas, so this is the way you 

238 Publications, American Ethnological Society V°t- XV 

tatcu lul$: anapenan iteKkwaPikaka. luka itciikwariJ^apa lujf la- 

40 ta^an ane le'kwanan yam hiwalakwin ma'kaiakwin tahna teluia 
lu^a ho > a u waka. luk ho* a u wanan l£al ho* lujj: il*a*^a. yam a*tatcu 
le^'wanikwalja. ho*na*wan tca > le ho*na'wan tatcu luka t'elinaire 
ho*na*wan hecot'a'kwi t?o* oneal kwatolja^a. an a'tatcu le'anti- 
kwa^a. le*antikwanan si 5 ko*ma ^alt hapo an a'tatcu wema* 

45 a*ciwani le'tikwa^a. le'tikwanan tenenap^a. wema* aciwan'i 
luwalemaka. otin-i*potika. atfanitil^a. yam tca'lan otip^a. t'elinan 
ten* otip^a. a*wan tca*le yutcia poa'ka. t'ehna itiwap tetcune^a. 
an oye il*i te'tciko e'lactok lesanikwa^a. si* ana t'elPtokwin le*- 
anikwaka. tsawak elema^a. t'eli'tokin a*tc i*wil*i kwato^a. sVtc 

50 at^a. iskon a*tc i'wil*uka. isKon hoi tsawak itah^a. lesnol iskon 
tsawa^ tea^a. kona t'eftna*we yotipa. kwa tsawak tikilam*en*te 
cipapolima talakana'ka. 

an oye s'isaka. ]£al yam ulohnakwin tsawak a*na^ i'tse^akwaka. 
yam oye lesanikwaka. so' yam ulohnakwin a*na tse'ma. yam oye 

55 le'anikwaka. ho* akc a*nuwa an oye le'kwaka. hol*o el*e t'o 5 ime 
tsawa^ yam oye le*anikwa^:a. ka'^ip to* a*nuwa le'anikwaka. 
a*witen t'ewanan ho* a*nuwa tsawajs; yam oye le*anikwaka. ma 
honkwa*ati an oye le'kwal^a. tenati lu^a tfelinan yam a*tatcu ho* 
yatinapa ko*lehol eletun*ona ho'na anhetocna^an*a. e'lactoki 

live here?" the young man thought to himself. | He sat there 
thinking. | 

His fathers questioned their child. "Where did you pick him 
up ?" | they said to her. "Over there at Itiwana at Ma*tsal^a/' she 
said to them. "His | father scolded him and threw him out. After he 
had thrown him out, he | (40) went hunting, so he says. I found him 
against the south slope of his village. | I found him and brought 
him here." | So she said to her fathers. "Our child, our father, this 
night | your road has come into our house," his fathers | said to him. 
So they said to him and then, "Very well now, come this way," his 
fathers, the Beast | (45) Priests, said. So they said. They sang. The 
Beast Priests | arose. They were all dancing. There was great exci- 
tement They danced for their child. All night | long they danced. Their 
child sat there, very much interested, At midnight they stopped. | 
His wife, the girl who had brought him there, said to him, "Let us 
go into the inner room," | she said to him. The young man arose. 
They entered the inner room together. They | <50) slept. So they 
were united. So the boy married there. The boy stayed there. 
Every night they danced. Even though the young man did not 
belong to any society, | he was married at Cipapolima. 

His wife became pregnant. The young man was wishing to come 
back here to his own country. | He said to his wife, "I long for my 
own country." His wife | (55) said to him, "I shall go with you," his 
wife said. "Oh no, it is better for you to stay here," | the young 
man said to his wife. "When will you go ?" she said to him. | "In 

Bunzely Zuni Texts 239 

y am oyemci le'anikwafca. ma tenat ilte. ko'lehol ho'na a'tatcu eo 
ho'n — wov, V n«, wa uoclwuk xe'Kwa^a. lesnol a*tc i'wil* imo^a. 
s*an oye tcawacna lo'tenaiye. yam ^apin ho 5 i teawak*a kwa 
tophrte yatcun isanam'ente tcawacan'iha, uhsite t'elinan*e 
honkwa tcawacanuwapa an oyemci yam ^akwin a*na peka. 

sunharia an a'tatcu wema* a'ciwan'i hapo'ka. uhsite t'elinan*e 65 
e'lacto^ yam a'tatcu yatineka. sP luka t'elinan*e horn a'tatcu 
t'on haponaiye. lu^ horn il* s ona lehol yam ulohnakwi yam a*laci- 
na*we luk a;wan yu'aca. \u\ a'n'iha. tika tVn ho'n yatine'a. 
ko'lehol el'etun'ona ton rtse'man'a. yam a'tatcu leVwanikwaka. 
ma honkwa'ati. tfa tenati kwa luk lrlkon'te ho'i teanve. luka 70 
t'ekohanan ho'i ta* c tcic hon ^apin a'ho'i an a'tatcu wema* a'ciwan'i 
le'antikwaka. sP ko'ma J£alt i't'ina^a. lu^a t?elinan*e yam tca'la'ni 
alnate hon otiwe. le'tikwana s'tenenap^a. otipka l$:e*si. t'e'lina 
ten*a yam teaman oti-t'ewaka. tfekohatirja hiwalan-lani^a. t'elinan 
ten'a an oye isanan*te akci ota-t'ewa^a. t'ewap yaton'e an a'tatcu 75 
yam tca'le ampeyenapka. si' lu^a yaton'e ho'na'wan tca'le lehol 
yam ulohnakwi t'os oneal a*]£an*a. ho'na t'on a'wantse'man'a lo' J o 
onea'we halawotinane. lestiklea ho^a a'wunatilsa. ka'kamace- 
ko'na ho'na tcuwa a*tena J koa iasai^aiawe. hon a'lacowaye. yam 
tV ulohnakwin te'tcinan kcrwi li'l hon a'teona rwite'tci ho'na'wan so 

four days I shall go," the young man said to his wife. | "Is that so ?" 
his wife said. "Well, this night I shall tell our fathers | and they 
will instruct you in what is best for us," the girl | (60) said to her 
husband. "That is quite all right. Whatever our fathers | may tell us," 
the young man said. So they were staying there together. | His wife 
was approaching her confinement. Because she was a raw person, | 
although she was pregnant less than one month, she was about to 
give birth. On the very night | when, perhaps, she would give birth, 
her husband spoke of going to his own house. I 

(65) In the evening, her fathers, the Beast Priests met together. That 
very night | the girl told her fathers. "Now this night, my fathers, | 
you are gathered together. This one who lives with me, is lonesome 
for his country and his | parents. He wants to go. Now we are telling 
the society, | and you will think what will be best." So she said to 
her fathers. | (70) "Well, is that so ? Well, it cannot be helped. He is 
not a native of this place. He | is a daylight person, while we are 
raw people," his fathers, the Beast Priests, | said to them. "Very 
well now, sit down over here. This night we shall dance for our 
child | for the last time." So they said. So they sang and then they 
danced. All night | long they stayed up dancing for their child. 
At daybreak they stopped suddenly. All night | (75) long his wife, 
although she was pregnant, stayed up dancing with them. Next 
day his fathers | talked to their child. "Now this day, our child, 
yonder | to your own country your road will go. You will think of 
us with shell, ) corn pollen, and prayer meal. Moreover, now look 

240 Pvbtications, American Ethnological Society Vol* XV 

tV Iacowa*we a*wacaira. lacowatfapa halawotinan'e lo #> o onea'we 
tsuhapa tV yelete'mra. yam teatcinakwi tV pani'rra. t'ewan- 
kwin tahna teatcinapaltan tV ho'n a'lea'upa yam anikwananaj$;"a 
lacowa'we halawotinan'e onea'we to^o tsuhapa Heana yam ona*- 

85 ya'nal^a yam lacia^a tVna hon yaniktciana'wa. an a'tatcu le*- 
antikwana el* anhetocna kwaPikana*wapa iW te'tcPkoa e'lacto^i 
]$Mt il" a*^a. yam kapin hoM teawa^'a holomacekoa cipapolima 
a*tci kwai'inairte tcim itiwapa a'suwa'kwi yam oyemci il" rnan 
iskon yaknahka. si* mas lu'u yam l^akwi. i*natinam*e*hom a'tatcu 

so ko'lea torn anhetocnapkoa el tV elate'unanran'a le'anikwana 
iskonhol toms a*tci rt'sumekaka. l£et?sanici iJo* yam ulohnakwin 
a*t'u. tsawalj yam oye le'anikwap lesnajja lesnatik tV ketfsanici 
a*t c u a'tci le'anikwana a*tci i't'sumekana a'tci rwoptsina tsawalj 
yam ma'tsa'l^akwi a*napa ta* c tcic ainc e'lacto^i yam cipapoli- 

9. r » makwi sVka. yam anikwananaka cipapolimakwi tomt lehol 
tenela'apa te'tcika. 

ta'^cic tsawak yam J^akwen i'yana hiwalakwin itiyulajca. an 

a*lacina # we yu'aco wo'yulapa an ikina topint'ona t'ewana*we yam 

a'lacina'we yaiyosej^a. iste pap iya le*kwanan yaiyoseke'a. 

100 yam papa ^e*la unajfa. yam Ijakwi ^ena-kwatopi^a. tsita iste 

at us. | The clothing that someone gave us long ago is now full of 
holes. We have feathers in our hair. | <80) When you reach your 
own country, for as many of us as are here | you will make hair 
feathers. Hair feathers and prayer meal, shell, corn pollen, | spark- 
ling paint, you will prepare. You will take them down to your field. 
At the eastern | end of your field you will give them to us. When, 
with our supernatural power, | we have clothed ourselves with the 
hair feathers, the prayer meal, the pollen, the shell, the sparkling 
paint, then with our long life, | (85) our old age, we shall bless you." 
So his fathers | said to him. They instructed him well and sent 
him out. The girl | who brought him came here with him. Be- 
cause she was a raw person, although they started out far off 
at Cipapolima, | just at noon she came with her husband to Rock- 
Slab. | There she let him go. "Well now, go to your home, but by 
all means do not neglect | ooj to do what our fathers have told you," 
she said to him. | There somewheres they encouraged each other 
with affectionate words. "Happily may you go to your country," | 
the young man said to his wife. "Even so may it be with you. May 
you go happily." | So they said to each other. They made one 
another strong. They separated. The young man | went to Matsal^a, 
while the bear girl | (95) went back to her Cipapolima. Because she 
was wise she reached Cipapolima | in just a little while. | 

Meanwhile, the young man came to his house. He came close to 
the village. His | parents were lonely. They were sick in bed. He 
had only one younger sister. Every day | she lied to her parents. 
"There, brother is coming," she said but she lied to them.! 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 241 

pap i*ya. le' yam tsit anikwaka. t'a hek yoseke'a. tfewana ho'na tfo 
yaiyoseke'a. — ma elete lil i'ya. \v\ ye'maku le'kwajJa ma ama 
tfuna-kwaPi — tekwancic hokanhoh* t'op rnan*a an tatcu le > anik- 
wa^a. an a'lacina'we yu'acowa^a kwa sic a'tfsumanre wo'yulikwi 
a*wona-elateria an ikina yam a*lacina*we yatinepa konantholi an 
tsita pilaknan letsilo'kwi pitcatcatin a*l^a. kwai'ilen rnarJa an 
tsawaki kwato^a. unatil£ana*wapa yam kwahof tenrta teawe 
tosa'en tamsakaian kwai'ikoa an a*lacina'we anaiyu*ya*narja 
unati^ana*wapa. tsawa^ aiyu'lacina yam talakwe a*wan kwa- 
hol lea ko'kci leapa mokwa* kokci leapa ^ewula* kokci kemkutci" 
ko'kci kutciye ^emutcun ko'kci utciye e'nin ko'kci alja tsutoye. 
an a'lacina* konanthol tepoanpilaknan i'rjiyenaplja. i'mu^a. 
tsawaki an a*wokana*we anapenape'en'te elehol aiyu'aca yace^a. 
yam aiacina'we a'wona-elatenalapa cipapolima an a'tatcu 
wema* a*ciwan'i ko'lea anhetocnapkoa kwas aiyr^ya'nanrel^a. 
koatcic anat horn tikwe^a. le'kwanan kwas a'wan lacowa'w 
acnam'lja. ta*'tcic an a'tatcu aiyr^ya'napa tea^a. an anhetoc- 
napkatea a'wite t'ewapa yam lacowa* Heana^al§:'a cipapolima 
oneal kwaPiljanapJta . pil a'wa'^a. tsa wa^ona yam anhetoc - 
nap^atea a*wiyap kwa lacowanhol teanvelja. aince i^atifea. i 
s^'wa'p. yam ^akwi. lesnas a'tea^a. 

(ioo) She first saw her brother. She called into the house, "Mother! 
Here | <n brother is coming!" she said to her mother. "She is lying 
again. Every day you | lie to us." "Yes, indeed! He is coming! 
He is climbing up now!" she said. "Well, | look out, any day he 
might come from somewheres," her father said. | His parents were 
so lonely that they were no longer strong. Even when they were 
sick in bed | (5) he passed them on their road. When his sister told 
her parents her mother was scarcely | able to rise. She tottered 
over to the ladder and just as she was trying to go up, her | son 
entered. When they saw him how he had lost all his clothing | and 
gone away naked, his parents remembered. Now when they saw 
him he was a respectable young man. He was clothed in the fine 
clothing of his wife's people. | <io> He had on fine moccasins, and 
fine buckskin leggins, and trousers, | and a fine buckskin shirt, and 
a fine belt around his hair. | His parents were scarcely able to sit 
up. He shook hands with them and sat down. | The boy's women 
relatives, although they used to scold him, had almost died of 
loneliness while he was gone. | 

So he passed his parents on their road. | And what his fathers at 
Cipapolima, I (i5)the Beast Priests, had told him to do he did not 
remember. | It doesn't matter what they said," he said; so he did 
not make hair feathers for them. | Meanwhile his fathers, knowing 
all this, waited. At the appointed time | after four days, they came 
to get their feathers. From Cipapolima | they made their roads 
come forth. They came this way. They came to the place about 


242 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

ta * c tcic cipapolimakwi an oy e tcawac^a . kwil • i tcawacka . 
ta ,c tcic tsawak yam teatcina tJo we yeka. a'witen aptsinan yam 
a'lacina* a'wan t T o we ye^a' topokan yam a*t?san a'tcian t'o we yeka. 

25 cipapolima yam atfsan atcian tfo we ye^a. lesna haitocnani'lta. 
ta'tcic cipapolima wema'we uhsona aiyu'ya'n a'teaka. kwahol 
lena'we ho 3 i-ya*ptna'wapa lak u hol cipapolima wema* a'teona tsa- 
wakona oye yam a*t?san a*tcia lesanikwa^a. lalek ma'tsa'ka tVna 
tatcu ho*]! a*wunaka t , o we ye > koa ho'i-ya^anapka ke*si. laktap 

30 a'witen t'ewana* hon teh'alinan kwaiMn*a ho*n a*wunaka t'o we yena 5 - 
koa i'tonakak*a hon a*wa*nuwa. aince yam tcawa'tcia le'anikwaka. 
lesnol a'teaka. antfsumehlsa. a'witen tfewapa cipapolima aince 
maki yam a*tsana a'tcia il*i ukwe'ka. ]£.ai a*wa*l^a. sic tenalana 
t'elapa tsawal^ona teatcinakwi awi*na an miyakwi u'kwatoka. 

35 yam a'wo^ana* a*wa t'o we ye 5 koa le'nakwi kwa i*to*na*wanre^a. 
yam a*tsan a*tcian unaka tfo we yekatekwi lrwankoa i*to'nap]ja. 
cotsito kwil aptsinan^e sic ace* we a*tc unapona rto'napjjta. kwa 
koti lowumvwanreka. tcim t'ekohatipa sVwa*ka yam cipapoli- 
makwi . 

40 ta* c tcic tsawak yam teatcinakwi pani'ka. tcim t'ekohatipa 
aince an oye yam tcawiH tsawakonani mi* rtona'pe'en tcimhol 
a*wa*^atekwi tsawak yam teatcinakwin rnan t'un-al*u^a. yam 

which they had told the young man. | (20) There were no feathers 
there. Bear got angry. | So they went back. Thus they stayed at 
their home. | 

Meanwhile at Cipapolima his wife gave birth. She gave birth to two 
children. Now the young man planted in his field. He planted four 
acres for his | parents. On the other side he planted for his two 
children. | (25) He planted for his two children at Cipapolima. So he 
had promised. | Meanwhile at Cipapolima, the Beast Gods waited, 
knowing all abouts this. | When the crops came to maturity, over 
at Cipapolima, the Beast Gods who were living there, | said to the 
young man's wife and his two children, "Over at Ma'tsa^a, | your 
father has worked for us. What he has planted has come to maturity 
now. | (30) Pour days from today we shall go to investigate. He has 
worked for us, and we shall go to eat that which he has planted. | So 
the Bear said to her two children. | So they waited. They were eager 
for it. After four days, from Cipapolima Bear | Woman and her two 
children started out. They came this way. Late | at night they 
came to the young man's field. They entered his corn field. (35) What 
he had planted for his sisters, those crops they did not eat. | In the 
place that he had planted for his children, there they ate. | They ate 
two acres of sweet corn, the milky ears. They ate nicely. | They did 
not disturb the field. At daybreak they went away, back to their 
Cipapolima. | 

(40) Just then the young man went down to his field. Just at 
daybreak, | soon after his bear wife and her two children who 

Bunzel, Zuni Teocte 243 

miya^ona tekwarrte a'teana ankohakaJka. hc'lic aince teanaiye 
le'kwana ele t'unapa lehol am miya* tenrla aince a'teanapapa. 
awan tehalilj:a i'tonapkoa les telina wotapan a*ne. ikwalt i'ka. 45 
yam teatcinakwin ikwart rnan yam hampokwi rnan iskon yaton- 
ili imo^a. su'nhapa yam ^akwi ma*tsakakwi ycmaka. yam 
a'wo^ana'we yam a'lacina*we yatineka. t'elina homan aince 
tcawil'i homan mi* i'to*napj$:a tealakwa le*nakwi tomt a*wal*uka 
kwa i'fcrna*wam*e cotsito le'nakwi i'fcrnapka. yam a'lacina'we 50 
leVwanikwalpi. am a'wokana'we le'a'wanikwaka. horn i*to*- 
l^ana'we' leshap ho 5 yam mryakwin ant'ewakaira le'kwapl. 
sM'to'kana'ka. tsawak rto'^a. i*to # na yam pi'lan'e piyah^a. yam 
copon*e piyahka yam wenve rjiyahka rpa'unan yam copon'e 
i'kockunan yam teatcinakwin ant'ewakan a*ka. yam mi'yakwin 55 
te'tcinan yam mrya'kona al'ulja. t'ekwinapa tomt yu'hatiawacjjja 
ai*u^a. kwa hoi teamepa yam hampokwin te'tcinan yam copon* 
a'unan yam pa'ure a'unan tfawe hapo^anan aklulja. s^nt'ewal^a. 
yam mrya t'ehna itiwapa kwa tcuhol rna'mapa yam hampokwi 
ye'ma^ka rtcu'l^a. yam ocokwa yam pPlan'e a'uka. s'all^a. eo 

tcim alapa ta ,c tcic cipapolima wema* tem'la a'wan yu'makwe'- 
na'koa rto'napik'a a*wike'na rteliana^als/a u'kwe'ka. cipapolima 

had eaten the young man's corn | had left, the young man came 
to his field. He looked around. | Suddenly he noticed tracks in 
his com field. "Oh see the bear tracks!" | he said. He looked 
carefully over his whole corn field, wherever the bear tracks went. | 
(45i "It looks as though they had eaten their own." He followed 
them down and then came back. | He came back to his field, and 
came* to his field shelter, and there he sat all day. | In the evening 
he went up to his house atMa'tsa^a. | He said to his women relatives, 
and his parents. "Last night a bear | and her cubs ate my corn. 
Where the field corn was growing they just walked about, | but 
they did not eat. But where the sweet corn was growing they ate." | 
So he said to his parents. He said to his women folks, "Give me 
something to eat, | and so I shall stay over night in my corn field," 
he said. | They gave him to eat. So the young man ate. After he 
had eaten he took down his bow | and he took down his quiver, and 
he took down his skin blanket. He wrapped himself in it and 
clasping his quiver, | (55) he went down to stay over night in his field. 
When he reached his field | he went about among his corn. When it 
got dark, he just walked about, listening carefully. | There was 
nothing there. So he went to his shelter and put down his quiver | 
and put down his blanket. He gathered wood and made a fire. And 
so he stayed there all night. | When no one had come to his field by 
midnight he climbed up in his shelter | <eo) and lay down. He put his 
bow down by his head. He went to sleep. | 

As soon as he was asleep, now over at Cipapolima, all the beasts | 
went to eat the fruit of his toil for them. They came out to add to 


244 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol, XV 

lgal a'wa'^a. tsawaki tcim alapa an teatcinakwi an mi'yakwi 
a'wi'na a'wuna'ka tfo we yena^a tekwi cotsito le*nakwi u'kwatona 

65 tcims sic kotilewunaplja. sic wotfa'we ^apa^ana rtemana i*to*- 
nap^a ^e*si. tsawaljona an oye yam a*t?san a*tcia iW mi*ya rto*- 
nap^a. ta* c tcic tsawaki aince koti a*walewuna*wa jJeyekoa yam 
hie kapin ho'iwak'a aiyu 5 ya*nap^:a. an oye yam a'tfsan a*tcia 
lesanikwa^a t'ekohati^a ^e'si. hons a'wa'nuwa a'ma yam a'tci 

70 tatcu antehali koplea antfewa. holon hie ten kwa aiyu'ya'name'en 
yam kwahol peye'koa kwa aiyu'ya'name'en ho'na koti a'walewu 
tse'manan inasnak'a alawelaiye ant'ewa. an oye yam a't'san a*tcia 
le'anikwapa a't'san a'tci yam tatcu ant'ewanankwin a*^a. a*tci 
te^ipa ace' alajfet a'tc alanankwi te^ci^a. an ocokwan pPlan'e 

75 co'hifi wo'tajSa an a'tci pPlan ahlja an a'tci an pi'lan ko # wi liyala 
aptsi^a. tomt a'tci an pi'lan aptsina teala'^a tcukwe* le*nap 
ele^an'a a'tci le'kwanan a'tci ant'ehwal$:a. yam tsit inkwin a'tci 
te^ci^a. a'tcia tsita aiyalaka kople'a t'o'na tatcu antfewa ? a'tci- 
naiya le^nikwa^a. ma kwa tihkwahna tfewulaci tse'mana^a 

so samunan antecema inasnak'a alaweia antfewa an a'tfsan a*tci- 
yam tsita le'anikwa^a. an tsita i^atika. ho'na a-wuna^a t'o^ye'- 
koa hon i'to'na'wapte imat ikane'a tenas kolehol ta ,c tcic ho* 
tse'man'a. an oye le'kwa^a. si* ko*ma hons a # wa*ce s^ekohatipt 
le'tikwana wema'we yam cipapolimakwi s'a'wa'pL 

their hearts. Prom Cipapolima, | they came hither. Just as soon 
as the boy was asleep, they came to his field, his corn field. ] They 
entered the place where he had planted for them, where the sweet 
corn was growing. | (65) But now they spoiled his field. They broke 
down the stalks and ate up everything | now. His wife with her two 
children ate his field corn. Now the young man had said he would 
punish the bear | and because they were raw persons they knew 
about it. His wife said to her two children, ( "It is daybreak now. 
Now we shall go. Go and look at your | (70) father and see how he 
has passed the night. See whether he really is so foolish. | If he was 
so foolish as to do what he said he would, if he really intended to hurt 
us, | then he will sleep with his weapons beside him." So his wife 
said to her two children. | Her two children went to where their 
father had passed the night. When they | came there he was fast 
asleep. They came to where he was sleeping. At his head his bow | 
(75) and arrows were lying. They took up his bow. They cut the 
sinew a little. They just cut the sinew of his bow a little, not all the 
way through. "So, | good for him," they said. So they went off. 
They came to where their mother was. | Their mother questioned 
them. "Well, how did your father pass the night?" | she said to 
them, "Well, he does not feel kind or gentle. | (80) He wants to 
quarrel. He was sleeping with his weapons beside him," the two 
children | said to their mother. Their mother became angry. He 
worked for us, | and even when we eat what he has planted for us, 

R<»m*«?, Z>u*t,i (Pexfo 245 

tomt ko'wihol awa'napa tsawa^ okwi^a. yam hampoan pani'l^a. 85 
yam mryakwin kwatojia mrya tenrla kwa sic aince a p wan teliha- 
lunanve toms lehot ainc a*wan l^eku'monan-alo'ka. tsawalj 
ikati^a. yam hiwalakwin tcim yatokwaPip ye'ma^a. yam luwala*- 
kwi ma*tsa*kakwi we'atco^a. yu't'so'yana'we' t'elina homan 
aince mi* rtcnapka. le'kwanan we'atcopa hiwaPona i*yu 3 ya*na 90 
yam inasna^a ihapopina a*tsawa^i aince mi*ya i*to*napkoa wota- 
pantin-a'l^a. ta -t tcic an mi' i*to*na'koa tsawa^i yam hiwala tomt 
we*atconan kela wotapan-a'^a. ta'*tci an oye aincokya imo'ka 
^e*si. onan'te antcupalo^a. tsawak holomac ehkwi te^cika. an 
oye alahina-kwaPi^al^a. yat'e^a. tapnin'te ankohana kwai'i^al^a. 95 
tsawajj aceka. tcims an oye yam cipapolimakwi a\ka. ta* c tcic 
a'ho'i a*yalu a'teHcipa tsawa^ acena'ka. aho'i iskon te'tci yu'la- 
k'itika. el*e li'lkonte palto hon a*wi*^a. ampikwe'nanre hon aince 
A\)*tapantin-a*napa ko'macko'na hon we'na* ahrnvwa le'tikwana 
s'iskon'te aince wotapantin-a'na tsawa^ona il*i matsa^akwin 100 
a*wiapa tsawakona an J^akwi kwato|£ana*wapa an tatcu l^akwe- 1 
mosi koye^a. an alacina'we a'koyel^a. tsawa^ aince aina'koa 
aceka ^e*si. kocona*^a kwanleana^a an akono'^a. iskon palo^a. 

ta* c tcic cipapolima wema'we a'te'tcinan yam okana*we ainco- 

he is angry. So now I , must think up something," his wife said. 
"Yorv well then, let us go. It is daybreak," they said. The beasts 
u it kick to their Cipapolima. | 

H.i) When they had gone just a little ways, the young man awoke. 
He came down from his shelter | and entered his corn field. The 
bears had thrown his whole, field into disorder. | Even from far off 
he could see that the bears had broken down the stalks. The young 
man | became angry. He went up to the village just at sunrise. | He 
called out in his village, Ma'tsaka. ''Wake up ! Last night | (90) bears 
ate my corn!" So he said. When he called out the people in the 
village learned about it. They got together their weapons and 
the young men followed the bears who had eaten the corn. | Mean- 
while, the young man whose corn had been eaten, right after he had 
called out in the village, | was the first to go after them. Meanwhile 
his wife. Bear Woman, was waiting | now. She was lying in wait for 
him on the road. The young man came there far ahead. His | 
(95) wife jumped out at him. She seized him. All at once she found 
him and dragged him out. | The young man was dead. Then his 
wife went to her Cipapolima. Meanwhile | the people behind came 
there. The young man was lying there dead. The people came there 
and stopped. | "It is better we come to the end of it right here. If 
we are not the more powerful, and we | go on after the bears, we shall 
receive many wounds," they said. | <ioo) So right then those who 
had gone to follow the bears came back to Ma'tsaka with the young 
man. | <n They brought the young man in to his house. His father, 
the chief priest | cried. His parents cried. The young man who had 

246 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol XV 

s kyapl^a. a'wan o^ana-we yam oyemc ainanan yalu te>t )C ik a 
a-wan a*wotsina-we anarjenapka. hie kwa tV yaiyu'ya-na^e 
le'antikwapa t'a tenat kwa yaiyu'ya-nanre'ka. kole'a hon ay^.. 
tocnapkoa kwa lestalewunam'kowalfa ho* ikatika. ho* aina^a an 
oye le'kwaka. si* ko'ma kople'a tepira l$:e*si ? a*wa mosona le'^ap 

in ma kwa hiyohicna acip kwa elecukwa le'tikwana. hon tapn a . wa 
le'tikwana. an a*t'san a*tci pit a^a. ma'tsapkwi luwala ma^ka 
yam tatcu palokwi a*tci yam tatcu ace'koa a'tci palohp. ^ e hol 
cipapolimakwi a'tci yam tatcu el set-a*ka. a'tci cipapolimia^j 
te'tcipa wema* a'ciwan'i ona'-ya-naka a*ciwan*i yaincokya. tika 

15 yupoljatekwi yam a'tci tatcu el seto-te'tci^a. a*tcinaiya tsita 
antfsumeha. rwatenapl^a. a*tci yam tatcu il'i kwatoka. ona\ va .- 
nafea tikan upkwi u'kwatoka. t'ehwitiwa yaincokya pewpka. 
iskon yam a'tci tatcu t'ewankwin t'una tcu-a 5 uka. ta* c tcic tifcila- 
pona i'wokwip yam tfepehan ima. tenenapka. luwalem a ka. 

20 a'wulapco^a. wemacnapka kesi. miha pewPka t'a miha yani%a" 
a'witen tena* ya'na wenacnapkapa i'y a ^y u> y a "¥^P a i*muna-pila- 
kaka. an a'tatcu wema* a*ciwan'i ana-elemal^ana t'elinan ten'a 
itulacokanap^a. tfekohatipa koconappt. kwanlea tcim'ona kwan- 
leapka. iskon i'ti^iluka. a'witen t'elina'we an tena* pi'la'we kwahoj 

fought with the bears | was dead now. He was bathed. He was 
dressed. A grave was made for him. There he was buried. | 

Meanwhile the animals came to Cipapolima. They were waiting 
for their sister. | (5) Their sister, after having killed her husband, was 
the last to come. | Her brothers scolded her. "You are very foolish," | 
they said to her. "Well, it can't be helped he was very foolish. 
What we had told him, he did not do, so I became angry. I killed 
him." | So his wife said. "Very well, how shall it be now?" their 
chief said. | uo) "Well, if he were really dead, it would not be right," 
they said. "We shall get him," | they said. His two children came 
hither. There, below the village of Ma'tsaka, | where their father 
was buried, they dug up their father who had died. | They carried 
their father's body on their backs over to Cipapolima. | When they 
reached Cipapolima, the Beast Priests, the Live-Giving Priests. 
were waiting for them. | <15) They brought their father's body into the 
place where the society stayed in. Their mother | anxiously washed 
her hair. They brought their father in. | They came in to where 
the Life- Giving Society stayed in. While waiting for them they had 
spread out a blanket in the middle of the room. | There they laid 
their father down with his head to the east. Meanwhile the society 
people | gathered together in a circle. They began to sing where 
their drum was standing. Then they arose | (20) and went around 
the room. Now they took away his sickness. They spread out an 
embroidered robe, and then laid an embroidered robe over him. I 
When four songs were finished they took away his sickness and he 
came to life. He sat up. | His fathers, the Beast Priests, made him 

Bunzd, Zuni Texts 247 

tenrla tfewusu pemvwe anipi^a. yanikwati^a. akwa* ihij^i. a*wan 25 
mosona lesanikwaka si' luka yaton'e tV yam ulohnakwin a'nuwa. 
le'ana'ka t'om ulohna til^awaka a'ho^. tfo' yam ulohnakwin te*- 
tcinan holtikol tikanankwin tV a*nuwa. kolehol t'om hon am- 
peye'ona el t'o el'ate'una'man'a. le'anaknan cipapolima an ak:*a 
rhapoka yam ye'tcunane mi'le rseto'nan yam akwa' tenrla 30 
i'wo'ponapa an oye l^al il*-a*^a. 

a*witen t'ewapa yam l^akwin ikwal i'fe:a. an a'lacina'we ace*kona 
aiyu'ya'napa yam kakwin ikwal i*^a. cipapolima kolehol anhe*- 
tocna'koa yam a*lacina*we yatine^a. ticomaha' horn tca'le el 
t'o' el'ate'unanrt'u. kolehol t'om anhe'tocna'koa tV lestelewun'a 35 
an tatcu le'antikwapa. ma lehapa le'kwanan rpa^inan kwai'i^a. 
tika hapema 5 koa t'una-kwatelan al'ulja. tikilapona tfewu'acona 
ii'fnhiapapa co'wekwe haponakwin te'tcilja. iskon elute hapona'- 
kii. wan ana lHa kwatot'u. le*kwana iskon t?una-t'ewal$:a. kwas 
kolehol anhe'tocna'koa lestelewunam'pi. tfekohatirja yam ^akwin 40 
i'fea. tcims alka. itiwapa tern alan-alapa ta* c tcic an tatcu hoi 
tikan*e an sakow yaknakwi aincokya. a u wana aktsi^ okwi^a. 
hoi ti^anan tuna-t'ewa^a ? yam oye le'anikwapa. yam tsawak 
okwi^apa an tsawak pilaknan akli^ana yeleapihipa an tatcu 

stand up. All night | they went around the room. At daybreak they 
bathed him. They clothed him in new clothing. | Then he joined their 
society. For four nights they taught him the song sequences | 
<-'>) and all kinds of prayers. He learned them, and medicine also. 
Their | chief said to him, "Now this day, you will go to your own 
country." | So he said to him. "In your country there are society 
people. When you reach your country | you will go to any one of 
the societies. Now do not neglect to do what we tell you." | So he 
said to him. At Cipapolima, therefore, | (30) they gathered together 
what he would need. He put his good luck mile on his back and 
carried all his medicine | in his hand. His wife came hither with him. j 
After four days he came back to his house. His parents thought 
that he was dead, | but he came back to his house. What they had 
told him to do at Cipapolima he told his parents. | "Alas, my child! 
Don't [ (35) you neglect it! You must do whatever they have told 
you," I his father said to him. "Yes indeed," he said. He wrapped 
himself in his blanket and went out. | He went about looking in at 
all the places where the societies were meeting. It was dreary where 
the society members | were gathered together. He came to the 
gamblers' meeting place. There they were enjoying themselves. J 
"Well let me go in here for a while," he said. So he stayed there all 
night. I (40) He did not do what they had told him. At daybreak | he 
came back to his house. Then he went to sleep. At noon, while he 
was still asleep, his father | was still waiting to know to which 
society he should take the prayer meal. "Go on, wake up our son | 
and find out in which society he stayed last night," he said to his 

248 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

ib aiyala^a. hotti^ap ti^anan tV tfuna-t'ewalja imat lekon ho* sakow 
yakan*a an tatcu le'anikwapa tsawalj: kwa jiena'man elapila]$:a. 
tomt aleawaco J oktonan rtsaKnan tcims aceka. tcims icaltemana'^a 
cipapolima s'a'l^a l^e'si. 

le*n ino'te teati^a. a^'a ti^a* t'ehya. s^cwi. 


ma ho'na'wan a'lacina. teimi^anan lu^a ulohnanan hrwala* po*t?i 
hon a*teaka. hoi cipapolima ti^a tcimipLnap^a. kwahol ko'lea^a 
tenapila-tfap tfewusu pena* tern * la rwitohna tcimi^anaplja. ta* € tcic 
neVe*kwe tifean*e li'wan em* hie yam u'kwe'^atekwin ti^an 

55 rkoatfapte li'wanem hoi yato-kwe*ilenankwin hoi a*witena*na 
jjatul-ulapnan imat tcuwa lakon hoi a'tea^a. yato^ an tcawe 
neVe'kwe. mi'ton'a. lakonhol ta* c tcic a'tea^a. lu^a ulohnanan 
ho'na-wan a*lacina lrlno lu^a yala-ulapna^oa kwahol wema 1 
a*leste*na holno awocte*kowa Kakwenipa a 'ho* a'teaj^a. ta* c tcic 

eo neVe'kwe ha^ana mi*tona hie pikwe*na ho*i lesnajJa yato^an 
tca'le. le'wi ulohnan lana ifopa yaton al'u'ya kwahol an pena* 
ryatona te'tci an riena'we: ho* awekli'koa al*u 5 ya le'kwanan 

wife. | She awakened the young man. The young man arose. Then 
he went and stood by the fireplace. His father | (45) questioned him. 
"In which society (fid you stay last night ? For now I | must take 
corn meal there," his father said. The young man did not speak. 
He stood up. | He just bit his lips and scratched himself. Then 
he died. And this time, really, it was the end. | And now he went 
to Cipapolima. | 

This happened long ago. And therefore the societies are valuable. 
That is all. I 


Well, in the days of our ancestors, at the time of the first be- 
ginning, this country was full of villages. | We lived in them. Some- 
wheres at Cipapohma the societies had their first beginning. All 
of their customs, | their song sequences and their prayers, everything 
has been passed down since the first beginning. Now | the NeVekwe 
society belonged here on our side, right at the place where we had 
come out, | (55) even though they were society people. It seems that 
here at the place where the sun rises, somewhere along the fourth | 
rim of the encircling ocean, some people were living. They are the 
children of the Sun, | the NeVekwe. They did their hair in horns 
on their forehead. Over there they were living. Here in this 
country | our parents were living, right here in this valley surrounded 
by mountains like some wild animals. | Making their homes in caves 
the people lived. Meanwhile | (60) the NeVe*kwe who tied his hair 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 249 

iyam ulohna'koa yupiyala'koa mo we yatcu tfina'koa yam hie 
pikwe'na ho'i te^na^a al*u J ya. ho* iyaixra ulohna'koa ho* 
al'u'ya le'kwanan lulj:a aweklina*koa al'u'ya. hie kwa* yaiyu'ya'- 
nanve hie jh^su puckwe*na ho'i an ta*tcu hij^a vjitp-^a amjjeyeka. 

hie tihkwahna ho* acna rnat ll ^j anan Joins u'nap sic yam ko*na 
antse'man'ona. le'wi lrhio HU1 f a i? , -^o"tJi > kona a'woj^ al^*a kotile'a 
ho*i tealic an tatcu "V^sona JSyu'ten'iJfa. sic an rnatikapL 

t'as ^atthok u m wan ^^in a*na^a peyep ko'ma to' yaiyu'ya'na i 
homo luwalawa'kona to* al*un*a el t?o* a*wo|a hanhnanrt'u an 
tatcu y«-*ofca le ; anikwap ma' le'hapa horn t'o* ko*lea ampeyena'koa 
ho 5 tse'ma ^e*si. yam tatcu le'anikwap ma^onkwa^ati an ta*tcu 
yatoka le'anikwap yam l^akwan kwahol lea ryalipman mokwa* 
kokci yu'lunan ^eptci-yala ko'kci yu'lunan |em'e utcun ko'kci \ 
yirlunan kokwa*wan pilan tsinal-yala rpilana kwahol tem'la 
a*tcim 5 ona le-iya*J£anan camli la^ol ka'tul-ulapnan yatoka kwai*- 
ilenanhol tsawa^ neVekwe mitona s'kwaPinan s^alt a*^a. yam 
anikwanan a^'a holomackona kwai*en'te tcim itiwap l^akrma 
hiwala'kwin inan kwa luwala'kwin kwatona'men tomt hiwalan i 
mani^a'koa pi'kwe^a. 

ta*'tcic imat ist t'owa-yalan a*lac a'wan coton' piya tfecian 
a'loctan tcuwan hie a'wop te*tci ^akweniye. a'witen^na kwahol 

on his forehead was a very powerful person. Because he was the 
Sun's | child. He could travel across the whole wide world in one 
day. And whatever he said his words | were inverted. His words 
would be, "I travel along the ground." So he would say. | But he 
traveled through the upper world along the Milky Way and where 
the stars were scattered because he was a very powerful person. | 
When he said, "I travel through the upper world," | (65) (he meant) 
that he traveled along this earth. He had no sense at all. | He was 
an exceedingly funny person. His father, the Sun, spoke to him. | 
But he gave up trying to make a nice person of him. He just 
looked at him, | and let him do just as he pleased. Here, in all the 
villages full of people, he misbehaved with the women. | Although 
his father forbade him, he could do nothing with him. | 

(70) Now again he was talking of coming here to Itiwana. 
"Now you be sensible | when you travel around among the villages. 
Don't you steal any women," his | father, the Sun, said to him. 
"Yes indeed. Of whatever you have told me I am thinking now." 
So he said to his father. "Well, is that so?" his father, | the Sun, 
said to him. At his house he changed his clothing. He put on fine 
moccasins | (75) and put on fine fringed leggings and a fine buckskin 
shirt | and he kilted himself with an embroidered dance kilt. He 
dressed in all | new clothing. Then early in the morning leaving 
the encircling ocean where the sun rises | NeVekwe Top-knot 
started out and came this way. | Because he was wise, although he 
was far from where he came, just at noon | (80) he came to the village 

250 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

hie mihe* a't'sina te'tci a'wan ikwani*nan j^alt manij^hoi a*wan 

85 teatcinaye. a'wan miyaye. hie ko*macko*na a'wan mit'owanap 
topakan mo'tealapi^a ko*macko*na t'owanaye. kwahol yam mi'he* 
a*t'sine*nap^a. sic itiwan holihap e'wactolj a*tci a'wan hani te'on 
a*tci leshol rkwaka: sic horn no'tekla poa-yu'tetci^a. wanan 
hon yam teatcinakwin yam lenakwin yu^te'tcina' a*ce. hon mi*- 

90 lenakan a*ne. hon ye'maknan mPleup uhsonan hon itiwap i'tona- 
wa. cwactoj^ a'tci le'kwanan yam ak'a miseto'nan ye'maktun'ona 
pitoyala i*wo*pona*nan sVtci yam teatcinakwin panrnan yam 
miya'kona lesnol sVtci miyacanan al*ulta. 

ta'tcic neVe'kwe tsawak sVtcinaiya inkwin te'tcinan tern 

95 holomac tean rnan kwa tern ewactok a*tci acuwanve. l^e'la tfas 
a'tcinaiya anipu'su^an'te acuwen a'tcinaiya inkwin te'tcip ewac- 
tok atcinaiya u*nap tsawak hie tophol kwanleapa tcuwapi he'kwic 
lulj tsawak aiyuluchV iknan'te holon he'kwic kwa yaiyu'ya'- 
nam'e pekwa les'ina ewactok le'kwanan yam kawuan i'tcukwato- 
100 Kanan yam kawu aincakwakwalpp at'i telokana' tcic imat tfopa 

i ko'lehol ho'i te^an'a. an kawu yam hani le'anikwap se*kwat 
tsawalj: ko'homacko'na pene kwa sic e^lactol^ a'tcia anhitiya'na'ma. 
s'a'tcinaiya lesanikwaja li'i tVnac teatcinaiye ? lukac tVna 

of Kakima. He did not enter the village, but just | passed by below 
the village. | 

Now it seems that there on Corn Mountain at the place called 
Where-the Ribs-of-the-Ancients-Hang | in a cave were living some 
women all alone. There were four of them. | They worked only at 
embroidering blankets while there below were their | (85) fields. 
They had corn fields, and in them were many corn plants. | And on 
the other side was their melon patch. Their corn plants had grown 
tall. They embroidered ceremonial robes. | Just before noon two 
of the girls, the two younger ones, | were working thus. "Oh! I am 
tired of sitting with my head bent over ! | Let us rest for a little while 
and go down to our fields, where | oo> our crops are growing. When 
we come up wc can boil the corn and eat that for our dinner." | So 
the two girls said. They took with them white blankets in which to 
carry the corn when they came up. | So the two went down to their 
field. | Thus they went around among the corn plants picking the 
ripe ears. | 

Meanwhile Ne'wekwe youth came to where they were. He was 
still | (95) at some distance and the girls had not yet spoken to him 
but he first | spoke to them joking. He came to where they were. | 
He looked at the two girls. The youth was dressed entirely differ- 
ently. "Who is it? Although | he looks like a respectable young 
man, still he has no sense, | to talk the way he does," the girl said. 
She stood close to her elder sister and put down her head | (ioo) and 
whispered to her. "Shame on you! Keep quiet! Never mind what 
other | ( L) people may be," the elder sister said to the younger. 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 251 

miyarre luptc tfo'na mo'teala mo'lan'e ? a'tcinaiya le 5 anikwap 
e* atci le 5 anikwap hop t'o 5 n l^akweye ? a'tcinaiya le'anikwap 5 
ma hatci lak u iyam-a horn kakwe eVactok atci neVe'kwe le 5 - 
anikwap hie to 5 na*n ho' le*na tfunap kokwatewutcina to 5 na le*nap 
ho' topol i*tse 5 maku. a'tcinaiya le 5 anikwap kople 5 a t'o 5 tse'ma 
a*wo^ a*tci le'kwap maco penap isnokon t'on tse 5 man'a tsawak 
le'kwap ma a'ma pene honkwat kwahol ko'kci t'o 5 penap isnokon 10 
hon rtse'makun'a. tatcat kwahol po'tcakona t'o 5 tse 5 man*a penap 
kwa isnako hon tse'macukwa. ewactok a'tci le'kwap ma hon 
ryani'tcupalowenawa. tsawak a'wojs; a'tcinaiya le'anikwap heto'ci 
han*i yam han'i le 5 anikwap ma t'o 5 ulati an han'i yam kawu 
le 5 anikwap hon i'yani*tcupalonan tcuwehol a u wanakap kople 5 a is 
tekan'a ? ewactok a*tci neVe'kwe le'anikwap ma } tcuwahol a u wa- 
naknan ocokwinahJ£an*a neVe'kwe le 5 kwap ma ko 5 m hanate 
imat t'o 5 antecema. ko'ma to ke'la i'tcupalot'u ewactok a'tci 
neVe'kwe le'anikwap ula ton ke*lakan*a a*tcia le'anikwap ma 
ho*l*o kwa hon ke'lacukwa. t'o 5 k:e*lal^an*a ak'ap t'o 5 haitoce 5 a. 20 
atci neVe'kwe le 5 anikwap ma ko 5 ma hanate ele so ke'lapura. 
neVe'kwe le 5 kwanan ko 5 ma a'tei lil ye*la 5 u. t'ewankwin t'una ton 
elal£an*a. el iyo t'on yalupnam't'u a'tci t'u*na* i'wiyat'e. a'tcinaiya 
le 5 anikwanan t'ewankwin tfuna a'tcinaiya rwojjap ela'nan a'tcian 

Meanwhile | the youth was talking continually. He did not flirt with 
the girls. | He said to them, "Is this your field ? Is this your [ corn ? 
Are these your melons and your squash?" So he said to them. 
(5) "Yes" they said to him. "Where do you live ?" he said to them. 
"Well our house is up there," the two girls said to NeVe'kwe. | "As 
soon as I saw your crops I thought it looked like a feast for the 
katcinas. But since I found out that they were your crops, | I have 
been thinking of something else," he said to them. "What is it that 
you are thinking?" | the two women said. "Well, if I said it, you 
might think that were true," the youth ] (io> said. "Well, go ahead, 
say it. Perhaps you will say something nice, and then | we shall 
agree with you. Or else, if you are thinking something bad to tell 
us, then we will not agree with you," the girls said. "Well, | let's 
play hide and seek," the youth said to the two women. "How about 
it ister ?" she said to her younger sister. "Well, it's up to you," the 
you 1 i^<t sister | (is) said to the elder. "Well, if we play hide and seek 
and someone is caught, how | will it be?" the girls said to 
NeVe'kwe. "Well, if anyone is caught, | he shall have his head cut 
off," NeVe'kwe said. "Well, all right, go ahead. | It seems you want 
to do it. Very well, you hide first," the girls | said to NeVe'kwe. 
"No, rather you go first," he said to them. "Oh | (20) no ! We won't 
be first, you should be first because you suggested it," | they said 
to NeVe'kwe. "Very well then, come on. All right, I shall be 
first," I NeVe'kwe said. "Very well, you two, stand here. You 
will stand facing the east. | Now don't you turn around. Now you 

252 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

25 mas'ian ye'la'nan t'omt a'witenal^an rtetcuna masina^'a a'nan 
yam anikwanan aj^'a yam tatcu yatofe: inkwin ye'maka. 

yam tatcu lu^a yato^a inkwin ye'makup l^ec Uo* ye*maku ? an 
tatcu yatolga le'anikwap ho' ycmaku neVe'kwe le'kwap an tatcu 
yato^a e*t aiyu'ya'nan'te ko'le i'yanhe'tocna'wap yanhatia'en'te 

30 kop to' lewu^ana ye*maku ? yam tca'le le'anikwap ma la*k u 
ewactofe a'tci im'onakwin hon ryani'tcupalowenawe. a^* ho' 
ye'maku. ne'we'kwe yam tatcu le'anikwap ma ko'ma tomtit'apte 
li'wanem homan masikwin i'mu. he'kwatcic t'om a'tci a u wan*a 
yatoka yam tca 5 le neVe'kwe le^nikwap s'an masikwin rmup 

35 ta* ( tcic ewactojt a*tci t'ewankwin t'un ela%a. si* a'tcinaiya le'ani- 
kwap lal£hol yato^ iman imapte a'tci anhatia'wap a'tcinaiya 
mas'anhol pene lestena a'tci hatia'nan a'tci yal'upip kwas ishol 
teanrap s^wactok a'tci tecu^a. 

yam miya'kona yam mo'teala pika'kona a'tci tecu^a. a'tci 

40 a u wan rnatikanan yam ela'l^a tekwin a'tci te'tcip a'tci teana* 
Uunap t'omt a*witen kwas lal holjantikol a'n'ona teananvap hinik 
iyamakwin ye'ma^a. an l^awu le'kwanan yam co'tonan i'pehahna 
uhsonal^a i'kwi^acl^a. yam e* te'on ak'a kwa kwij£a kohana kwi- 
pm'e hie ^awalolo yam co^o'nan i'kwi^acap co*to*nan kwipb 

46 piwalolo i'^aliptp tah^ap J£ale yucanatikap a'tci kwi^a^alan 
tfunakwatop la^'ol yato^ iman an mas'an poan'te ko'wi an lapa- 

two cover your eyes," | he said to them and stood them side by side 
facing the east. | (25) He stood right behind them and just took four 
steps backwards. | But because he was wise he climbed up to the 
place of his father, the Sun. | 

When he climbed up to the place of his father, the Sun, "Have 
you come up ?" his | father, the Sun, said to him. "Yes, I have come 
up," NeVckwe said. Although his father, | the Sun, knew all about 
it, and although he had heard all that they had told one another, | 
(30) he said to his child, "What have you come up here for ?" "Well, 
over there, | where those two girls are standing, we are playing hide 
and seek. Therefore I | came up here," Ne'wekwe said to his father. 
"Very well, if you want to try, | sit here behind me. But maybe 
they will find you," | the Sun said to his child, NeVekwe. So he 
sat down behind him. | (35) Meanwhile the girls were standing 
facing the east. "Now!" he said to them. [ And although he was 
sitting far off, where the sun is, they heard him. ] It was as though 
he was speaking right behind them. They heard him and turned 
around, but he was not there. The girls hunted for him. | 

They hunted for him among their corn plants and their squash 
vines, but | (40) they failed to find him. They came back to where 
they had been standing. There they saw his tracks ) going just 
four paces, and then there were no tracks going in any direction. 
"I think | he has gone up above," the elder sister said. She took out 
her rib. I With that she drew milk from her breast but, because she 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 253 

powan Ko'skwap sVtci unati^anan torn son a u waka. lak u tfo* 
yatoka iman an mas'an tV po'waye. hana* panryu. ewactok 
atci ne'we'kwe le*anikwap tcukwa'tci ta^tciman'te ho* pcyeka. 
t'oms a*tci a u wal£a. t'os yalakwai*hra. t'a tenat kwa t'o yaiyu*ya'- so 
nanre. le*na te*onak'a t'ewana*kona torn ho* ampe'yeka. t'oms 
ho* ani'natil^aka. tern t?a t'o* kalem a*na pe'yip t'o* yaiyu'ya'na 
luwala'wa*koa tfo* yaiyu*ya'na ho*i teaptun*ona torn ho* ampeyeka. 
hana* lu*us pani'ce. t'a tenat kwa t'o* yaiyu*ya'nam*e. an tatcu 
yatoka yam tca*le ne'we'kwe le'anikwap tcims yaiyu*anikto'nan 55 
pani'^a. paniyup ho 5 iyo hai kwac hie t'o* aiyutcianan*te ani- 
kwam'e^a. ten'anre t'om hon a u waka. si* ta' c tcic tfo* tfewankwin 
tfuna yclanan t'o* tJuna i'wiyatfip ta* c tcic hon i'tcupalon'a ewacto^ 
a'tci neVe'kwe le'anikwapi. ten*at homkwat t'o* hakrwiHn ho'na 
t'o* a u wap kwa torn hon ocokwiheukwa. kwa tfo' ho'na a u wana'map 60 
ko'lea to* haitockoa t'om hon ocokwahna. ewactok a'tci ne'we'kwe 
amkwanan tfewankwin Uuna a*tc ela'na a*tc an mas'ikwin ye'lanan 
Uorat a'witena^an i'tetcunap a'tci mas'ina^a a*nan yam hie anik- 
wanan ak*a an lapapowan a'tci i'miyalto'lja. e't tse*map a'ho*i 
a'yuktfapte yam tern hie l^apin' ho*i leste'na yam a'tci ho*i te*on*- 65 
a^a a'tci an lapapowan rmiyaltapte hie aiyutcianairte kwa hon 

was a maiden there was no white milk. | Her milk was clear like water. 
She pressed the milk out on the rib, and the | (45) clear milk dripped 
down. She held it out. When the liquid became still they looked 
down into the drop of milk | and there where he was sitting behind 
the sun they saw the tip of his hair feather | peeking out. "Now we 
have found you! There you | are sitting in back of where the sun 
s! Come on, come down," the two girls | said to Ne'we-kwe. "So 
t did happen. I told you so ! | (so> They found you right away. Now 
ndeed you will be destroyed. Well, it can't be helped. You have 
no sense. [ That is the reason why every day I have talked to you. | 
But I couldn't do anything with you. When you came talking this 
way I always told you you should be sensible. | That when you 
went about in the villages, you should act sensibly. Well, go on 
now, go down. It can't be helped, you have no sense," his father, | 
{55) the Sun, said this to his child, Ne*wekwe. And now he went 
down, expecting to be punished. | "Poor thing even though you 
thought you were wise, you did not know enough. | Without any 
trouble we found you. Now you will stand facing the east. | When 
you turn around then we shall hide," the two girls | said to 
Ne'wekwe. "Well, it can't be helped. Perhaps if you are lucky | 
(60) you will find us and then we won't cut off your head. Or if you 
do not find us, | then, as you decided, we shall cut off your head," 
So the two girls said to Ne'wekwe. | They stood him facing the east 
and they stood at his back. | They took four steps backward and 
then because they had supernatural knowledge | they perched on 
his bunch of parrot feathers. One might think that people (65) would 

254 Publications, American Ethnological Society VoL XV 

kwic tfa ne*we*kwe aiyutciananve^sL honkwic ewactojg a'tci 
ne*we'kw* aiyatcrrra. a'tci aiyutciana^a lehapa tern ulohnana 
tcim*ona ulohnan kapinap le*na a'ho*i a'teaka. hie a'waiyutciana*- 

70 koa a'laci a*peye*a*. ma } ten hinik i'namilte a*witelin l^apinap 
le*na a*ho**i a*tean*te a'waiyutciana'ka. 

u'kwat ewactok a'tci ne*we'kw*an lapapowan a'tci i'miyaltapte 
kwa a'tcinaiya an hatia*nam*en a*tcinaiya teatcina*koa tecu^a. 
sic a'tcinaiya a u wana rnatiptnan si*ana a*tci ljalem a*ne. hop 

75 ton a*^a ? a'tcinaiya le*anikwap ho 5 iyo hai kwac hie hiyawohicna 
t'o* aiyu'tciananre honkwatckwic t'o* aiyutciana hon le'hatika. 
hon teclarjka. honkwa kwa hie fa t'o* aiyutcia*ona teanve. a'tci 
le*anikwanan an elan'te a'tci ipulahina pani'kap hie tsawal^ tecla- 
ti'nan ti'comaha' hai*i lo'ce t'on lo'te teapte kwa t'o*na ho* a u wa- 

80 nanrka. a'tcinaiya le*anikwap ma* li'l t'om an lapajJowanan hon 
elayaltoka. kwac ma ho*na t'o' anhatia*nanvka? a'tci le'anikwap ma 
ela t'a tenat imat ho* hanasima*ka. ho* hai'tocka. t'en'as yaman'te 
horn t'on ko'alewuira. a'tcinaiya le*anikwap raa } ko*na to* hai- 
tockoa t'om hon ante*un'a. lu^a yaton*e atnate t'o* yam yatol^a 

85 tatcu t'o* u'naiye ke'si. t'om son lukate yaton'e tfoms son oco- 
kwahn'a. t?a tenat t'o* lesna haitocka. a'tci le'anikwanan an ltawu 
yam ti'muci hxptsina i'pehahnan li*l<:a lufe: u*na. lu^a^'a t'oms ho* 
ocokwahn'a. elactok ne*we*kwe le*anikwanan hakana an mrtonan 

be heavy. But because they were creatures just like raw persons | 
they perched right on his bunch of feathers. And even though he 
was wise, [ Ne*we'kwe was not w r ise enough, after all. The two 
girls | surpassed Ne'wekwe. They were remarkable. This was 
because the world was still ] new. When the world was raw, people 
used to be like this. They were very wonderful in those days [ the old 
people tell us. And I think that indeed it is true. When the earth 
was raw | even living people were wonderful like this. | 

So. indeed, now when the girls perched on NeVelwe's bunch of 
parrot feathers, | he did not hear them. He searched for them all 
over the field. | He failed to find them. ''Come now, you two, come 
here. Where | (75) have you gone?" he said to them. "Poor thing, 
well, you really | are not so wonderful, after all. We thought that 
you were very wonderful. | We were afraid. But now you are not the 
wonderful one after all." So they | said to him, and jumped down 
just where he was standing. Now^ the youth was frightened. | "Alas ! 
Oh dear, alas! Even though you were right close to me I did 
not find you," I (8o> he said to them. "Why, we were standing right 
here on your parrot feathers. | Didn't you hear us?" they said to 
him. | "Oh no! Well, it can't be helped. I have been unfortunate. 
I have agreed and now you yourselves | can do something to me," 
he said to them. "Well, just as you agreed, j we shall do to you. 
This day for the last time your Sun | (85) father you shall see. And 
now this very day we shall behead you. | It can't be helped. Thus 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 255 

yat'enan t'uni l£eato*ka an han'i neVe'kwe sakwPkona ya'Uip s'a'tci 
neVe'kwe oco'kwihka. a'tci an hrnhr an han'i sakwPkoa yatfip 90 
an ^awu asi'koa yat'ip an hrnhr sVtci rko'lonikaka rlea*ne yam 
teatcina parto a'kwen panrnan kwahol la*we tenrla lapo't'i'koa 
a'tci Hea kwatonan hop lott'ap elekan'a % hop lo hrnin a'mra % 
a'tci le'kwanan a'tci el'e tecul^a. a'tci kawe panrjcatean kupo- 
wo'nan a'tci te'tcinan lrltap elepura. a'tci le J kwanan sVtei 95 
kupowo'nan neVe'kwe an hrnin ulunan s'a'tci ansopuka. a'tci 
tVpilolol^anan si'ana tcimi koci kwa tcuhol a u wacukwa tealata* 
tecunapura. litokap ho'na'wan litol^a teana* yalakwaPikap kwas 
yu'he'tocukwa. a'tci le'kwanan tcims s'a'tci yam neVe'kwe 
oco'kwin inkwin te^cinan an kawu yam mi'yahkona rseto'u. an 100 
han'i newckwe oco'kwin i'lea*u. sVtci yam kakwin a'tci oco'kwin 1 
lea ye'maka. a'tci yam l^akwin oco'kwin il'i kwatop a'tcinaiya 
a*kawu aiyala^a. kop t'on uhsi tfap^a ? a'tcinaiya ^awu le'ani- 
kwap ma hatci yam hon mi'yan imap hatci ho'na inkwin i'nan 
i'yap i'tcupalona haitocap kwa* e*t hon antecemana'ma kwa sic 5 
ampikwe'na'ma. tcuwehol a u wana^a koplea tekan'a ? hon 
le'anikwap ma 5 tcuwahol a u wana^ap oco'kwihna^an'a. le'kwap 
kwa* e't hon antecemananrl^a kwa sic ampikwe'na'map ma } 

you have agreed," they said to him. The elder sister | drew out 
from her dress, her yellow thunder-knife. "Here, see this. With 
this I I shall behead you," the girl said to NeVe'kwe. She seized 
him by his top-knot | and pulled his head backwards. The younger 
sister held NeVe'kwe by the legs and they | (90) beheaded NeVe'kwe. 
The younger sister held the body by the legs, | the elder held it by 
the arms, and they were carrying the body away to bury it. | They 
carried it down to the end of the field into an arroyo which was full 
of brush and all kinds of small shrubs. | "Where do you think will be 
best? Where shall we put the body down?" |they said. They looked 
carefully. Where the water came down | (95) they came to a mud 
hollow. "Right here will be all right," they said. They | put 
Ne'we'kwe's body down in the mud hollow. They covered him 
over with sand. They | smoothed the place over. "Come now. 
Nobody could possibly find him even if | they should look for him. 
When it rains the rain will obliterate our tracks, | so that they will 
not show." So they said. Then they | (ioo) came back to where 
NeVe'kwe's head was lying. The elder sister put on her back the 
corn which they had picked. | (D The younger sister carried 
Ne'we'kwe's head. So they went up to their house carrying his 
head. | When they entered their house with the head, their | elder 
sisters asked them, "Where did you get that ?" the elder sister said 
to them. I "Well, when we were staying at our field he came to where 
we were staying didn't he ? | (5) When he came he suggested that we 
should play hide and seek. At first we didn't want to. | But we 
couldn't hold out against him. 'If anyone is caught, what shall we 

256 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

ko*m hana tfo* I£e*lat c u hon le* anikwap hol'o tfon ^e*latu ho*na 

10 le*anikwap ma* ulat t'o* ^e*lapin*a al^ap t'o* haitoce'a hon le*ani- 
kwap j^e'la ho'na anrtcupalo'l^a. yato^ inkwin ye'maknan 
yatok imap hon a u waka. lal hon ta #< tcic i'tcupakrnan hon an 
lapapowan i*miyalto*up kwa ho*na a u wana > m , ap ak*a son oco*- 
kwihka. e*wactok atci le*kwap ko*ma a'tci 1H lu^a te*lanan ulu. 

is lesnan ton akoskup a^:*a kwa* tcuhol unacukwa. honkwat tcuhol 
tecuira. le*hapa rnatinanre tecunakan*a. a'tcinaiya kawu le*- 
anikwap sVtci te*lanan oco'kwin ulunan a*le pis ak*a an altunan 
animup lesnos ne*we*kwe oco'kwin il*apa kakwenap ta* c tcic ne*we*- 
kwe an a'lacina* anico*kyan rnatip kwas yam kakwin te*tcina*map 

20 an a'lacina* tecunap^a. 

i'tse*makunan an tatc*ona yato^a aiyalatinal^ap e*t acekona 
an tatcu yatoka aiyu*ya'naivte kwa t'a j5ena*map ta* c tcic rna- 
tinanre. tecunatun*ona an tsita tse'manan an a*nan'ona rcemaka. 
tci*pit?ap yacit'ap kotcit'ap ona*wiatci uhson imat an a*nanholi 

25 ne*we"kwan tsita an a'nan*ona yatinep an kakwin hajJop a*wan 
tsita lesa*wanikwa}$:a €o*na*wan nana a*witen tewanhol 1H kwai- 
*inan lehoi halona itiwanakwin a*ne pene kwai'en lewi t'ewap kwa 
i'na*map aj$*a ton tecunaptun*ona ak'a to*na ho* rcemaka. le*a*- 
wanikwap hana*ha ho*na*wan nan'a ha'i le*nhoc tfa tewu^a. ma* 

do ? ' we | said to him. * Well, if anyone is caught, he will be beheaded, ' 
he said. | We didn't want to but we couldn't hold out against him. 
'Very well, you go first,' we said to him. 'Oh no. You go first,' 
(io) he said to us. 'No, rather you go first because you sugges 
ted it,' we | said to him. So he hid from us first. He went up 
to where the sun is. | We found him sitting in the sun. Then after 
that we hid. We | perched on his bundle of feathers. He could not 
find us. So we | cutoff his head." So the girls said. "All right. Now 
put it here in this jar, | (i5) and cover it over so, with the flat stone 
so that no one may see it. Perhaps some one | may hunt for him. 
Certainly, without doubt, they will look for him," their elder sister 
said. | So they put the head into a jar. And put thin stones over 
the opening. | So they were living thus with the head of Ne*we*kwe. 
Meanwhile Ne'we'kwe's j parents were waiting for him in vain. W r hen 
he did not come to his house | (20) his parents hunted for him. | 

They worried about him, and then asked his father, the Sun. | But 
even though his father, the Sun, knew that he had died, he did not 
tell them. Meanwhile | his mother, who did not give up searching 
for him thought to send for his grandfathers. | Porcupine and 
Chipmunk and Wood Rat and Skunk, these it seems were his grand- 
fathers. | (25) Ne'we'kwe's mother told his grandfathers and when 
they came to his house their I mother said to them, "Your grand- 
child left here four days ago. ] He talked of going over to Halona- 
Itiwana when he left. Now, all these days, | he has not come, so I 
have sent for you that you might look for him," | she said to them. 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 257 

holon tern hoi ho*i teljaiva. honkwat hoi yam yalakwe^ko^'a 30 
kwa rna'ma. an a'nana le*tikwanan J^awaia'c tepura ? le'tikwa 
ma 5 le'hapa icaltema uhsona hon il'apa. neVe'kw^m tsita an 
anan'ona le'a'wanikwap ma'honkwa'ati. ten elepin'a. hon 
i'te'tcuna'wa. si* hanate ko'ma le'tikwanan an a*nana hiwale- 
maku an tsita elemaknan J^awaia* wo'lahnan ansanro an a^nan'ona 35 
kawaia* i*yutsip hons a-wane tenat holonhol tern ho'it'ap lolon 
ko'wihol tfelinan a*napte lolon il'ajia a*wi'an*a. 

an a*nana le'tikwanan u*kwe*nan wo'^api-hiwaknan yams 
^awaia^ jkalem neVe'kwe i *^atekwin ^awaiana'wap l^atol i'^ate- 
kwin Jjawaia* onealan'e yo'ap awiten t'ewana hoi neVe'kwe i*}£a- 40 
t'apte tcimhol a*^a. leste*na iteana^ap l£als a'wa'lja. is a^uwakwin 
a* wrap kwa ^alem kwatona'men le*nem ma^aiakwin tahna 
hmialyalto onan panrnankwin le J konhol teanap he — ho^a'wan 
nana ma t'a itiwanakwin a*ne le'kwanan yam ^akwan kwaPil^a. 
honkwa* tern t'a yosekaka. kwa honkwa itiwanakwin a'na'ma 45 
honkwa* tfa hie hottekwinhol i'tse'maku. an a*nana le^ikwan'te 
i*l$:a tea'koa s't'apantrn-rya. is lumal-yalto onan pani'nan teanan 
pani'nap iskon hoi an a*nana t'apanti'n pani'nan s^al o*tcina 
telula ten*a i'katea'koa an a'nana t'apantrn-rya. ^aki'ma luwala*- 
kwin a-wrap kwa hrwala'kwin kwatona'men luwalap manika'koa so 
teana hoi i'nap isnokon an a'nana tapanti'n i'ya. 

''Alas, our poor grandchild, haiyi! and is this what he has done? 
Well, I (30) either he is still alive or else he has perished. | Still he has 
not come." So his grandfathers said. "Is there any prayer meal?" 
tiny said. | "Yes indeed. We always have that," NeVekwe's 
nrn >t her I said to his grandfathers. "Well, is that so ? Then it is all 
right. We | shall try. Very well, come now," they said. His grand- 
fathers arose. | (35) His mother arose, took a handful of prayermeal 
and to each one of his grandfathers | gave the prayermeal. "Now 
we are going. In case he is still alive | when the night has advanced 
a little we shall bring him right here." 

So his grandfathers said. They left. Standing side by side with 
their | prayermeal they sprinkled their prayermeal hither where 
Ne'we'kwe had come. | (40) Their prayermeal became a road and 
although Ne'we'kwe had come four days before, | it was as if he had 
just gone. His tracks were still there. They went this way. There 
to Hole-in-the-Rock | they came. They did not enter but went 
around to the south, | passed Corn-Cobs-Above where the road 
descends. There were his tracks. "Hey! our | grandson! But he 
said he was going to Itiwana when he left home. | (45) But perhaps 
he was lying again. Perhaps he did not go to Itiwana. | Perhaps he 
was thinking of going somewheres else," his grandfathers said, | as 
they came. They followed along his tracks. There at Corn-Cobs- 
Above where the road descends | his tracks descended. There his 
grandfathers followed him down. This way, | close to Squirrel- | 


258 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

lesnates acekatekwin a'wrap an occrkwihrra^a teair at?e tf g0 - 
kopo^atean uteaiye. u"teap ana' tcukwa'tci li'l acefea. ma te^una 
1H lulta an at'e tea'kona lu^a utea kwaPil^a. le^ikwap kw^ s i c 

55 utea* telihahinanre. a-ma li'wanem uteana a'naiye. le'tikw^nan 
utea* ten'a sVwa-ne. nomilta' < tci an hrnin ulikwin a'te'tcip kwa 
sic utea telihahina'map tcukwa'tci li'l jJaloye. le'tikwanan a'hana 
an hrnin palohnapl^a. le* palohnan isk'onte an lunin a*unan tcims 
an ocokwin lean-ti f n-a*^a tea'koa at'e t'sokopokateakona iftean 

eo a'na*kona tcims a'wa^a. 

ta* c tcic ewactok kwahol ko'leyena a'yu'te'tcinan le* neVe*- 
kw'an oco'kwin ulihna analtina'wap oco'kwin te*tci tean'te kwa 
hoi pu'su t'ewana pe'ye'a. lesnol e'wactok ocokwin il'apa kakwen- 
ikwin an anana t'apanti'n te'tcip sic itiwap lak u sic a*wan Jjakwin 

65 a'ye'maknan yam alea^a kwimin ak*a ewactok a'tcutcuna'we 
yato'tapte ewactok ya'tela. sVwan ^akwin u'kwatonam oco'- 
kwin hanlinan leapa u*kwai*ip he* kwatcic ewactok acekona 
ya'tela. an hrnin alkwin a-panrnam an hinin i'leanan s'a'wa'pi, 
yam anikwanan ak*a holomacko'natapte ten*am*e a'te'tci^a. 

70 an l^akwin il'apa te'tcinan kwa mi'he* a't'sina*wanre a'witen 

Grove where he had come his grandfathers came after him. j (so) They 
came to the village of the Kakima. He had not entered the village. 
Around below the village | his tracks went and there his grand- 
fathers came after him. j 

And so it was they came to the place where he had died. At the 
place where he had been beheaded, where his blood | had soaked 
into the earth, were many flowers. When they saw the flowers (they 
said), "Aha! Now it is just as we thought. Here he has died. Yes, 
look | at these here. Where his blood has been these flowers have 
come out," they said. | (55) The flowers do not stop here. Come, 
hither the trail of flowers goes along," they said. | They went along 
the trail of flowers. So indeed they came to where his body was 
buried. | Here was a profusion of flowers. "Indeed, it is as we 
thought. Here he is buried," they said. His grandfathers | dug up 
his body. When they had dug it up they laid down his body. And 
then where they had taken his head, wherever his blood had 
dropped down and the flowers | (60) had grown, they went. 

Meanwhile the girls got tired of what they were doing | and took 
out NeVe'kwe's head. When they took off the cover, although it 
was only a head, | he always had something funny to say. So the 
girls kept the head. | His grandfathers followed him to where they 
were living. Just at noon | (65) they climbed up there to their house* 
They spat their sleeping potions over the girls | and although it was 
daytime the girls slept. They entered their house | and stealing the 
head went out taking it with them. However the girls slept like the 
dead. | They came down to where the body was lying, and taking 
his body, they went away. | And because they were wise even 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 259 

pewunan iskonan hrnin tcuwa'unan an oco'kwin animunan a'witen 
mi'ha yamvnan an tsitat'ap an a*nana rhiwayulapnaknan s'tenanap- 
lj;a. an tenanap^a. a'witen tenan ya^ap sic i*muati^a. aptena- 
^ana*na tenan kwai'ip ryaiyu'ya'l^anan i'muna-pilakanan ha*- 
hwa haiyoc alna-limi^aka. le'kwap el'a tV acel^a an a*nana le'- 75 
antikwap ma el*a kwa ho* acenam'ka. ho* ama4imikaka. le'- 
kwanan t'a kwas am pikwe*name. 

s'iskonhof ne'we'kwe tsawa^ ikwalti ho'i yo'ap ta c tcic an tatcu 
yato^a ewactolj a'tekwin po*tc i'tse'makwika. kocikat hie t'apnijja 
a*wa t'opa uwelana ante'u&atfap t'omt hoi hon tcuwa teal tse'- so 
macukwa. ta^tcic tV lesnati uwelana a'wante^n'a. yatol^a 
yam tca'le le'anikwap mahonkwa*ati kwa holomac t'ewacukwa. 
t'ewan yaton rnatinanre tern t'a ho" a'nuwa. neVe'kwe tsawak 
le'kwap an tatcu yato^a yam tcaMe an pula^a ho'i ya*]£aka. 
an cohkonan acnan iskon pu'lai^a u'tcu^a. si' luka t'ewan yaton 85 
tfo' le-a*nuwa yato^a yam tca*le le'anikwap s'ant'sumehna 
a'want'ewal^a. t'ewap yatoka kwai'iniyahnan si' horn tca'le 
lu^ia yaton* hoi yam aceka tekwin t'os a'nuwa* ko'lea t'om ante*- 
unapkoa ta* c tcic tV lesnatik irwelana a'wante'mra, yatoka 
yam tca'le le'anikwanan kwaPip ta* c tcic an tca'le cohkonan Hea*- 90 
nan kwai'inan tfas fcal a'^a. 

though it was far off they came to their destination without 

<T They brought him to his house. They spread out four white 
blankets without embroidery, | and there laid down his body, and 
put down his head. | They spread four white blankets over him. His 
mother and his grandfathers stood around him and sang. | They 
sang for him. When four songs were ended he stirred. When the 
fifth I song began he came to life. He sat up. u 0h dear, | (75) have 
I overslept?" he said. "No, you died," his grandfathers | said to 
him. "Oh no, I didn't die, I must have overslept," | he said. Again 
he wouldn't be convinced. 

And so then NeVe'kwe youth becane alive again. Meanwhile his 
father, | the Sun, was entertaining bad thoughts about the girls. 
"We cannot possibly stand for this. | (80) When someone inflicts 
a great injury we must not think lightly of it. | Now, in the same way, 
you will inflict a great injury on them," the Sun | said to his child. 
"Well, is that so ? I will not put it off too far. | Tomorrow without 
fail I shall go again," NeVe'kwe youth | said. His father, the Sun, 
created a butterfly, for his child, j (86) He made a flute for him, and 
put the butterfly in it. "Now tomorrow | you will take this with 
you," the Sun said to his child. So eagerly waiting | they passed the 
night. Next day the Sun was about to go out. "Now, my child, | 
this day there where you died you shall go. Now according to what 
they have done to you, | you will inflict on them an equally great 
injury." So the Sun | (90) said to his child. He came out. Mean- 


260 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vt 7 i w XV 

yam ace^a tekwin rnan s'ewacto^ ainanapkoa a*wan fekwin 
ye-makup tfas ewacto^ mi'he- a-tfsinemrwe. lesnol yam m iha 
anhaponap a*wan awe'nan ye'likoskunan yam cohkonan p U ap 

95 pulaka kwai'inan a'wan mi'anan rmup hiya ha el'u' k^akap 

lut wo 5 le hie tso'ya 1 hon yat'enapce. lesnan hon lu^a an te\i a £ na 

hon mihe* a*t'sinena*wa. ewactok le'tikwanan pulaka yat'ena*- 

wetihap la'hinan hie tomt ko'wi rtfehwa pulaka rmup lesnol yam 

t'eli'tan pulaka yat'enawetiyahnan al'acnawulena'wap pulaka 

loo anakwai'ip s'tapantrn-kwe'nan s'imactol yat'ena'wetiahnan s > ta- 

l pantrn-a'pL ta* c tcic tsawak yehkunan a*nap an pulaka s*ta- 

pan-a*ne ewactok a*yalu pulaka yatfen-rnen'te lehos s'a'wil* 

a*ne. i*l£ean yacentiahnan'te hie imacte ka'^i yam pulaka ya- 

tfenaptun'ona a*pena a'wa'ne. 

5 sic lehol pulaka ewactol^ a*wil" a*nap ta ,c tcic lahacoman^anan 

neVe'kwe tsawak yaincoky i'muljatekwin pulaka ewacto^ tsa- 

wa^on ainanapkoa a*wil*i te'tcip yam cohkonan tahljap iskon 

pu'laka kwatojja. tekwans isthol ewacto^; a*wulapka. tsawa^ona 

u'natikanan ati tcuwap lol inre ? ewactok le^ikwap ma* ho*o 

10 tsawak ewactok leVwanikwap hop hon tapan-tin-ryan'ona ? 
ewactol^ le'tikwap kwap ton tapantin-i'ya ? tsawal^ le'awanikwap 
ma kwako'na hie wo'le tso'ya hon tapan-tin-rya ewactok le*- 

while his child came out carrying his flute. | Again he came this 
way. | 

When he came to the place where he had died, he went up to the 
house of the girls who had killed him. | Again the girls were em- 
broidering ceremonial blankets. So | they were gathered together 
over their blanket and he stood in their doorway blowing his 
flute. | (95) The butterfly came out and rested on their blanket. "Oh, 
how pretty ! What is | this beautiful creature ? Let us catch him, 
so we can copy him, | in our embroidery," the girls said. They were 
about to catch the butterfly, | but he flew off, and settled just a 
little further off. So in their | room they were trying to catch the 
butterfly. They ran around after him. Then the butterfly | <ioo> flew 
out. They went out after him. Now they were really going to catch 
it. | (i) They went after it. Meanwhile the youth went on ahead. 
The butterfly | followed him and the girls came last. Always it just 
eluded them as they came this way. | They were dying of thirst. 
Now they were really going to catch the butterfly, | they were 
saying as they went along. | 

(5) As the girls went along after the butterfly, meanwhile at Black- 
Butterfly-Spring | Ne'we*kwe youth sat waiting for them. Where 
the butterfly alighted, the girls | who had killed the youth came 
after it. He held out his flute and there the butterfly entered. The 
girls came around there in surprise. | When they saw the youth, "Oh 
dear! For shame, who is staying here?" the girls said. "Why, it's 
I," | do) the youth said to the girls. "But where is the one whom 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 261 

tikwap kwa ho* irnanre teawak le'kwap ko'na hinik e*ttV u'nalja. 
ewactol^ le'tikwap kwac \c& ^anam'e son i*]£ea-yacantiha ewacto^ 
le'tikwap ma ele'te 1H ^anaye. leVwanikwanan pma*kwin a"wiW 15 
te'tcip ewactok tutunawetiyahnan kanan i'tcukwato]£ana*wap 
heko kusna kwa hiyawolucna pnam*e. ewacto^ sic i'ljeana-yace'n- 
tiha ana tewulaci. hop fcanaye ewactok tsawakona le 5 an tikwap 
ma* lrlkon*te pinaye. ma tcakwat tetfunati le 5 tsawa^ ikwanan 
katihnan lsawasep ewactofc u'napap e't hiyawahicna kawe. eha* 20 
le'tikwanan t'a tutuna*wetiyahnan ^anan rtcukwatol^ana'wap 
tas heko kusnaye. ana tewulaci kop ho'na'wan tV l^anan ale'a 
at'sa son ikeana-yacentiha ewackxk le'tikwap ti" ma hiyawohicna 
kanaye tsawal^ le'kwanan ^atihnan ewactol^ a'kahp e't hiyawohic- 
na pin apte ainanapko a^:*a kea*wa^"a a'wat'sume'a. 25 

isko ewacto^ tutun i'natinan tsawakona lesantikwa^a hop 
ma na tV kakweye ? ko'man yam ljakwin ho'na a*wiH ewactok 
le'tikwap ma is lo'te ma' tetfunati lak u yu'heto horn ^akwen 
po'aye tsawak ewactok le'a'wanikwap ana ko'ma le'kon a*wa'ce 
le'tikwap tsawaS^ ewactolj sVwil* a*£a. lesna yaiyosekanan yam 30 
^akwin sVwiH a*^a. ewacto^ a'yu'te'tcinan hop tot t'om ^akweye 
le'tikwap li*l tepol^alanan horn ^akweye leVwanikwanan yaiyose- 
plna yatoniW awiH a*^:a. 

we were following?" | the girls said. "What were you following?" 
the youth said to them. | "Why. some kind of beautiful creature. 
We are following him." the girls said. "I didn't see it," the youth 
said. "Oh, but I think you saw it," the girls said. "Is there no spring 
around here? We are dying of thirst," the girls | (is) said. "Why, 
yes indeed. Here is a spring," he said to them. He came to the 
spring with them. | The girls were about to drink. They bent their 
heads over the spring | but it was just a dry hollow. Truly there was 
no spring. The girls were dying of thirst. | "Oh, now be kind. Where 
is the spring?" the girls said to the youth. | "Why, right here is 
water. Just look," the youth said. | (20) The girls saw him dip up 
the water and feel the water. And truly there was water. "Oh yes," | 
they said, and again they bent down to drink. They bent their heads 
over the spring | and again there was only a dry hollow. "Oh now, 
be kind ! What have you done to our water ? | Have pity, we are 
dying of thirst," the girls said. "Well, but truly, | there is water," 
the youth said. He dipped up the water. He threw the water over 
the girls. And truly, | (25) although there was water, because they 
had killed him, he was tormenting them with thirst. | 

Then the girls could not drink. So they said to the youth, "Well, 
then where | do you live ? Very well, take us with you to your 
house," the girls | said. "Oh, it is nearby. Look, over there, you 
can see plainly where my house | stands," the youth said to the 
girls. "All right, let us go there," | <30) they said. The youth took 
the girls with him. So he deceived them. | He took them to his house. 

262 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

yam ptkwin te'tcinan s'a'wiH kwatonan ]^ec t'on a*wi"a ? a*wan 

35 tsita leVwanikwap — son a*wi*a le'tikwap — i'tfinapi leVwani- 
kwap s'rt'inalca. a'wan tsita sVwrtol^aka s^'tonape'en t'elap 
a'yu'te'tcPen'te okmvwetihap a'wan tsita a*wa mi'tihap tcucnap- 
ka. tcucmvwap a'wan tsita yam a^e # imat kohol a'walewup kwa 
sic tcu'latsapinanre t'omt hoi ha^it r^ahkwina tepoa'ka ta* c tcic 

40 a'wan tsita kwatop kwa tens o'lutsi^ amvwa'map sic tenalana 
tfelap wans tetcunap hinik hie t'on a'yu'te'tci^a a^*a kwa t'on 
o'lutsi^amvwanre le'a^wanikwap tetcunap a'wan pewe rwo'yohnan 
si* ya'tel^a. 

s'iskonhol u*la t'inap t'ewana* kwahot kole'a^'a a*wa tfsumanakap 

45 sic ewactol^ yu'teclatinap iskon hoi t'ina^a a'witen tfewap tsawa^ 
awan kakwin a*wil-i*nan*te kwas tewulaci a'wiW i'nanrka. lumal- 
yaltokwin a*wil'i pani'nan haldwal^a ayaktohap pu'laj£ awkrnan 
yam tutun rnatijanapte tekwin a'te'tcinan tcims iskon tutunap- 
ka. a^*a iskon lahacoman J£ana tVcina. 

50 le'na ino*te teatij^a. 

The girls became tired. "Just where is your house?" | they said. 
"Right here on this hill my house is," he said to them, but he 
deceived them. | All day long he went with them. | 

When he came to his house, he took them in. "Have you come 
now ?" their | (35) mother said to them. "Yes, we have come," they 
said. "Be seated," she said to them. | They sat down. Their mother 
gave them to eat. After they had eaten, then in the night, | even 
though they were tired, they were going to grind. Their mother 
brought out corn for them. They took the corn off the cob. | As 
they were taking the corn off the cob their mother, it seems, did 
something to the grinding stones, | so that they could not break up 
the corn. They just kneeled there with the sweat running down their 
faces. Meanwhile | (40) their mother came in. They had not yet made 
fine meal. It was very late | at night. "Well now, stop for a little 
while. I think you are very tired and so you | have not made it into 
fine meal," she said to them. They stopped and she spread out beds 
for them. So they slept. | 

So they stayed in their husband's house. Always she tormented 
them with some kind of hard work. | (45) The girls lived there in 
great suffering. After four days the youth | took them to their house. 
But he did not bring them there kindly. As they were coming down 
from Corn-Cobs-Above he struck them with the yucca carrying 
ring. When he struck them they turned into butterflies. | Then they 
flew to the place where they had been unable to drink. There now 
they drank. | Therefore the name of this place is Black-Butterfly- 

(50) This happened long ago. | 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 263 


sona'tci so*nsti ino'te. lirnan hiwalaye ta* c tcic tcuw tsipolowa 
ko'macko'n tcawiH t'opint aktsik t'sana. ^awana-tanakwin 
tsimlacil^ t'ayoc^an eletco*ya ta^tcic t'apalan set-ryap an we*sa- 
koni anikto*na kwai*ile*a. kwai*ilep lesnahol teaiye. kowihol t'ewap 55 
tfas tfayo^an a*ka kawana-lanakwin te*tcip l^acita tcutapona tcu- 
l^aiaiye lesanikwanan t'oc t'ayoh^an i*^a % — e\ kople*a ? le'anikwap 
ma tfo le*na t'ayohnan t'apalan seto-te*tcip t'om aniktocna kwaPilen- 
*ona t'oc itcema ? — ma i*me kople*a le*anikwap. ma la*k u t?o' 
te'tcip t'om aniktona kwaPip tV il'i'yana* t'om ho* luk a-wutshra 60 
le*anikwanan olhe* a'wunapt^a. a*wuna^ap — e* hama c . ho* il* 
i*yan*a le*kwap tcim t'o* te*tcip t'om aniktona-kwai*ip kwa tfo* 
kwatona*m*en t'o* i*l* i*yan*a le'anikwal^a iya le*kwanan s 5 a%a. 

s*a*^a. yam ^akwin te'tcip kwas a* we*sakon*i kwa i*na*map 
an aktsik:t'apte kwai*i^a kwai*ip lesanikwanan hehe ya t'o**o! 65 
kop lat t'o* kwai*i! — kop ma le*a — ma ho* le*na t?ap set-i'yap 
horn aniktocna kwai*ilen*ona horn ancemana'ka. ma imat torn 
ho* il* a*nuwa le*anikwanan s*il* a*l^a yam aktsiki il'i te*tcinan 
lrla t'o* cemen*ona le*anikwanan yam aktsik uk;a. utsip s*he" 
a'wu^a he* a*wutsip tsimlacik s*a*£a. 70 


Long ago in ancient times the people were living at Las Lunas. 
Now a certain Mexican | had many children. There was one little 
boy. The old Mexican used to go the Rio Grande | to pick up kind- 
ling. When he came back carrying his load of wood his | (55) little 
puppy used to come out to meet him. So he lived. Every few days | 
he went for wood. Now he reached the Rio Grande and there a 
catfish was swimming. [ He said to him. "Have you come for wood ?" 
"Yes, why?" he said to him. | "Well, when you come this way for 
wood, and go home carrying your bundle of wood, do you value the 
one who comes out to meet you ?" | "I don't know, why?" he said 
to him. "Well, | <eo) if you will bring here whatever comes out to 
meet you when you get back, then I will give you this," | he said 
to him, and showed him gold money. When he showed it to him, 
"Oh all right. I | will bring it," he said. "When you get back and 
he comes out to meet you, you | will not go in, but you will bring 
him here," he said to him. "All right," he said. And so he went. | 

So he went. When he came to his house his little puppy did not 
come out, | (65) but on the other hand his boy came out. When he 
came out he said to him, "Alas ! You ! | Why have you come out ?" 
"What's the difference?" "Well, when I came with my wood he 
has asked me for whatever | comes out to meet me. Well, it seems | 
that I must take you with me," he said to him. So he went with 
him. When he got there with his boy | he said to him, "Here is what 

264 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

ta* c tcic ^acita aktsikonas picita tcu^aiap aktsi^ akci tcujjaiap 
lesnahol a'tci teaiye. l^ana manilj:akwin mansanat'ap motcikwatfap* 
uwamo'we sinuwe'la lesnan mojjiyacap uhson i'towye^ leninatfap 
ili ye*ma^;a lewalti liana*kwin il'ite'tci^a. iskonhol a*tci teaiye. 

75 a'tci teaka — 

aktsik tsawa^ yo*^a. le*nem kowi il* a*ka. hi — itiwap hie 
t'ekali. hie t'ekalip ta ,c tcic maw* e'le ko'witeanhol poaye ta ,c tcic 
kacita leskwanan aktsi^i — ama tV uhs alat'u le^nikwaka 
akts'ik iya le/kwaka kawionan kwaiMnan maw* alalja. piclankwin 

so tahna kuyalakwin a'tc i'tapai itiyulaka. a*tc i'tapai ye*mal$;a tsa- 
wak t'una-ye'makup ko'witeanhoh" te*tci na'le tapan a*ka — tepoka- 
lan tapai yatop ya*to jjiyahnaiye. a*tc a'l^a — a*tc kuyalakwin iti- 
yula'nan a'tc itapai ye'maka. a'tc itapai ye'makup su'nhanaiye. 
le'nemtapte s'a'tc a*ne hie ko*w ehkwiye. a*tc a*^a — a'tci tepo- 

85 kalan tunayatop tfewul itiwa kakwe lomomom poaiye tsawa^ 
tepo^alan yatop kwas ishol na'le. su'nha^a tsawalj: leskwanan 
trcomaha tcuwatcimat ist l^akweye. ama ho 5 iskon ant'ewan'a 
tsawak le J kwanan kakwin inkwin a*k:a. te'tcinan te'tcip kwato^a 
kwatop kwa tcuhol tcu'wa. le*n aklikanan lempaiyan poa^p 

90 iskon imulja. t'unatip aklikanan iyama ana wo*j>on t'ap ceocicna- 
powan yaltoye. ahnan ponacnan pVkhpL po'n terjkanan t'unatip 

you asked for." He gave him his boy, and he gave him the money. | 
(70) After he gave him the money the old Mexican went. | 

Meanwhile the fish took the boy around with him, the fish was 
swimming around and the boy swam with him. | So the two lived. 
Under the water they picked apples and peaches and | grapes and 
plums. All of these fruits, and these he ate. So in that way | he 
went up the river with them. He came with him to Blue Doors 
(Las Vegas). There they lived. | (75) So they lived. | 

The boy became a young man, He took him off a little ways. 
Well, just a noon | it became very warm. It became very warm and 
now antelope girl was standing there a little ways off. Now | the fish 
said, "My boy, try and run after that one," he said to him. | The 
boy said, "All right." He came out of the river and ran after the 
antelope. Towards the north | <80) one behind the other, they came 
to Clay Hill. They climbed it one behind the other. As the boy | 
looked over the top of the hill there was the deer just a little ways 
ahead. As he ran over a little hill | after her, the sun sank. So they 
went. They came close to the Clay Hill. | He climbed up after her. 
As he climbed up behind her it was evening. | So in that way they 
went along. She was just a little ahead. They went on. | (85) They 
came over the top of a little hill and there, in an open valley, a white 
house was standing. The young man | crossed the hill. Now, the 
deer was gone. It was evening. The young man said, | "Oh dear! 
It seems some one is living there. Perhaps I had better stay there 
over night," | the young man said. He went towards the house. He 

Bunzd* Zuni Texts 265 

lempoan iman an wolahye ma imat ho' lulj i*to*n'a le J kwanan 
imunan rtcrfea ii*r teunenan imia-pila*nan pokKka pokli imo^a — . 
tenalana t'elap tfunatip t'opa t'elPtokwin altinap alna'ka-lempoan 
poap kwatolta'ma imat ho* alaira le'kwanan i'tcu^a. Q$ 

sonsti' i'tcunans allja ah — t'elinan itiwap alan o'kwip e'lac- 
to^ pakw*ale le*nahol keckwiye. tsawak o'kwinan le'nhol asi 
yatfe^a. le'nas yatenan le'nhol as*e'a e^actofe leskwanan l^ec tfo* 
o*kwi^;a le'anikwap e* ma so* okwika le'anikwap hayi lak luk 
t'elinan kwa hom tfuna'm* ant'ewaira t'ewan camli tV pilakup 100 
ist lempaiyanan t'om kwanlea wo'li^ana tV pilaknan tV ikoconan 1 
tV i'toen tfo* yam a'lacina' yantekunaptn'a. kop ho* ikwan'a 
le'kwap ma 1 tV lesa'wanikwanan hom e'laclo^ yilunMha tV 
le'a'wanikwap antecemana'wap hon i'tse'mak-t'elakwi t'el£an*a hop 
ma hom a'lacina" ^akweniye ? tsawa^ le'kwap ma hom wow a*tci 5 
tJenapi tenat to* hiwala'kwin te^cinan tV a*ne — tV yam a'la- 
cina* kakweninkwin tV te'tcip hom tu*c a'tci poa'up ma } imat ton 
a'lacina* kakweniye tV le'kwanan tfo* pani'nan t'o* kwaton'a. to 
kwatonan tV itehkunan*a c . tV itekun*anap torn kohol ani^ap ma 
ten hom t'on a*laeina*we ma t'oc ^awana-lanakwin t'ayocjgan eletcop 10 

reached it and entered. | When he entered there was no one there. 
There by the fire-place a chair was standing. | (90) There he sat down. 
He looked at the fire-place. There, a sack of tobacco and a bundle 
of split corn husks | were lying on top. He took them and rolled a 
cigarette and smoked. After he had finished his cigarette he looked 
around. | There a table was standing, all laid. "Well, it seems that 
I shall eat this," he said. | He sat down and ate. After he had 
finished eating, he sat down by the fireplace and smoked. So he 
sat there smoking. | Late at night he looked around. He opened the 
door into the other room, and there a bedstead | (95) stood. He went 
in. "Well, it seems I shall sleep here," he said, and lay down. | 

Well, to go on, after he lay down, he slept. A h! 

In the middle of the night he awoke and a girl | was lying beside him. 
She hugged him this way. And the young man awoke. So he 
grabbed her arm, | and holding her arm felt her body. The girl said, 
"Did you | wake up ?" she said to him. "Yes, I woke up," he said. 
"Is that so? Now this | uoo) night you shall sleep here without 
looking at me. Tomorrow morning, when you get up, | <i) there on 
the chair, your clothes will be lying. .You will get up and bathe 
and eat, and then you will ask your parents." "What shall I say ?" 
he said. "Well, you will say to them, *A girl wants to marry me,' 
you | will say to them. And if they wish it, we shall be one another's 
loved ones ." "But where | (5) do my parents live?" the young man 
said, "Well, my two animals | know the place. So when you reach 
the village, you will go there. When you | reach your parents' 
house, my two horses will stand still. 'It seems my | parents 
live here,' you will say and alight. Then you will go in. You | 

266 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

t'om we'sakoni aniktona kwai'ilep t'om uhsona picit ancemap 
t'om ho* aniktona kwaiMp horn il* a'nan horn tfo* halisonan €o y 
he'tihnan tV ak'a kwawopul^a. tfo* le'a'wanikwap mac ana kwa 
mac e'lactok kwahol il'i t'om le'anakap ma imat kwahot il*i tfe- 

15 wuna* lu^c: an t'atapololon'e tfa lu^ an tu'ci t'a lu-^ an kwanlea'we 
tfo* le'kwap mac an ho'i Ko'kci t'om leanakap ma rme kwa tern 
lja^i ho 5 yato unara'e to 5 le'a'wanikwanan to* ryan*a*la^ kwa horn 
tV unam 1 ant'ewan*a t'a* Uewani t'a kwili t'ewana t?a ha J i t'ewana 
a*witen t'ewana camli horn t'unati^an'a le'anikwap s'a'tc al^a. 

20 t'ewap camli tsawa^ pilaknan tftinatip lemjiaiyanan an utcu* 
wo'lika lal t'a kirtciwe tumokwa*we tcalekun lewan'i ta'kune 
kutane asuli'we mokwa'we po 5 yan*e uhsona kwani*le%a kwanr- 
leinan rkocolca rkoconan rpicl^a t'unatip lemjJoanan an wo'lahip 
s'rto'ka i'to*n tcunenans kwai'il^a kwaPip t'am elan t'u'c a'tci tfa- 

25 tfapololon seto-poa^a ma* imat luk ak* ho J a'nuwa le'kwanan 
kwatonan s'a'^a. . „ . 

elehol itiwap s'teHcil^a te'tcinan luwala*kwin kwato^a tern 
hie t'trci ate a*ne. sVtc rpoaka a'tc rpoa'up tsawa^ panrnan 
sVka. te*tcip tekwanakona tsim laci^ rtulaco'ya. t'rya le'anikwap- 

30 e*h le'kwap a*tci kwato^a. a*tci kwatonan kwap t?o' ceme'a le'ani- 

will go in and ask them. When you ask them, they will say some- 
thing to you. 'Yes, | uo) but you are my parents. Did you 
not go down to the Rio Grande for wood ? | And did not your puppy 
always come out to meet you ? And did not the fish ask | you for 
that? And when I came out to meet you did you not take me 
there? You sold me. You | got money, and with it you started 
a store.' So you will say to them. 'Well, then, | how is it ? Has the 
girl got anything?' they will say to you, 'Well, it seems she has 
something. |(15) Now this is her wagon, and these are her horses, and 
this is her clothing," | you will say. 'Well, is she good looking?' 
They will say to you. 'I don't know. | I haven't seen her by day/ 
you will say to them. Then you will come back. | Now you will pass 
the night without seeing me and tomorrow, and the day after 
tomorrow will be the third night. | Then on the fourth day, in the 
morning, you will see me," she said to him. So they slept. | 

(20) Next morning, the young man arose. He looked around and on 
the chair a shirt was lying |, and trousers, stockings, a vest, a coat, a 
necktie, | an overcoat, gloves, shoes, and a hat. He dressed himself 
in these. | When he was dressed he washed himself. After he had 
washed himself he combed his hair. Then he looked around. The 
table was laid for him | and he ate. When he had finished eating he 
went out. As he came out, by a post were standing two horses | 
(25) harnessed to a wagon. "Well, it seems I shall go in this," he 
said, | so he got in and went. 

When it was nearly noon he arrived there. When he arrived he 
entered the village. | The horses kept right on going, and then they 

Rwn.vfil 7itifni Tfioris 267 

kwap el*a kwa kwahol ho' cemana'ma le'kwap ho* oyyiluniyahnan 
a^'aUo'n ho' yantekunahkan i'ya le'kwap ma ta c tcic oyyilunaknana 
t'a hie ho^a^wan tse'makwin ak'a taptholi' — ma tVna*wan tse*- 
makwin a^*a: horn t'on a'lacimvwe. imat t'oc ^awana-tanakwin 
t'ayockan eletco'^a tfo* tfapalan set-ryap t'om we'sakoni aniktona 35 
kwai'ilep uhsona ^acita tcutapona t'om an cemap t'oms watsita 
kwa torn anikto'nan kwai'ina'map t'om ho' anikto*na kwaPip 
horn tV il a*nan horn t'halisolja a^*a tV he'tihnan tV air a kwa wo* - 
pu^a. le'anikwap ti'comaha' ma lesna teatika. ma imat hie horn 
tV tca'le le'anikwap e*h ma ak* ho* i*ya le'anikwap laci^ penan 40 
mac an e'lactok: kwahol il'i ? ma imat kwahol il'i t'ewuna* luk: an 
tfatapololon*e t'a lu^ an kwanlea'we. — kop e*lactok unahnawona 
mac ho*i ko'kci ? ma'i'me kwa ^al£ u'nam'e le'anikwap ama tk> J 
u'nat'u ta* c tcic o'tsin o*fe ho'i ko'kcanan tse'mak-tfelakwap aiyu- 
lacnra. le'anikwanan hapia* a*wu^a t'a letci'we. a'wuknan s^'- 45 
to*nap^a. i'tona tetcunenan tsawa^ a*^a. 

elehol sirnhap te'tci^a te'tcinan t'uc a'tc poalj i'nan a*tcia 
po > anan kwatoka. kwatop an lempoanan i'to* wo'lalup i'kocolja 
rkoconan rpicnan i'tona. i*to*nan tcunenan lesnahol poayaltoye. 
tenala'ap i'tcu^a al^a — . so 

stopped. When they stopped the boy descended | and went there. 
When he came there the old Mexican was walking up and down the 
yard. "You come," he said. | (30) "Yes." he said. They went in. 
When they went in he said to him . "What do you want ? " | "Nothing. 
I don't want anything," he said. "I want to take a wife | and so I 
came to ask you about it," he said. "Well, go on and take a wife. 
It's none of our business!" "Oh yes, indeed! It is your business. 
You are my parents. Did it not happen that you used to go to the 
Rio Grande | (35) for wood. And when you came carrying your 
bundle of wood your little dog used to come out to meet you ? | The 
catfish asked you for that, but your dog [ did not come out to meet 
you, but I came to meet you j and you took me with you, and you 
sold me in order to get money, and with this | you opened a store," 
he said to him. "Alas! Yes. That is how it happened. It seems 
indeed | (40) you are my child," he said to him. "Yes, therefore I 
have come," he said to him. The old man speaking, | "Well, has the 
girl got anything?" "Well, it seems she has something, since this is 
her I wagon, and this is her clothing." "What does the girl look 
like ? j Is she nice looking ?" "I don't know, I have never seen her," 
he said. "Well, you | had better see her. Now if a man is married to 
a good looking woman he will be respected," | (45) he said to him. 
He gave him candles and matches, and after he had given them to 
him, I they ate. When they had finished eating the young man went. 
When it was nearly sunset he got there. When they got there the 
two horses stood still, and where they | stood still, he went in. He 
went in and the table was laid with things to eat. He washed 

268 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

tenalana t'elap crkwip e*lactok l^eckwiye. e'lacto^ leskwanan Jjec 
tV o'kwi^a ? le'anikwap e* — kops t'om a*na^a ? — ma antecemana*- 
we. le'kwap mahonkwahati kwa horn t'o u'nam antewaira t'a 
t'ewan'i kwili t'ewana t'elap ahiate e^lacto^: le*kwap s'a'tc a%a, 

55 tsawak alea yosejte'a. ah — tenala*ap e'lactol^ona tcuta* yat'ena 
lapal^e'a. lapa^ip e'lactok hie ala. aspanrka aspanrnan letcin 
alokalja. alo^anans hapian tah^el^a. tah^ap hapian el aloap ye'ma- 
pifea. e'lacto^on u'naye hie e'ko'kci hie taiya* kwhve ol hesatoj>a 
olo mo*t'sana takuye. olo mo't'sana takup le'n u*nulaptco 3 ya e'lac- 

60 tolj hie hrmomona. ti — comaha hom katsi^i hai t'oc le'inai! 
elahkwa le'kwap hapian an icana t'soko'atil^a t?soko J atinan 
e'lactoljona t'unhecokopan i'kah^ap lopa t'unatil^a t'unatip tsawa^ 
yam hapian pu^alja pu*ap hapian aklahp e'lactofe: leskwanan hiya 
ha t'o J o. kwac t'o* yaiyu'ya'nanre tse'map t'om ho 1 aiyuterj'^a 

65 le'anikwaka le'anikwanan si' ala ^e*si tenat kona le*a t'o* t'unakan'a. 
tsawa^ona le'anikwap tsawa^ e'lactok rl^eckwip awel les*ma itce- 
ma'en holi le'anikwal^a lesnapte tsawak e^acto^on as'ip el iyo 
ko* hom t'as iya le^nikwaka tsawak telokatikiinan allja. 

himself | and after he had washed he combed his hair and ate. As 
he finished eating he sat down to one side. | <50) After a while he 
lay down and he slept. 

Late at night he awoke and the girl was embracing him. The girl 
said, | "Did you wake up ?" He said, "Yes." "Well, how did things 
go with you ?" "Well, they want it." | he said. "Well, is that so ? 
You will pass the night without seeing me, and | tomorrow and the 
next night, for the last time," the girl said. So they slept. | (55) The 

young man just pretended to sleep. A h ! After a while 

he took hold of the girl's shoulders | and shook her, but the girl was 
sound asleep. So he reached his hand down. He reached down and | 
lit a match. When it was burning he held out the candle. He 
held it out and when it was burning well, | he raised it. He saw 
the girl. She was very beautiful. She had black hair, and gold 
earrings, | and a necklace of gold beads. She had a necklace of little 
gold beads. He looked her all over. The girl's | (60) body was white 
as snow. "Oh dear, my daughter, is this how you are ? | Thank you," 
he said. The candle grease ran down. It ran down | and splashed on 
the corner of the girl's eye. She opened her eyes. As she opened her 
eyes the young man | blew out the candle. As he blew out the candle 
the light went out, the girl said, "Alas, | for you. You have no 
sense. Don't you realise I forbade it?" | (65) she said to him. So 
she said to him. "Well, go to sleep now. And after a while you 
will see what must happen." | So she said to the young man. The 
young man embraced the girl. "Get away. Don't do that, you don't 
love me!" | she said to him. Well, even so, the young man stroked 
the girl. "Oh, poor thing, | you can stroke me a little while," she 
said to him. So the young man kept quiet and they slept. | 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 269 

t'ekohatip s*an ^akwe yalakwaPil^a. yalakwaPip naw* a* wan 
onan t'omt lupcinan tsawak aleto'ye. yato kwai'inan ko*w imilja 7< 
yatop tsawak Hainan sic alka. ah — sic yatofea an ^alnawajta sic 
kal^a o'kwi^a. o'kwip t'oms naw a*wan lupcinan a*nan aleto'ye 
imunan pila^anan ticomaha' ho^amp ho* rl^a holon li*wan*i 
hompic li*wan*i le'kwanan t'ewankwin tahn a'l^a. a*nan yaton il* 
a*ne. hi — c itiwap hie yu'te'tci^a yu^te'tcinan t'am telnan acnan 7; 
i'temanans a'^a. heluhapa' tcims so 5 o'ceman acen*a. t?a ten*at 
kwa ho* yaiyu'ya-nanre le'kwanan a*l^a. tepokalan t'unayatop 
su'nhaka. su*nhap susl£ a u wanan a*lacmvwap yam t'amtelnan 
mrnu^an a*ne. hie ma'witetc otti sus^ alahmvwap ma*lesta coyote 
le'kwan a'ne. le J kwan a'nap wenva* teml anhapo^a yirnawik 8c 
yat'ena*wetihap he'eo t'atan ana-ye'ma^a iskon imaltop yuna*wik 
towowo'a oo — le'ana^a. 

tcimtap lo'tekoa towowo'a tenalana t'elap lafteptrnvwe hie 
tehna*w itiwap t'unatip t'ewankwin tahna akliye. akliap tcuwa- 
tcimat lak u ant'ewan-a le'kwanan wema* antehwana'wap panrnan 8£ 
sVka. inkwin te'tcip le* ho'i Ian inre inkwin te'tcinan an t'unatip 
le* wa^aci lana ala-pilaye. lesanikwa^a tfoc iya le^nikwap e*. . . . 
le'kwalja rmu le'kwap tsawak i'mu^a. rmup lesanikwa^a si J hon 
i'tse'mak-t'elakwip te^an-a. iya tsawak le*kwap i'to'^a. yam wa^aci 

At daybreak her house had vanished. The house had vanished | 
(70) and the boy was lying on a trampled deer trail. The sun rose, 
and after he had mounted a little way, | the young man warmed up 
in the heat of the sun. Then when it grew very hot | he awoke. When 
he awoke he was just lying on a trampled deer trail. | He sat up. 
"Alas ! Whence have I come ? Perhaps this way, | or else that way," 
he said. He went towards the east. All day | (75) he went along. 
Just at noon he became very tired. When he became tired he made 
himself a cane | and went along with the cane in his hand. "It 
serves me right. Now I shall die of hunger. Well, it can't be helped | 
for I have no sense," he said and went along. He came over the top 
of a little hill, | just as the sun was going down. After the sun went 
down, the coyote found him and ran after him. | He went along 
shaking his cane. He smelt like an antelope so coyote ran after him. 
"You damned coyote," | <80> he said, as he went along. So he went 
along and all the wild beasts came after him. Wolf | tried to catch 
him. He climbed a tree and there he sat while wolf | howled, 
e ow! e ! Like that. | 

At first they howled nearby. Late at night, a little further off. | 
At midnight, he looked around and there in the east, and there was 
a fire. When he saw the fire he said, "It seems someone | (85) is 
camping there." The beasts had all gone off so he descended | and 
went. When he came to the place there a giant was staying. When 
he came to the place he looked at him. | There a large steer was lying 
by the fire. He said to him, "Have you come ?" "Yes, !" | he said. 

270 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol, XV 

90 i'to'nan lehok u cimukamon t'sana tsawakon' utsip i'to'ka a'tci 
i'to*n tcunenan kucicci — yam kanan tenvla tutuka. tutunan 
tsawaj^ona lesanikwanan si 3 to* wa^ac ainanan t'a ala-pilanan tfo* 
homan i^anan*a le'anikwap tsawak wakac ainanan t'sikwahtcip 
ta ,c tcic s'a'^a. mo we yatcun lana a*niyahnan lesanikwanan eltci 

$r> telikwan'te ^akwekwin kwatonanrtfu lak u li*wan t'ewankwin 

tahna ^akwekwi. an le'anikwap iya le'kwalja s'a'ka yatonil'i tsa- 

wal$; ikwanipt. su'nhap i'l$:a. i'yap t'as ate i'to^a tfa kcrwi tsawa- 

l£ona ci t'san u^a tsawa^: i'to'ka — i'to*n tcunap t'a yam kanan 

tenrla tutuka t'as tsawal^ wakac ainaka. ainanan t'sikwahka 

100 tfsikwahnan ala-pilaka t'as lelon i'l^anika i'^aninan s'a'tc ant'ewaka. 

i tfewap tjamli tfas uh'son i*to*k;a. i'to'nan tsawa^ona cit'san uka 

tsawa^ na cit'san utsip tsawak i'to'ka. i*to*n tcunenan t'as wal^ac 

ainako '*, s ala-pilaka ala-pilanan t'as i'plnika. ele^anan tsawa^ 

leskwanan r Q — hwana ama ho* kwatot c u le'kwanan lemaltinan 

5 kwatop le> t'u'c ^ na pVule. lepilan awakon tcim'ona uletcinan 

pacten* yaltoye. t'u <ii Kskwanan trcomaha koplat tV kwato? — 

ma honkwa'ati hi kwai'icehonkwat ryan*a tfewan canrli anap t?o 5 

kwatonan horn t'o' kwai'i^ap "W yam teakwin tekwin hon a-nuwa 

"Sit down," he said. The young man sa,t down. He said to him, 
"Now | let us live together." "All right" the young man said. 
He ate. | oo) After he had eaten his steer he gave a little chunk to 
the young man and he ate. When they | had finished eating, 
kucicicicici, he drank all the water in his trough. After he had 
drunk | he said to the young man, "Now, after you have killed a 
steer and put it by the fire to roast, then you | will fill my trough 
with water," he said. The young man killed the steer and skinned it. | 
So now he went. As he was going Morning Star said to him, "Now 
don't | (95) you dare enter the house. (Stay) over there to the east | 
of the house," he said to him. "All right," he said. So (Morning 
Star) went. All day | the young man worked. And in the evening 
he came. When he came again the two ate. And again | he gave 
the young man just a little scrap of meat. The young man ate. When 
he stopped eating he drank up his whole through. | Then again the 
young man killed a steer. After he had killed it he skinned it. | 
(ioo) And after he had skinned it he placed it beside the fire. So 
again he filled the trough with water. After he had filled the trough 
with water they slept. | (i) Next morning, again they ate that. W T hile 
they were eating he gave the young man a little scrap of meat. | He 
gave the young man a little scrap of meat and the young man ate. 
When they finished eating, again | he killed a steer and again he 
laid it down by the fire. After he had laid it by the fire again he 
filled the trough with water. When it was finished the young man | 
said, "Oh dear! I am tired! Let me go in," he said. He opened the 
door | (5) and went in. There a great horse was standing inside. 
A new saddle and a saddle blanket | and a bridle were hanging up. 

Bunzd, Zuni Texts 271 

le'anikwap tsawalj kwaiMfca. kwa^inan t'ewankwin tahn pikwekwin 
kwatoka. kwatop he^api ^an'ule ppyalan itetcunan piya kwatoka. n 
piya kwatonan it'sia'ati^a. kwaW^a. kwaPinans imap s*i*ka. i*yap 
tsawa^ sakwan ikwiye lesanikwanan kop tV ist i*na\ ma ho* 
atciana lanrnan ho rt'sia^atika . le*kwap leskwal^a atciaire — 
kopla^t tV horn tca'Pona tJsia'atika tern ho* an luk tfsia'ati le'kwap 
homan t'sia'atina'l^aka horn t'atciaire le'kwanans yam yanMHJ£ it 
rnape. i'napenan yam wa^ac o'kolowan ko — m utenen ohe 
ulihnan tsawaljon ica^a^a icakanan pisena ikuka. ikup sVtc 
i'to'^a. a'tc i'to'n tcunenan kucicicici t'as yam pwe tenrla tutujta. 
tsawak t'as wakac aina^a. ainanan ala-pila*nan i'^ani^a elepinan 
a*tc ant'ewaka. a*tc ant'ewaknan t'ewap canvli pilaknan t'as ate 2( 
rto^a. i'to'n tcunenan t'as tutuka. kucicici ptnan t'enptka s'a'^a. 
a*nap tsawak t'u*c utcukwin kwatoka. keci ? le'kwap eh le'kwap 
hana kom horn ya*ka le'kwap pacten piyah^a. piyahnan pacte*ka. 
pacte'nan awako yaito *^a. yattonan ist t'siptekwi yalton rlea'u 
ta samonan*e rwo'punap s*a*tci kwaPil^a s'a'tci kwaPinan ist 21 
yam kwatoka tekwin hi alyalace tsawa^ kwatonan he^api'we 
aiyala^a le* tsikon tana lea kwai'ijta. cowalakwin yalto'lta. is wakaci 

The horse said, "Alas! Why have you come in?" "Well, | is that 
so ?" "Go on, get out. Perhaps he will come. Tomorrow morning, 
when he goes, you | will come in and take me out and we shall go to 
where we are going to stay." | He said. The young man went out. 
He went out and went in to the east of the house. | (io> As he went in 
he stepped on some molten lead on the edge and fell in. | When he 
fell in he cut himself. He came out and stayed there. So (Morning 
Star) came. | The young man had tied something around his leg. 
He said to him, "How did you hurt yourself ?" "Well, I | fell down 
on a knife and cut myself," he said. Morning Star said, "Knife! | 
Why did you cut my child ? Only if I say to you, 'Cut this,' | (i5>then 
you have to cut it, for you are my knife." So he said, and scolded 

his tool. | He bit into the thigh bone of the steer; K'o m! 

he drew out the marrow, and rubbed it on the young man. After 
he had rubbed the grease on, he tied a cloth about it. After he had 
tied a cloth about it they | ate. When they finished eating, 
kucicicicici, again he drank up all his water. | Again the young man 
killed the steer. He killed it and laid it down by the fire. He filled 
the trough. When he finished | (20) they went to sleep. After they 
had slept, next morning, they arose, and again they | ate meat. 
After they finished eating, again he drank, kucicicicici, again he 
drank up all his water. So he went. | After he had gone the young 
man went into the horse's stall. "Ready ?" he said. "Yes," he said. 
"All right, hurry up and get me ready," he said. He took down the 
bridle | and bridled him. And after he had bridled him he saddled 
him. When he was saddled he said, "Take that brush that is lying 
there [ (25) and take the comb." So they went out. After they came 

272 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

tsukakwi lesnah le'anikwap lesnahnan l^ekwai'inan pij^aial^a 
hanat' hecina ryarra le'kwaka tsawalj: imiyalto'lja. imiyaltop sVtc 

30 ana^a su*nhakwin tahna a*tc aniya. a*tc anryap ta^tcic mowe- 
yatcun lana leskwanan he — kwa hinik tfo 3 laninanr^a. hinik 
t'om ho 3 aiyuterjka tekwin t'o 3 kwato^a. ho 3 a*ne ho* te'tcinan 
t'om ho* ainan'a. leskwanan iloh^al^a. wi — wi — kwilikan hoi 
rte 3 tcunan i']&a>- i" va P kwa tsawak tcu*wa t'unatip an kakwen 

35 a'akwatetnap^a leskwanan he'e tealata horn tV tca 3 le. t'om ho* 
elate'nan t'om ho* iteh ainana le 3 kwanan a'tcia tapan a*^a. a*tci 
elateka. tsawal§: leskwanan he — rya ^e*si le 3 kwap wan hie 
i*t c u le 3 kwap lon'hol pi 3 na yal lela tsawalj leskwanans i*l^a le 3 kwap 
is yam t'siptekwin iteh-yato^a le 3 kwap yam masikwin ipakuna- 

40 yato^ap t'apot'hva yo'^a. kwa kole 3 a pikwai 3 itun teanrap elehin 
i*tulapip fas a*tc holomac a*ka. i'tulapnan s 3 a*tcia t'apan a*l$;a. 
a'tci elatenan he — tealata horn atfsume 3 a le'kwap t'as tsawa^ 
yam samonan iteh-yatopLka lanil^a walo — ko*macko*n ]£atul- 
ulapnan laka. t'as elehin itulapip t'as a'tc a*ka. a'tcia tapan alja 

45 — ha J iikana*n a'tci elatep s 3 is yam tsu^akwin ipaku le 3 kwap yam 
tsukakwin iteh-yatokap t'as kecikwakwana yo'^a. yo 3 ap t?as elehin 
rtulapip tfas a*tc holomac a'lja. tfas a*tci elateka. he. . . . tealata 

out he said, | "Go and scrape off a little piece there where you fell 
in." The young man went in and scraped off a bit of lead. | He 
came out carrying a big crescent. He tied it behind the saddle. | 
"Cut off a piece of the stomach of that steer," he said to him. He 
cut it off and tied it with thongs in front of the saddle. | "Now 
come on, hurry up, he will come," he said. The young man mounted. 
After he had mounted they | oo) ran off. They ran off towards the 
west. As they ran off Morning Star | said, "Hey! I think you fell 
down! I think | you went in where I forbade you. Well, I shall go, 
but when I get back | I shall kill you," he said and turned back. 

Wi i ! Wi i ! He came with only two | 

steps. When he came the young man was not there. He looked 
around. The door of his house [ (35) was wide open. He said, "Hey! 
In vain are you my child. When I | catch up with you I will kill 
you both !" he said. He went after them. | He caught up with them 
and the young man said, "Hey! he is coming now!" he said. "Wait 
until | he comes," he said, Already they felt his breath. The young 
man said, "He has come!" he said. | "Throw your brush behind 
you," he said. He threw the brush backwards over his shoulders. | 
(40) It became a forest. There was no way to pass through, j So he 
went around the side. And again they got far ahead. After he came 
around he followed them. | He caught up with them. "Hey! In 
vain you torment me!" he said. Then again the young man | threw 
his comb behind him. It fell. There it was shining. It was a large sea. | 
Again he went around it and again they got ahead. He followed 
them. | (45) For the third time he caught up with them. "Now 

nunzei, aum 1 exis z/a 

horn an a*ne tfo'n ho* ainarra le'kwap an t'u'ci leskwalj si horn i'to^a 
le'kwap yam hel^apr yaltohnan t'u*c rto'pina'ka rcelkanan si'- 
hacin rmiyalto' le'kwap tsawak hacin imiyaltop lin li — tci t?o — 
t'o — an tfowo'akaka. acip s'a*tc a'l^a. 

a*tc a*ka — polanankwin te'tcinan a'tc ho'i kwin anikto^a. 
an t'uci leskwanan tV acuip hon ainan*a le'kwap hop to' a*ne 
le'kwap ho' iyanrakwin a'ne le'kwap an tfirci isatci'atinan halpt 
yatcup acejja. uhsona tsawak wahta tfsikwahnan yirluka a'tci 
pa'in a'^a a'tci pehan acnan a*tci itehkaia^a. a*tc itehl£aia*nan 
an t'uci leskwanan si' kwa hon letimap elecukwa an tfu'ci sic tfirci 
laci alasani le*w hekwana lana topa^a tfuna kusnaiye sithetca- 
'atinaiye hie an awokon laci si' le'nap elekan'a ak'a kwa tcuhd 
torn ainacukwa to' le* utcukwi te'tcinan to ikwanan ainceman'a\ 
kwa kwahoi ikwanan kirvva le'kwap elet'e. t'om a'mo'tcikwa t'ana- 
yawe mansana pela u*wa sinuwela mo'tcikwa t'san'ona tenrla 
aptsi( lip i'ketiptn'ona uhsona tepikwai'ina mo'piyapan^a. t?o le'- 
anikwanan. — iya le'kwap s'a'tc a-^a. a'tci te'tcinan tsawak kwa- 
toka. hop le* a*k;a ? le'kwap teli'tan utce le'anikap horn an cemana*- 
we le'kwap ance*manakap kwai'ika. t'oc i'fea ? le'kwap e' le'kwap 
kop tfikwe'a ? t'oman ho' ikwanikan'iha. — kwa kwahoi ikwanin 

throw your piece of tripe," he said. | He threw his tripe of his 
shoulder and it became great canyon. Then again | he went around 
it and again they got far ahead. Again he caught up with them. 
"Hey! In vain | you run away from me. I shall kill you both!" he 
said. The horse said, "Now give me something to eat," | he said. 
He took down his lead, and gave it to the horse to eat. He ate 
enough. | (50) "Now sit tight," he said. The young man sat tight. 
Li— tci — li — tci bang ! | bang ! bang ! He shot him. He died. And 
so they went. | 

They went along. They came to a cottonwood grove. There 
they met a black man. | The horse said "When you talk to him we 
shall kill him," he said. "Where are you going?" | he said. "I am 
going upstream," he said. His horse reared. | (55) He kicked him on 
the forehead and he died. Then the young man skinned him and 
put him in a sack. They | wrapped him up with blankets and threw 
him into the river. After they had thrown him into the river | his horse 
said, "If we look like this it will not be right." His horse | was 
an old sorrel horse. He had great ridges on his back and he was 
blind in one eye. One hip was higher than the other, | and his saddle 
was old. "Now this will be better! because then no one | (60) will kill 
you. When you come to the king's palace, you will ask for work. 
'There's no work,' he will say. 'Oh yes.' You have peach trees, 
and apples, and pears and grapes, and plums and apricots. If you 
cut them all down new ones will come up and so every year you will 
have fruit.' You | will say to him." "All right," he said. So they 
went. When they got there the young man went in. | (65) "Where's 


274 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol- XV 

kuwa. — ele'tfe. — ma ko'ma pene. ima t'o* aiyu'ya'na le^naptp 
imat ho* t'anaiya tenrta aptsiclen'a. — k'ocikatanel'e an o'ye le*- 

70 kwap ko'na uhso r^etijpin'ona tepikwaPinan mo'jJiyana kwahol tJo* 
he* tosona'ma rtowen*a le'anikwap le*a leskwanan ma' honkwa'ati 
tenat lak u t'anaiyan'te ^akwan t?o 5 kakwe^ana le'anikwanan kiletfap 

aswelat'ap he'lenre a'wutsip kwaPiJta. ]&ec t'oman sewaj^a e* 

yam t'u'ci le'anikwap s'atc a'l^a. atci te'tcinan he'aniyanahnan 

75 kwato'^a. kwato*nans i'mu^a. t'ewap canrli an ewacto^ lesa*wani- 
kwa^a hi" i'to^ace. a'wan hani i'to^akan a'^a. i*to^akan te*tcip 
ito'^a iton tcunap e'lactok a*^a a'nap tfanaiya tenrla kumoh- 
kaka. uhson i'ljetil^a. telakwai'ip hie tem*l uteaiye imopiyap^a. 
ta'tcic e'lactok i'to^a^an eletco'ya. t'omt i'to^anan hecin eletco'ya. 

ho mo*piyakwap le*a yam t'anaiya* t'apte rna i'towe'ya lesnahol 
teap holomac t'ewap l^ati^akwan rkoco'ya rkocop e'lactok i'yap 
kwa tcu'wa acowan t'unakwai'ip i'koco'ya tsam ko'kci tsam lo- 
momone. i'koconan yam mekwico yu'lunan kwanrleyenan kwa- 
to^a. e'lactokona lesanikwanan hai \&c t'o* i*ka. — camPhol ho' i'ka. 

85 le*anikiwap i*to*ka. itokatap a*tc im'e. yatoniH inre. lesnas il* imo- 

the king?" he said. "He's in the other room," they said to him. 
"Well, call him for me," | he said. They called him and he came 
out. "Have you come?" he said. "Yes," he said. "What | have 
you to say?" "I want to work for you." "There is no work." | 
"Oh yes there is!" "Very well then, speak. It seems that you 
know something," he said to him. "Well, it seems I | had better 
cut down all your trees." "Certainly not!" his wife said. | (70) "If 
I do that, new ones will come up and every year you will have 
fruit. | You will not lose any money and you will have plenty to eat," 
he said to him. The king said, "Is that so ? | Well, the trees are over 
there, and you will stay there in the house," he said to him. He 
gave him an ax | and an adze, and a shovel. And he went out. 
"Well, did he consent to it ?" "Yes," | he said to his horse, and so 
they went. When they got there he unsaddled his horse | (75) and 
went in. He went in and sat down. Next morning he said to his 
daughters, | "Go give him something to eat." The youngest sister 
went to take food to him. When she brought the food there | he ate. 
After he had finished eating the girl went back. After she had gone 
he chopped down the whole orchard. | Then new ones came up and 
in the spring they were all covered with blossoms. There were many 
peaches on the trees. | Meanwhile the girl went there to take him 
food. She just took him the food and hurried back. | <80) The peaches 
ripened. Now the king although he had a great orchard, had to buy 
his food. So he lived | over there. After a long time he went to bathe 
in the ditch. As he was bathing the girl came, | and he was not there. 
She looked out of the window, and there he was bathing. He was 
a handsome youth. | His body was white as snow. After he bathed, 
he drew on his negro skin, dressed himself I and came in. He said 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 275 

J£e'a\ ho'lomac tfewap an tftrci lesanikwanan ama hon le* acuwa- 
^ace le'anikwap kop hon anikwan'a ? — kwatik yam e'le Uon iH^an'a 
le'anikwap a'tc a'^a. a*tci te'tcin'an a'tc kwato^a. hop a'^a ? hop 
lc'a ? ancemana^ap kwai'i^a. tfoc i'^a % le'anikwap ho 3 i'^a. mas 
fiene hinik tV kohol ikwe*a. — ma' rnamilte Uoman ho 5 t'anaiya* 90 
ikwaniljaka. tV i*na J te*tcitap kwa lesna teame a^* ho* iya. le'kwap 
kop le'a tepura ? — ma rnamilte yam e*le kwatik hom t'il'ikana 
le'kwap hana'ha hom ew hie a*wuwe kwa e'le antecemanacukwa. 
le'kwap ma ama rte'tcu. — iya le'kwanan leskwa^a ^iitsi^i in- 
eselita kwaiM. he — le'kwap kwai'i le'kwap kwai^ka. kwa pi? 95 
kop t'ikwe J a ? pitsiki kwac i?o 5 lu^ iWcukwa ? — ma* el*a kwa* 
te'atitco ho* leshol rn* rl'ame^aniha le'kwanan kwato^a. ukwetci 
ma J ama t'a t'opa. — l^atsijd sensio'na hai ^alt kwaPi! — kwai>- 
inan kwa'pi kopt' rkwe'a ? — katsilp kwac lu^a ilanre^an'a ? — 
ma eta ana' le'kwanans kwato^a u'kwetci kwa antecemananre. — 10 
ama t'a t'opa. — ma ho* i'te'tcut c u ^atsil^i anserrna he — J£al 1 
kwai'i ! kwac lulja ilanrekan'a ? ma* ela le*kwanan kwato^a. 
hana'ha tfopint etciye kwaito^at uhson hie ho 3 i ko'kci. — ma 
ama i'te^cu. — ^atsiki anhelina he — ^alt kwai*i. le'kwap kwai*- 
i^a. kwa-pi ? kop tV ikwe'a ? le'kwap ^atsi^i kwac tV lukanan 5 

to the girl, "Oh! Have you come?" "Yes, I came long ago," | 
(85) she said to him. He ate and after he had eaten, the two stayed 
there. She stayed there all day with him. So she always stayed 
there with him. | After a long time his horse said to him, "Come, let 
us go and talk to the king," | he said to him. "What shall we say ?" 
"One of his girls should marry you," | he said to him. So they went. 
They got there and went in. "Where did he go ? Where's the | king ? " 
They called him and he came out. "Have you come?" he said to 
him. "I have come." "Well, | oo) speak. I think you have some- 
thing to say." "Yes, indeed it is so. I have worked for you on your 
orchard, | so that now you owe me something, and that should 
not be. Therefore I have come," he said. | "How should that be?" 
"Indeed it is so. You will let me have any one of your girls," he 
said. I "Alas, my girls are mean. The girls will not want it," | he 
said. J "Well, let us try." "All right," he said. "My daughter, 
Inezelita, | (95) come out!" "Yes," she said, "Come out!" he said. 
She came out. "What is it? | What have you to say?" "My girl, 
you don't want to marry this man, do you ?" "Certainly not! | For 
shame! I wouldn't marry such an ugly man," she said and went 
in. "Just as I thought." | "Well, try another." "My girl, Ascen- 
cion," "What?" "Come out here!" She came out. | "What is it? 
What have you to say?"' "My girl, you don't want to marry this 
man, do you?" | (ioo> "Goodness no!" she said and went in. "I 
thought so, she doesn't want it." | (i) "Well, try another." "Very 
weU, I'll try. My girl, Anserina." "Yes!" "Come out here! | You 
don't want to marry this man, do you ?" "Oh no!" she said and 

276 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

tse'mak-t'elakwi'cukwa ? le'kwap ma ko^ma KociKat a*wa tatcu 
kole haitocap holo le^kwana'cukwa. le'kwap anapena^a. hie he'- 
kwa anhelina kwa yaiyu 5 ya*nam*e leVnaknan anapena'ka. 8*11* 
a*k:a. s'a*tc i'wil'Pya. 

10 lesnas te'ap ta* c tcic tseyi^akwi yu'Ia^a pewo. hvwaPona lestik- 
wanan le* an tala^: mosa*t c u le^anilpip an o*ye s 3 an hanela*waca 
le* an a*tsawaki si 5 horn a*papa el ton a'wekwam*et c u. t'on aiya- 
lu^an*a. isko'n s 5 a*wa*ka. a'te'tcinan rtona'ka. i*to*na te'tcunenan 
rwolohka. iwolap yam t'u'c he^api i*tol£aka. em* i*tonan hacin 

is imiyalt'u. le'kwap tsawak imiyartup litci lintci tV — tfo* — a*patcu 
la^a. ta* c tcic tsipolow yu'tulaka hiwalakwin a'te'tcina le* an tala^ 
aceka. le'ana^ap anhelina koya acen*iha. tenala*na tfelap i'fca. 
ko*macko* tsihe* poyaltiha. an oye kontcunap il* a*ka yam kakwi. 
t T as kwiHkan yu'laka pena yo*ka. an t'irci leskwanan si* hon yam 

20 kon ho*i te'ona hon tekan*a le* an t?u*c ikwap tsawak yam mekwic 
le* a'uka tsam ko*kci an t'uc ahona tcinapa an awakon tcim'ona 
s'a'ka. luwala*kwin te'tcip a'ho 3 unatiljanapka ti*comaha! hai hike 
le > hol i*na! honkwat tcic lestina hon le'rhatil^a tcim hon tatc 
il*a*wa an o*yona hon tsi't il*a*wa le'ana^a. s'a'wa'ka. a'te^tci^a 

went in. | "Too bad! There is only one left, and that one is the 
prettiest of all." "Well, | go on, try." "My girl, Angelina!" "Yes?" 
"Come out!" he said. | <5) She came out. "What is it? What have 
you to say?" she said to him. "My girl, you don't want to take 
this man to be your beloved, do you?" he said. "Very well. If 
our father | asks us to do anything surely I would not say no," 
she said. He scolded her. "Your'e a fool! | Angelina, you have 
no sense!" he said to her and he scolded her. | So she went with 
him, and they lived together. | 

(io) After this had happened the people at Chaco Canyon were 
talking about war. They said, | "Let the king's son-in-law be chief," 
they said. His wife fixed provisions for him. | He said to the king's 
son, "Now, my brothers, don't you go ahead. You will go 
behind." | So they went. When they arrived there they ate. After 
they had finished eating | they came out of ambush. As they were 
fighting he gave his horse lead to eat. After he had eaten a lot, | 
(15) "Sit tight," he said. The young man sat tight, li-li-li-li-tci ! 
to-to-to-to-to ! He killed the Navahos. | Meanwhile the Mexicans 
ran aw T ay. They reached the village. "The king's son-in-law | was 
killed," they said. Angelina cried. She was going to die. Then late 
at night he came. | He carried a great string of scalps. His wife 
stopped crying and he went with her to his house. | Then again they 
talked about war. His horse said, <20) "Now we | shall be the kind of 
people we really are." So his horse said. The young man put away 
his negro skin. | He was a handsome youth. And his horse was 
a handsome bay with a curly mane and a new saddle. | So they went. 
When they came to the village the people looked at them. "Oh 

yam t'irc rto'p^a hel£apiwe rcelna^a. hecina! hacin imiyahVu 25 

imiyattup an t'irc r^atilja li tci h tci to' 

to 5 - - tV paterj^aka. s'a motsikwacnaplja, komacko*n tsihe'we 

le'na teatip sic le*a i'mosu^a. ino'te le'na teatikon ak:a tsipolo' 
tewuko'liya te*en*te o*kan tse^akwin ajfa yelekanana. le* sem 


sona'tci sonst ino'te* l^akrma hiwalap ta* c tcic t'owayala aince 
an hie uwanapa tuyapap tVupiapap kuyajSap tawi mo'yapap 
kwa ka — ki tcuhol ye'makna'ma t'ewana* hoi ^akrmakwe aye*- 
makuntihap kwa ainc a'ye'ma^ana^a ta'tcic o'pumpiyan ahaiyut 
a* tci a'tcian hotiW kakweye. canrli rto'napVen an suwe leskwanan 35 
ama kakrmakwin a'ce le'kwap hana* ko'ma am papa le*kwap 
s'a'tci pani'lja. a'tci panrnan a'tci iwa'hii^a* elehol i'towena^ap 
a*tci pLki'makwin i*ka a'tci a*ho 5 unapanan he — tcuwam lukno 
le*tikwap kwa luwalan a*tci yemakna'men a*tci pikwaPi^a a'tci 
lak u tsiyalaknanakwin a'tci te'tcinan a'tci lak u tsiyalaknanakwin 40 
te*tcinan a*tci tutuka. a'tci tutun tcunenan s J a*tci ye*maka. a'tci 
ye'makup a'ho'i lestikwanan he" tcuwam uhsa't'san a'tci ? kop 

dc.-t r ' Is this I what he looks like ? Perhaps this is the way he looks 
is what we thought. But now he shall be our father, | and his wife 
sha II be our mother," they said. So they went. They arrived there. | 
(!'■•») He gave his horse something to eat. He filled up on lead. "Go 
on, sit tight." | He sat tight and his horse reared, K-li-li-li-li-tei ! 
To -to to-to ! I He killed off all the Navahos. They scalped them. They 
took many scalps. So they did and he became a great king. This 
happened long ago. Therefore, although the Mexicans | (30) are poor, 
they get along all right because of their wives. So | short is my tale. 


Long ago, in ancient times, the people were living at Kakima. 
Now on Corn Mountain was a bear. | There were many wild fruits, 
cactus berries, and yucca fruit, and pinon nuts, and acorns. | But 
no one ever climbed up. All the time the Kakima people wanted to 
go up, I but the bear would not let them come up. Meanwhile at 
Sack-of-Flour-Hanging the two Ahaiyute | (35) were living with 
their grandmother. In the morning, after they had eaten the 
younger said, | "Come, let us go to Kakima," he said. "Very well, 
come along," the elder said. | They came down. They came down 
and crossed over. When it was just about time to eat | they^ame to 
Kakima. When the people saw them, "Hey! Who ar^these?" 
they said. They did not go up to the village. They passed by., 
(40) And there they came to Bird-Snare-Place. Therje they came 

278 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

a'tci lewul^an ye*maku ? — ma > i'me imatcic a'tc acen^yahna ye*- 
maku le'ana^ap sVtci ycmaknan s'a'tc a^a. piclankwin tahna 

45 a*tc a'lja. ko*w a'tc a'nan he'co t'atfakwin a'tci te'tcip hie kuyoye 
hie kuyops'a'tci i'munan a'tci kuyoce* a'tc kuyocep wetsim tenala'- 

ap sunhakwin tahna ainc i'l^a. ainc i'nan ah rjjoa^a. toms 

ona* lomoman'e ah — — kwa a*tc u'nanre kuyoce'a hie tenala'ap 
aince leskwanan he* hie tcuwa t'on pikwaPen aiyutciana ? 

50 an suwe leskwanan woh kwap ma ^ol hon aiyutciana ? tV 

ulat aiyutciana 1 imat aiyutcianon al$:*a fom kwahol tenrla uwana'- 
we. le> a'tci anikwap ma i'me t?o' tern ula kwa tern lo^kwa ahaiyut 
leskwanan kop ma lea tern ula kwa tern lo'*kwa aince leskwanan- 
ma } hon i'yatfs'umana'wa. — ma tV ulati tcuhol ana'nap kwa luk: an 

55 uwana* teacukwa lal tcuhol kwa ana'na'map lukan uwana* te'^an'a 
le 3 a'tci anikwap ma hanat ko'ma. — ma sP ko'ma tcuwanti^ap 1&e*l 
a'nuwa ? ma ko'm hanat hPu tV haitoce'a a'tci le'anikwap ainc 
a'^a. piclankwin tahna a'lja. t'anakwin kwatonan tenala'ap kwai- 
J ika lak u hoi ye'laka ha as'pipan elaiye. tenala'ap la^anhol 

60 i'ya. kow a*nan tena'^a kuhaiya 4 kuhaiya* kuhaweti kuha 

weti ha ha . t'akwicnans ipaktco tahtcic a'tci teala 

tse'man kuyoce*a. ta'tcic ainc* i'ya. Kuhaiya Kuhaiya kuha weti 

to Bird -Snare -Place | and drank. When they finished drinking 
they climbed up. As they | climbed up the people said, "Who are 
those two little boys ? What do they | want to go up there for ?" | 
"I don't know? It seems they want to go up there to get killed," | 
they said. So the two went up there. They went towards the north, j 
(45) After they had gone a little ways they came to a pinon tree. 
There were many nuts. | And the two sat down where the nuts were 
and picked them up. As they were picking up the pinon nuts, 
after a little while | Bear came from the west. Gr-r-r-r-r! He stood 
there. | His teeth were white as snow. Gr-r-r-r-r-r ! They did not 
look at him. They went on picking up nuts. After a little | while 
Bear said, "Hey! Perhaps you surpass me in power." | (50) Younger 
brother said, "Oh, but how would we have power? You, | rather, 
are more powerful. Because you are the powerful one, everything 
here belongs to you." | So they said to him. "I don't know. You 
just stand over there somewheres," Ahaiyute | said, "Well, why 
should we wait around here for a little while ?" Bear said. | "Well, 
we shall have a contest." "Well, as you wish. If anyone runs away, 
this | (55) fruit will not be his. And whoever does not run away to 
him this fruit shall belong." | So he said to them. "Very well, come 
on." "Very well, now which one shall go first?" | "Well, you go 
ahead, you suggested it," they said to him. Bear | went. He went 
towards the north. He entered a grove of trees and after a while 

he came out. | There he stood. Hah h ! He was 

standing there with his arms stretched out. After a while | (60) he 
came towards them. After he had gone a little ways he sang: 

Bunzd, Zuni Texts 279 

kuha weti ha ha ha foms i'pololo-paniya kwa 

ate unanre a'tci kuyoce'a. t'oms t'a t'akwicnan ipaktco^a. a*tci 

inkwin i^a. kwa a'tci koyutcina'nra. he* hie tcuwan ton 65 

uwe\ a'tcian le'anikwap kop ma le'ap hoi hon uwekan'a ? t?o* 
ulat uwe. si* amatcic lu'no le'kwap sVtc a'^a. piclankwin tahn 
a*tc a'ka. tfanapaltokwi atci teHcilja. a'tci te'tcinan tukwina tuyaye. 
a'tci tuyacnan a'tc aiyanpokw ikanan atci yu'li^a. a'tci yulinan 
s'a'tci kwai J i^:a. a'tci kwai'inan ko'w a'tc a'nan a*tci tenaka. sawic 70 

kuyani sawic kuyani ha ha le* kwanan s'atc ponon rya. 

t'oms aince somul^aniwacan jkwiye. ko'w* a*tc a*nan atci pilaknan 

atci tenaka sawic kuyani — sawic kuyani ha ha a'tci 

le'kwap a'tc unati^ap atijfa-panrnan'e. iJoms a*tc helimuna htci 

ainc ana'^a a*tc aniyalufca. t'uc a* wan onan rtapan-tim 75 

Bear comes. 
Bear comes. 
Bear is sick. 
Bear | is sick. 
Hah! Hah! Hah! 

He pulled up trees and scattered them around. Meanwhile the two | 
paid no attention to him. They went on picking up pinons. Now 
Bear was coming. 

Bear comes. 

Bear comes. 

Bear is sick. | 

Bear is sick. 

Hah! Hah! Hah! 

He just rolled down towards them, | but the two did not look at him. 
They went on picking up pinons. He just came tearing up trees 
and scattering them around. | (65) He came to where they were. 
The two didn't move. "Hey! One of you | is mean!" he said to 
them. "Why, how are we mean? You rather are mean!" "Weill, 
now then, go ahead and try," he said. So they went. They went ito 
the north. | They came to the edge of the grove. When they canne 
there there were many black cactus fruit. | They picked the fruit 
and turned it inside out. Then they drew it over them. | (70) So they 
came out. They came out and went a little ways. They sang: | 

Sawic kuyani 
Sawic kuyani 
Ha h! Ha h! 

So they said and rolled over. | Bear stood clenching his fists. They 
went a little further. Then they got up | and sang: 

Sawic kuyani 
Sawic kuyani 
Ha h! Ha h! 

280 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

pani'^a rtapan-tim pani'nan himalyaltokwins i'tun a ? ka. i'tuna'up 

sVtc* a'we^tcoka ooh ooh ooh s'a*tc a'we'atcon- 

a'ne lak u hakwin-onakwi a*tc iteh-yemakaka. s^'tc i'ka tfowaya- 
lakwin a'tc i'nan s'atc kuyo'hka. s'a'tci ku*powacnan a'tci su'yoh- 

80 ka. a'tci su'powacna a'tc he'^anac^a. a'tc tuyac^a. 

ta ,c tcic ^aki'ma hiwalan a*ho*i lestikwanan tcuwanko'na a*t?san 
a'tci a'tc i'kona s'hinik a'tc a'ceka. le*tikwap wetsim tena'la'ap 
sVtci lak u hol t'unayalajta. a'tci tfunayalanan s'a'tci panr^a. elehol 
su'nhap s'a'tci jSanr^a. a'tci pani'yup ewactok ljawicnan kwaPile 

85 atcia les'anaknan hayi hop aince ? ana'ka Jce'si. — mac el'ea ? — 
hc^n uwana'we ^e'si' — mahonkwa — e\ t'ewan hon camliap hon 
a'ye'makun'a — iya* a'tcia le*ana^ap s'a'tc a'ika opumpiyakwin a'tci 
te'tcil^a. a'tci te'tcinan s'a'tc* ant'ewalja. t'ewap canrli a*tc pilaknan 
a*tc i'toka. a'tc i'to'en s 5 a*tc a*ka. a'tc ^akrmakwin te*tcip ewactok 

90 rwosli^a. a'tsawajs: ihiki a*ye*maka. a'ye'maknans kuyocna^a 
ham'e supia wo'yoana'wap ta^tcic hanre t'awe 5 moyocna*wap 
ham'e tuyacna'wap ham'e ts'upiacna'wap kwahot teml i'kwana c 
su'nhap a'ho' tsi'lapani'yu. lesnas a'teaiye. 

So they | said. He looked at them. They were streaming with 
blood and covered all over with mud. | (75) So Bear ran away. They 
followed him. He came down the horse trail, and they followed 
him | down. He went by way of Corn-Cobs- Above. So they went 
that way. | They cried out "O-o-o-o-o-h ! O-o-o-o-o-h! O-o-o-o-h!" 
So they | kept on shouting. They chased him up Black Clay Trail. 
So they came, j When they came by Corn Mountain they picked 
pinons. They put their pinons in a sack and then picked cedar- 
berries. | (80) They put their cedarberries in a sack and picked yucca 
fruit. They picked cactus fruit. | 

Meanwhile in Kakima village the people said to one another, 
"Those two children | who came here, I suppose they have died," 
so they said. After a little while | the two boys looked over the edge. 
They looked over the edge, and so they came down. When it was 
nearly | evening they came down. As they came down the girls were 
going out for water. | (85) They said to them, "Say, where is Bear?" 
"He has run away now." "Is that true?" | "The wild fruit is 
ours now." "Is that so?" "Yes. Tomorrow morning we shall 
go up." | "All right," they said to the boys. So they went. 
They came to Where-the-Sack-of-Flour-Hangs. | When they came 
there they stayed over night. Next morning they arose | and ate. 
After they had eaten they went. They reached Kakima. | <90) They 
joined the girls. The young men went along and all of them climbed 
up. They climbed up and picked pinons, | and others picked cedar- 
berries. Meanwhile others picked acorns, | and some picked cactus 
fruit, and some picked yucca fruit. There were all kinds of work. | 
In the evening the people came down in single file. So they 
lived. I 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 281 

holomac t'ewap tfa a'tci te*tcip t?a ye'makna t'a hanre kuyocna'we 
ham'e t?awe > mo > yocnawap ham*e tuyacna'wap ham'e ts'upiacna*- 95 
wap lesnas ikwana. ahaiyutJ a*tcia tse'makwin a^'a yeleka. le'n 
ino'te teati^a. le* sem koni^a'. 


son a ,c tci sonsti ino'te* tfewankona ahaiyute a*tci kakwevka. 
a'tci yam hot il*i ^akwe'lja. an suwe hon ko'tci lata^ace. holtekwi 100 
hon a*wa*nuwa. t'owayalakwin hon ko*tci lataljan'a. — ma ko'ma 1 
sPana. le J an suwe le^waka. sVtci yam pi 5 lan*e Heyav^a. sVtci 
t'owa valakwin a'l^a. sMskon a*tci ko*tci la^a. sVtci a*witen ko'tci 
lakii. sirnha^a sVtci yam l^akwin a*ka sVtci yam hot inkwin 
te'tcika. hiyaha' horn a*nan a'tci le'kwa^a ^ec t'on i'ya le'kwa^a. 5 
s'a'lci lal kwato. s'ukwato^a. s'a'tcian hota an hekusna wo'lean'e 
s'yain okcik wo'lea s^wo'latujca. si 5 hon i'tonapce a'tcian hota 
Jo'kwal^a. a*nan a'tci le'kwa^a t'on al'uya. itcitol t'on lata^an'a. 
el telikwan'te tfewulanakwi ton a*namt c u. iskon a'ho'i laten'ona 
pikweye. ma efapa. kwa hon a'cukwa. a'haiyute a'tci le^kwalsa. 10 

t'ewap camli s'a'tc okwika. hota' spilaku. s'a'tcia hota pila^a. 
si'ana i'tonapce ahaiyute a*tci yam hota le'anikwa^a. s'a'tcia 

After a long time the two came there again. So again they climbed 
up. And some picked pinons, j 05) and some picked acorns, and 
some picked cactus fruit, and some picked yucca fruit. | There was 
all this work. Because of the thoughts of Ahaiyute, this was 
accomplished. So | it happened long ago. This short is my tale. | 


Long ago in ancient times on the eastern road the two Ahaiyute 
lived. I (100) They lived with their grandmother. The younger brother 
said, "Let us hunt field mice. Which way | (i) shall we go ?" "Let 
us hunt field mice on Corn Mountain." "Very well then, | let's go," 
the younger brother said. The two took their bows. They | went to 
Corn Mountain. There they hunted field mice. They killed four 
field mice. | In the evening they came back to their house. When 
they came to their grandmother's house, | (5) "Hiyaha! my grand- 
children. Have you come?" she said. | "Come in now." They went 
in. Their grandmother dished out corn mush for them. | She 
stewed the rabbits and set the stew down for them. "Now let us 
eat," their grandmother | said. "My grandsons," she said, "you are 
always going around. Tomorrow, when you go hunting, | don't you 
dare go to the Great Plain. There live people who will kill you." | 
(10) "No indeed! We won't go there," Ahaiyute said. | They went to 
sleep. I 

282 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol- XV 

hota okcik wo'lea'we wo'latu^a. s'i'tonap^a. tetcune^a. si*ana 

is suwe Jata^ace. sVtci le'kwa^a. sVtci cojion'e ahpL s'a'tci 

lata^an a'|:a. s'a'tci tfewulanakwin a*ka. s'a'tci yam nana awal^a 

yeye. a'nan a'tci yeye le'kwa^a hop t'on a*ne ? le'kwa^a. el 

tefikwan'te tfon li'wan yatonanrt'u. a'tcia nana yeye le'anikwa^a. 

ist a'ho'i laten'ona a*tcia nana yeye le'anikwaka. ho'jJi ? ahaiyute 

20 a'tci le'kwal^a. li'wanem yatonakwi iskon a'Wi laten'ona iskon 

^akweye. elapa kwa hon a'cukwa ahaiyute a'tci le'kwal^a. tcu- 

wajii ? a*tci le'kwajja lo'okwittco a'tcia nana yeye le^nikwa^a. 

sVtci u*na^a. si 3 hon ainan'a' a'tci le'kwaka. ahaiyute an suwe 

yam pPlanan co^e yalto^a. s'an suwe ipaku^a. lo^okwiltco 

25 s'acel^a. s'ahaiyute yam timuci ulihka. si* tJo' moyatcunlana 

te^an'a s'a'tci le'anikwaka. s'a'tci li'wan t'ewankwin an ike*nan*e 

ipaku^a. uhsona mo-kwanosena yo'ka. 

le'na ino'te teati^a. le*wi sem koni^a. 


30 son a ,c tci sonsti ino*te. hecotfan luwala%a yalalana suyu^ 
^akwe'^a. ta* c tcic co'hiwayalan ahaiyute a'tci pikwe'lja. ahaiyute 
atci yalalanakwi tata^an a*^a. yalalanan ahaiyute a'tci ye'mal^a. 

Next morning they awoke. "Grandmother, get up!" Their 
grandmother arose. | "Come, let us eat!" the two Ahaiyute said 
to their grandmother. Their | grandmother dished out rabbit stew 
and set it down before them. They ate. They had finished. "Come 
now, j (15) younger brother, let us go hunting," They said. They 
took their quivers | and went out to hunt. They went to Great 
Plain. There they found their grandfather, | Dormouse. "My two 
grandchildren," Dormouse said, "where are you going?" he said. 
"Don't | you dare cross over there," their grandfather Dormouse 
said to them. | "There are people who will kill you," their grand- 
father, Dormouse, said to them. "Where?" Ahaiyute | (20) said. 
"Here on the other side the cannibals | are living." "Oh no, we 
won't go there," Ahaiyute said. "Who are they?" | they said. 
"Cloud Swallower," their grandfather, Dormouse, said. | They saw 
him. "Now we shall kill him," they said. The younger Ahaiyute | 
fixed his arrow on his bow. Now the younger brother shot. Cloud 
Swallower | (25) died. Ahaiyute drew out his thunder knife. "Now 
you will be the great star," | they said. They threw his heart to 
the east. | It became the morning star. | 

This happened long ago. So short is my tale. 


(30) Long ago in ancient times the people were living at Hecota. 
On Great Mountain Suyuki | was living. Now at Arrow Mountain 
the two Ahaiyute were living. Ahaiyute | went hunting on Great 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 283 

suyuk an octa a*tci tfuna-pani*up suyulj an aiyatu^a. ahaiyute an 
suwe a'lak'a Jjujiafca. suyuk okatsi^i yam akhkwin imo'l^a. ahaiyute 
an suwe a'le ipakuna-pani v^al^a. suyu^ ofcatsik t'unikeatoka. 3 
a€i*]£a. nan atci le'kwaka. a*tci paniu' le'kwaka. kopla*ti? le'- 
kwaka. ho' hepalon*iha suyuk okatsi^i le'kwaka. hop hon panhnva 
ahaiyute a'tci le'kwafca. iskon'te a*tci paniu*' suyu^ o^atsiki 
le'kwaka. lalhol hon panhnva atci ahaiyute le'kwaka. s'a'tci 
panrlca. si' atci i'mu. suyu^ o^atsiki le'kwaka. katt i'mu an 4 
suwe suyut o^atsiki le*kwafca. kopkvti ? le'kwaka ahaiyute an 
suwe. torn ho 5 mekwican'a suyulj okatsi^ le'kwaka. iya c le'kwaka. 
ahaiyute an suwe s'an rnruka. s'an rmup ahaiyute t'sana me'^wic 
^a. hiyaha' hie fom me'Kwi* suyiuj: okatsik: le'kwaka. hie me'kwi* 
ahaiyute t'sana le'kwaka. suyufe; okatsi^i ahaiyute takimoakwin a 
uteka ahaiyute t'sana ace^a. si' am papa' l^alt i'mu suyuk okatsik 
le'kwaka. suwe al^a. suyuls; okatsi^ le'kwaka. s'ahaiyute am 
[>itpa suyuk okatsik s'an rmuka. suyu^ o^atsiks ahaiyute am 
papona tfas mekwic^a hiyaha' hie tV me*kwi* suyuk oljatsn^i 
ahaiyute am papona le'anikwa^a. hie me*kwi* le'kwaka ihaiyute 5( 
am papa to' me'kwi' le'kwaka. suyn£ okatsik: ahaiyute ai papona 
takimoakwi uteka. ahaiyute s'acefca. helu hapa' le*tci tu'na ho* 

Mountain. They climbed Great Mountain. | Suyuki looked down 
on thorn from her cave. Suyuki put her stones on the fire. The 
younger Ahaiyute | spit on a stone. Suyuki old woman was sitting 
by her fireplace. The younger Ahaiyute [ (35) threw the stone down 
at her. Suyuki old Woman looked up. j "Oh dear, my two grand- 
children," she said, "come down," she said. "Why?" | they said. 
"I am going to make hepalokd" old woman Suyuki said. "Where 
shall we come down ?" | Ahaiyute said. "Right there you can come 
down/' old woman Suyuki | said. "We'll come right down," the 
two Ahaiyute said. They | (40) climbed down. "Now sit down," old 
woman Suyuki said. "Sit here, | younger brother," old woman 
Suyuki said. "Why?" the younger Ahaiyute said, j "I will pick 
off your lice," old woman Suyukisaid. "Allright," hesaid. | Younger 
Ahaiyute sat down beside her. As he was sitting beside her she 
picked lice off little Ahaiyute. | "Oh my! you have lots of lice," old 
woman Suyuki said. "Oh lots of lice," | (45) little Ahaiyute said. 
Old woman Suyuki bit little Ahaiyute on the nape of his neck. | 
Then little Ahaiyute died. "Now elder brother, you sit down here," 
old woman Suyuki | said. "Your younger brother has gone to 
sleep," old woman Suyuki said to him. Then the elder Ahaiyute | 
sat down beside her. And now again old woman Suyuki | picked lice 
off of the elder Ahaiyute. "Oh dear, you have lots of lice," old 
woman Suyuki | (50) said to the elder Ahaiyute. "You have lots 
of lice," she said. "Little Ahaiyute, | you have lots of lice," so old 
woman Suyuki said. Then again she bit the elder Ahaiyute | on the 

284 Publications, American Ethnological Society Vol. XV 

alewuniyahka. s^tocle suyu^ okatsijp elemaka. yam atpokwi 
te^cika. yam a J le atih^a. a'u^a. t'a t'op atih^a. t'a a'ul^a. ahai- 

55 yute an suwona ah^a a'lanankwin yaltoka. t'a am papona ahl^a. 
a'lanankwin t'a yaltoka. suyul^ o^atsi^ a'le ahlja. a'tcia waiya^a. 
ahaiyute a*tcis hepaloye. s'tenalaka. s'hinik t'on a^*a. suyu^ 
o^^tsik le^kwa^a. ahaiyute an suwe hepil^a. t'a am papa hepil^a. 
s'a'tci. kwai^a. suyuk okatsil^ ahaiyute t'sana uteka u'sati' 

60 uhs hepiko'we ahaiyute t'sana le'kwa^a. t'a am papona ute^a. 
u'suti' uhs hepiko'we ahaiyute am papa le'kwaka. suyuk okatsifc 
i'katu^a. a'le teyan te^al peyecukwa suyuk o^atsi^ le'kwaka. 
ahaiyute a*tci wo'lea^a te'lanankwin kwatolja. suyu^ ol^atsiki 
ahaiyute tfsana utel^a. u'sati' uhs hepiko'we ahaiyute a'tci le'kwapi. 

65 suyu^ oljatsiki elemaka. yam wo'leaka te'le kuhmo^a^a. wo'leaka 
te'le teyam te^al peyecukwa le*kwaka. suyuk o^atsi^i. ahaiyute 
a*tci s'an no^ekwin a'tci kwato^a. suyuk okatsiki hatsitsi^a^a. 
s'acel^a. suyuk okatsiki s'aceka. ahaiyute a'tci s 5 an no'lekwin 
sVtci kwaPil^a. suyu^: okatshp ahaiyute a'tci t'sikwahka. sVtci 

70 ahaiyute sVtcian ti'muci ak*a t'sikwahlja. helu hapa' letci t'om 
hon alewuniyahka ahaiyute a'tci le*kwanan. si*ana yam kakwi 

nape of the neck. Ahaiyute died. "Good. This is just what I | 
planned to do to you." Old woman Atocle- Suyuki arose. | She came 
to where she was heating stones in the fire. She took out a stone 
and laid it down. Then she took out another, and laid that down. | 
(55) Then she picked up the younger Ahaiyute and laid him down 
on the stone. Then she picked up the elder one | and laid him also 
on the stone. Old woman Suyuki picked up a stone and laid it over 
them. | Now the two Ahaiyute | she made into hepaloka. It was 
long enough. "Now I think you're cooked just right," old woman 
Suyuki | said. The younger Ahaiyute urinated and then the elder 
urinated. | Then she took them out. Then old woman Suyuki bit 
into little Ahaiyute. "Ugh, | (60) that is urine," Ahaiyute said to her. 
Then she bit into the elder brother. | "Ugh, that is urine/' the elder 
Ahaiyute said to her. This old woman Suyuki | got angry. "Well, 
what of it, stones should not speak," old woman Suyuki said. | 
Then the two little Ahaiyute went in to a large cooking pot. Then 
old woman Suyuki | bit into little Ahaiyute. "Ugh! you're eating 
dung," little Ahaiyute said. [ (65) Old woman Suyuki arose. She 
smashed her cooking pot. "Well, what of it, a cooking pot should 
not speak," old woman Suyuki said. | Then the two little Ahaiyute | 
entered her nostrils. They made old woman Suyuki sneeze. | So she 
died. So old woman Suyuki died. The two | Ahaiyute came out 
from her nostrils. The two little Ahaiyute skinned old woman 
Suyuki. | <70) Ahaiyute skinned her with their thunder knife. 
"Good. This is just what | we were planning to do to you," the two 
little Ahaiyute said. "Come, | let's go home," Ahaiyute said. Now 

Bunzel, Zuni Texts 285 

ahaiyute a'tci le'kwa^a. tcim hecotfakwi a'hoM enva i'to^a. a^*a 
hecot'akwin a'ho'i ema'^a. 

le'na ino'te teati^a ahaiyute a'tcia tse^akwina^'a. 


so'n a^tci sonsti ina'te. tona a'teanakwi tona ^akwenika. topakan 
yatonakwi kolokta lacik ^akweye. lrwan ho 5 al^anan a*ne le'kwaka. 
kolokta lacup le'kwaj^a. yam witcina t'omt yatokanan allja. 
le'na ino'te teatifea. le'wi sem koni'^a. 

sh*- had eaten many people at Hecota. Therefore | people at 
H< rota increased. | 

This happened long ago because of the thoughts of Ahaiyute. | 


Long ago in ancient times the turkeys were living at Turkey 
Trnoks. On the other | side of the mountain was living an old 
Sand-Hill-Crane. "I think I shall go over there to sleep," he said. | 
So the old Sand Hill Crane said. He just stretched his neck over 
t > the other side of the mountain and went to sleep. | 

This happened long ago. This short is my tale. 


SOCIETY. Vols. I— III, 1845—51. (Out of print.) 

1860—63. (Out of print.) 

D. C. H. Berendt, Analytical Alphabet for the Mexican and Central 
American Languages (printed in facsimile). (Out of print.) 

SOCIETY. Vol. III. Reprinted in 1909. $ 2.50. 


I. Fox Texts, William Jones. 1907. 383 pp. $ 3.00. 
II. Wishram Texts, Edward Sapir. 1909. 314 pp. $ 3.00. 

III. Haida Songs, John R. Swanton; Tsimshian Texts, Franz Boas. 

1912. 284 pp. $ 3.00. 

IV. Maidu Texts, Roland B. Dixon. 1912. 241 pp. $ 3.00. 
V. Koryak Texts, Waldemar Bogoras. 1916. 153 pp. $ 2.00. 

VI. Ten'a Texts and Tales from Anvik, Alaska, John W. Chap- 
man; with Vocabulary by Pliny Earle Goddard. 1914. 
VI + 230 pp. $ 2.50. 
VII. Part. I. Ojibwa Texts, William Jones. Edited by Truman 
Michelson. 1917. XXI -f- 501 pp. $ 4.00. 
Part. II. Ojibwa Texts, William Jones. Edited by Truman 
Michelson. 1919. X + 777 pp.; 2 plates. $ 5.00. 
VIII. Part I. Keresan Texts, Franz Boas. XII + 300 pp. 1928. 
$ 3.00. 
Part II. Keresan Texts, Franz Boas. 1925. 344 pp. $3.00. 
IX. Kickapoo Texts, William Jones and Truman Michelson; 
collected by William Jones, translated and annotated by 
Truman Michelson. 1915. 143 pp. $ 2.50. 
X. Passamaquoddy Texts, John Dyneley Prince. 1921. 85 pp. 
$ 1.50. 
XI. The Relationship Systems of the Tlingit, Haida and Tsimshian, 

Theresa Mayer Durlach. 177 pp. $ 2.50. 
XII. Menomini Tales, Leonard Bloomfield. 1928. XVI + 608pp, 
$ 5.00. 

XIII. Yuchi Tales, Giinter Wagner. 1931. X + 357 pp. $ 3.50. 

XIV. Dakota Texts, Ella Deloria. 1932. XVI + 280 pp. $ 3.00. 
XV. Zuni Texts, Ruth L. Bunzel. 1933. VIII + 285 pp. $3.00.